West
Chester
University
lii
Undergraduate Catalog
:ij4i.ta8;afc^. _. .. ,^,s:if^s^iia
2003-2004
r
^^^i.
^^^- ^J-^^
Expect
Excellence
1
of Pennsylvania
West
Chester
University
Ut^**-
Undergraduate Catalog
2003-2004
The West Chester University Mission Statement
West Chester University, a member of the Pennsylvania State System ot Higher Education, is a public, regional, comprehensive
institution committed to providing access and offering high-quality undergraduate education, select post-baccalaureate and graduate
programs, and a variety of educational and cultural resources for its students, alumni, and citizens of southeastern Pennsylvania.
The West Chester University Values Statement
West Chester University is committed to attracting, enrolling, and graduating quality students from a wide variety of educational, cultural,
and economic backgrounds. This endeavor requires the University to attract and retain highly qualified faculty and staff and to provide
each member ot the University community with learning and leadership development opportunities. To this end, the University supports
and encourages programs which benefit all people and which seek to eradicate discrimination and injustice. We treasure what we believe to
be the highest principles of American society: the worth and uniqueness of each individual, the belief that success is to be earned by indi-
vidual effort put forth in an environment founded on equality ot opportunity, and the appreciation of the ideal of an inclusive society.
We believe that it is incumbent upon all members of our community - staff, students, faculty and administrators - to conduct them-
selves with civility toward one another at all times. We value the special talents and contributions of each member of our community.
We flirther affirm the worth and dignity of each member and the shared responsibility ot all to treat each other as individuals, with
respect and courtesy.
As a university owned by the citizens of Pennsylvania, we value our mission to provide the best educational opportunities possible which
will enable the University community to successfully address the concerns of a global society. To this end. West Chester University seeks
to provide diligent advising for students and to focus on teaching students to think clearly and critically, to make logical and ethical judg-
ments, and to communicate effectively with others.
West Chester University's community strongly supports the principles of academic integrity and academic responsibility, viewing both as the
province of every member of the campus community. We hold the highest esteem for teaching directed toward student learning and affirm that
mastery of content as well as mastery ot teaching skills necessary to communicate such content are paramount.
This values statement is intended to be a living document which will serve West Chester University as it changes and evolves in the com-
ing years.
Communications Directory
MAILING .\DDRESS:
TELEPHONES:
World Wide Web:
Academic Advising
Academic Development
Program
Admissions/Under-
graduate Catalogs
Affirmative Action
Billing/Payments
Bookstore
Careers/Placement
Conference Ser\aces
Continuing Education
(Adult Studies)
Counseling
Financial Aid/
Work Study
Graduate Studies/
Catalogs
Housing
Police
Public Relations
and Marketing
Services for Smdents
wdth Disabilities
Student Activities
and Universitv' Events
West Chester Universitv
West Chester, PA 19383
Dial 610-436 plus number in parentheses.
For offices not shown here, call the
University Information Center: 610-436-
1000.
wwvir. wcupa.edu
Director of Academic Ad\ising, Lawrence
Center (3505)
Director of Academic Development
Program, Lawrence Center (3505)
Director of Admissions, Messikomer Hall,
(3411); 877-315-2165 (toll free)
Office of Social Equit)', 13/15 University
Ave. (2433)
Office of the Bursar, Elsie O. Bull Center
(2552)
Student Services, Inc., Svkes Student
Union (2242)
Director of Career Development Center,
Lawrence Center (2501)
Office of Conference and Rental Sendees,
13/15 Universit)' Ave. (6931)
Office of Graduate Studies and Extended
Education, McKelvie HaU (1009)
Counseling Center, Lawrence Center
(2301)
Director of Financial Aid,
Elsie O. BuU Center (2627)
Dean of Graduate Studies and Extended
Education, McKelvie HaU (2943)
Residence Life, Sykes Student Union
(3307)
Public SafetN' Department, Peoples
Building (3311)
Director of Public Relations and Marketing,
13/15 University- Avenue (3383)
Director, Office of Services for
Students with Disabilities, Lawrence
Center (2564)
Student Programming Dept./Student
Activities Council, Sykes Student Union
(2983) or
Student Union Information Desk (2984)
Sykes Student Union (2955)
Universit}' Registrar, Elsie O. BuU Center
(3541)
Office of the Registrar,
Elsie O. BuU Center (2230)
Teacher Education Center, Recitation HaU
(3090)
Student Services, Inc.
Scheduling/Registration
Summer Sessions
Teacher Certification
Accreditation
West Chester University is accredited by the American Chemical
Society, American Dietetics Association, American Speech-
Language-Hearing Association, Commission on Accreditation of
Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP), Commission on
Accreditation in Clinical Chemistry, CouncU of Social Work
Education, Joint Review Committee for Respiratory Therapy
Education, Middle States Association of CoUeges and Schools
(MSA), National Association of Schools of Music, National League
for Nursing, Society of Public Health Education/ American
Association for Health Education (SOPHE/AAHE), and approval
from the State Board of Nursing of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania. West Chester Universit)''s professional education pro-
grams are accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (NCATE) and approved bv the Pennsylvania
Department of Education to recommend candidates for certification.
Nondiscrimination/ Affirmative Action Policy
West Chester University is committed to providing leadership in
extending equal oppormnities to aU individuals. Accordingly, the
Universitv' wiU continue to make every eftort to provide these rights to
aU persons regardless of race, religion, sex, national origin, ancestry,
age, marital stams, sexual orientation, disabUitv', or veteran status.
This poUcy applies to aU members of the University commiunity,
including smdents, faculty, staff, and administrators. It also applies to
aU applicants for admission or employment and aU participants in
University-sponsored activities.
This poUcy is in compliance with federal and state laws, including
Tides VI and VII of the CivU Rights Act of 1964, Title LX of the
Educational Amendment of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, Americans with DisabUities Act of 1990, and Executive
Order of the Governor of Pennsylvania. Any individual having sug-
gestions, problems, complaints, or grievances with regard to equal
oppormnity or affirmative action, or to request a translation ot this
publication into a language other than English, is encouraged to con-
tact Ms. Luz Hernandez, director. Office of Social Equitv, 13/15
Universitv' Ave., 610-436-2433.
Sexual Harassment Policy
West Chester University is committed to equaUtv of opportunity and
freedom from discrimination for aU of its students and employees.
Because sex'ual harassment is a form of discrimination based on sex,
the University wiU not tolerate it in any form.
Uppon official filing of a complaint, immediate investigation wiU be
made culminating in appropriate corrective action where warranted,
which may include termination of the relationship with the
Universit)'.
Sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome sex'ual advances, requests
for sex'ual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual
nature occurring when:
1. submission to the unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature is made
either explicitly or impUcitly a term or condition of an individu-
al's employment, or of a smdent's academic stams or treatment;
2. submission to or rejection of the unwelcome conduct of a sexual
namre by an individual is used as the basis for academic or
employment decisions affecting such an individual; or
3. the unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature is sufficiently severe,
persistent, or pervasive to Umit an individual's abUitv' to partici-
pate in, benefit from, or perform at extracurricular activities,
work, academic or educational programs, or to create a hostile or
abusive Uving, working, or academic environment.
A complete copy of the University's Sex-ual Harassment PoUcv' docu-
ment, inclusive of the Sexual Harassment Complaint Procedure, mav'
be obtained from the Office of Social Equity.
Individuals who beUeve themselves to be the victims of sexual harass-
ment, or who have questions about the LTniversitv''s policy on this
matter should contact Ms. Luz Hernandez, director, Office of Social
Equin-, 13/15 Universitv' Ave., 610-436-2433.
ADA Policy and Accommodations
In keeping with West Chester University's commitment to equaUtv' of
opportunity and compUance with the Americans with Disabilities Act
ot 1990, the Universit)' has established procedures and designated
ofifices to provide accommodations for aU people with disabiUties. A
complete copy of the ADA Poliq- Statement, as weU as appropriate
offices, appears on page 53 of this catalog. Individuals needing
accommodations should make their needs known to the responsible
office at least a week in advance. This publication is available on our
Web site (wwvv.wcupa.edu). A disk version for those needing accom-
modations is available from the Office of Admissions, 610-436-3411.
The provisions of this catalog are not to be regarded as an irrevocable
contract between the student and the Universit)'. West Chester
Universit)' reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements
at any time.
Contents
Communications Directory ii
Introducing West Chester Universit}' 3
Campus and Facilities 4
Admission to West Chester Universit)' 7
Fees and Expenses 9
Financial Aid 12
Student Affairs 21
Academic Affairs 29
Degree Requirements 36
Academic Policies and Procedures 40
Structure of Academic Affairs 54
Undergraduate Programs at West Chester 55
Programs of Study and Course Offerings 56
Department of Accounting 57
Department of Anthropology and Sociology 57
Department of Art 59
Department of Biology 62
Department of Chemistry 65
Citizenship Education Program 68
(formerly Social Studies)
Department of Communication Studies 68
Department of Communicative Disorders 71
Department of Computer Science 72
Department of Counseling and Educational
Psychology 74
Department of Criminal Justice 74
Department of Earlv Childhood and Special
Education 76
Department of Economics and Finance 78
Department of Educational Development 80
Military Science Program (Army ROTC) 81
Air Force ROTC Program 82
Department of Elementary Education 82
Department of English 84
Department of Foreign Languages 88
Department of Geography and Planning 94
Department of Geology and Astronomy 96
Department of Health 98
Department of History 102
Honors Program 105
Interdisciplinary Programs 106
American Studies Program 107
Comparative Literature Studies Program 107
Ethnic Studies Program 109
Latin-American Studies Program 109
Linguistics Program 110
Peace and Conflict Studies Program 110
Russian Studies Program Ill
Department of Kinesiology Ill
Liberal Studies Program 116
Department of Literaa' 117
Department of Management 118
Department of Marketing 119
Department of Mathematics 120
Music (School of) 122
Department of Applied Music 124
Department of Music Education 126
Department of Music History and Literature 127
Department of Music Theon' and Composition . . .127
Department of Nursing 128
Pharmaceutical Product Development Program 131
Department of Philosophy 131
Department of Physics and Pre-Engineering Program . .133
Department of Political Science 135
Pre-Medical Program 138
Department of Professional and Secondary Education . .138
Department of Psycholog}' 140
Department of Social Work 141
Department of Sports Medicine 143
Teaching Certification Programs 145
Department of Theatre Arts 147
Women's Studies Program 148
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania 150
Administration 151
Facult}- 152
Academic Calendar 166
University Policy for Storm Closings 166
Campus Map 167
Borough Map 168
Chester Count)' Map 169
Index 170
Department Telephone Numbers 174
Introducing West Chester University
QualiU' education at a reasonable price...
this is the goal of West Chester
University, the second largest of the 14
institutions of higher learning that com-
pose the State Svstem ot Higher
Education of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania. A comprehensive and mul-
tipurpose university, West Chester sen'es
indi\dduals of all ages with a variety of
programs to fill their educational needs.
West Chester offers degrees in the arts
and sciences, teacher preparation and cer-
tification, advanced stud}' preparation in
fields such as medicine and law, educa-
tion for specific professions, and continu-
ing education. See page 55 for a complete
listing of undergraduate degree programs.
Total enrollment at West Chester
includes approximateh' 10,200 under-
graduate students and about 2,000 gradu-
ate students. While most undergraduates
are recent high school graduates prepar-
ing for career objectives, many others are
older indi%iduals, including veterans and
homemakers, who either never before
had the opportunity for a college educa-
tion or whose schooling was interrupted.
Most students are residents of Penn-
sylvania, but students from other states
and foreign countries are welcome. West
Chester's student body represents a cross
section of manv ethnic, racial, and reli-
gious groups and includes students from
all economic levels.
Like the world around it, West Chester
University is constantly changing and
growing. The school continues to broaden
and modif>' the nature and number of its
programs to reflect the needs of its stu-
dents in their endea\'or to prepare them-
selves for success and fijlfillment in life.
History of the University
Although its founding year is 1871, the
Universit)' in fact has deeper roots trac-
ing from West Chester Academv, a pri-
vate, state-aided school that existed
from 1812 to 1869. The academy
enjoyed strong support from the highlv
intellectual Chester Counrv Cabinet of
the Natural Sciences of the pre-Civil
War decades. It was recognized as one
of Pennsylvania's leading preparatory
schools, and its e.xperience in teacher
training laid the groundwork for the
normal school years that were to follow.
As the state began to take increasing
responsibUitV' tor public education, the
academy was transformed into West
Chester Normal School, stiU privately
owned but state certified. The normal
school admitted its first class, consisting
of 160 students, on September 25, 1871.
In 1913, West Chester became the first
of the normal schools to be owned out-
right by the Commonwealth.
West Chester became West Chester
State Teachers College in 1927 when
Pennsylvania initiated a four-vear pro-
gram of teacher education. In 1960, as
the Commonwealth paved the way for
liberal arts programs in its college sys-
tem. West Chester was renamed West
Chester State College, and nvo years
later introduced the liberal arts program
that turned the one-time academv into a
comprehensive college.
In recognition of the historic merit of the
campus, in 1981 the West Chester State
College Quadrangle Historic District was
placed on the National Register of
Historic Places. The buildings included in
this historic district are Philips Memorial
Building, Rubv Jones Hall, Recitation
Hall, and the Old Library. Except for
Philips, these buildings are all constructed
of native Chester Count\' serpentine stone.
West Chester State achieved another
major milestone with passage of the
State Svstem of Higher Education bill.
West Chester became one of the 14
universities in the State System of
Higher Education on Julv 1, 1983.
Along with its new name — West
Chester Universir\' of Pennsylvania of
the State System of Higher Education
— the institution acquired a new system
of governance and the opportunity' to
expand its degree programs.
The Frederick Douglass Institute
The Frederick Douglass Institute at West
Chester University' is an academic pro-
gram for advancing multicultural studies
across the curriculum and for deepening
the intellectual heritage of Frederick
Douglass, the former slave, distinguished
orator, journalist, author, and statesman.
Douglass, who was a frequent \'isitor to
the West Chester area, gave his last pub-
lic lecture on West Chester's campus on
February 1, 1895. Thuty years earlier, at
the inauguration of a Baltimore,
Maryland, institute named for him in
October 1865, Douglass said that the
mission was "to be a dispenser of knowl-
edge, a radiator of light. In a word, we
dedicate this institution to virtue, tem-
perance, truth, liberty, and justice."
At West Chester Llniversity-, the
Douglass Institute is primarily involved in
four academic areas: 1) conducting
research in multiculturalism and on
Frederick Douglass; 2) sponsoring distin-
guished exhibits and lectures; 3) establish-
ing opportunities for advanced study for
public, private, and college-level teachers;
and, finally', collaborating with historical
societies and other educational and cul-
tural agencies. West Chester University's
Douglass Institute is recognized as the
model for other Pennsylvania campuses
and is called collectively the Frederick
Douglass Institute of the Pennsylvania
State System of Higher Education.
The activities of the institute take place
on and off campus. With undergraduate
and graduate students, and West
Chester faculty, the institute sponsors
seminars and forums on selected topics.
The Anna Alurrav Douglass Circle is
the name for a lecture series offering a
platform for today's leading intellectuals.
Annually in October, the institute spon-
sors Douglass Days, a festival of educa-
tional activities on Douglass and multi-
culturalism that involves the entire cam-
pus and surrounding communities.
For fiirther information, call Dr. C.
James Trotman, director, Frederick
Douglass Institute at 610-436-2766, or
e-mail FDouglass@wcupa.edu. The fax
number is 610-436-2769.
The Frederick Douglass Society
Drawing its content from our campus
history of social consciousness and its
strucmre from a variety of models in pub-
lic life, the Frederick Douglass Society of
West Chester University is the organiza-
tion of faculty' and staff at West Chester
who embrace Frederick Douglass' quest
for fi-eedom and inclusiveness. Named in
1983 for one of the 19th century's most
distinguished advocates of human free-
dom, the organization is oriented toward
self-help and improvement by offering a
coDective voice in the affairs of the
University. Its programs also aim to stim-
ulate other groups on campus to enrich
Campus and Facilities
our climate. The society annually raises
money for scholarship funds. It also
seeks, by the example of Douglass, to
promote an intellectual standard that is
not only grounded in excellence but pro-
foundly rooted in the public mission of
higher education.
Institute for Women
The Institute tor Women was initially
designated to sen'e as the parent organi-
zation to represent the interests of
women on campus. The institute is an
independent body headed by a director
and board of directors. Along with the
Commission on the Status of Women,
Women's Center, and women's studies
program, the Instiwte for Women
engages in campus activities for the bene-
fit of women students, faculty, and staff.
The institute sponsors activities to
enhance the self-esteem and career suc-
cess of women at the University includ-
ing the Woman-in-Residence Program,
and the Graduate Grant and Endowed
Book Funds. The institute prepares
periodic reports on the status of women
at the Universitv and has also secured
Charlotte W. Newcombe Scholarship
Grants for mature or second-career
women for more than 20 years. For
more information contact Dr. Joan M.
Welch, director, at 610-436-2940.
Location of the University
West Chester University is in West
Chester, a to%vn that has been the seat of
government in Chester Count)' since
1786. With a population of about
20,000, the borough is small enough to
have the pleasant aspects of a tree-shaded
American town, large enough to contain
essential services and the substance of a
\agorous communit}', and old enough to
give the student exposure to America's
early history. Students can walk to West
Chester's many churches. The town has
excellent stores and a fine hospital.
West Chester was settled in the early
18th centun', principally bv members of
the Societ}' of Friends. In the heart of
town is its courthouse, a classical revival
building designed in the 1840s by
Thomas U. Walter, one of the architects
for the Capitol in Washington, D.C.
West Chester today is part of the rapid-
ly growing suburban complex surround-
ing Philadelphia and offers interesting
opportunities for the study of local,
county, and regional government in a
period ot change and growth.
Philadelphia is 25 miles to the east and
Wilmington 17 miles to the south,
putting the libraries, museums, and
other cultural and historical resources of
both cities in easy reach. Valley Forge,
the Brand}-wine Battlefield, Longwood
Gardens, and other historical attractions
are near West Chester. New York and
Washington are easily accessible by car
or train.
How to Reach West Chester
The Borough of West Chester can be
accessed from all directions both by car
and public transportation. Route 3, the
West Chester Pike, leads directly into
town from center-cit\' Philadelphia.
From the Pennsylvania Turnpike,
motorists traveling west should take
Route 202 south from the Valley Forge
Interchange while those traveling east
can arrive via Route 100 south from the
Downingtown Interchange. From the
south, Route 202 from Wilmington and
Routes 100 and 52 from U.S. Route 1
all lead to West Chester.
Public transportation is available fi-om
Philadelphia and other nearby commu-
nities.
Information on public transportation
and carpoohng is available in Sykes
Student Union, 610-436-2984.'
Campus and Facilities
Description of the Campus
West Chester Universitv's campus is a
unique mixture of 19th century colle-
giate Gothic and contemporary architec-
tural stales. Sbcty-two buildings, com-
prising more than 2.4 million square
feet, are specially landscaped within 400
acres of rolling countryside. The distinc-
tive buUdings and magnificent old trees
make the campus one of the aesthetic
treasures of Southeastern Pennsylvania.
Approaching West Chester Borough
from the south, the University stretches
westward from High Street and provides
a gateway to the borough. The
Academic Quadrangle serves as a land-
mark surrounded bv the University's
oldest buildings - Philips Memorial,
Recitation Hall, Anderson Hall, Ruby
Jones Hall, and the Old Library. Three
of these buildings are constructed of the
green-hued serpentine stone that has
given West Chester a particular charac-
ter for more than a century. Over the
decades the Universirv has expanded to
the west and south to include eight resi-
dence halls, science and athletic facili-
ties, a dining facility', and drama and art
buildings. The focal point of student
leisure life outside the classroom is the
Sykes Student Union, including the lat-
est in aerobics/conditioning facilities, a
movie theater, dining areas, a computer
center, meeting rooms, and lounges.
A dynamic, ongoing building program
during the past decade has brought the
Boucher Science Center, expansion and
renovation of Sykes Student Union, com-
puter technology' labs, renovated science
and academic buildings, and the reopen-
ing of the Philips Memorial Building,
Emilie K. Asplundh Concert Hall, and
Philips Autograph Library. In addition,
the Graduate School of Business is now
at a site off Route 202, five miles trom
the main campus. The University' learn-
ing environment will continue to keep
pace with the needs ot students into the
21st century with the construction of the
dramatic new Swope Music Building and
the Performing Arts Center, the addition
of the Business and Information Tech-
nology Center, a suite-stvle residence
complex on North Campus, an apart-
ment-st\'le residence complex on South
Campus, enlarged dining facilities, and
two parking garages.
Traveling south three-fourths of a mile
from the original campus, the visitor wUl
discover the South Campus area, located
on a 300-acre expanse of gendy rolling
Chester Count}' countryside. South
Campus includes an 11 -building housing
complex providing apartment-style living
for 500 students, and the Sturzebecker
Health Sciences Center, a nationally
Campus and Facilities
acclaimed teaching, performance, and
research facility. Surrounding the center
are athletic fields, tennis courts, and
Farrell Stadium, home to the
University's renowned football program
and the 2002 national champion wom-
en's lacrosse team. Also at South
Campus is the 67-acre Gordon Natural
Area, which includes woodlands, fields,
and a streamside habitat. This area has
been conserved as a research and teach-
ing resource for the natural sciences.
From the archway of learning at the
Philips Memorial Building to the hiking
trails ot the Gordon Center, the visitor
will find a rich tradition of educational
excellence and a diverse variety of facili-
ties in which to learn, live, and recreate.
Information Services
Information Services provides comput-
ing resources for a wide variety of users,
both academic and administrative. Many
of the University's administrative func-
tions, such as registration, grade report-
ing, and billing, depend heavily on the
campus-wide transaction processing sys-
tem that provides centrahzed access to
University data from workstations locat-
ed throughout the campus.
More importandy, computing is a vital
instructional and research tool. Infor-
mation Services offers students and facul-
ty a wide range ot computing resources,
from mainframe to microcomputers,
printers, plotters, graphics workstations,
digitizers, and optical scanners. Many of
these facilities are available at various
campus locarions, but the Academic
Computing Center in Anderson HaU
serves as a focal point for instructional
computing activity. A valid WCU
Identification (ID) card is required to use
the Academic Computing Center. For
fiirther information contact the Academic
Compudng Center at 610-436-3349.
Computing facilities throughout the
campus are joined by the Information
Services Network. This network offers
electronic mail capabilities for all campus
workstations, connection to the Internet,
and access to the University's main library
catalogs. AH WCU undergraduate stu-
dents are provided computer accounts.
The Information Services Network pro-
vides high-speed access to software
applications (programming languages,
spreadsheets, word processors, faculty
developed programs, etc.) and electronic
communication capabilities to worksta-
tions. Student laboratory facihties are
available in the Academic Computing
Center and in each ot the eight resi-
dence halls. South Campus apartments,
and in Sykes Student Union.
Students interested in acquiring a work-
ing knowledge of several commonly
used software packages are encouraged
to enroU in the introductory computing
courses offered by the Department of
Computer Science.
Major hardware facilities include an IBM
mainframe, numerous NTAS tile servers,
PCs, Macintosh, SUN, and DEC work-
stations. Letter-quality laser printers also
are available for student use.
Academic Computing Services is located
in Anderson H;iU, 610-436-3349. The
West Chester University' web site
address is http://www.wcupa.edu.
Geology Museum
The West Chester University Geology
Museum in Schmucker Science Center
houses several collections of historic and
scientific importance. Minerals from
around the world, drawn from the col-
lections of William Yocom and Ruth
Bass, are on display. The collection of
the late, well-known West Chester geol-
ogist Hugh McKinstr}' contains fine
specimens found in Chester County, as
well as specimens from notable locahties
world-wide and collections of other sig-
nificant 19th century amateurs. A spe-
cial cabinet with ultraviolet light houses
selected specimens trom the extensive
collection of fluorescent minerals of
John Stolar, Sr. Other exhibits include
fossils, the geology of Chester County,
and labels written by tamous collectors
and mineralogists. The museum is free
and open to the public by appointment.
Contact the Department ot Geology
and Astronomy at 610-436-2727.
WCU Observatory
The Department of Geology and
Astronomy maintains an astronomical
observatory on the roof of the
Schmucker Science Center. The main
instrument is an 11.5 inch reflecting
telescope that can be used in either the
Newtonian or Cassagrain format. The
auxihary telescopes include a pair of
four-inch refractors, one used to project
solar images in white hght and the other
equipped with a hydrogen alpha solar fd-
ter. A five-inch Schmidt camera also can
be mounted on the telescope assembly.
The telescope system can be used for
basic observing, astrophotography, pho-
tometry, and spectroscopy. The observa-
tory is equipped with a graphics com-
puter system and a video camera for pic-
ture capturing capabihties. The observa-
tory is used as an astronomical laborato-
ry for astronomy courses and as a
research area for independent study for
junior- or senior-level research projects.
WCU Planetarium
The Department of Geology and
Astronomy operates the University
Planetarium which houses a Spitz A-5
planetarium projector. The planetarium is
used for astronomy class lectures and labs
as well as for school and pubBc programs.
Approximately 70 schools and other
groups attend the free programs each
year, and annual attendance approaches
5,000. The planetarium dome is 10
meters in diameter, and the projector was
rebuilt and upgraded by Spitz Space
Systems in 1993. Persons interested in
arranging group visits should contact the
Department of Geology and Astronomy
at 610-436-2727 for details.
Darlington Herbarium
The Darlington Herbarium, housed in
Schmucker Science Center, is one of the
most highly regarded historical collections
of dried plant specimens in the East.
Ainong the 20,000 specimens are plants
collected by such famous explorers and
botanists as Captain John Fremont,
Thomas Nuttall, Sir William Hooker,
C.S. Rafinesque, and George Englemann.
More than 200 collectors from America's
formative years of 1820 to 1850 are repre-
sented. The herbarium was the work of
Dr. William Darlington (1782-1863), a
member of the West Chester Cabinet of
Science. Dr. Darlington was eminent in
West Chester as a physician, educator,
banker, businessman, historian, and
botanist. His plants, however, were his
first love. A state park has been estab-
lished in northern California to preserve a
rare species of insectivorous plant named
in his honor — Darlingtonia.
Robert B. Gordon Natural Area for
Environmental Studies
The University has conserved 100 acres of
natural woodland and field and stream-
side habitat located on South Campus
and uses it for several kinds of outdoor
studies in the natural sciences. Dedicated
in 1973, the area was named for Robert
B. Gordon, faculty member and chairper-
son of the University's Department of
Science firom 1938 to 1963.
Campus and Facilities
Francis Harvey Green Library
The Francis Harvey Green Library at the
corner of High Street and Rosedale
Avenue provides an excellent environ-
ment for study and research. The sLx-
story facUit}' includes individual study
carrels, faculty and graduate lounges,
group studv and seminar rooms, and gen-
eral reading areas. The Rdl-time library
staff of 38 includes the director and assis-
tant director of library services, 12 faculty
librarians, and 24 library staff members.
The hbran" has a pivotal role in both
teaching and research with a growing
collection of more than 2,000,000 items,
including the following:
Print Materials
• Books - more than 550,000
• Current journal subscriptions - more
than 2,800
• Government documents - more than
287,000
Audio Visual Materials
• Fihns and videos - more than 4,000
• Sound recordings - more than 64,000
Microforms (microfilm, microfiche,
microcard, etc.)
• Books, journals, dissertations, docu-
ments - more than 1,200,000
Electronic Materials
• Indexes and other databases - more
than 100, many of which (e.g.,
EBSCO Academic Search Premier
and Academic Universe) include the
full text of articles
• Journals - articles from more than
3,000 journals are available through
providers such as EBSCO Online,
JSTOR, Catchword, and Project Muse
• Books - more than 3,600 titles
through NetLibrarv'
The vast majority of these materials are
listed in PILOT, the Librarv's Web-acces-
sible catalog (http://pilot.sshe.edu:8022).
FHG Librar\' resources provide an
excellent basis for undergraduate
research and compare favorably with
those ot other public and private acade-
mic libraries in West Chester's geo-
graphic area. Interlibrary Loan and
PALCI Direct Borrow via the web per-
mit students and facult)' to obtain mate-
rials from major libraries in Penn-
sylvania and around the world.
Noteworthy collections in the library'
include K-12 textbooks and instructional
materials, children's literature, and maps.
The library is a selective depository for
government documents and maps.
Special Collections includes the
University' Archives, the Stanley
Weintraub Center for the Study of the
Arts and Humanities; scientific and his-
torical books from the Chester Counts-
Cabinet of Natural Sciences; the Normal
Collection (publications by West Chester
Universit)' facultv and alumni); the
Ehinger Collection (historical books on
physical education); the Biographies of
the Signers of the Declaration of
Independence by John Sanderson; and
the complete set of the Folios of
Shakespeare. The Phihps Autograph
Librar)' is housed in a specially designed
room in Philips Memorial Building.
The library maintains an extensive web
site, www.wcupa.edu/libran'.fhg, which
provides comprehensive information on
and access to library resources and services.
Music Library
The Music Library is part of the
University hbrary. Located in Swope
Hall, it houses an extensive collection of
music, one of the largest of its kind in
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Its
rapidly growing holdings include more
than 32,000 scores (historical editions,
collected works, opera, keyboard, and
vocal and instrumental music) and more
than 30,000 recordings (classical, folk,
nonwestern, and popular). Listening
facilities for 20 persons are available
within the Hbrar}'.
Historical Properties
The Chester Counts' Cabinet of Natural
Sciences (1826-1871) and the West
Chester Academy (1811-1871) merged
to form the West Chester Normal
School, which evolved into West Chester
Universit)'. Historical properties that
came to the Normal School from the
Chester County Cabinet are a grandfa-
ther's clock that belonged the Benjamin
Franklin, Anthony Wayne's telescope, an
herbarium, library and museum collec-
tions, and the Anthony Wayne Letters,
including those to Wayne from George
Washington, Benedict Arnold, and oth-
ers. The letters and the library collec-
tions are housed in the FHG Library
Special Collections.
Art Collections
The University's permanent art collection
is made up primarily of gifts from interest-
ed art patrons, senior class purchases, and
gifts from alumni. The Student Services,
Inc. (SSI) permanent art collection is on
display in buUdings throughout the cam-
pus. The SSI collection consists of a num-
ber of important works, such as the water-
color, Andress Place, by j\ndrew Wyeth.
Speech and Hearing Clinic
The Speech and Hearing Clinic provides
diagnostic and therapeutic services for
persons with speech, language, and hear-
ing problems. These services are provided
free of charge to West Chester University
students, facult)', and staff, and to stu-
dents enrolled at Cheyney University. A
fee is charged to others who wish to use
the services of the clinic. Located at 201
Carter Drive (across Madack Street from
the BuU Center parking lot), the clinic is
operated by the Department of
Communicative Disorders as a teaching
and training tacUit)' tor its undergraduate
and graduate students.
Admission to West Chester University
West Chester University- welcomes appli-
cations from qualified residents ot
Pennsylvania, other U.S. states, and inter-
national students. The University evalu-
ates its applicants on the basis of scholar-
ship, character, and potential for achieve-
ment in the programs to which they
apply. The University operates on a mod-
ified rolling admissions policy, whereby
applicants with the strongest academic
credentials are given priority processing
and notified as quickly as possible ot their
status. Other applicants are evaluated as
their files become complete and may have
final decisions deferred until later in the
processing cycle, depending upon their
individual academic profile. AH decisions
are communicated to applicants in writ-
ing. Qualified students of any age from all
racial, religious, ethnic, and socio-eco-
nomic backgrounds are welcome at West
Chester. Smdies may be pursued on a
friU- or part-time basis.
General Requirements for
Admission of Freshmen
1. Graduation, with satisfactory scholar-
ship, from an approved secondary
school or approval by the Credentials
Evaluation Division of the Pennsyl-
vania Department of Education.
2. Either a satisfactor)- score on the
SAT of the College Entrance
Examination Board (CEEB) or satis-
factory scores on the tests given in the
American College Testing Program
(ACT). Applicants who graduated
from high school more than five years
ago do not need to submit test scores.
How and When Freshmen Should
Apply
For application materials please write or
call the Office of Admissions, West
Chester University, West Chester, PA
19383, 610-436-3411 (or toll-free at 877-
315-2165), e-mail ugadmiss@wcupa.edu,
visit our Web site at www.wcupa.edu or
the State System Web site at
www.sshechan.edu.
Freshmen for the fall semester are urged
to begin the application process early in
their senior year of high school. Appli-
cants for the spring semester should
complete an application by December 1.
However, if enrollment limits are met
before these dates, admissions will be
closed.
Candidates will receive notification from
the director of admissions as soon as
possible after decisions are reached.
Freshmen who are denied admission on
the basis of academics wiU not be per-
mitted to enroU as a nondegree student
at the Universit)' but will be encouraged
to consider a junior or communit)' col-
lege as an alternative.
Policy on Early Admission
In exceptional circumstances, students
with superior academic qualifications and
unusually mamre personal development
are admitted as freshmen upon complet-
ing their junior year of secondary school.
Students who, in the opinion ot their
guidance counselors, warrant considera-
tion for early admission may obtain more
information from the director of admis-
sions. Early admission applications
should be submitted in accordance with
deadlines recommended for freshmen.
Arranging for Tests
Information about the SAT and ACT
may be obtained from high school guid-
ance counselors. It is the student's respon-
sibilitv' to ensure that all required test
scores are forwarded to the Office of
Admissions.
The Universit)- awards credit for courses
taken through the Advanced Placement
Program ottered b)- the College Entrance
Examination Board. Test scores of three
or better are required and credit may be
applied toward advanced placement in
the Universit)' and/or requirements for
graduation. Students are encouraged to
submit their scores to the Office of the
Registrar as early as possible to be sched-
uled appropriately for their first semester.
Transfer Students
Individuals who have been enrolled in any
postsecondai)- institution after graduation
from high school and/or have attended
West Chester University on a nondegree
basis must apply as transfer students.
Applicants whose secondan- school cre-
dentials would not warrant admissions
consideration as freshmen must complete
the equivalent of one full academic year
prior to attempting a transfer. A mini-
mum cumulative Grade Point Average
(GPA) of 2.00 is required for transfer
consideration. However, the University's
modified rolling admissions policy gives
priority to applicants with the strongest
academic credentials. In addition, some
academic departments have established
prerequisite course work and specific
grade point average requirements for
admission. Special consideration is award-
ed to graduates of Pennsylvania commu-
nit\' colleges and to students transferring
from other universities in the
Penns)-lvania State System of Higher
Education. Specific information may be
obtained from the Office of Admissions.
Transfer applicants for the fall semester
should begin the application process
early in the preceding spring semester.
Spring semester appUcations should be
completed bv December 1. If enrollment
limits are met before this time, admis-
sions will be closed.
Application Procedures for
Students Transferring from an
Accredited Institution
1. File an application, available from the
Office of Admissions or through the
Internet at http://www.wcupa.edu.
2. See that the director of admissions
receives:
a. An official transcript from all insti-
tutions attended. If preliminary
transcripts are submitted, the stu-
dent must see that final transcripts
are filed at the end of the semester.
b. Mid-term grades, if the student is
currently enrolled elsewhere and is
applv-ing to West Chester for the
following semester.
3. If a student has completed less than
30 semester hours of credit, he or she
must supply SAT or ACT scores and
an official high school transcript.
If a student is accepted, admission is
contingent upon successful completion
of current course work with at least a C
average as documented by transcripts of
all work attempted or completed.
Transfer students should read
"Maintenance of Academic Standards"
in the "Academic Policies and
Procedures" section of this catalog.
Transcripts ■will be evaluated in accor-
dance with the policies of the department
to which the smdent seeks admission.
After the student has been admitted, he
or she should work out an acceptable
program of study in close consultation
with an adviser in the major department.
Transfer applicants who are denied
admission on the basis of academics will
not be permitted to enroll as a nonde-
Admission to West Chester Universirv'
gree student without the approval of the
Office of Admissions. Such approval
may be rendered in the event of extenu-
ating circumstances and only under cer-
tain agreed-upon conditions in accor-
dance with University policy.
Academic Passport
The Board of Governors of the State
System of Higher Education adopted an
Academic Passport Polic)- effective
January' 1999. The goal of this pohcy is
to facilitate transfer to State System uni-
versities from Pennsylvania community
colleges and other System universities.
Pennsylvania community college students
who have earned the associate of arts
degree (A.A.) or the associate of science
(A.S.) degree in a transfer program con-
taining a minimum of 30 credits of liber-
al arts courses for the A.S. and 45 credits
of liberal ans courses for the A.A. degree
with a 2.00 GPA or above are considered
to have an Academic Passport. Students
completing 12 credits or more from
another State System university with a
minimum 2.00 GPA are said to have an
Academic Passport as well. The transfer-
credit provisions described in the
Academic Passport are extended to com-
munitv college students without an asso-
ciate degree who transfer 12 or more
credits to a Svstem instimtion. In addi-
tion, West Chester University is extend-
ing the transfer-credit pro\isions to all
transfer students from accredited institu-
tions, effective January 1999.
The Academic Passport pohcy states
Up to a maximum of 45 general education
credits and liberal arts course credits shall be
used to meet lower-division university general
education requirements, even if the receiving
university does not offer the specific course
being transferred or has not designated that
course as general education. A course-by-course
match shall not be required.
Transfer credit not applied to general edu-
cation will be applied to major require-
ments and other degree requirements.
Please note: Students must meet the
admissions standards for their selected
program of study, and enrollment hmi-
tations may restrict the number of stu-
dents who can be accommodated.
Specifics of this policy can be obtained
from the Office of Admissions or the
Office of the Registrar.
Students are urged to apply early and
submit transcripts from transfer institu-
tions as soon as possible so that students
have maximum information on course
equivalency and which requirements
have been met.
University Policies for Students
Transferring from a Nonaccredited
Institution
Apphcants from coUegiate institutions
(including communit)' colleges and
junior colleges) that are not accredited by
one of the six regional associations in
the United States wLU be considered for
admission if the appUcant's cumulative
index is 2.00 (C) or better.
The evaluation of courses hsted on tran-
scripts from an institution not accredited
bv one of the six regional associations
vviU be made by the student's major
department in consultation with the fac-
ulty dean and transfer credit analyst. AH
evaluations are subject to review by the
provost and academic vice president.
International Students
Students from foreign countries may be
considered for degree admission if, in
addition to satisfying the general require-
ments, they also demonstrate proficiency
in Enghsh. Standardized test scores fi-om
one of the following must be submitted
with the apphcation: Test of Enghsh as a
Foreign Language (TOEFL), SAT, or
American College Test (ACT). Non-
native Enghsh speakers are encouraged to
submit the TOEFL; a minimum score of
550 is required for the written exam, and
at least 213 for the computer-based test.
International students are admitted for
both the faU and spring semesters.
AppUcations for the fall must be submit-
ted to the Office of Admissions by May
1, while apphcations for the spring semes-
ter should be submitted by August 1. All
students are required to submit an apph-
cation fee. Accepted smdents must be
able to verif\' their abihty to fuUy meet aU
educational and hving expenses before any
immigration documents can be issued.
Because of the amount of time it takes for
a student visa to be secured, international
apphcants are encouraged to complete the
admissions process well in advance of the
May 1 and August 1 deadlines.
Insurance Requirements for
International Students
International students at West Chester
University are required to carry adequate
health and accident insurance. Insurance
must be effective for all periods of time
the student has been authorized to be in
the United States by an immigration doc-
ument issued by West Chester University.
Health and accident insurance pohcies
must be purchased through a company
that sells insurance in the United States.
West Chester University has set mini-
mum coverage standards which must be
met by all insurance pohcies. Information
about the minimum standards are avail-
able at the Center for International
Programs Office, 610-436-3515.
To assure comphance with the insurance
requirement, all international smdents
must come to the Center for International
Programs bv September 1 of each acade-
mic year. There smdents may obtain
information as to the amount of insurance
required and the means of obtaining cov-
erage to meet the insurance requirement.
Physical Examination
Requirements
Apphcants are not asked to submit a
report of medical history' until they have
been accepted for admission and have
committed to enroll. The form for the
necessary health examination, which wiU
be mailed to students, must be complet-
ed by a physician and returned to the
University Health Center prior to the
start of classes.
Students with Disabilities
West Chester University wiU make
every effort to assure students with dis-
abihties access to all classes required for
their program of study and will endeavor
to remove all obstacles to a flihlUing,
comprehensive university experience.
Students should contact the Office of
Services for Students with DisabUities in
Room 105 Lawrence Center to arrange
suitable accommodations. Additional
information can be obtained by calhng
610-436-2564.
Second Baccalaureate Degree
An individual may pursue a second bac-
calaureate degree at West Chester
University' after earning the first bac-
calaureate degree either at West Chester
University or another institution. Such
an individual must apply for admission
through the Office of Admissions as a
transfer student.
Admission of CoUege Graduates
Seeking Certification
College graduates who yvish to obtain
teaching certification should consult
with the Teacher Education Center,
610-436-3090.
Readmission of Former Students
Smdents who have withdrawn from, or
who for other reasons have not matricu-
lated at. West Chester for two or more
consecutive semesters are classified as
"inactive" and must request an apphca-
tion for readmission from the Office of
Fees and Expenses
Admissions. After an absence of only one
semester, students wishing to return
should contact the Oftlce of the Registrar
and their department advisers. Those
who have attended any institutions of
higher learning since leaving West
Chester must request those institutions to
forward transcripts of their records to the
Office of Admissions, West Chester
University, West Chester, PA 19383.
Readmitted students who have a disabil-
ity that they previously did not disclose
but wish to do so should contact the
Office of Services for Students with
Disabilities (OSSD) at 610-436-2564.
These students will be informed of the
appropriate documentation to submit as
well as the assistance and support ser-
vices available to them. Students who
believe that their disability had an effect
on their previous course work at the
University and wish to have this fact
considered should include that informa-
tion in their personal statement. They
also may wish to seek the support of the
OSSD in the readmission process.
Readmitted students are bound by the
requirements in the major, minor, and
cognate areas at the time of readmission,
except where permission is granted by
the respective department.
Students intending to enroll in student
teaching in the first semester of readmis-
sion must file an application for student
teaching with the individual departments
at least four months before their expected
readmission. See also "Student Teaching"
in the section entided "Academic Affairs."
All readmission applications, including
all supporting documents, should be
filed by August 1 for the fall semester
and December 1 for the spring semester.
Office of Admissions Staff
Marsha Haug — Director of Admissions
Edwin Wright — Associate Director
Courtney Hoover - Assistant Director
Angela Howard — Assistant Director
Heather Irwin - Assistant Director
Angel Harper Jackson - Assistant
Director
MoUy Leese - Assistant Director
Fees and Expenses
special Note: The fees listed below reflect
charges at press time. For up-to-date infor-
mation on fees at any given time, contact
the Office of the Bursar, 610-436-2552.
Fees and expenses are subject to change
without notice. Fees shown here are in
effect for the academic year 2003—2004,
unless otherwise noted.
Tuition Rates
The following tuition rates are those in
effect for 2002-03 and are subject to
change for 2003-04.
Unless otherwise specified, fees may be
paid by Visa, MasterCard, American
Express, check, or money order made
payable to West Chester University. The
canceled check, money order record, or
charge card billing serves as a receipt.
Undergraduate Tuition for Legal
Residents of Pennsylvania
Full-time students (between 12-18 credits)
$2,189.00 per semester
Part-time students (11 credits or less),
or per credit for each credit over 18
$182.00 per credit
See the Office of the Registrar for resi-
dency requirements.
Undergraduate Tuition for
Out-of-State Students
Full-time students (between 12-18 credits)
$5,473.00 per semester
Part-time students (11 credits or less),
or per credit for each credit over 18
$456.00 per credit
General Fee
The general tee of $514 per fiill-time stu-
dent (12 credits or more) or $43 per cred-
it hour for the part-time student (11 cred-
its or less) is a mandatory charge which
covers the use of the following services:
• Sykes Student Union Fee ($55)
Previously called the community cen-
ter fee, this charge is for the opera-
tion and use of Sykes Student Union.
• Health Center Fee ($60)
This charge is for the use of the
University Health Center.
• Snident Services, Inc. (SSI) Fee ($84)
The SSI fee fiinds student activities,
services, clubs, and sports.
• Sykes Student Union EJcpansion Fee
($60)
This fee supports the recent renovation
of Sykes Student Union, which features
new and improved student services.
• Exiucational Services Fee ($219)
(10% of in-state undergraduate tuition
or $219 using 2002-03 tuition schedule)
Students pay this fee in lieu of specific
department charges.
• Parking Improvement Fee ($36)
This fee is dedicated to improve the
quality and availability of campus
parking for students. The fee will
provide for new student parking
spaces, improved shuttle service, and
safety improvements.
Technology Tuition Fee
This mandatory instructional fee will be
used to enhance classroom technology.
All charges are per semester.
Legal residents of Pennsylvania:
FuU-time undergraduate and graduate
$50.00
Part-time undergraduate and graduate
$25.00
Out-of-state students:
FuU-time undergraduate and graduate
$75.00
Part-time undergraduate and graduate
$38.00
Summer will be considered as one semes-
ter. Students enrolled in multiple summer
sessions wiU be charged no more than the
equivalent of the fiiU-time semester rate.
Housing Fee
North Campus Residence Halls - This fee
entities the student to occupancy of a stan-
dard double room in any North Campus
residence hall with one roommate.
Per student $1,856.00 per semester
South Campus Apartment Complex -
This fee entitles the student to occupan-
cy of a four- or five-person apartment
with the following bedroom occupancy:
Single occupancy bedroom
(per student) $2,328.00 per semester
Double occupancy bedroom
(per student) $2,153.00 per semester
Students in the North Campus residence
halls losing their roommates who do not
^H Fees and Expenses
have another roommate assigned to them
will be assigned a roommate, relocated,
or charged a private room fee of $39 per
week for every week that they occupy the
room alone. These options are available
on a limited basis; however, available
spaces win be used if demand requires.
Meal Fee
Students in the North Campus resi-
dence halls must choose among Plans 1,
3, 5 and the 175 block.
Plan 1: 14- Variable Program
S898.00 per semester
This convenient program entitles resi-
dent, off-campus, and commuter stu-
dents to any 14 out of the 19 meals
served Monday through Sunday and
includes a flex fund of S 100. The flex
aspect of the 14-variable board plan gives
students the flexibility of making up to
$100 in purchases at any dining service
location. Students may add to their flex
account at any time in $25 increments.
With flex fiinds students can:
• Supplement meal entidements
• Treat friends or family members to
meals
• For a late night snack, have a freshlv
made ITZA PIZZA deUvered to
the residence hall
• Purchase items from the
Convenience Stores
Plan 2: Flex Program
This program is designed for the South
Campus apartment complex, off-campus
and commuter students, faculty, and
staff. A minimum of $100 can be placed
in a flex account that can be accessed by
an ID card. The program can be used in
the Lawrence Food Court, Campus
Corner, Convenience Stores, or in the
Sykes Ram's Head Food Court. Faculty
and staff may use their flex dollars in the
University Club as well. With this pro-
gram, there is no need to carry cash for
meals. The flex fund may be increased
by $25 increments at any time during
the semester.
Plan 3: 10- Variable Program
$824.00 per semester
This plan allows resident, off-campus,
and commuter students more flexibility
in scheduling their meals throughout the
week. This plan entitles participants to
10 out of the 19 meals served Monday
through Sunday and includes a flex fund
of $100 that can be used as described in
Plan 1.
Plan 4: 5-Variable Program
S611.00 per semester
This plan is designed for South Campus
apartment complex, off-campus, and
commuter students who wish to have
the convenience of meals on campus.
This plan entitles participants to five out
of the 19 meals served Alonday through
Sunday and includes a flex fund of $100
that can be used as described in Plan 1.
Plan 5: 19 All-inclusive Program
$965.00 per semester
This plan entitles resident, off-campus,
and commuter smdents to all of the meals
served during the week and includes a flex
fijnd of $100 that can be used as
described in Plan 1.
For those students in residence halls, the
meal plan cost has already been included
in the University bLUing. South Campus
apartment complex, off-campus, and
commuter students can sign up for one of
these meal plans by applying at the Office
of the Bursar in the E.O. BuU Center.
Block Plans
175 with $100 flex $858 per semester
50 with $100 flex $560 per semester
The block plan is different from the
other plans since students may vary the
number of meals they eat in a given week
from 0-19. The number of remaining
meals carries over week to week, but all
meals must be consumed by the end of
the semester or be forfeited. There is no
refund for unused meals at the end of the
semester. The two block plans available
are the 175 per semester and the 50 per
semester, and both include $100 in flex
funds. However, resident students may
only select the 175, which averages
approximately 12 meals per week. Since
meals may not be added if they run out
early, it is important to use them wisely.
Any flex funds left at the end of the first
semester will transfer to the second
semester. Any flex dollars remaining at
the end of the second semester will be
forfeited.
How the Meal Plan Works
A West Chester University' identifica-
tion card will be encoded to access a stu-
dent's dining service account.
A meal or flex dollars will be deducted
from the balance automatically when the
card is presented to the cashier.
This identification axd vvoll serve as a ticket
to the offerings at Lawrence Food Court,
Campus Comer, Convenience Stores, and
Sykes Ram's Head Food Court.
Identification Card Fees. The
University charges a $10 fee to issue an
identification card to each fuU- or part-
time student. If this card is lost, stolen,
or damaged, the student will be charged
$10 for a replacement card. This fee is
payable at the Student Services, Inc.
(SSI) service center located on the
ground level of Sykes Student Union.
International Student Services Fee
International students are assessed a fee
of $25 per semester to support the ser-
vices provided to them by the Interna-
tional Program Office.
Payment of Fees
Fall semester bills should be received by
mid-July. Spring semester bills should be
received by the first week of December.
If you do not receive a bUl, contact the
Office of the Bursar at 610-436-2552. It
is the responsibility of each student to
pay/submit the semester biU by the due
date. Nonreceipt of a semester bill does
not relieve the student of the responsi-
bility of paying/ submitting the bUl by
the due date. Address changes should be
made through the Office of the Registrar
to allow for sufficient time to reflect an
accurate biUing address.
Students who are receiving approved
financial aid awards that fully cover or
exceed the amount of their bills do not
have to pay, but they must submit to the
Office of the Bursar the appropriate por-
tion of their semester bill to complete reg-
istration. Failure to return the biU, even if
no payment is due, may result in the can-
cellation of registration/ schedule and
the assessment of late penalties. Students
who cannot pay their bills in hill by the
due date may apply for partial pavment
(see "Partial Payment Policy" below).
Failure to meet the payment deadhne
could result in cancellation of the stu-
dent's schedule. In order to have another
schedule reinstated, the student would
have to pay his or her bill in fiiU as well
as a $35 late registration fee.
Students who owe money to the
Universitv will have a hold placed on
their accounts. If not satisfied, this hold
will cancel registration/scheduling for
future semesters, prevent the release of
transcripts, and prohibit graduation
clearance. The University also mav, at
its discretion, invoke any other penalty
appropriate for a particular case in
which money is owed to the University.
Partial Payment Policy
The University extends partial payment
privileges to all students who are in
good financial standing and have not
Fees and Expenses
defaulted on a previous payment plan.
The nonrefundable fee charged for this
service is $35 per semester. Installment
payments received late are subject to a
$25 late payment fee. For more informa-
tion about the plan offered, contact the
Office of the Bursar at 610-436-2552.
Uncollectible Check Policy
A fee of $25 is charged for any check
returned to the University for insufficient
funds, stopped payment, or closed
account. The University may, at its dis-
cretion, charge this fee for any check
returned to it for any other reason.
The check will be returned to the student
upon its replacement through cash,
cashier's check, MasterCard, Visa,
American Express, or money order.
Students who have two or more checks
returned against their accounts wiU no
longer be able to make payment by person-
al check; all future payments must be made
by cash, certified check, MasterCard, Visa,
American Express, or money order.
Refund Policy
AH requests for refunds for dropped or
canceled courses, or for withdrawals,
must be made in writing or in person to
the Office of the Registrar. Refunds are
not automatic; it is the student's respon-
sibility to initiate a refund request.
Appeals concerning the refiind policy for
tuition and the general fee are made to
the Office of the Registrar. Appeals con-
cerning the Housing or Meal Fee are
made to the Office of Residence Life.
Further appeals, if necessary, may be
made to the Appeals Committee.
The refund poUcy does not affect the
time Une for W, WP, and WF grades as
described under "Withdrawing from a
Course" (see page 42).
Individual fees will be reflinded accord-
ing to the policies described below.
Tuition - in fuU through the first day of
the semester or according to the follow-
ing schedule once classes have begun.
(This schedule assumes that the student
account is paid in fuU and that the per-
centages apply to the total tuition biU,
not to a partial payment of tuition.)
Withdraw during Receive tuition and
general fees refiind
Through 1st day of semester 100%
Days 2-5 of 1st week of semester 90%
2nd week of semester 80%
3rd week of semester 70%
4th week of semester 60%
5th week of semester 50%
6th week of semester and after No refiind
No refiind will be given if the student
drops a course but retains fiill-time status,
or if he/she owes the University money.
General Fee - in fiiU through the first day
of the semester and prorated on a credit-
hour basis for a change fi-om fiiU-time to
part-time status. A change in the number
of credit hours within the flill-time status
(12 credit hours or above) does not result
in a refund of the General Fee; however, a
change within the part-time status (below
12 credit hours) will result in a per-credit-
hour adjustment according to the refiand
schedule used for tuition refunds.
Housing Fee - in fiill prior to the first
day of the semester; after the first day of
the semester, prorated refiinds are made
on an individual basis through the Office
of Residence Life.
Meal Fee - in fijU prior to the first day
of the semester; after the first day of the
semester, prorated refiinds are made on
an individual basis through the Office of
Residence Life for resident students, and
through the Office of the Bursar for
commuter students.
Other Fees
AppUcation Fee. $35 is charged to all
prospective students for the processing of
their applications to the University. The
fee is nonrefundable and is not credited
to the student's account.
Nondegree Student AppUcation Fee.
Nondegree students are charged a one-
time $15 initial processing fee.
Acceptance Fee. AH newly accepted and
readmitted students pay $100 as proof of
intention to enroU at the University. It is
credited against the student's tuition and
is nonrefundable if the student decides
not to attend.
Housing Deposit. AH new and return-
ing students who wish to live in the resi-
dence halls are charged $100. It is credit-
ed against the student's housing fee and
is nonrefiindable if the student decides
not to live on campus.
Late Registration Fee. AH students who
schedule during the late registration peri-
od are charged a $35 nonrefundable late
registration fee.
Credit by Examination Fee. A charge is
made to aU students who register for a
Credit by Examination through the
Office of the Registrar. Each examina-
tion scheduled costs $25.
PortfoUo Assessment Fee. Equal to 50
percent of the per credit hour rate, this
fee is charged to have a faculty member
assess a student's prior knowledge in a
particular course.
Course Audit Fee. Students who audit
courses pay the same fees as students
taking the courses for a letter grade.
Damage Fee. Smdents are charged for
damage or loss of University property.
This fee varies, depending on the extent
of the damage.
Identification Card Fees. The
University charges a $10 fee to issue an
identification card to each fiall- or part-
time student. If this card is lost, stolen,
or damaged, the student wiH be charged
$10 for a replacement card. This fee is
payable at the Student Services Center
Office, Sykes Union.
Parking Fees. The University charges a
nonrefundable parking fee to students
who are eligible to purchase a permit to
use University parking lots. The current
parking fee is $30 per year. Parking per-
mits are available at the Department of
Public Safety. Parking fines are assessed at
$10 up to $40 depending on the violation.
Music Instrument Rental Fees. Each
student renting a musical instrument for
a semester is charged $20 per instrument.
Every student using a pipe organ for
practice for one period each weekday is
charged $36 per semester.
Lost Key Replacement. Students who
lose the key to their residence haU room
are charged a nonrefiindable fee of $30
to replace the lock.
Transcript Fee. The fee for transcripts is
$3 per copy. Transcript request forms are
available in the Office of the Registrar.
Immediate transcripts are $5 per request.
Commencement Fee. The University
charges $56 to aH students enrolled in a
degree program who wLU have ftilfiHed
their degree requirements by the end of
the semester. This fee is paid after the
student completes a Graduation
Application Form in the Office of the
Registrar and is approved for graduation.
Placement Credentials Fee. This $10
charge covers the cost of registration,
development, and updating a student's
credentials file in the Twardowski Career
Development Center. The fee entitles
the student to five mailings of creden-
tials, as weH as a personal copy.
Fees for Health and Physical Education
Majors. Students in the B.S. degree pro-
grams in health and physical education
must purchase uniforms at the University
Bookstore. AH students must be in prop-
er uniform for activity classes.
Financial Aid
The financial aid program at West
Chester Universit}' provides financial
assistance and counseling to students who
can benefit from further education, but
who cannot obtain it without such assis-
tance. Financial aid consists of gift aid in
the form of scholarships or grants, and
self-help aid in the form ot employment
or loans. The main responsibility for
meeting educational expenses rests with
students and their families. Financial aid
is a supplement to family contribution and
is to be used for educational expenses.
Ehgibility for financial aid, with the
exception of some private scholarships
and the Parent Loan Program, is based
on demonstrated financial need. Family
income, assets, and family size influence
a student's demonstrated financial need.
All documents, correspondence, and
conversations among the applicants, their
families, and the Office of Financial Aid
are confidential and entitled to the pro-
tection ordinarily arising from a counsel-
ing relationship.
In order to receive financial aid, the
student must:
1. Be accepted for admission as a degree
student enrolling at West Chester
University, or, in the case of a student
already attending the University', be
enrolled and making satisfactory aca-
demic progress as a degree student. See
the Office of Financial Aid for a more
detailed explanation of this requirement.
2. Submit a Free Apphcation for Federal
Student Aid before March 1 for pri-
ority' consideration. This apphcation
will be used to determine demonstrat-
ed financial need for the student. AH
students are encouraged to complete
this apphcation.
3. Apply for the state grant program in
his or her state of legal residence.
4. Submit any other requested documen-
tation concerning financial and family
circumstances that may be requested
by the Office of Financial Aid, or any
agency that administers financial
' Federal financial aid includes the Federal Pell
Grant, SEOG Grant, Perkins Loan, Federal
Stafford Loan, and Federal PLUS Loan.
**Withdrawal date is defined as the actual date the
student began the institution's withdrawal
process, the student's last date ot recorded
attendance, or the midpoint of the semester for a
student who leaves without notifying the
institution.
assistance programs. Financial aid
applicants may be required to submit
copies of their IRS forms, and/or
their parents' forms, or various other
income-related documents.
Submission of the above does not auto-
matically entitle a student to receive finan-
cial aid. The Office of Financial Aid fol-
lows the regulations estabhshed by the
federal government in awarding aid. Aid
applicants are ranked according to unmet
need (based on budget, federal and state
grants, and expected family contribution),
and available funds are offered to the
neediest students first. Students must apply
for financial aid each academic year.
Unless otherwise specified, requests for
scholarships, grants, loans, and employ-
ment opportunities described in this cata-
log should be made to the Office of
Financial Aid. Application forms for state
and federal grants may be obtained from
the Office of Financial Aid at West
Chester University and from the offices of
most high school guidance counselors.
Questions concerning financial aid may be
directed to the Office of Financial Aid,
138 Elsie O. Bull Center, West Chester
University, West Chester, PA 19383, 610-
436-2627. Office hours are from 8 a.m. to
4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday.
Withdrawal/Enrollment Change
and Aid
Students who officially withdraw or
change their enrollment status may be
entided to a refund of certain fees, accord-
ing to West Chester University's policy.
(See section entitled "Fees and Expenses.")
If that student has been awarded financial
aid for the semester in which the with-
drawal or enrollment change occurs, a por-
tion of the reflind will be returned to finan-
cial aid program funds.
Financial aid refunds due to withdrawals
or enrollment changes are processed in
accordance with federal, state, and award-
ing agency guidelines and regulations.
The Office of Financial Aid recalculates
federal* financial aid ehgibihty for stu-
dents who withdraw, drop out, are dis-
missed, or take a leave of absence prior to
completing 60 percent of a semester.
Recalculation is based on the percent of
earned aid using the following formula:
Percent earned =
Number of days completed up to withdrawal
date^/total days in semester
Federal financial aid is returned to the fed-
eral government based on the percent of
unearned aid using the following formula:
Aid to be returned =
(100% - percent earned) x amount of aid dis-
bursed toward institutional changes
When aid is returned, the student may
owe a debit balance to the University.
The student should contact the Office of
the Bursar to make arrangements to pay
the balance.
Student Consumer Rights and
Responsibilities
You have the right to ask a school:
1. The names of its accrediting organi-
zations.
2. About its programs; its instructional,
laboratory, and other physical facih-
ties; and its facult)'.
3. What the cost of attending is and
what its poUcies are on refiinds to
students who drop out.
4. What financial assistance is avail-
able, including information on all
federal, state, local, private, and
institutional financial aid programs.
5. What the procedures and deadhnes
are for submitting apphcations for
each available financial aid program.
6. What criteria it uses to select finan-
cial aid recipients.
7. How it determines your financial
need. This process includes how costs
for mition and fees, room and board,
travel, books and supplies, personal
and miscellaneous expenses, etc. are
coi^sidered in your budget. It also
includes what resources (such as
parental contribution, other financial
aid, your assets, etc.) are considered
in the calculation of your need.
8. If you have a loan, what the interest
rate is, the total amount that must be
repaid, the length of time you have to
repay the loan, when payments are to
begin, and any cancellation and
deferment provisions that apply.
9. If you are offered a work study job,
what kind of job it is, what hours
you must work, what your duties
wiU be, what the rate of pay will be,
and how and when you will be paid.
10. To reconsider your aid package, if
you believe a mistake has been made.
11. How the school determines whether
you are making satisfactory academic
Financial Aid
progress, and what happens if you
are not.
12. What special facilities and services
are available to the disabled.
You have the responsibility to:
1. Review and consider all information
about a school's program before you
enroU.
2. Pav special attention to your applica-
tion for student financial aid, com-
plete it accurately, and submit it on
time to the right place. Errors can
delay your receipt of financial aid.
3. Provide all additional documenta-
tion, verification, corrections,
and/or new information requested
by either the Office of Financial
Aid or the agency to which you
submitted your application.
4. Read and understand all forms that
you are asked to sign and keep
copies of them.
5. Accept responsibUity for the promis-
sory note and all other agreements
that you sign.
6. If you have a loan, notify the lender
of changes in your name, address, or
enrollment status.
7. Perform in a satisfactory manner
the work that is agreed upon in
accepting a college work study job.
8. Know and comply with the dead-
lines for application tor aid.
9. Know and comply with your
school's refund procedures.
THE FOLLOWING IS A BRIEF DE-
SCRIPTION OF THE nNANCL\L
AID PROGRAMS AVAILABLE AT
WEST CHESTER LTNIVERSIT\".
Federal Work Study Program
Federal work study is an employment
program that allows students to work
part time on campus. Application is
made through the Free Apphcation for
Federal Student Aid. The priority dead-
line is INIarch 1.
Federal Perkins Loan Program
The Office of Financial Aid administers
the Federal Perkins Loan Program for
students who demonstrate financial need.
TTie annual loan limit is S4,000, wth
aggregate limits of $20,000 for students
who have successfully completed two years
of an undergraduate program leading to a
bachelor's degree (but have not completed
that degree) and S8,000 for all other stu-
dents. The interest rate is 5 percent and
begins to accme when repa\'ment com-
mences - nine months after the student
leaves school or drops below half-time sta-
tus. There are deferment and cancellation
privileges for smdents meeting specific cri-
teria. Application is made through the
Free Application for Federal Student Aid.
The priority deadline is March 1.
Federal Stafford Loan Program
This loan program, formerly the
Guaranteed Smdent Loan Program,
operates with the cooperation of private
lenders (banks, credit unions, etc.). Loans
for students who demonstrate need are
subsidized (no in-school interest pay-
ments); loans for smdents who do not
demonstrate need are unsubsidized (in-
school interest payments required).
Annual loan limits are $2,625 for first-
year students, $3,500 for second-year stu-
dents, and $5,500 for undergraduate stu-
dents who have completed two years.
Independent students may borrow addi-
tional unsubsidized funds: up to $4,000
per year for their first two years, and up
to $5,000 per year after they have com-
pleted tvvo years. The academic level
maximum amounts are riot guaranteed.
The loan amount is influenced by the
receipt of other aid. The interest rate for
first-time borrowers is variable, not to
exceed 8.25 percent. For subsidized loans,
it begins to accrue when repa\Tnent com-
mences— six months after the student
terminates his or her education or drops
below halt-time status. Students should
allow 10 weeks for processing and apply
by May 31. The Master Promisson* Note
and the Free Application for Federal
Student Aid must be filed.
Federal Parent Loan for
Undergraduate Students (PLUS)
The Federal PLUS program operates
through private lenders. Parents may
borrow up to the cost of education
minus other aid for each dependent stu-
dent attending a postsecondary educa-
tional instimtion for each academic
level. The interest rate is variable, not to
exceed nine percent, and repayment
commences 60 days after disbursement
of the loan funds. Applications are
secured at lending institutions.
Short-Term Emergency Loan
Students in need of funds to cover unusu-
al or emergency education expenses may
contact the Office of the Bursar concern-
ing the Short-Term Emergency Loan
Program. The maximum loan is $200.
Federal PeU Grant
This is the federal grant program. All
students are encouraged to apply for a
Federal PeU Grant. Students receive
notification of eligibilitv' in the form of a
Student Aid Report. Interested students
must file the Free Apphcation for
Federal Student Aid. Deadhne is May 1
of the current academic year.
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)
The FSEOG program is federally fund-
ed and administered by the Office of
Financial Aid. A student must demon-
strate financial need and be an under-
graduate. Students must file the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid.
The priorit)' deadhne is March 1.
State Grants
PENNSYLVANIA HIGHER EDU-
CATION ASSISTANCE AGENCY
(PHEAA) GRANT. The Common-
\vealth of Pennsylvania, through
PHEAA, makes state grants available to
students who demonstrate financial need
and are Pennsylvania residents. PHEAA
requires that students successfiilly com-
plete at least 24 credits for each fiill-year
grant awarded. Students must file the
Free Application for Federal Student
Aid. Deadline is Mav 1.
The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has
entered into reciprocal agreements with
the following adjacent states: Delaware,
West Virginia, and Ohio. Residents of
these states who wish to attend West
Chester University are permitted to use
state grants from their home states for
educational expenses at West Chester.
Some other states not adjacent to
Pennsylvania may permit their residents
to use state grants for attendance at West
Chester University. Students should con-
tact the agency for higher education in
their states for more information.
Scholarships and Awards
'ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT
AWARDS. Awards of $4,000 each
(one-time awards) are given to freshmen.
ACME MARKETS, INC. SCHOL-
ARSHIPS. Acme Markets, Inc. spon-
sors four-year scholarships for six enter-
ing freshmen. Students are to be enrolled
in a degree program in business, man-
agement, or marketing and have a career
interest in retail management or related
area. Recipients wiU also participate in
an Acme internship or co-op program.
The scholarships are renewable provided
Financial ^^id
all scholarship requirements are main-
tained. Applications will onl)' be accept-
ed even- four years beginning with the
1996-97 academic year.
THE J.PETER ABLER PRIZE FOR
EXCELLENCE IN THEATRE. The
J.Peter Adler Prize for Excellence in
Theatre has been funded through indi-
vidual, family, and group gifts to honor
the memon' of J.Peter Adler, son of
WCU President Madeleine Wing
Adler. The prize is awarded annually to
West Chester University seniors who
have exhibited strong talent in theatre,
and who will be continuing their educa-
tion in a graduate degree program.
LENORE ALT EXCELLENCE IN
LEADERSHIP AWARD. This $500
award, which was established by Lois
Alt, associate professor of vocal and
choral music, in memory of her mother,
will be presented to a junior woman
music major with a 3.25 GPA, who has
completed all theory and history of
music 200-level courses.
WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION SCHOL-
ARSHIP FUND. A scholarship fond
was established by the Alumni Associa-
tion of West Chester University' in 1974
to benefit the students of West Chester
University. The criteria for selection are
scholarship, leadership, character, and
need. Scholarships may be awarded to
sophomores, juniors, and seniors.
Applications are available from the Office
of Financial Aid or the Office of Alumni
Relations. The awards are generally made
on Alumni Day each year and are applied
to the students' course fees for the next
academic year. Scholarship amounts vary.
GERALDINE RUTH DALEY
ANDERSON SCHOLARSHIP. This
fund was established to honor Mrs.
Geraldine Dalev Anderson '34 by a gift
from her husband, Robert S. Anderson,
M.D. The awards from the fond are
restricted to physical education majors
who are graduates of high schools in
Lackawanna, Luzerne, and Wyoming
counties in Pennsylvania. Students also
must have financial need and demon-
strate academic achievement. Preference
will be given to women students. The
value of the award is estimated at $1000.
Applications may be obtained from the
Office of Financial Aid.
ROBERT S. ANDERSON '23
SCHOLARSHIP. Robert S. Anderson
'23 created this endowed scholarship in
his will to benefit West Chester
University students with fmancial need.
Renewable scholarships will be awarded
to incoming students with satisfactory
academic standards and financial need.
SANDRA ALESL\ ATKINS MEMO-
RIAL SCHOLARSHIP. This scholar-
ship is awarded annually as a memorial to
Sandra Alesia Atkins, a member of the
class of 1981, to an outstanding music
student from Overbrook High School in
Philadelphia who erurolls at West Chester
Universit}' as a candidate for the B.S.
degree in music education. The recipient
win be selected by the School of Music
upon recommendation of the Overbrook
High School Music Department.
HERBERT BELLER SCHOLAR-
SHIP IN GEOLOGY. EstabUshed by
Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Beller, this schol-
arship is awarded annually (renewable)
to an outstanding junior or senior geolo-
gy major who needs assistance to pay
tuition. The Department of Geology
chair will select the recipient; the dean
of the College of Arts and Sciences also
must approve the selection.
BENZING FAMILY SCHOLAR-
SHIP. C)Tithia Benzing, professor of eco-
nomics and finance at West Chester
Universit)', and her spouse, William
Benzing, instructor of history' at Delaware
Count}' Community College and a tax
consultant, have established this fond.
The scholarship is awarded through the
Department of Economics and Finance to
an outstanding senior in the department.
*BOARD OF GOVERNORS
SCHOLARSHIPS. Merit-based renew-
able scholarships available to incoming
freshmen who are residents of Penn-
sylvania. Awards are based on the suc-
cessfol completion of an academic high
school program, satisfactory SAT/ ACT
scores, high school rank, and academic
record. The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid also must be completed.
ELIZABETH O'BYRNE BORZ '41
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship
provides $500 annually to an entering
freshman with a B average and is renew-
able providing a 3.0 GPA is maintained
as an undergraduate at the University-.
GEORGE AND SUSAN BOYER
ORGAN SCHOLARSHIP. This schol-
arship was created by alumni George
Boyer '69 and Susan Bover '79 to assist a
talented incoming student whose main
area of performance is the organ. In the
even that there is no incoming student
eligible for the scholarship, it may then
be awarded to a current organ major who
meets the criteria of excellence.
CAROL BRANCA SCHOLARSHIR
This scholarship, established bv the
Branca family in honor of Carol Branca, is
awarded to a B.A. communications stud-
ies major who has an overall GPA of 3.5
or better at the end of the first semester of
the sophomore year. To qualify, students
must have completed three semesters at
the University, and a minimum of 15
credits per semester. The scholarship is
renewable provided the recipient contin-
ues as a communications studies major
and maintains a GPA of 3.5 or better.
Transfer students with more than six
credits are not eligible for the scholarship.
The minimum award is currently $500.
JUSTO B. BRAVO SCHOLARSHIP
IN CHEMISTRY. This award is avaU-
able to a foil-time student majoring in
chemistry'. Applications are made to the
Department of Chemistry'.
LAURY SAMUEL BROKENSHIRE
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is
presented annually as a memorial to
Laury Brokenshire '59 by his parents,
Mr. and Mrs. James R. Brokenshire of
Reading. It is awarded to an outstanding
junior class music student selected by
the School of Music faculty.
ROBERT M. BROWN ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP FOR PHYSICS.
This scholarship was established by
alumnus Robert M. Brown '38 for a
worthy foU-time sophomore, junior, or
senior undergraduate physics major. The
scholarship is renewable if the recipient
maintains the required 3.0 GPA.
BONNIE CLAIRE BRUNO
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. One
$500 award is made to an outstanding
foU-time student in the College of Arts
and Sciences yvho is a Pennsylvania resi-
dent, demonstrates fmancial need, and
has a cumulative GPA of at least 3.00.
DIANE AND ROGER
CASAGRANDE SCHOLARSHIP.
Established by Drs. Diane and Roger
Casagrande, this scholarship is awarded
to a foU-time communication studies or
pre-engineering declared major with a
cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher and a
consistent record of considerable campus
and community ser^'ice. The scholarship
is renewable but not automatically so.
The selection committee will consist of
the chairs from the departments of
Physics and Communication Studies, as
well as a graduating senior for either
department as invited by the chairs.
Financial Aid
CAVALCADE OF BANDS SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This award is sponsored joindy
by the Cavalcade of Bands Association
and the School of Music. The recipient(s)
must be admitted in good standing to the
music program at West Chester Univer-
sity and selected by the director ot the
winning band(s) in each category of the
American and Yankee Conferences. The
awards are determined annually. Normal-
ly, one student from each of the four win-
ning bands will be selected to receive a
$1,000 tuitional scholarship.
ROBERT L. CARL MEMORIAL
KEYBOARD SCHOLARSHIP. Two
scholarships are awarded to freshman
keyboard majors, in honor of the late
Robert L. Carl, former chairperson of
the Department of Keyboard Music,
who taught piano at the University from
1946 until 1971. Applications are made
to the dean of the School of Music.
PAUL E. CARSON BAND SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This award has been made pos-
sible by the generosity of Paul E. Carson,
former chair of the Instrumental Depart-
ment and a member of the University fac-
ulty for 28 years. Scholarships are awarded
to freshmen majoring in band instruments.
VINCENT D. CELENTANO
MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship is awarded as a memorial to
Dr. Vincent D. Celentano, musician,
scientist, and Explorer Committee mem-
ber. Eligible freshmen in the School of
Music must be affiHated with Exploring
or the Senior Branch of Scouting.
ELVA L. BOYER CHAMBERLIN '31
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is
awarded to an academically qualified stu-
dent who demonstrates financial need,
with preference given to a student study-
ing in the field of education. Awards are
made by the University Scholarship
Committee based on recommendations
from the director of financial aid.
CHESTER COUNTY ALUMNI
CHAPTER SCHOLARSHIP. The
West Chester University Chester County
Alumni Chapter sponsors a scholarship
for a Chester County high school gradu-
ate and freshman. The $500 award is
fiinded through contributions from chap-
ter members. Applications may be
obtained through the Office of Financial
Aid and the Office of Alumni Relations.
CLASS OF 1920 SCHOLARSHIP.
This fiind was established by the Class of
1920 through a gift on the occasion of the
class's 65th reunion. The award is inade to
a student who has completed one year of
study at the University or to an outstand-
ing freshman. Documented financial need
and demonstrated leadership qualities are
essential. The amount will be no less than
$500. Application forms are available
through the Office of Financial Aid.
CLASS OF 1937 SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship fund was established by
the Class of 1937 as a golden anniversary
gift to West Chester University on the
50th reunion of the class. The scholar-
ships are awarded to entering freshmen
based on scholarship, leadership, charac-
ter, and financial need. The awards are
generally made on Alumni Day each year
and are applied to tuition fees tor the
academic year. Applications are available
from the Office of Development and
Alumni Relations or the Office of
Financial Aid. Selection of recipients will
be made by the Scholarship Committee
of the Alumni Board of Directors.
CLASS OF 1938 SCHOLARSHIP.
This fund was established by the Class of
1938 as a Golden Anniversary Gift to the
University at the 50th reunion of the class.
The award is to be made to a student who
has successfiJly completed one academic
year at West Chester and is based on lead-
ership, scholarship, character, and financial
need. Application forms are available
through the Office of Financial Aid.
CLASS OF 1942 SCHOLARSHIP.
Established by the Class of 1942, this
scholarship is awarded to a student
enrolled in the School of Education with
a record of high academic achievement,
demonstrated financial need, and evi-
dence of contributions to the campus
community through volunteer activities.
CLASS OF 1943 MATH SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship was initiated by
two Class of 1943 members to improve
the teaching of math on the middle
school and secondary levels. It is award-
ed annually to an undergraduate who
intends to teach mathematics, exhibits
excellence in that discipline, and wUl
help foster the job of problem solving in
others. Applications are made through
the Department of Mathematics.
CLASS OF 1948 SCHOLARSHIP. The
Class of 1948 initiated this scholarship as a
gift in celebration of its 50th reunion.
Recipients must be a junior, have a mini-
mum GPA of 3.0, major in an area of
teacher education, and be active in at least
one school-sponsored extracurricular activ-
ity. The scholarship is renewable provided
the minimum 3.0 GPA is maintained.
The minimum award is currentlv $750.
CLASS OF 1951 SCHOLARSHIP.
The Class of '51 established this scholar-
ship as a gift in celebration of its 50th
Reunion in May 2001. The award is made
to an incoming freshman who plans to
major in education, has a cumulative high
school grade average of "B" or better, par-
ticipated in extracurricular or community
activities, and demonstrates financial need.
The scholarship is renewable provided the
recipient maintains an overall 3.0 average
at West Chester University.
CLASS OF 1957 SCHOLARSHIP.
This fund was established by the Class
of 1957 to assist entering freshmen with
demonstrated exemplary achievement in
mathematics or science and English.
Application forms are available through
the Office of Financial Aid.
CLASS OF 1967 SCHOLARSHIP.
Estabhshed by the Class of 1967, this
scholarship is awarded to a deserving
incoming freshman.
CLASS OF 1970 SCHOLARSHIP.
This fund was made available through
the Class of 1970 on its 15th reunion in
1985. The award is to be made to a stu-
dent who has demonstrated academic
achievement and good University citi-
zenship. The amount is no less than
$100. Application forms are available
through the Office of Financial Aid.
JOHN T. COATES HORN SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This scholarship was estab-
hshed in 1987 as a memorial to John T.
Coates by his wife and daughters. It is
awarded to a talented incoming fresh-
man whose major performing area is the
French horn.
COLONIAL SCHOLARSHIP FOR
BUSINESS STUDY. This scholarship
is awarded to incoming freshmen with
demonstrated financial need from
Plymouth Whitemarsh High School
enrolled in the School of Business and
PubHc Affairs.
*CONNELLY FOUNDATION
SCHOLARSHIP. The ConneUy
Foundation, established in 1955 by Mr.
and Mrs. John F. Connelly (deceased),
provided the fiinds for this endowed schol-
arship. Awards wiU be made to deserving
graduates of Catholic high schools in the
five-county Philadelphia area including
Chester, Delaware, Montgomery, Bucks,
and Philadelphia counties.
SAMUEL RUSSELL COSBY, JR.
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP
(VOICE). This scholarship was created
to honor Samuel R. Cosby, Jr. '44 by his
nephew BiU Cosby. The scholarship will
Financial Aid
be awarded to an incoming freshman
who plans to attain a bachelor of music
degree in performance, with a concentra-
tion in vocal performance. It is restricted
to students from WiUiam Penn High
School or Bodine Magnet School, both
in Philadelphia. The School of Music
dean will select the recipient.
PAT CROCE SPORTS MEDICINE
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. The
scholarship was estabUshed through a
personal gift from Pat Croce to recog-
nize and reward outstanding students in
the sports medicine program.
KENDALL PARIS DAVIS SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This scholarship is awarded to
an incoming, fuU-time, female student
from Delaware with demonstrated finan-
cial need and deep academic desire.
CLIFFORD DeBAPTISTE SCHOL-
ARSHIP. Named in honor of Clifford
DeBaptiste, former mayor of the Borough
of West Chester, communitv' leader, and
local businessman, this scholarship will
assist qualified traditional and nontradi-
tional social work students from both the
B.S.W. and M.S.W. programs. Require-
ments include excellence in academic
achievement, demonstrated communit)'
leadership initiatives, and a demonstrated
commitment to biculmral and bihngual
social work practice. Initial assistance in
the range of $500 will be provided for
book funds and/or travel assistance to and
from practicum assignments.
ERIC S. DELLECKER '84 SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This scholarship for pre-med-
ical students was established in memory of
Eric S. Dellecker bv his parents. Recipients
are chosen by the University Pre-Medical
Committee based on academic achieve-
ment and the completion of one academic
year in the pre-medical program.
PHILLIP B. DONLEY AWARD. This
scholarship was established bv the athlet-
ic training alumni and is awarded to a
junior majoring in athletic training. The
recipient will be chosen based on GPA,
cUnical evaluations, and service (profes-
sional, Universitv, and community).
'RALPH H. DeRUBBO ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP FUND. This scholar-
ship was created by Ralph H. DeRubbo
'47 to assist a student in financial need.
FREDERICK DOUGLASS SOCI-
ETY SCHOLARSHIP. Scholarships
are available to minority students who
are enrolled fuU time. Applicants must
demonstrate their ability' to make a posi-
tive contribution to the University
and/or community through active
involvement. Applications and guidelines
are available during the spring semester
in the Office of Financial Aid.
DR. ROBERT E. DRAYER MEMOR-
IAL AWARD. An annual award for die
senior who graduates with the most distin-
guished record in histon', in memor\' of
Dr. Robert E. Draver, assistant professor
of history, who died in 1968. The Depart-
ment of History selects the recipient.
*ROBERT EDWARD DRAYER
SCHOLARSHIPS. There are three
renewable Drayer Scholarships. The
four-year full scholarship is given to a
freshman history' major with strong aca-
demic achievement; it covers in-state
tuition, fees, room, and board. The two-
year hill scholarship also covers in-state
tuition, fees, room, and board, and is
awarded for academic merit each year to
a history major who will be returning to
West Chester University as a junior. The
S2,000 four-year partial scholarship is
awarded each year to a freshman histor)-
major on the basis of need and merit.
EARTH AND SPACE UNDER-
GRADAUTE SCHOLARSHIP.
Awards will be made to junior or senior
majors in B.S. geoscience or B.S.Ed, earth
and space sciences on the basis of academ-
ic achievement, financial need, and per-
sonal characteristics. Recipients will be
chosen by vote of the faculty in the
Department of Geology and Astronomy.
FACULTY AWARD. A certificate pre-
sented annually to a graduating senior in
the Department of Nursing who, in the
opinion of the department faculty, demon-
strates "outstanding ability and exceptional
commitment to professional nursing."
FACULTY SCHOLARSHIP FUND.
Annual awards of $200 each are made in
May to undergraduate students on the
basis of academic abUity and financial
need. Applications are made to the
Faculty Scholarship Fund.
DEBRA POLLARD FORD '76 MAR-
KETING SCHOLARSHIP. Inter-
Media Marketing and American
Telecast Corporation estabhshed this
scholarship in memor\- of Debra PoUard
Ford '76, an educator who later served as
the director of training and development
at Inter-Media Marketing. The scholar-
ship is awarded annually to a marketing
major who is selected by the Department
of Marketing faculty.
WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY
FOUNDATION GRANT. The West
Chester University Foundation has mod-
est funds available for grants to needy
students. Any student who is about to
complete, or has completed, his/her first
year may apph'. In evaluating applica-
tions, the foundation will give special
attention to those who are active in all
facets of University hfe. Each year, appli-
cations for the fall semester should be
submitted by May 1, and for the spring
semester by December 1.
*MELVIN L. FREE SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship was established by
Melvin L. Free, a member of the class of
1932. It is offered to an incoming fresh-
man with a strong academic record.
CHARLES S. AND NL\RGHERITA
GANGEMI MEMORIAL SCHOL-
ARSHIP. Established in memory of the
parents of retired music faculty member
Charles D. Gangemi, this scholarship is
awarded annually to two students in the
School of Music. One award is to an
entering freshman piano major, to be
selected bv the Department of Ke^'board
Music. The other award is to an under-
graduate or graduate theory and/or compo-
sition major, to be selected by the Depart-
ment of Music Theory and Composition.
RA\'MOND AND AL\Y GR./>lYSON
FRIDAY xMEMORIAL SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship was established
by Dr. Raymond Friday, professor of
vocal and choral music, in memory of his
parents. It is awarded annually to a fresh-
man voice major who is selected in the
spring semester on the basis of scholar-
ship and vocal achievement.
MIRIAM GOTTLIEB PIANO
SCHOLARSHIP. This award has been
made possible through the generosity of
Mrs. JVIiriam Gottlieb, who was a mem-
ber of the University's Department of
Keyboard Music faculty from 1946 until
her retirement in 1975.
MICHAEL C. GREY AWARD. This
award was established in memory of
Michael C. Grey '89 by Barbara J.
Brown, an alumnus and former
faculty/staff member.
BESSIE GRUBB SCHOLARSHIP
FOR GR.APHIC ARTS. Named for
Bessie Gmbb, who was employed at West
Chester University in the School of Educa-
tion's Visual Aids Department for 30 years
until her retirement in 1969, this scholar-
ship is awarded to a junior vWth a concen-
tration in graphic design or photography.
THE JOHN GUTSCHER MEMORI-
AL SCHOLARSHIP IN MUSIC
EDUCATION. This award, presented
for the first time in 1988, is based on
music student teaching excellence, acade-
Financial Aid
mic excellence, and financial need. The
award was established by the family of
John Gutscher, a former School of Music
facult)' member. The student or students
are selected by the music student teach-
ing supervisors with the approval of the
Department of Music Ediication.
*EVELYN H. HALDEMAN SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This scholarship was estab-
lished by Evelyn H. Haldeman, a member
ot the class ot 1944. One-time awards are
made by the University Scholarship
Committee to students based on need,
above-average scholarship, and citizenship.
MAZIE B. HALL SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship was estabhshed in
honor of Mazie B. Hall '24 who worked
all of her adult life to establish better
relations among individuals.
*DR. CLIFFORD H. HARDING
ARTS AND SCIENCES SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship was established by
a bequest from Dr. Clifford H. Harding,
former professor of history and chair of the
Department of Political Science. Awards
ot S2,000 each will be made to qualified
entering freshmen with several renewable
for the second year. Applicants to majors
in the College of Arts and Sciences will be
invited to applv based on a re\dew of their
high school rank, high school GPA, and
total SAT scores. Selection will be made
by a faculty committee from the College of
Arts and Sciences.
*DR. CLIFFORD H. HARDING
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established by a bequest from Dr.
Cliftord H. Harding, former professor of
history and chair of the Department of
Political Science. Awards of S1,000 each
will be made to qudified entering fresh-
men. Applicants to majors in the School
of Business and Public Affairs will be
invited to applv based on a review of
their high school rank, high school GPA,
and total SAT scores. Selection wUl be
made by a faculty' committee from the
School ot Business and Public Affairs.
LEONARD HOCKENSMITH
MEMORLVL SCHOLARSHIP FOR
PHI KAPPA SIGMA. This ftind was
established in memor)' of Leonard
Hockensmith '91, a history major and Phi
Kappa Sigma brother, who was active in
his fraternity and campus organizations,
which included being a cartoonist for the
Quad The scholarship will be awarded to a
Phi Kappa Sigma brother or a relative of a
Phi Kappa Sigma alumni brother from any
chapter who is active in extracurricular
activities, has a cumulative GPA of at least
2.60, and is in good standing with the fra-
ternity and the campus community.
ALEXANDER VON HUMBOLDT
FOREIGN LANGUAGE SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This frind was established in
honor of the German naturalist
Alexander von Humboldt (1769-1859),
pre-eminent scholar of his time who
explored much of Latin America, collect-
ing and cataloging the flora of the New
World and is considered the founder of
plant geography. The recipient should be
a foreign language major who plans to
continue with graduate study, or a junior
or senior foreign language major enrolled
in a study abroad program.
MARY LOUISE TURNER HOPKINS
'43 AWARD. This award was established
by John Feelye Hopkins '43 in memory of
his wife Mary Louise Turner Hopkins and
has been permanendy endowed through
his recent bequest. It is presented annually
to a senior majoring in special education.
HELEN TAPPER IVINS '35 EN-
DOWED SCHOLARSHIP. The Helen
Tapper Ivins '35 Endowed Scholarship
was established by Mrs. Ivins's sister,
Marie Tapper Lewis '32, and her son, C.
Stephen Lewis, in memoiy of Helen
Tapper Ivins, a member of the West
Chester University History/Social Studies
Department who also served on one of the
school's first scholarship committees. The
Ivins Scholarship is awarded to an under-
graduate student with a minimum grade
point average of 3.0 who is stud}ing to
become a history/social smdies teacher.
Applications can be made through the
Department of History.
MARION PETERS IRVIN EN-
DOWED SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship was established by family
members to assist an upperclass educa-
tion major, committed to teaching, who
has financial need.
ANN JOHNS SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship is awarded by the Faculty
Dames of West Chester LTniversit)' to
undergraduate women who are at least
25 years old and enrolled in degree pro-
grams. Contact the Office of Financial
Aid for additional information and
application forms.
ARTHUR E. JONES MEMORIAL
SCHOLARSHIP. Talent in the choral
conducting area is the consideration for
this annual award to a music student in
remembrance of Dr. Arthur E. Jones, for-
mer chair of choral music. To be eligible,
a student must be a junior who has com-
pleted a course in choral conducting. A
2.0 overall GPA and a 2.5 music GPA
are required. The Department of Vocal
and Choral Music selects the recipient.
CAROLYN KEEFE SCHOLARSHIP.
The Carolyn Keefe Scholarship was estab-
lished to honor Dr. Carol)Ti Keefe, profes-
sor emerita of communiations studies, for-
mer longtime professor of speech commu-
nication, and a director of forensics at
WCU. To qualif)' for the scholarship, a
student must have completed at least two
years on the Forensics Team, remrn to the
University and participate in active com-
petition the following year, have a mini-
muiTi GPA of 3.0, and be a member of Pi
Kappa Delta, national forensics honorary.
VERA A. KENNY SCHOLARSHIP.
This renewable award is made to an
incoming freshman enrolled in School of
Education.
DEPARTMENT OF KINESIOLOGY
SCHOLARSHIP. Three scholarships
are awarded to any sophomore, junior, or
senior student in health and physical
education. Applications are made to the
chairperson. Department of Kinesiology.
CHARLES KING '32 AND
DOROTHY ECKMAN KING '32
SCHOLARSHIP. An annual $600
award was established by family mem-
bers to honor Charles and Dorothy
King. No limitations are set for recipi-
ents who will be determined through the
Otfice of Financial Aid.
CHARLOTTE E. KING SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This endowed scholarship was
established by N. Ruth Reed in memory
of Dr. Charlotte E. King, former
University professor and first chair of the
Elementary Education Department. The
committee from the department will
select an elementary education recipient.
DAVID S. KONITZER ENDOWED
MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIR This
scholarship honors the memory of David
S. Konitzer, a West Chester University
senior who was tragically killed in an
automobile accident. The scholarship is
awarded to a sophomore, junior, or senior
Chester County resident who plans to
teach physical education and who meets
other scholarship requirements.
FRITZ K. KRUEGER MEMORIAL
VOICE SCHOLARSHIP. Two schol-
arships, endowed bv the Kxueger family,
tor freshmen who are vocalists are
awarded in honor of the late Fritz K.
Krueger, who taught in the Department
of Vocal and Choral Music from 1961
Financial Aid
until 1971. Applications are made to the
dean of the School of Music.
STANLEY H. AND FLEURETTE
LANG/NORTHEAST HIGH
SCHOOL SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship was established by the
Northeast High School Alumni Associa-
tion and is awarded to a Northeast High
School graduate based on high scholastic
standing, class rank, SAT scores, sendee
to Northeast High School, good charac-
ter, school and community citizenship,
and financial need. The scholarship is
renewable through four years.
LEONARD LAUBACH MUSIC
SCHOLARSHIP. Alumnus Leonard
Laubach '40 estabhshed this scholarship
to fund scholarships for music students.
Awards are determined by the School of
Music Scholarship Committee.
MEL LORBACK END0\\T:D
SCHOLARSHIP FUND. Established
by Jerad L. Yeagley '62, this scholarship
honors Mel Lorback, former WCU soc-
cer coach and professor. The scholarship
will assist a male soccer player with out-
standing academic and leadership quali-
ties, with preference given to physical
education majors.
LEWIS H. NL\RSHALL AWARD. An
annual award is made to a senior in the
social and behavioral sciences whose lead-
ership, professional promise, and academic
achievement are outstanding. It is made
available by the Chester Count)' Associa-
tion of Township Officials, and the
awardee is selected bv a committee of fac-
ulty selected from appropriate disciplines.
CHARLES MAYO SCHOLARSHIP.
This award of approximately S250 is
made annually in memor)- of Dr. Charles
Mayo, a political scientist, who was pres-
ident of West Chester University from
1974 until 1982. It is made by vote of
the political science facult)' to an out-
standing junior or senior in the disci-
pline. Details are available through the
Department of Political Science.
JAMES E. McERLANE SCHOLAR-
SHIP FOR INTERNATIONAL
STUDY. This award is presented to a
student with academic abilit}' and finan-
cial need for study abroad. The scholar-
ship was established in honor of James
E. McErlane, Esq. by his friends in the
Chester Count}' community.
*NLA.RTHA FORD McILVAIN
SCHOLARSHIP. Established by Martha
Ford '52 and Donald Mcllvain, this schol-
arship provides annual assistance to enter-
ing freshmen of high academic promise,
and is renewable through graduation pro-
vided a minimum 3.0 GPA is maintained.
NANCY R. McINT^HE MEMORL'\L
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is
awarded to an inconung freshman from
Penns\ivania who has been diagnosed
with multiple sclerosis or has some other
physical disability. Preference will be given
to smdents enrolling in the College of
Arts and Sciences or the School of Educa-
tion. Applicants should demonstrate
extracurricular involvement and leadership
capabilities through service or group work.
DR. ALAN P. MEWHA ENDOWED
SCHOL.\RSHIP. Established by Dr.
PriciUa .Alden Mewha in memorj' of Dr.
.Alan P. Mewha and his instructors Miss
Harriet Elliot and Miss Leone Broadhead,
this scholarship is awarded to an outstand-
ing upperclass geography major.
S. POWELL MIDDLETON MEMO-
RIAL SCHOLARSHIP. This is an
annual award to a freshman music stu-
dent for talent and achievement on an
orchestral instrument. The award honors
the former conductor of the University
Symphony Orchestra who died in 1970.
DOROTm' gi\t:n miller and
FRANK WILLL\M MILLER
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established by Dorothy Given Miller '19
and Frank William Miller '20. Recipients
must have successfully completed one
year at the University and demonstrate
academic achievement, leadership,
strength of character, and financial need.
Application forms are available from the
Office of Financial Aid.
LLOYD C. MITCHELL PIANO
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established in honor of Dr. Lloyd C.
Mitchell upon his retirement in 1971
after 35 years' service at the University,
including 20 years as chair of the
Department of Music and dean of the
School of Music. It is awarded annually
to a freshman music student selected by a
piano faculty jury. Applications are made
to the dean of the School of Music.
MCHAEL P. MONTEMURO
MATH SCHOLARSHIP. This scholar-
ship was established by the Montemuro
fainily in memor\' of math professor Dr.
Michael P. Montemuro. A SI, 000 scholar-
ship for tuition will be awarded to an
incoming freshman who is enrolled in the
B.S.Ed, degree program in mathematics.
Selection by a Department of Mathematics
committee wdU be based on the high
school record of the candidates, including
SAT scores, class rank, courses, grades,
and recommendations.
AGNES MONTEMURO SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship is awarded to an
honors graduate of Interboro High School,
with preference given to a student plan-
ning to major in education. The Interboro
High School guidance staff, administra-
tion, and senior teachers choose recipients.
MICHAEL MOROCHOKO
MEMORI.AL PIANO AWARD. The
Department of Keyboard Music presents
a scholarship annually to an outstanding
junior music student majoring in piano.
This award is a memorial to Michael
Morochoko, father of a former student.
CONNIE MURRAY SCHOLARSHIP
FOR PLANO. The Main Line Music
Teachers established this S300 award in
memory of Connie Murray, one of their
members, who championed the cause of
private music teachers. The scholarship is
presented each year to a piano pedagog)'
major and selected by the Keyboard
Department of the School of Music.
NATIONAL GUARD OFnCERS
SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM. Upon
certification by the appropriate National
Guard official as being eligible, students
may register for a given semester by pay-
ing 25 percent of tuition costs plus all
other fees. The University wUl bill the
National Guard directly for the remain-
ing 75 percent of the tuition charges.
NEW JERSEY ALUMNI SCHOLAR-
SHIP. The New Jersey Chapter of the
West Chester Universit}' Alumni
Association sponsors uvo annual $500
scholarship awards. These awards are avail-
able to smdents who are New Jersey resi-
dents and are fijnded by the contributions
of New Jersey alumni. Applications may be
obtained through the Office of Financial
Aid and the Office of Alumni Relations.
CHARLOTTE W. NEWCOMBE
FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship is awarded to under-
graduate women who are at least 25
years old and enrolled in their junior or
senior years. Selection is based on
scholastic abilit}', financial need, and
special life circumstances. Contact the
Office of Financial Aid for additional
information and application forms.
DOROTLTr' NOWACK SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This award was established in
memory of Dorothy Nelson Nowack, a
professor of public health at West Chester
until her retirement in 1991. Recipients
will be seniors with 90 credits who are
smdving public health/health promotion.
Financial Aid
have a 3.3 or higher cumulative GPA, and
exhibit a commitment to professional
activities and service to the University, a
department, or outside community.
OFF-CAMPUS STUDENT ASSO-
CIATION SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship is awarded annually by the
Off-Campus Student Association to
undergraduate commuters who are
involved with off-campus activities.
RICHARD PACIARONI '55 SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This endowed memorial schol-
arship for geography, established by the
Paciai'oni family, is awarded annually to
an undergraduate geography major or
graduate student for enrichment activities
or career/professional development.
Recipients are required to have a 3.0
GPA in geography major and are chosen
by the Department of Geography faculty.
THEODORA PANDEL MEMORI-
AL PIANO SCHOLARSHIP. This
award is presented through the generos-
ity of Praxiteles Pandel, associate profes-
sor of piano.
EDITH HARMON PARKER
BLACK CAUCUS ALUMNI CHAP-
TER SCHOLARSHIP. This scholar-
ship was established through the estate
of Edith Harmon Parker '33 and is
awarded to a student with good academ-
ic standing studying a discipline related
to human relations, with preference
given to black students.
HILLARY H. PARRY MEMORL\L
SCHOLARSHIP. An annual award to a
junior music student, granted for scholar-
ship, citizenship, and achievement in vocal
study. The scholarship is in remembrance
of a former teacher of voice. A 2.0 overall
GPA and a 2.5 music GPA are required.
BLANCHE STRETCH PETERSON
PIANO/ORGAN SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship is awarded to an incom-
ing freshman from New Jersey whose
main area of performance is the piano or
organ, with preference given to a student
from Salem or Cumberland counties.
PHI MU ALPHA SINFONIA, POW-
ELL MIDDLETON AWARD. An
annual award in memory of S. Powell
Middleton is presented by the Rho
Sigma chapter of Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia
men's music fraternity. It is based on out-
standing musicianship, scholarship, and
character. Applications are made to the
dean of the School of Music.
WILLIAM PYLE PHILIPS SCHOL-
ARSHIPS. Awarded annually to juniors
and seniors who are natives of Chester
County on the basis of demonstrated
scholastic ability. Funds are available for
approximately eight scholarships to cover
the basic tuition. Application forms may
be secured in the Office of Financial Aid.
'PRESIDENTIAL SCHOLARSHIP.
These merit-based, renewable scholar-
ships are awarded to incoming freshmen
based on the successful completion of an
academic high school program, SAT or
ACT scores, high school rank, and aca-
demic record. For additional informa-
tion and application forms, contact the
Office of Admissions.
PRESSER SCHOLARSHIP. This is a
grant of $1,000, consisting of $500 from
the Theodore Presser Foundation and
$500 from the School of Music, to be
applied toward tuition in a student's
senior year. It is awarded by the presi-
dent of the University to the student
majoring in music who achieved the
highest cumulative GPA at the end of
the junior year, having completed no
less than 95 credits at West Chester
University. During the recipient's senior
year, the student will be known as the
Presser Scholar, denoting a reward for
excellence with the hope that the award
will help the student not only financial-
ly, but also in his/her fliture career.
N. RUTH REED HEALTH
DEPARTMENT SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship is sponsored by the
West Chester University Department of
Health. Applicants must be students at
West Chester University (specifically,
undergraduate health majors with sopho-
more academic status or better), possess
a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0, and
demonstrate high moral character, posi-
tive personality traits, and evidence of
genuine interest and aptitude in working
in the health field. For information con-
tact the Department of Health.
WINIFRED PIERSOL REESER '43
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship supports an upperclass student
who is committed to the field of kinesiol-
ogy and maintains a GPA of at least 3.0.
REISS FOREIGN STUDIES
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP.
Retired faculty member Mary Ann Reiss
created this scholarship for students
majoring in French, German, Russian,
or Spanish who plan to study abroad.
FRANCIS J. REYNOLDS SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This scholarship is awarded
by the Department of Chemistry to a
chemistry major who has successfully
completed one year at the University.
Applications are available through the
Department of Chemistry.
LEAH GALLAGHER RIDDLE '41
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship was established as a memori-
al to alumna Leah Gallagher Riddle '41
by her family and friends. It wiU be
awarded annually to an exemplary upper-
class student whose major is in early
childhood and/or elementary education.
ALFRED D. ROBERTS FOREIGN
LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIP. This
fund was established in honor of Dr.
Alfred D. Roberts, professor of foreign
languages at West Chester University
from 1959 through 1988. He founded the
Department of Foreign Languages and
the Junior Year Abroad program at West
Chester, and served as the president of
the Faculty Senate. The scholarship recip-
ient will be a student with outstanding
achievement in the study of a foreign lan-
guage but does not need to have a major
or minor in foreign language.
SARTOMER COMPANY ENVI-
RONMENTAL SCHOLARSHIP. A
$1,500 annual environmental award is
presented to a sophomore or junior who
is a Pennsylvania resident and has fiilfilled
a number of chemistry courses including
the chemistry of the environment course.
Recipients must have a minimum overall
GPA of 3.0 and a 3.2 GPA in the sci-
ences as well as write an essay judged by a
company representative.
MABEL KRING SCHAFFER '10
SCHOLARSHIP. This award was
established in memory of Mabel Kring
Schaffer through the estate of her daugh-
ter, Nancy E. Schaffer, class of 1949. It
will be awarded to a worthy student with
financial need as determined by the
offices of Admissions and Financial Aid.
ANNE M. SCHAUB MEMORL\L
SCHOLARSHIP. The Anne M. Schaub
Memorial Scholarship is awarded annual-
ly to a kinesiology major who is entering
the second semester of the sophomore
year. A minimum 3.0 GPA is required.
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
ENDOWMENT. The School of
Education Endowment was created by
John F. Kenny '32 in memory of his
wife. Vera A. Kenny, and in recognition
of Clarence L. McKelvie '24, professor
of education. Awards or loans will be
made to academically deserving students
under the guidance of the dean of the
School of Education.
SCHOOL OF MUSIC STRING
SCHOLARSHIP. Two scholarships are
Financial Aid
awarded to incoming freshmen who are
string majors.
EVERETT E. SH.\EFER MEMORI-
AL ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP.
Established by R. Elizabeth Wyers
Shaefer '44 in memory ot her husband,
this scholarship assists a performing
musician enrolled in anv music degree
program with a minimum 2.0 cumulative
grade point average wdth a minimum 2.5
grade point average in music.
DR. AHMAD H. SHAMSEDDINE
MEMORL\L AWARD. An annual
award is given to an outstanding student in
the field of business/economics, in memor)-
of Dr. Ahmad H. Shamseddine, associate
professor ot economics, who died in 1971.
JANE ELIZABETH SHEPPARD
VOCAL/CHORAL SCHOLARSHIP.
This award was established in honor of
Jane E. Sheppard upon her retirement in
May 1987 after 34 years of senice in the
Department of Vocal and Choral Music.
The recipient of this monetary award
will be selected on the basis of outstand-
ing participation in vocal and choral
activities, which must include four
semesters of Chamber Choir, scholar-
ship, and personal qualifications.
SICO FOUNDATION SCHOLAR-
SHIPS. The SICO Company provides a
limited number of scholarships for four
years of study at West Chester Universirv
at a rate of $1,000 per year ($4,000 total'
value). High school students qualified for
college admission or high school gradu-
ates who have not attended college on a
fUl-time basis may compete tor a SICO
Foundation Scholarship when their legal
residences are located in the foDowing
Pennsylvania counties: Adams, Berks,
Chester, Cumberland, Dauphin,
Delaware, Lancaster, Lebanon, and York.
A student attending the Shippensburg,
Boyertown, Spring-Ford, or Williams
Valley High Schools in Pennsylvania
whose residence is outside the aforemen-
tioned area is considered in the SICO
Company service area and mav apply for a
scholarship. No distinction is made on
the basis of sex, race, or religious belief
JESSE V. SILVANO SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship was established
in memory of Jesse V. SUvano, a West
Chester University student. To qualify,
recipients must be a sophomore, junior,
or first-semester senior, have a minimum
GPA of 2.5, be committed to complet-
ing an undergraduate degree in criminal
justice, have an interest in attending law
school, be active in campus or communi-
ty' activities, and have financial need.
ROB SIMON MEMORIAL AWARD.
This award has been established by
Joseph and Janice Simon, alumni of the
School of Music, and the late Dr. Irving
H. Cohen, a member of the School of
Music faculty for many years, in memory
of Rob Simon, who was a double bass
major at the Universitv'. The competition
is open to double bass majors during
their junior or senior year.
VINCENT D. AND MARY R. SKA-
HAN SCHOLARSHIP. The scholar-
ship, in honor of Vincent D. and Mary
R. Skahan, benefits graduating seniors
from West Catholic High School who
have been accepted for admission to
West Chester Universirv. Recipients
must have a cumulative B average upon
graduation from West Catholic. The
scholarship is renewable provided the
recipient maintains a 3.0 GPA. The
minimum award is currently $500.
GREG SMITH MEMORIAL
SCHOLARSHIP. An annual scholar-
ship of $100 is presented by the baseball
club in memory of a former baseball cap-
tain and president of the baseball club.
W. W. SMITH CHARITABLE
TRUST. The W.W. Smith Charitable
Trust was established in 1977 under the
will of WUliam Wikoft Smith, an impor-
tant supporter of educational opportunity
in the Delaware Valley. Established
through his will, the W. W. Smith
Charitable Trust has carried on Smith's
work. Funds from this program are used
to support students from middle-income
families who might not qualify' for other
aid. The funds also support students
enrolled in the Academic Development
Program at West Chester University. For
additional information, contact the direc-
tor of the Academic Development
Program or the Office of Financial Aid.
SOPHOMORE MUSIC EDUCA-
TION SCHOLARSHIP. Three schol-
arships are given annually to music edu-
cation sophomores. University citizen-
ship and musical performance as well as
a 2.0 overall GPA and a 2.5 music GPA
are required. Applications are made to
the dean of the School of Music.
SOPHOMORE MUSIC SCHOLAR-
SHIPS. These awards are presented annu-
ally to three sophomore music students,
one each in the areas of instrumental,
vocal, and keyboard. Recipients must
exhibit good citizenship and performance
skills, as well as have an overall 2.0 GPA
and a 2.5 GPA in music. Auditions for the
scholarships are held in the fall semester.
CHARLES A. SPRENKLE EN-
DOWED SCHOLARSHIP. Created by
family and friends, this scholarship hon-
ors Dr. Charles A. Sprenkle, who joined
the facult}' in 1955 and was appointed
dean of the School of Music in 1971. The
scholarship is awarded annually, at the
beginning of the fall semester, for tuition
assistance to the sophomore who achieved
the highest grade point average during
the previous year as a fijll-time freshman
enrolled in the School ot Music.
DR. ETHEL M. STALEY SCHOL-
ARSHIP. Established in memor)' of Dr.
Ethel M. Staley, who taught French at
West Chester from 1930 to 1952, this
scholarship is awarded annually to an
outstanding graduate or undergraduate
student in French.
JANE B. SWAN SCHOLARSHIP.
Sponsored by the Women's Institute of
West Chester University', a scholarship of
approximately $500 is awarded annually
to a woman student who is completing
an interrupted education. Application
forms are available at the Women's
Center and the Office ot Financial Aid.
DR. CHARLES S. SWOPE SCHOL-
ARSHIP FOUNDATION. A Memorial
Scholarship Trust Foundation established
by Charles E. Swope and Richard M.
Swope in memory of Dr. and Mrs.
Charles S. Swope. Dr. Swope served as
president of West Chester University for
a quarter ot a centun'. Applicants must be
fijll-time students enrolled in their junior
year. Scholarships are S1,000 each; up to
15 may be awarded annually. Applications
must be fded on or before April 1.
Selection is made during May with schol-
arships commencing in September.
WILLIAM A. .\ND BARBARA V.
TAYLOR SCHOLARSHIPS. Mrs.
Barbara Taylor Toland established this
endowed scholarship in memory of her
first husband of 35 years, William A.
Taylor. Two renewable, fiiU-tuition
scholarships are awarded to incoming
freshmen, one to a Chichester High
School graduate and one to a Sun Valley
High School graduate. The recipients are
to be deserving students who have not
qualified for any other scholarships or
financial aid at the University.
S. ELIZABETH T\^SON MEMORI-
AL SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship
is awarded to an outstanding undergrad-
uate student in the Department ot
Communicative Disorders.
Student Affairs
ROBERT M. VALYO SCHOLAR-
SHIP. The scholarship honors Chief
Robert M. Valyo, who served as chief ot
police in Whiteland Township, Chester
Counrv'. To qualify, recipients must be
criminal justice majors entering their
junior or senior year and have an o\'erall
minimum GPA of 3.0. The minimum
award is currently S500.
JOY VANDEVER ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP. Established by the
friends of Joy Vandever upon her retire-
ment from the West Chester University
faculty, this scholarship is awarded to a
music major who finishes among the
top 50 percent in the Parr)- Junior Year
Voice Competition.
EARLE C. WATERS ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established in memory of Earle C.
Waters, former professor of health and
physical education and coach of nationally
renowned soccer, track, and g}Tnnastics
teams. Awards will be made to students
demonstrating financial need who have
completed their first year with a GPA of
no less than 2.8 in the Department of
Kinesiology' with a concentration in the
teaching of health and physical education,
and who have demonstrated qualities of a
well-rounded citizen b)- participating in
and contributing to the success of
University or community-sponsored activ-
ities. Awards will be made by a committee
from the School ot Health Sciences.
WEST CHESTER UNI\T:RSIT\'
MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS. These
one-time scholarships are awarded to
incoming freshmen who demonstrate
high academic achievement.
MYNN DIEFENDERFER WHITE
'27 HONORS SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship has been endowed in honor
of ALTin Diefenderfer WTiite by her
husband, Paul, her two children,
Cynthia and Jim, and three of her
grandchildren. The SLOOO scholarship is
awarded annually to a rising junior who
is a member in good standing of the
University Honors Program, is active in
the Honors Student Association, and
who demonstrates leadership in the cam-
pus communit)'. The award is renewable
for the second year proxdded the recipi-
ent maintains the standards for which
they were initially selected.
HARRY WILKINSON MUSIC THE-
ORY SCHOLARSHIP. This scholar-
ship is awarded to a sophomore music
student during the spring semester on the
basis of talent and achievement in the
areas of music theory, ear- training, and
sight singing. The scholarship fund has
been established by Dr. Harry Wilkinson,
retired professor in the Department of
Music Theory and Composition.
LOIS WILLIAMS ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established by Lois WiUiams, the former
choral conductor and vocal professor who
retired in 1991 after 36 years of service to
the Universit}'. It is awarded to a student
in any music degree program within the
School of Music who has earned a mini-
mum cumulative GPA of 3.0 in all music
subjects. The student must be at least in
his or her third semester ot Concert
Choir. The candidate for this scholarship
will be selected by the conductor of the
Concert Choir and wiU be presented to a
student whose leadership and responsi-
bilitv' as a member of the Concert Choir
is an obvious indication of this person's
potential as a musician/educator.
DR. CARLOS ZIEGLER SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This S500 award is presented
annually to a junior student majoring in
early childhood or elementar)' education.
The recipient must have a 3.0 GPA or
higher, and show leadership and poten-
tial as an early childhood or elementary
teacher.
RUTH WALDAL\N ZOLL
SCHOLARSHIP. This tlind was estab-
lished through the generosity of the late
Mrs. Ruth Waldman ZoU '28. These
scholarships are especially for students
who have significant need. One scholar-
ship each year is reserved for a student
entering the University from a high
school in Berks Counn- where Mrs. ZoU
resided. Award amounts vat}' and appli-
cation forms may be obtained fi'om the
Office of Financial Aid.
'Students accepted to tibe Universit}.' prior to
Januan" 15 who have demonstrated outstanding
achievement will be invited to apply for these
merit scholarships. Candidate selection is based on
academic performance, involvement, and accom-
plishment, and is determined by the University
Scholarship Committee.
Student Affairs
The administration of West Chester
Universit)' is committed to pro\'iding a
comprehensive educational experience
for students. To accomplish this mis-
sion, the Division ot Student Affairs
provides a variety of services and pro-
grams to augment the classroom experi-
ence. The goal of the division is to assist
students in their intellectual, social, and
psychological growth and to contribute
to developing a campus community
where knowledge, acceptance, and social
concerns are basic values.
Offices within the Student Affairs
Division include Athletics, Career De-
velopment, Children's Center, Counsel-
ing and Psychological Services, Greek
Life and Student Organizations, Health
Services, Judicial Affairs and Community
Development, Multicultural Affairs,
New Student Programs, Recreation and
Leisure Programs, Residence Lite and
Housing, Service Learning and Volun-
teer Programs, Sykes Student Union, and
the Women's Center. The Division of
Student Affairs also offers services for
commuter and off-campus students and
for lesbian, gay, and bisexual students.
The administration believes that stu-
dents should share the responsibility for
governing their communit)' and should
have a voice in shaping the objectives of
the University. Through a democratical-
ly constructed student government and
committee structure, the administration,
facult)', and student body seek to work
together on behalf of the general weltare
of the University.
Classification of Students
Students who attend West Chester
Universit)' are classified for administra-
tive purposes into two categories.
(1) RESIDENT STUDENTS
These students live in housing
facilities operated by the University.
Student Altairs
Residents of North Campus resi-
dence halls are required to choose
from four University meal plans.
(See "Meal Fee" on page 10.)
Those residents living in the South
Campus apartment complex are not
required to be on a meal plan; how-
ever, they may choose any meal
plan option if they are interested.
(2) OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS
This classification covers students
who travel or commute to and
from their legal residences, as well
as students who hve away from
the homes of their parents or legal
guardians in a dwelling that is not
supervised or approved by the
University.
Services
Residence Life and Housing Services
The Office of Residence Life and
Housing Services is responsible for creat-
ing and maintaining an environment in
each housing tacUity that encourages aca-
demic, social, and emotional growth.
Each facility is staffed with trained per-
sonnel who are available 24 hours a day
to provide services, assistance, and a vari-
ety of information. AH resident students
are given and encouraged to read the resi-
dential handbook, A Guide to
Residential Living, which contains valu-
able information on all services, policies,
and responsibilities pertaining to all hous-
ing facilities. The Office of Residence
Life and Housing Services is located in
238 Sykes Student Union, 610-436-3307.
On-Campus Housing
The residence haUs on the North Campus
provide accommodations for approximate-
ly 3,100 resident students in double occu-
panc)' accommodations. In addition, the
South Campus apartment complex houses
almost 500 residents in four- or five-per-
son, fijUy fiirnished units with each bed-
room having either single or double occu-
pancy. AH students may be guaranteed
housing for their hill four years.
Housing Assignments. The Office of
Residence Life and Housing Ser\'ices
makes the housing assignments for all
students living in all housing facilities.
These assignments are made without dis-
crimination. Only individuals of the same
gender will be assigned as roommates or
in the same apartment unit. Each room
or apartment has basic fiirnishings for
comfortable hving, and the students mav
make them more homelike with their
own accessory additions. During orienta-
tion, students are informed about the ser-
vices and equipment fiarnished by the
University and those necessities that they
must supply for themselves. Lounge and
recreation areas, television, and a variety
of other facilities and conveniences pro-
vide a pleasant setting for student life in
each residence hall. Services are also
available in a central location in the
apartment complex.
Transfer Students. Transfer students are
admitted both as resident students and
as commuting students. Those transfer
students who desire on-campus housing
should indicate this at the time they
apply for admission to the University.
Married Students. The University has no
housing facilities for married students
with their spouses or for students with
children or dependents. Prior to registra-
tion, they will need to secure their own
accommodations in the community.
Readmitted Students. Students readmit-
ted to the University are eUgible for on-
campus housing unless a specific disci-
pUnary sanction would prohibit such
occupancy. Interested students should
contact the Office of Residence Life and
Housing Services for specific informa-
tion about the apphcation process.
Policy for Withdrawals. Resident students
must vacate their residence hall or apart-
ment within 24 hours of completing the
withdrawal form in the Office of the
Registrar. Resident students must secure
the signature of the assistant director of
housing prior to vacating their residence
hall or apartment.
Students with Disabilities. Students must
be able to care for themselves indepen-
dendy or arrange for services that will
allow them to perform normal life fiinc-
tions in the context of a residential set-
ting, including, but not limited to,
bathing, dressing, and other personal-care
issues. This requirement may be met by
having a live-in, personal-care attendant,
within certain restrictions. Some accom-
modations are also available for students
who have special needs. Additional infor-
mation, including available services and
penalties tor noncompliance, can be
obtained by contacting the director of
housing services at 610-436-3307. The
fiiU text of the policies and procedures are
found in the WCU Handbook on
Disabilities, the "Guide to Residential
Living," or on the University web page at
www.wcupa.edu/_services/sm.lif7.
Dining Accommodations
AH students residing in the North
Campus residence halls must be on the
University meal plan as a condition of
occupancy. Students with medical prob-
lems who cannot meet this requirement
may request a meal waiver. Residents of
the South Campus Apartment Com-
plex, as well as off-campus and com-
muting smdents, may purchase any
University meal plan offered, choose one
of the options hsted below, or obtain
meals at the transient rates.
The University's meal plan provides a
number of choices for students. North
Campus resident students must select
one of the following meal plan options:
• Variable 10 guaranteed meal plan
(any 10 meals of the 19 meals served)
plus $100 of flex
• Variable 14 guaranteed meal plan
(any 14 meals of the 19 meals served)
plus SI 00 of flex
• 19 guaranteed meal plan plus $100
flex, or
• Block Plan of 175 meals per semester
plus $100 flex
The meal week runs from Saturday to
Friday and any unused meals at the end
of the week will be forfeited.
In addition to the above meal plans, the
following meal plans are also available to
South Campus Apartment residents,
off-campus, and commuter students:
• Block Plan of 50 meals per semester
plus $100 flex
• Variable 5 guaranteed meal plan (any
5 meals of the 19 meals served) plus
$100 flex, or
• Flex dollars only - must begin with a
$100 minimum balance and may be
increased in $25 increments.
The flex dollar portion of every meal plan
may be increased in $25 increments at
any time during the semester. Flex dollars
not used at the end of the fall semester
will be transferred to the spring semester.
The smdent forfeits any flex dollars
remaining at the end of the spring semes-
ter which wiU not be refunded. Students
who leave the University after the fall
semester wUl forfeit any remaining flex
dollars. AH meal plans may be used in the
foHowing locations: Lawrence Dining
HaU, Lawrence Convenience Store and
Campus Corner, the 12th and South
Convenience Store at the South Campus
Apartments, and the Ram's Head Food
Court in S\kes Union.
Students in North Campus residence
haUs wiU have their meal plan cost
Student Affairs
included in their University billing. Off-
campus, commuter, and South Campus
apartment students can sign up for a
meal plan bv applying at the Office of
the Bursar in the Elsie O. BuU Center.
Off-Campus and Commuter
Services
Services to Off-Campus and Commuter
Students, which are coordinated by the
associate director of Sykes Student
Union, include the Off-Campus Housing
Service, advising the Off-Campus and
Commuter Association, and serving as a
community resource agent in areas related
to off-campus and commuting students.
Additional services provided to off-cam-
pus students include landlord/tenant legal
aid information and development of
long-range plans and research on the
profile and needs of off-campus students.
The assistant director of Sykes Student
Union and Off-Campus and Commuter
Services is located in 116 Sykes Student
Union, 610-436-2984.
OfF-Campus Housing
Students who choose to live in the com-
munit\' must secure their own living
accommodations. Off-Campus and
Commuter Services wiU assist students in
finding housing b\' providing up-to-date
listings of available housing. These listings
are available in Sykes Student Union. The
off-campus housing listings may also be
accessed on the Internet at http://
maimTTi.wcupa.edu/public/qn'och.proc.
Bookstore
The Student Services, Inc. Bookstore is
located on the ground floor of Sykes
Student Union. The Bookstore sells both
new and used textbooks for all WCU
courses as well as school and art supplies.
Textbooks may also be purchased on the
store's web site. The SSI Bookstore also
stocks best sellers, a variety of general
interest literature, and a wide selection of
reference books, as well as study and
teacher aids. SSI Bookstore offers a com-
plete line of official WCU imprinted
clothing and an array of gifts that can be
purchased on the store's web site.
Greeting cards, groceries, snacks, and
laundry supplies are also available in the
Bookstore. Services offered include film
processing, special orders for computer
software and general interest books (at no
extra cost), UPS shipping, and daily book
buybacks. AH major credit cards, SSI
EZPay, and personal checks, accompa-
nied by a valid ID, are accepted. The
Bookstore hours are as follows: Monday
- Thursday firom 8 a.m. - 6 p.m.; Friday,
8 a.m. - 4 p.m.; and Saturday, 11 a.m. -
3 p.m. (hours are subject to change). For
additional convenience, the store offers
extended operating hours at the begin-
ning of each semester. For more infor-
mation call 610-436-BOOK or visit the
web site at www.click2ssi-bookstore.com.
Bus Transportation on Campus
The University provides bus service from
North to South Campus (and return)
during the spring and fall semesters. The
buses run from 7:15 a.m. to 1 a.m. on
weekdays, from 4 p.m. to 1 a.m. on
Saturdays, and firom 1 p.m. to 1 a.m. on
Sundays. On North Campus, the buses
stop at University Avenue and Church
Street, and also in front of Wayne Hall.
On South Campus the buses stop at the
Russell L. Sturzebecker Health Sciences
Center, McCoy Center, the South
Campus Apartment Complex, and Q_
and R Lots. Bus schedules are available
at residence hall desks or the Student
Union Information Center. There is no
bus service during the summer.
Students using the bus service should be
advised that it is impossible to provide
timely transportation between the North
and South Campus within the standard
10-minute class break. Therefore, stu-
dents should plan and develop class
schedules that allow time to be trans-
ported between the two campuses
through the use of open class periods.
Career Planning and Placement
Services
The professional staff of the Twardowski
Career Development Center assists stu-
dents in defining career goals, relating
academic preparation to these goals, and
eventually helping in the search for
internships and part-time/fiiU-time career
opportunities. These services are available
throughout the entire calendar year in
Lawrence Center, second floor. A career
information library is available for brows-
ing and research. Graduate school refer-
ence material is maintained for students
considering graduate school. Other activ-
ities of the Twardowski Career Develop-
ment Center include seminars, on-cam-
pus interviews and job fairs with poten-
tial employers, resume critique, resume
referral, electronic resume databases, and
a job posting system.
Additional information is available at
http://wwav.wcupa.edu/_services/sru.car/.
The Twardowski Career Development
Center is located in 106 LawTence
Center, 610-436-2501, or e-mail
cdc#wcupa.edu.
Children's Center
The Children's Center provides afford-
able, quality' child care on campus for
children of students and employees of the
University. The center offers a develop-
mentally based educational program for
children ages three to six years with a
summer program for ages three to twelve.
A multiple-child discount of 20 percent is
available. Snacks are provided by the cen-
ter, with parents providing a bag lunch.
Located on the ground floor of
McCarthy Hall, the Children's Center is
licensed by the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, and all required registration
material must be completed prior to
enrollment. Enrollment for each semester
begins when the schedule of courses is
available from the Office of the Registrar.
The Children's Center also offers a wide
range of opportunities for involvement
by students such as:
• Practicum experiences in the fields of
early childhood education, social
work, and nursing;
• Volunteer programs with the Depart-
ment of Social Work, communit)'
service programs, Greek organiza-
tions, and individual students;
• Paid part-time aide positions through
the Work Study program and
Student Services, Inc. funding;
• Classroom participation through the
departments of Music Education,
PCinesiolog}-, and Foreign Languages.
For more information contact the
Children's Center at 610-436-2388.
Counseling and Psychological
Services Department
The Department of Counseling and
Psychological Services (the Counseling
Center) is located on the second floor of
Lawrence Center, 610-436-2301.
Services are available to all currendy
enrolled undergraduate and graduate
students. The Counseling Center
includes licensed psychologists, consult-
ing psychiatrists, and graduate-level
trainees with whom students may dis-
cuss their concerns in strict confidence.
COUNSELING SERVICES
Since the Counseling Center provides
services for a wide range of concerns,
each student's experience will be tailored
to his or her needs. Students may wish
to improve their interpersonal skills,
resolve personal conflicts, or clarify their
Student Affairs
educational or vocational choices. Any ot
the following approaches may be imple-
mented to address a student's concerns:
1. Individual psychological counseling
consists of a one-to-one experience
where the focus is on resolving person-
al conflicts and conflicts with others,
and on improving the student's exper-
tise at making meaningflil choices. It
may also help people avoid choosing
behaviors that restrict personal growth
and undermine their well-being.
2. Group counseling consists of a small
number of peers with one or two
counselors. Such groups meet once
each week to help group members
learn about themselves. Groups may
or may not have a specific focus. Past
groups with a focus have included
students who have experienced the
death of a parent, bad habits which
block personal growth, eating disor-
ders, and assertiveness training.
General counseling groups have
included those for interpersonal prob-
lem solving and for female smdents.
3. Individual vocational counseling
consists of a one-to-one experience
that focuses on clarifying the student's
choice of concentration and vocation.
Vocational choice is most solid when
it is the outgrovrth of understanding
oneself. Such understanding is
advanced by the thoughtflil explo-
ration of values, interests, and abilities.
4. Testing may include psychological or
vocational interest tests which can
clarify educational and vocational
planning. The student and counselor
can determine whether such testing
might be helpfiil. Arrangements also
can be made at the Counseling
Center for taking the Miller
Analogies Test, a graduate school
admissions examination.
5. Consultation services for staff and
faculty are available on a hmited
basis. Psychologists may be able to
assist with crises, program planning,
group and interpersonal communica-
tions, and referral to other agencies.
Greek Life and Student
Organizations
The Office of Greek Life and Student
Organizations coordinates three distinct,
yet interrelated, programming areas. It
advises West Chester Universifys frater-
nity and sorority community, compris-
ing 27 inter(national) chapters, on their
service projects, community activities,
scholarship support programs, recruit-
ment and new member programs, and
other related matters. In addition, the
office works with four governing/pro-
gramming councils, three Greek affdiat-
ed honor societies, and the Camp
Dreamcatcher fiind-raiser. The office
also is responsible for the registration
and coordination of all 209 recognized
student clubs and organizations. In con-
junction with the Student Leadership
Project Team, the office creates and
implements a multidimensional smdent
leadership program. See the office's web
site at www.wcupa.edu/stu/greek. The
Office of Greek Life and Student
Organizations is located in 238 Sykes
Student Union, 610-436-2117.
Health Services
The University Health Center is staffed
by a medical and health education team
of physicians and nurses who are avail-
able to meet first-aid needs and to treat
acute illnesses and minor surgical condi-
tions. Gynecological services, including
testing for pregnancy and sexually trans-
mitted diseases, contraceptive counsel-
ing, and routine e.xaminations, are also
available. Nutritional services, HIV test-
ing, and health/wellness education are
also offered through the Health Center.
The Universit)' is not responsible for any
additional medical. X-ray, or surgical
services or hospitalization.
All smdents are required to pay a health
sen,ace fee at the beginning of each
semester, the fee covers all office visits.
Many medications are available at a
nominal fee. Allergy injections also are
given at the Health Center.
The University requires that all students
have a medical history form, along with
verification of a current ph)'sical examina-
tion, on file in the Health Center. Certain
prematriculation immunizations are also
required. Forms for these requirements are
mailed to students prior to registration.
The University Health Center is located
on the second floor of Wayne Hall,
610-436-2509. Services are available to
currently enrolled students only. When
school is in session, the Health Center
is open Monday through Friday from 8
a.m. to 8 p.m. and Saturdays from 10
a.m. to 6 p.m. during fall and spring
semesters. Summer hours are provided
weekdays only from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. All
visits are by appointment.
Insurance Programs
Because of the unpredictable nature of
medical and surgical emergencies, all
students are encouraged to be covered
by a health insurance program. Student
insurance plans are offered through the
Health Center. Information on the
insurance program is mailed to students
prior to registration or may be obtained
from the University Health Center.
Insurance requirements may be mandat-
ed by specific departments and/or ath-
letic programs. Refer to the appropriate
section in the catalog for further infor-
mation on these requirements.
Liability Insurance Requirement for
Students in Nursing. See the section
describing the Department of Nursing.
Student Physical Examinations
A physical examination is required tor all
entering and transfer students. The
University Health Center reserves the
right to request an annual physical exam-
ination by the family physician for any
student suffering from a chronic illness.
No student will be permitted to register
for classes until a histor)' and physical
examination report is completed and
filed. These forms are available at the
University Health Center and are
mailed to students prior to registration.
Communicable Diseases
A current report of a negative tuberculin
test or chest X-ray showing no active
mberculosis (TB) is mandated by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education
for all senior student teachers and all
junior or sophomore students participat-
ing in a field experience in the public
schools. The TB test can be given at the
Health Center for a nominal charge.
AH students born after 1957 must show
evidence of immunization involving other
communicable diseases and booster shots
against measles. Highly recommended
vaccines include a series of three Hepatitis
B injections, and a single injection of
meningococcal vaccine. The American
College Health Association recommends
that all college students under the age of
30 consider getting vaccinated against
meningococcal disease. Pennsylvania state
law requires the meningococcal vaccine for
all students li\'ing in University housing.
Guidelines published by the Centers for
Disease Control wiU be adhered to and
revised as appropriate to protect the health
of those in the Universit}' communit)'.
Because of the potential for transmission
of several infectious diseases, all students
utilizing injectable medicines wiU be
required to show evidence of satisfactory
disposal of needles and syringes. The
Student Affairs
Health Center will provide free disposal
of medical waste.
Judicial Affairs and Community
Development
West Chester University's judicial system
is the responsibility of the Office of the
Dean of Students and is overseen by the
diretor ot Judicial Affairs and Commu-
nity Development. In accordance with
the Universit\''s Mission and Values
Statements, the University' is committed
to providing a sound educational envi-
ronment for intellectual pursuits.
Accordingly, a set of behavioral stan-
dards has been created to maintain a
safe and secure campus environment.
The West Chester University Student
Code of Conduct, found in Section III
of the Ram's Eye View, translates those
acts that constitute unacceptable behav-
ior for the Universit}''s students and stu-
dent organizations. Students and stu-
dent organizations accept the responsi-
bility to abide by all University rules and
regulations. In addition to these rules
and regulations, students are expected to
obey federal, state, and local laws. The
University, for educational purposes, has
the right to review any action taken b)'
local law enforcement agencies regard-
ing students. If off-campus behavior
affects the University in an)' wav, a stu-
dent may be charged with a violation of
the West Chester University Student
Code of Conduct. Proven failure to
meet this obligation will justify appro-
priate disciplinary action.
As members of the University commu-
nity, students have the right:
• To participate in all activities of the
University, free from any form of
harassment or discrimination;
• To personal privacy except otherwise
provided by the law; and
• To procedural due process in all
action arising from violations of
University regulations.
Along with those rights, students have
the responsibilit}-:
• To respect the rights and property of
others
• To become fiilly acquainted with the
published Universit)' regulations and
to comply with them; and
• To recognize that their actions reflect
on the entire University community.
The Office for Judicial Affairs and
Community Development also works
collaboratively with administrators, fac-
ulty, staff, and student leaders to devel-
op educational programs designed to
promote community building activities,
consistent with the West Chester
University Values Statement. Such
efforts have a special emphasis on civili-
ty, respect for individuals, teamwork,
conflict resolution, and academic
integrit}'. The Office for Judicial Affairs
and Community Development is located
in 238 Sykes Union, 610-436-3511.
Mail Service
The University has an on-campus post
office located on the second floor of
Lawrence Center. Commuting students
requesting a mail box must show a need
for the box by applying to Off-Campus
and Commuter Services, located in il6
Sykes Student Union, 610-436-2984,
which will approve or disapprove the
request depending on the availability of
a Umited number of mail bo.xes and the
demonstrated lack of alternative mail
receipt options for the student. Resident
students receive their mail at their resi-
dence halls. To ensure prompt delivery,
mail sent to North Campus resident stu-
dents should show the student's name,
room number, the name of the residence
hall, and the University's name and
address (West Chester University, West
Chester, PA 19383). Mail sent to South
Campus residence students should show
the student's name, 839 South Campus
Drive, Box#, West Chester, PA 19382
(do not include WCU in the South
Campus address).
Multicultural Affairs
The Office of Multicultural Affairs is
dedicated to the development of multi-
cultural sensitivity, understanding, and
appreciation of diversity among stu-
dents. The office develops and imple-
ments comprehensive programs aimed at
addressing the needs and concerns of
the multicultural student. The staff of
the Office of Multicultural Affairs also
serve as consultants to other University
offices regarding multicultural students
and aids in projects focused on improv-
ing the general campus climate. The
office is located in 238 Sykes Student
Union, 610-436-3273.
New Student Programs
The Office of New Student Programs
coordinates orientation and outreach
programs for freshman and transfer stu-
dents. Orientation programs include
summer, fall, and January sessions as
well as sessions for transfer students.
West Chester's orientation programs are
designed to introduce new students to
the University and acquaint them with
the academic, student services, and
social aspects of college life. Attendance
at orientation is required.
Outreach efforts include participation in
Fall Welcome Back activities, coordina-
tion of the Learning Communities
Project, and Family Day. A variety of
social and educational programs are
offered during the first year to aid new
students in making a successfiil transi-
tion to West Chester Universit}'.
The Office of New Student Programs is
located in 236 Sykes Student Union,
610-436-3305. '
Public Safety
West Chester University is concerned
about the safety and welfare of all cam-
pus members and is committed to pro-
viding a safe and secure environment.
Campus security is the responsibility of
the University's Department of Public
Safet)', located in the Peoples Building
at the corner of Church Street and
University Avenue.
Because no campus is isolated from
crime, the University has developed a
series of policies and procedures to ensure
that every possible precautionary measure
is taken to protect members of the
Universit)' communit)' while thev are on
campus. Public Safet)' provides a "Safe
Walk" program to escort individuals to
and from campus locations. Van trans-
portation is also available for the physical-
ly challenged. In addition, Public Safet)-
provides assistance for those needing help
in jump-starting a car or those who have
locked themselves out of their vehicle.
A fiiU explanation of the Universit)''s secu-
rity policies and procedures, as well as
additional pertinent information, appears
in a publication called 'Your Safety Is Our
Concern," which is available from the
Office of Admissions, the Department of
Public Safety, and the Public Safety web
site: www.wcupa.edu/_Information/
AFA/publicsafety/.
Vehicle Registration
/Ul University parking lots require a cur-
rent Uniyersit\' parking permit or pass to
be displayed on all vehicles. All employ-
ees, eligible students, and visitors desiring
to use designated parking lots must regis-
ter their vehicle with the Department of
Public Safet)' Parking Services Office and
purchase/obtain a parking permit. Parking
permits are nonrefundable and may only
Student Aftairs
be used by the registered purchaser.
Permits are not transferable between indi-
viduals nor ma)' they be resold. All West
Chester Universit}' parking pennits are
the property of West Chester University.
Resident students with 63 credits or
more and commuter students with 25
credits or more are eligible to purchase a
North Campus permit. Residents ot the
South Campus apartments are eligible to
purchase a permit for that area only.
Freshman resident students are not per-
mitted to bring cars to campus. A fresh-
man is defined as one having earned
fewer than 25 credits prior to the fall
semester. Other students must park at
South Campus Q_and R lots. Shuttle
bus service is provided between South
and North campuses. The annual regis-
tration fee is established by the Council
of Trustees upon recommendation of the
Parking Committee and the approval of
the president. Specific registration pro-
cedures wlU be announced yearly.
A valid student ID, nonsuspended opera-
tor's license, and vehicle registration card
must be presented at the time the vehicle
is registered. The parking permit should
be placed in the vehicle immediatelv.
Instructions on placement are on the
reverse side ot the permit. Mutilated or
defaced parking permits must be
replaced. Please contact the Department
of Public Safet)' Parking Services Office
for the current cost. The operation and
registration of a vehicle must conform to
Commonwealth vehicle law and
University regulations. For complete
information regarding motor vehicles and
registration, refer to the A-Iotor Vehicle
Regulations pamphlet available at the
Public Safet)' Office and the Public
Safety web site at www.wcupa.edu/
_Information/AFA/publicsafety/.
Any change in the vehicle registration
number must be reported to the Depart-
ment of Pubhc Safetv immediatelv.
Persons in violation of the parking rules
and regulations are subject to ticketing
and towing.
Parking fines are assessed at SIO up to
$40 depending on the violation. The
current towing charge is $60 plus the fee
for the violation.
Service Learning and Volunteer
Programs
The Office of Service Learning and
Volunteer Programs promotes communi-
ty service within academic courses and as
cocurricular activities. The office provides
assistance to facultv who use communitv'
service as a teaching method and to stu-
dents in need of service placements. In
addition, the office works directly with
more than 90 local agencies providing
volunteer opportunities to WCU stu-
dents. Throughout the vear special events
are planned, and the entire campus is
imdted to participate. West Chester
University is a member of Pennsylvania
Campus Compact. The Office of Service
Learning and Volunteer Programs is
open from August - May and is located
in B-19 Killinger HaU, 610-436-3379.
Student Services, Incorporated (SSI)
Student Services, Incorporated (SSI) is a
not-for-profit organization primarily
designed to serve the students of West
Chester Universitv. The objective of this
corporation is to initiate, regulate, and
operate the financial matters of all cocur-
ricular student activities. Such activities
include the management of the campus
bookstore, student pubhcations, student
organizations, check cashing/ticket ser-
vice, student programming, intercolle-
giate athletics, and the graduate smdent
association.
In fiscal matters and in various poUcy-
making areas, the final authority rests
with the president of the Universitv'.
The SSI Business Office, 610-436-2955,
is located in 259 Sykes Student Union.
Sykes Union Building
The Earl F. Sykes Union first opened in
1975 as the communit\- center for West
Chester University. Major renovations
and a building expansion was completed
in 1995 providing students with a new
102,000-square-foot facility.
Sykes Union, as a facility and an opera-
tion, is designed to encourage all mem-
bers of the campus community to partici-
pate in a wide variety of culmral, social,
educational, and recreational programs.
The multipurpose building features a
350-seat theater, a fitness center, a book-
store, and an amusement game room, all
on the ground floor. The first floor offers
a dining area with seating for 350, an
outdoor terrace, and a large food servery.
Also included on the first floor is a
5,000-square-foot multipurpose room
designed for dances, concerts, banquets,
and lectures, as well as the union admin-
istrative offices and Information Center.
The second floor houses the Student
Affairs offices of the Vice President, Dean
of Students, Assistant Vice President,
Residence Life and Housing, Off-
Campus and Commuter Services, New
Student Programs, Judicial Affairs and
Communitv' Development, Multicultural
Affairs, and Greek Life and Smdent
Organizations. The Smdent Services, Inc.
Business Office and the departments of
Student Programming and Activities,
along with smdent clubs and organiza-
tions, are also located on the second floor.
The third floor penthouse features a 22-
unit computer lab, the Frederick Douglass
study lounge, and seminar space. Sykes
Union also houses 17 meeting rooms
accommodating groups fi'om five to 500.
For information concerning Sykes
Union please call the Information
Center at 610-436-3360/2984.
Women's Center
The Women's Center addresses the spe-
cial concerns particular to women, includ-
ing the issues facing women students who
enter the University from high school or
remrn to college after time at home or in
the job world. Located in LawTence
Center on the second floor, the Women's
Center provides a lounge area for conver-
sation, as well as study, peer advising,
support for personal and professional
issues, and special interest programs (lec-
tures, films, concerts, etc.). For more
information, including opportunities for
student volunteers, call 610-436-2122.
Activities
Student Activities on Campus
Smdent activities at West Chester
University' encompass a wide range of cul-
tural, social, educational, and recreational
programs for a diverse smdent population.
TTie departments of Cocurricular
Programs and Campus Activities, under
the auspices of Student Services, Inc., take
a leadership role in organizing and spon-
soring joint or individual programs as part
of their mission. One major role centers
on advisory relationships with the Smdent
Activities Council, the major smdent pro-
gramming organization on campus.
Current movies, area band performances,
national cultural entertainment acts, lec-
tures (with a special emphasis on the
"Leadership, Unit)', and Volunteerism,
and Image Maker" - LUVIM - pro-
grams), variety lunchtime entertainment,
and special events such as "Welcome
Back" activities in September are all spon-
sored by Campus Activities and the
Smdent Activities Council. Homecoming,
Family Day, Spring Weekend, and major
concerts are additional special University
events that unite many segments of the
Student Affairs
campus. The Cocurricular Programs and
Campus Activities departments are locat-
ed in 236 Svkes Student Union, 610-436-
2983 or 436-3037.
Students can become a vital force on
campus through participation and
involvement in student organizations and
activities. AH smdents have an opportuni-
ty to attend campus events and/or join an
organization that meets their individual
needs. Leadership roles are always avail-
able; these opportunities to be active can
become one of the more enriching experi-
ences in student life. Becoming involved
builds individual integrity and a sense of
community — two desirable qualities in all
aspects of life. Student activities and orga-
nizations are the lifeblood ot any campus
environment, and West Chester Univer-
sity has many such opportunities.
Student Organizations
Each October, an updated "Directory of
Student Organizations'" is printed that
includes the names, addresses, and tele-
phone numbers of all presidents and
advisers of more than 200 campus student
organizations. For a comprehensive
description of WCU student organiza-
tions, refer to the Ram'i Eye View Student
Handbook, or contact the Office for Greek
Life and Student Organizations, 238
Sykes Student Union, 610-436-2117.
The following is the official list ot all stu-
dent organizations that were registered
during the 2002-2003 academic year:
Student Governing/Campus
Programming Organizations
Graduate Student Association
Off-Campus and Commuter Association
Residence Hall Association
Student Activities Council
Student Government Association
Sykes Union Advisory Board
Academic/Professional Organizations
Accounting Society
Alchemist Club
Anderson Mathematics Club
Anthropolog}' Club of WCU
Art Association
Association for Childhood Education
International
Athletic Training Club
Contemporary Dance Company
Council for Exceptional
Children/Special Education
Criminal Justice Association-Lambda
Alpha Epsilon
Dance Production Workshop
Darlington Biological Society
Economics and Finance SocieU'
English Club
English Graduate Student Association
Forensics
French Club
Genetics/Ethics Club
Geography Club
German Club
Graduate Social Work Student
Association
History Club
Honors Student Association
Institute of Management Accountants
Italian Club
Linguistics Club
National Association of Black
Accountants
National Council of Teachers of English
National Student Speech, Hearing and
Language Association
Philosophy Club
Political Science Club
Pre-Law Society
Psychology Club
Russian Club
Social Work Club
Society of Physics Students
Sociology Club-Delta Alpha Tau
Spanish Club
Student Dietetic Association
Student Nurses' Association of
Pennsylvania (SNAP)
University Theatre
West Chester Association for the
Education of Young Children
WCU Education Association/Student
PSEA, NEA
Women in Communications
Women in Science
Special Interest Organizations
Anime Club
Asian American Association
Association for Disability Awareness
(ADA)
Black Men United
Black Student Union
Caribbean Island Association
Chess Club
College Democrats
College Republicans
Dance Team
Darkness Before the Light Role-Plaving
Club
EARTH (Environmental Association
for Repairing the Habitat)
Feminist Majority Alliance
HiUel Jewish Student Union
Homecoming
Human Rights Coalition, Amnesty
International
INDU-Indo-American Association
International Student Organization
LASO-Latino American Student
Organization
LEAD-Leadership, Empowerment, and
Development
LGBTA-Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual
Transgendered Association
Recreation and Leisure Programs
Sistahs United
Students for Life
Swing Dance Club
Wiccan Society
Women's Center Club
Religious Organizations
Campus Bible Fellowship
Campus Crusade for Christ/Christian
Impact
Catholic Newman Student Association/
Center
Chosen Generation Outreach Ministries
Covenant Campus Fellowship
CrossSeekers
Gospel Choir-Praise Project
HiUel Jewish Student LTnion
Inter- Varsity Christian Fellowship
Jewish Heritage Programs
Latter Day Saints Student Association
Lutheran Student Association
MusUm Student Association
University Christian Fellowship
Young Life
Service Organizations
The Abbe Society
Alpha Phi Omega
Best Buddies
Circle K Club
Emergency Medical Services
Friars' Society
Habitat for Humanity
Phi Sigma Pi
Rotaract
University Ambassadors
Greek Letter Organizations
Governing Councils
Black and Latino Greek Council
Interfraternity Council
Inter-Greek Council
Panhellenic Council
Honoraries
Gamma Sigma Alpha
Order of Omega
Rho Lambda
Fratemiries
Beta Theta Pi
Delta Chi
Kappa Alpha Psi
Kappa Delta Rho
Lambda Theta Phi
Omega Psi Phi
Phi Beta Sigma
Phi Kappa Sigma
Pi Kappa Phi
Sigma Alpha Epsilon
Sigma Pi
Sigma Phi Epsilon
Tau Kappa Epsilon
Theta Chi
Sororities
Alpha Kappa Alpha
Student Affairs
Alpha Phi
Alpha Sigma Tau
Alpha Xi Delta
Chi Upsilon Sigma
Delta Phi Epsilon
Delta Sigma Theta
Delta Zeta
PhiMu
Phi Sigma Sigma
Sigma Gamma Rho
Zeta Phi Beta
Zeta Tau Alpha
Publications and Media Organizations
Daedalus
Media Advisor\- Board
The Quad
The Serpentine
WCUTV 5-West Chester University
Television
WCUR-West Chester Universit\' Radio
Sports Clubs
Equestrian
Fencing
Ice Hockey
RoUer Hockey
Rugby-Men
Rugby-Women
Shotokan Karate
Skiing
Sports Club Council
Volleyball-Men
Water Polo-Women
Musical Organizations
Brass Ensemble
Chamber Choir
Collegium Musicum
Concert Band
Concert Choir
Criterions Jazz Ensemble
Flute Ensemble
Guitar Ensemble
Kappa Kappa Psi
Marching Band-"Golden Rams"
Mastervvorks Chorus
Men's Chorus
Music Educator's National Conference-
Chapter 21 (PCMEA)
Opera Theatre Ensemble
Penns}'lvania Music Teachers Association
Percussion Ensemble
Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia
Saxophone Ensemble
Sigma Alpha Iota
Symphonic Band
Symphony Orchestra
Tau Beta Sigma
Universit)' Chorale
Wind Ensemble
Women's Choir
Honor Societies
Communication Studies-Pi Kappa Delta
Communications-Lambda Pi Eta
Counseling-Chi Sigma Iota
Criminal Justice— Sigma Tau Omicron
Economics-Omicron Delta Epsilon
Education-Delta Kappa Gamma
Education-Kappa Delta Pi
Education-Phi Delta Kappa
Educational Services-Chi Alpha Epsilon
English-Sigma Tau Delta
Foreign Languages-Alpha Mu Gamma
Geographv-Gamma Theta Upsilon
Geolog\'-Sigma Gamma Epsilon
Histor\'-Phi Alpha Theta
Kinesiolog}'-Phi Epsilon Kappa
Leadership-Omicron Delta Kappa
Literac)- (Reading)-Alpha Upsilon Alpha
Mathematical Sciences-Pi Mu EpsUon
Music-Pi Kappa Lambda
Nursing-Sigma Theta Tau
PhUosophy-Phi Sigma Tau
Physics-Sigm.a Pi Sigma
PoUtical Science-Pi Sigma Alpha
Psvcholog\'-Psi Chi
Social Science— Pi Gamma Mu
Social Work-Phi Alpha
Sociolog}-Alpha Kappa Delta
Theater Arts-Alpha Psi Omega
Recreation and Leisure Programs
The Office of Recreation and Leisure
Programs provides recreational and
leisure-time activities for the University
communit)'.
Intramural Sports affords students the
opportunity to participate in individual or
team competitive activities. The Intra-
mural Sports program promotes health,
weUness, and physical fitness, as well as
encourages the worthy use of leisure time.
Regardless of abilit)' level, even- individual
can experience successflil participation in
a variety' of individual or team athletic
events including flag football, basketball,
soccer, floor hockey, and softball.
For students who enjoy organized sports
other than varsity athletics. Sports Club
options are provided for those who are
either skilled athleticall}' or interested in
participating in a club sport for enjoy-
ment. Becoming a member of a club pro-
vides opportunities for instruction, social-
ization, competition, and fun.
Kinesiolog)' majors receive a sports credit
through participation in a club program.
Currently, West Chester University has
10 Sports Clubs: equestrian, fencing, ice
hockey, shotokan karate, men's rugbw
women's rugby, skiing, men's volleyball,
women's water polo, and roller hockey.
Outdoor recreational opportunities are
conducted through the Outdoor
Adventure Program which offers a vari-
ety of different trips and one-day activi-
ties for students throughout die year.
Examples include canoeing, rafting, ski-
ing, camping, and spelunking trips; ice
skating nights; hiking; and horseback rid-
ing. In addition to scheduling trips, the
Outdoor Adventure Program rents recre-
ation equipment such as backpacking
equipment, tents, sleeping bags, camping
equipment, mountain bikes, snow boards,
and cross-countr)' skis/boots.
For students who do not wish to partici-
pate in a formal recreational program.
Open Recreation provides days, times,
and facilities in which students may par-
ticipate in an informal recreational activ-
ity. The semester calendar hsts sched-
uled days and times for utiUzing swim-
ming pools, weight rooms, indoor/out-
door tracks, outdoor tennis courts, and
basketball g}-mnasiums.
Special Events include one-dav programs
such as skating nights, racquetball nights,
or special tournaments such as the Schick
Basketball Super Hoops Tournament.
The Aerobics program is one of our most
popular acti\'ities with over 800 students,
faculty, and staft' participating in 30 dif-
ferent aerobic sessions. The program pro-
vides regidar aerobics, aerostep, car-
diostep, cardio-kickboxing, slide step, step
and sculpt, and cross-training sessions.
Registration is required for participation.
The Fitness Center in Sykes Student
Union is designed to give students a
professional setting tor exercise and
weight training. The Sykes Fitness
Center is equipped with cardiovascular
equipment, pin-selectorized equipment,
and Olympic free weights. The center
also includes an aerobics studio where aU
the aerobics sessions are held. A valid
student ID is required for admission to
the center, and an orientation session is
also required for all participants.
For more information on any program
pro\'ided by the Office of Recreation
and Leisure Programs, call 610-436-
2131 or 436-3088, or stop by Room 133
Ehinger Gymnasium.
Intercollegiate Athletic Program
West Chester University's Department
of Athletics aftirms academic excellence
as the cornerstone in the Ufe of the stu-
dent-athlete, placing the highest priority
on the overall quaht}- of the educational
experience. By strengthening the inte-
gration of athletic program objectives
with academic and developmental goals,
athletics support the Universit)'s mis-
sion to meet student needs and interests.
Participation in athletics can serve to
strengthen the student's integrity, sense
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services
of fairness, respect for others, and dedi-
cation to goals. It also can provide the
opportunity for enhancing interpersonal
leadership skills. Both men and women
can choose from a broad variety of team
and individual sports. In addition, acad-
emic support services are available for
student-athletes, underscoring the com-
mitment to scholastic success.
The women's intercollegiate athletic pro-
grams include basketball, cross country,
field hockey, golf, indoor track, lacrosse,
soccer, Softball, swimming and diving,
tennis, outdoor track and field, and vol-
leyball. The men's intercollegiate athletic
programs include baseball, basketball,
cross country, football, golf, indoor track,
soccer, swimming and diving, tennis, and
outdoor track and field.
West Chester University is a Division II
member of the National Collegiate
Athletic Association (NCAA), the
Eastern College Athletic Conference,
and the Pennsylvania State Athletic
Conference. The Division I field hockey
program competes in the Atlantic 10.
The Department of Athletics is located
in the Russell L. Sturzebecker Health
Sciences Center on South Campus,
which has won national acclaim for the
quahty and extent of its teaching, per-
formance, and research facilities. Of
special note is the one-acre gymnasium
(which can be divided into six smaller,
pneumatically sealed gyms), a natatori-
um with two fiiU-size swimming pools
connected by a diving well, 20 lecture
rooms, two dance studios, a multipur-
pose room, a human performance labo-
ratory, an environmental health labora-
tory, and two physical therapy rooms.
This complex is surrounded by John A.
Farrell Football Stadium and its new
state-of-the-art lighting system; Serpico
Baseball Stadium; and the brand-new
South Campus Softball Complex, prac-
tice and playing fields, tennis courts, and
weight rooms.
Alumni Association
The West Chester University Alumni
Association is an organization of more
than 58,000 graduates of the University.
The purpose of the Alumni Association
is to promote the interests of West
Chester University in all areas of acade-
mic, cultural, and social needs, to
strengthen the Alumni Association
through a strong network of graduates,
and to increase the awareness of alumni
to the University's needs.
The Alumni Association sponsors five
major events on campus each year:
Welcome to West Chester Day and
Homecoming in the faU, Alumni
Weekend in the spring, and Senior Days
in December and May. The West Chester
University Magazine, published three
times each year, incorporates RAM-
PARTS, providing aU alumni with
information on their classmates and
events of interest.
The Alumni Association also offers pro-
gramming and services to students
through its efforts with admissions
recruiting, career mentoring, and net-
working. The on-campus University
Ambassadors group works with current
matriculating students to build ties with
the University that will continue when
these students become alumni. In turn,
this group also keeps alumni updated on
events and news of their alma mater.
Academic Affairs
West Chester University's undergraduate
programs include teaching certification
programs, local certificate programs, and
programs of study leading to the bache-
lor of arts, bachelor of fine arts, bachelor
of music, bachelor of science in educa-
tion, bachelor of science, bachelor of sci-
ence in nursing, and bachelor ot social
work. A complete list of undergraduate
degree programs appears on page 55.
Programs of study at the graduate level
are also available. These are listed on
page 35 and are described in detail in the
Graduate Catalog.
Honors Program
The University provides to able students
with outstanding achievements in schol-
arship, community service, the arts,
and/or leadership the opportunity to par-
ticipate in a challenging honors program
and to receive appropriate recognition
when they complete the requirements.
The aim of the honors program is to
provide an inviting environment for aca-
demically gifted and highly motivated
students to interact and form a learning
community of peers, faculty, administra-
tors, and staff that will challenge and
enrich the students' college experience.
Grounded in the liberal arts tradition, the
honors program seeks cross-disciplinary
connections in order to develop students'
natural intellectual abilities and to chal-
lenge them to employ those gifts on
behalf of the larger community. For this
reason, the West Chester Universit)' hon-
ors program considers "honors" more than
a matter of strong grades. It means using
the gift of knowledge to be an active and
creative problem solver in both the cam-
pus community and in the world. Honors
is about building character and fostering a
commitment of lifelong learning that can
develop the leaders of the 21st century.
Membership is competitive and based on
attainment and maintenance of a cumula-
tive 3.25 grade point average, regular
enrollment in honors courses, and service
to the campus community.
The program consists of 27 hours of
cross-disciplinary core courses surround-
ing the theme of community investment
and leadership development that, along
with a course dravwn from mathematics or
science, fidfiUs the University's general
education requirements. Certification for
honors is achieved by the completion of
the core 27 hours, two upper-level honors
seminars, and a capstone project.
Seminars are special topic courses that
rotate on a semester basis and are com-
petitively selected by the Honors Council
from faculty submissions. Such subjects
have included "Leadership in South
Africa," "Media Ethics," "Family Com-
munication," "Vampires in Fiction, Film,
and Folklore," "Peer-Assisted Learning,"
and "The Mexican Connection." The
capstone project allows students to put
theory into practice by inviting them to
identify and investigate a problem in a
Academic .Aftairs — Special Programs and Services
community business, nonprofit agency, or
research laboratorv, and then work to
solve the problem.
The honors supplemental certification
program option exists for academically
qualified students who have completed a
minimum of 45 credits, maintain a mini-
mum GPA of 3.25, and demonstrate
active contributions and service to the
co-curricular elements of the campus
community. To receive the special hon-
ors certificate award, students need to
complete a minimum of 12 hours of
honors course work at the 300/400 level
and demonstrate active contributions and
service to co-curricular elements of the
campus community. Generally, a mini-
mum of two 300-level or above courses
is offered each semester. These small
group (10-20 students) seminar offerings
are interdisciplinaty/writing emphasis
and have no prerequisites. Students may
petition, on special circumstances, to
substitute an HON 400-level indepen-
dent study for three hours ot credit.
Honors students who have successRiUy
completed their first year in the program
may qualify for a Bonner AmeriCorps
service-learning scholarship. An educa-
tion voucher of $1,000 will be awarded to
students who verify 300 hours of com-
munity service during a calendar year.
The program provides housing in
Killinger Hall for on-campus residents.
Rooms feature direct connection to the
University' computer system. Students
also have membership in the Honors
Student Association.
An Honors Council, which includes
both faculty and students, sets the poli-
cies of the program. A committee of
that council, working with the director,
determines the admission and retention
of students. Students completing the fuU
honors program receive designation on
their University transcript and the right
to wear a medallion of achievement at
commencement. Recognition at com-
mencement is based on the student's
academic record as of the completed
semester prior to commencement.
Further information about the honors
program - requirements, offerings, hous-
ing, and the co-curricular activities of the
Honors Smdent Association - is available
from the Honors Program Office, Room
131 Francis Harvey Green Libraty, West
Chester University, West Chester, PA
19383; phone, 610-436-2996; fax, 610-
436-2620; e-mail, honors@wcupa.edu.
International Education
Established in 1973, the Center for
International Programs is responsible for
coordinating study abroad programs,
international faculty exchanges, visits by
foreign scholars, and international pro-
grams for the campus and the broader
community. In addition, the Center for
International Programs actively pro-
motes development of an international
curriculum, facilitates internships and
independent study abroad, and provides
a variety of essential services for approxi-
mately 130 international students and
scholars from more than 60 countries.
Students are encouraged to participate in
semester or year-long study abroad pro-
gram as well as summer study abroad pro-
grams sponsored by West Chester
University. The Center tor International
Programs provides numerous study
abroad information seminars evety semes-
ter. The schedule of seminars is available
at the Center for International Programs
Office in the Old Libraty, Room 101.
Academic Development Program
The academic development program
(ADP) is designed to provide an oppor-
tunity for a college education at West
Chester University to those students
who do not meet current admission
requirements but who show a potential
for success in college. Students admitted
to the program are expected to take
advantage of the program components
which have been developed to enhance
their skills in reading, writing, speaking,
mathematics, and critical thinking, as
well as to help them in their transition
from high school to college.
ADP comprises a series of required cours-
es supplemented by specialized tutoring,
counseling, scheduling, and advising.
The program begins with an intensive,
six-week session during the summer
which smdents must complete. Any
developmental course work taken during
this time is credit-bearing, but these cred-
its are not applicable toward graduation.
Students in the program also are
required to complete the following
courses: COM 101, EDR 100, and
WRT 120, aU of which should be taken
as soon as possible after completion ot
summer requirements. All of these
courses satisfy University requirements
for graduation. Students will be advised
also on the completion of general educa-
tion requirements and, as necessaty, on
the transition to a major course of study.
For further information, please contact
the academic development program, 103
Lawrence Center, 610-436-3274.
Assessment
To assess and improve student learning,
academic programs, and student services,
the University wiU seek information on
student perceptions and satisfaction, as
well as intellectual/personal growth. AH
students are expected to participate in
the assessment program when requested.
National Student Exchange Program
West Chester is one of approximately 180
participating colleges and universities
across the United States and Canada that
offers students the opportunity to spend a
maximum of one year of study at another
college or university. The exchange pro-
gram enables smdents to experience a
quarter, semester, or year at another uni-
versity or college, yet not encounter com-
plications such as transfer credits and out-
of-state tuition. While encouraging sm-
dents to experience and appreciate various
cultural perspectives, the National Smdent
Exchange Program also provides students
with the opportunity to take advantage of
specialized courses and programs that may
not be available at West Chester.
To qualify for the program, students must
be fiiU time, have a 2.50 cumulative GPA,
and should be a sophomore or junior dur-
ing the period of exchange to ensure that
students share experiences and insights
with other students when resuming their
smdies at West Chester. Applications and
fiirther information are available from the
National Student Exchange coordinator
in the Office of the Registrar. Applica-
tions are due Februaty 15 or each year. A
nonrefi.indable fee is required of all stu-
dents who apply for the National Smdent
Exchange Program. For more informa-
tion, contact the Office of the Registrar,
610-436-3085.
Pennsylvania State System Visiting
Student Program
Undergraduate smdents enrolled in a
degree program who have earned 27
credits and are in good academic stand-
ing have the opportunity to enroll as a
visitor for a faU, spring, or summer term
at any of the other 13 Pennsylvania State
System of Higher Education instimtions.
The program allows smdents to take
advantage of specialized courses, pro-
grams, or experiences not available at the
home institution without losing (home)
instimtional residency. Advance approval
from both the home and the host institu-
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services
tions is required. Visiting Student
Program information is available at the
Office of the Registrar, E. O. BuU
Center, 610-436-3085.
Environmental Programs
Students interested in pursuing environ-
mental degree programs may choose
from those identified below. Consult the
departments listed for details on these
programs.
Ecology. Offered by the Department of
Biology, this program provides a strong
background in field biology and prepares
students for careers as biologists in envi-
ronmental agencies, industry, consulting
firms, and similar organizations. (See
page 62 for more information.)
Environmental Health Science. Offered
by the Department of Health, this pro-
gram synthesizes a rigorous scientific
preparation wdth specialized, applied
environmental courses and a required
internship. Courses include topics such as
hazardous wastes, industrial hygiene and
safety, risk assessment, environmental
regulations, toxicology, and a research-
based seminar. This degree program pre-
pares graduates for careers as environ-
mental scientists in consulting firms,
industry, and government. (See page 99
for specific program information.)
Pre-Professional Study
West Chester University recognizes that
some students will select career goals
that win require pursuit of academic
degrees after the baccalaureate, either in
graduate school or at a professional
school. Students with such goals are
encouraged to discuss them with appro-
priate members of the faculty.
Pre-Medical. Students interested in
graduate studies in one of the health pro-
fessions (dentistry, medicine, optometry,
podiatry, veterinary medicine, or physi-
cian assistant studies) are encouraged to
apply for admission to the pre-medical
program, which is supervised by mem-
bers of the Pre-Medical Committee.
More information about this program
can be found under the pre-medical pro-
gram listing in the section, "Programs of
Study and Course Offerings."
Pre-Law. Students who are contemplat-
ing going on to law school should take
part in the pre-law program conducted by
the University. Law schools maintain that,
while there is no proper "pre-law major,"
students should choose courses that
sharpen their analytical reasoning, writing,
speaking, and listening capabilities in the
humanities, social sciences, or natural sci-
ences (particularly those courses requiring
research and communication skills).
Overall academic performance is essential;
a cumulative average of at least 3.0 is
required by most accredited law schools.
Students interested in attending law
school should contact Prof. Sandra
Tomkowicz, Department of Marketing
and director of the pre-law program, in
Room 312 D, Anderson Hall, early in
their academic careers. Students also are
encouraged to participate in the Pre-
Law Society.
Engineering. West Chester University,
in cooperation with The Pennsylvania
State University at University Park and
the Penn State Harrisburg campus, pro-
vides a program in which, at the end of
five years, a student earns a B.S. in
physics firom West Chester University
and a B.S. in engineering from Penn
State University. Students spend three
years at West Chester and two years at
Penn State, taking only engineering-
related courses. AU mathematics, physics,
cognates, and general education courses
are taken at West Chester University.
Students may choose from many fields of
engineering, some of which are listed in
the "Phvsics" section of this catalog.
Pre-Theology. Pre-seminary students
tend to major in religious studies under
the auspices of the Department of
Philosophy but select courses from a
wide variety of disciplines. Students
interested in graduate studies in theolo-
gy and religious studies should work out
their programs of studv with the
Department of Philosophy.
Pre-Major Academic Advising
Program
The pre-major academic advising pro-
gram allows students who have not yet
chosen a major to explore their interests
before entering a degree program. During
their fu'st year, students are encouraged to
schedule courses that fiilfill the general
education requirements. In addition to
these requirements, other courses may be
scheduled in a wide range of disciplines.
Academic advisers will help students
select and schedule appropriate courses, as
well as make referrals and discuss voca-
tional and career interests. Academic
advisers also help students to develop
sound strategies for academic success.
Students should understand that certain
academic programs require prerequisites
for fiirther study. Completion of such
prerequisites, if not taken during the
period of study as an undeclared major,
may prolong University attendance.
These prerequisite courses require that
students earn, at least, a "C" grade.
A student may transfer into a program
from pre-major status only if
1. there is a vacancy in the desired pro-
gram,
2. the chairperson of that program
approves, and
3. a formal, approved "change of major"
form has been filed in the Office of
the Registrar.
Students should inquire about program
vacancies as early as possible during
their first year of study.
The pre-major academic advising program
is located in Room 132 Lawrence Center.
Pre-major academic advising provides
the following services for students who
have not yet declared a major:
Advice regarding course selection;
Assistance in establishing educational
objectives;
Information regarding various pro-
grams offered by the LTniversity;
Advice to students in academic difficulty;
Referral to University support services;
Guidance in and instructions for
declaring a major; and
Interpretation of University, school,
and department regulations, rules,
and requirements.
Learning Assistance and Resource
Center
The Learning Assistance and Resource
Center (LARC) provides academic sup-
port services that help students become
independent, active learners and achieve
academic success. The LARC offers
tutoring services in most general educa-
tion such as mathematics, viriting, natur-
al sciences, social sciences, foreign lan-
guages, and introductory business cours-
es. Tutoring sessions are 50 minutes long
and are held by appointment only.
Interested students register on a furst-
come, first-served basis and are assigned
tutors depending on availability. The
LARC offers supplemental instruction
(SI) in several general education and
"high-risk" courses; registration tor SI
sessions is done in the classroom at the
beginning of the semester. The LARC
also offers refresher workshops in prepa-
ration for the Pre-Professional Skills Test
(PPST) for education majors. Available
to student groups on request are work-
shops that demonstrate the application of
learning strategies to the course content
and seminars on affective skills that influ-
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services
ence learning, such as stress manage-
ment, test anxiet}' reduction, assertive-
ness, concentration, and motivation. The
LARC web site (www.wcupa.edu/
_Academics/cae.tut/) includes informa-
tion on its services, a list of courses being
tutored, and links to helpful resources.
The LARC provides opportunities for
paid practical training for undergraduate
students, as well as assistantships for
graduate students. The LARC offers a
comprehensive training program for new
tutors, which includes seminars, work-
shops, on-line training, individualized
projects, and peer observation. Tutors
employed by the L7\RC acquire the
knowledge and experience necessary to
meet the requirements for certification by
the College Reading and Learning
Association.
The LARC is open Monday -
Thursday from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. and
Friday from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. For
more information call 610-436-2535 or
visit 105 Lawrence Center.
Services for Students with
Disabilities
The Office of Services for Students with
Disabilities (OSSD) offers services for
students with physical and learning dis-
abilities. The OSSD is designed to assist
students in making a successfiil transi-
tion to the Universit}'. We take a proac-
tive stance that encourages students to
understand their needs and strengths in
order to best advocate for themselves.
At West Chester University we recognize
that some students with disabilities want
minimal assistance while others require
the full range of support and services.
The staff of the OSSD supports suidents
as they become more self-reliant by
emphasizing their knowledge and com-
munication skills and the understanding
of their rights and obligations under the
laws. To facilitate successfiil transition we
recommend a comprehensive assessment
of needs through this office.
The OSSD provides advocacy with fac-
ulty' for classroom accommodations
under the requirements of Section 504
and the Americans with Disabilities
Act. Recent, appropriate, and compre-
hensive documentation provided by
licensed professionals must accompany
requests for accommodations.
The OSSD coordinates provision of
direct services for students with disabih-
ties through support staff in the research
and technical areas of the Universitv'. We
also advocate in the readmission proce-
dure, with the offices of Financial Aid
and the Registrar, and supplement advis-
ing services to the extent that the infor-
mation or assistance is disability related
and necessary to promote student access.
The OSSD is located within the
Academic Programs and Services
Division and coordinates services with
other units within the division, such as
the Learning Assistance and Resource
Center and the Pre-Major Academic
Advising Program, as well as other
Universit)' offices including the Writing
Center and the Office of Residence Life
and Housing. Liaison with governmental
agencies and private practitioners for pro-
vision of services is also available through
the OSSD. In order to ensure continuity
of services, suidents should pursue such
actions prior to enrollment. Students
needing financial support for personal ser-
vices or interpreters should register with
the appropriate agency at least sbc months
in advance of matriculation. The policies
and procedures used by the OSSD are
contained in the West Chester University
Handbook on Disabilities, which is avail-
able in the OSSD office.
Office of Services for Students with
Disabilities
Room 105 Lawrence Center
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2564
Services Provided for Students with
Disabihties
• Academic coaching
• Special summer orientation
• Specialized tutoring in English and
math
• Central documentation file
• Optional comprehensive needs
assessment
• Advocac)' with faculty
• Alternative test-taking arrangements
• Academic advising
• Priority registration
• Note-taking support
• Study skills tutoring
• Alternate formatting assistance (e.g..
Recordings for the Blind, Inc.)
• Adaptive technology
• Readers for visually impaired students
• Interpreters for deaf students
• Referrals for LD testing
• Peer support
• Swdents with Disabilities Association
ADA Classroom Modifications
Appeals Procedure
Notification of Classroom Modifications
For a student with a documented dis-
ability requesting classroom modifica-
tions, the Office of Services for Students
with Disabilities (OSSD) will issue a
copy of a letter of modifications for the
student to present to the facult)' member
of the course. This modifications letter
will inform the faculty member of the
student's specific academic needs. It is
the responsibility of the student to pre-
sent the letter of modifications to the
faculty member. Students v«th disabili-
ties are held to the same academic stan-
dards as all other students. Faculty
members are not required to provide
modifications prior to or retroactive
from the date a modifications letter is
presented. Facult)' members should con-
tact the OSSD if they have questions
about the modifications outhned.
Appeals Regarding Classroom
Modifications
The University provides for an appeals
process regarding classroom modifica-
tions. Any and all efforts will be made
with the understanding that a timely res-
olution is in the best interest of all parties
involved. While an appeal is under
review, the student is expected to attend
classes and do assignments to the best of
his/her ability and faculty members are
expected to provide reasonable classroom
modifications to the best of their abilities.
While an appeal is under revdew, the stu-
dent and the faculty members of his/her
courses are expected to make good faith
efforts toward reasonable classroom mod-
ifications and engage in the educational
process. /Vn appeal reviewed under this
policy does not alter or interfere vsdth the
student's right to file a complaint of dis-
crimination on the basis of a disabilit)'
with the Universit)''s Office of Social
Equity or to pursue a formal complaint
with the Pennsylvania Human Relations
Commission or the U.S. Department of
Education, Office of Civil Rights.
A. If a student has concerns with the
determination of modifications by
the OSSD, the student and the
director of OSSD should first meet
in order to resolve the matter. If they
do not reach agreement, the student
may initiate a formal appeal by con-
tacting in writing the associate
provost (for undergraduate students)
or the graduate dean (for graduate
students) (see section C).
Academic ^Aiiairs — Special Programs and Services
B. If a faculty member has concerns
about the application of the modifi-
cations to his or her course and/or a
student feels the modifications are
not being adequately implemented,
the student and the professor should
meet in order to resolve the problem.
If these efforts are unsuccessfiil,
either the faculn- member or the stu-
dent may request informal resolution
through'OSSD.
1. The student and/or the taculr\'
member informs both OSSD and
the chair of the department of the
course vvithin tvvo work days fol-
lowing the meeting between the
faculty' member and the student
about unresolved concerns for
modifications in the course.
2. Within one week after being
informed of the concerns, OSSD
will coordinate a meeting of the
student, faculty' member, and/or
chair in an attempt to achieve a
resolution by meeting with the
student and/or facultv member.
During this meeting, wth the
consent of the student, OSSD
may fiirther ad\'ise the faculrv'
member of the student's individual
needs and the appropriateness of
any recommended modifications.
C. If resolution is not accompUshed
after informal meetings between
OSSD, the student, facult\' member,
and chair, a formal appeal may be
started. Either the faculty- member or
the student may initiate the formal
appeal bv contacting OSSD in writ-
ing; as appropriate, the associate
provost or the graduate dean will
then be notified. The formal appeal
will proceed as follows:
1. Within the two weeks following
the initiation of the formal appeal,
a Classroom Modifications
Review Panel wiU meet. If the
student involved is an undergradu-
ate, the associate provost wLU con-
vene the panel. If the student is a
graduate student, the graduate
dean will convene the panel. The
panel will consist of a dean of a
school or college, a faculn- mem-
ber, and a student, each of whom
will be from outside the depart-
ment than the one in which the
problem arose and selected from
respective pools of individuals who
have received training in ADA
law and procedures; the dean shall
serve as panel chair. Panel mem-
bers will be informed in writing by
the associate provost or dean of
Graduate Studies at least a week
in advance of the date, time, and
place that the panel will be con-
vened.
2. At the proceedings of the panel,
the representative of OSSD will
present to the panel relevant infor-
mation about the nature of the
student's disabilit\' and appropriate
modifications. Because this infor-
mation is confidential, the stu-
dent's consent to the disclosure of
the information must be obtained
beforehand. In order to protect
matters which are confidential, the
panel may, upon its own motion
or upon the request of any
involved pany, hear statements in
private wthout the other parties
being present.
If the situation involves a chal-
lenge to the OSSD director's
denial of a requested modification,
the OSSD shall present informa-
tion and documentation showing
why such modification is inappro-
priate.
It the dispute is related to the
apphcation of a modification in a
particular course, the facultv'
member shall then present to the
panel his or her concerns about
the modification and shall have
the opportunitN' to present any
information or documentation
\vhich the faculty- member beheves
is relevant. The panel may request
that the chairperson of the acade-
mic department in which the dis-
pute arose, or other taculf\- mem-
bers who teach the same course,
present any concerns that they
may have regarding how the mod-
ifications might create a funda-
mental alteration in the nature of
the course.
The student shall have the oppor-
tunit\-, but shall not be required,
to make a statement to the panel
and to present any informatiop or
documentation which the student
beheves is relevant.
The Office of Social Equit)- wiU
be available to the panel for con-
sultation on an "as needed" basis.
3. It shall be the function of the
panel to make a recommendation
to the provost concerning the
appropriateness of the requested
modifications and/or a rewsion of
the modifications. The panel shall
deUberate immediately following
the meeting and shall render its
recommendation hv majorirv' vote.
The decision and any dissenting
opinions of the panel shall be sent
in writing to the pro\'OSt within
three work days by the panel
chair.
4. The provost shall review the rec-
ommendation of the panel and
render a final decision on the mat-
ter in writing to the student, the
facult)' member, and the OSSD
director within one week after
receiving the panel's recommenda-
tion.
The Writing Program
West Chester University's cross-discipli-
nar\' writing program was begun in 1978
as a pUot project fiinded b}- the National
Endowment for the Humanities and the
Pennsylvania State College Educational
Trust Fund. Building on the skills devel-
oped in Enghsh composition courses, the
program is based on the assumption that
writing is integral to all academic learn-
ing in hberal and professional studies.
The program's focus is therefore not on
remediation but on enhancement; the
Universit)' regards vvriting as much more
than a set of basic language skills. The
program provides for:
(1) Writing-emphasis courses each semester
in traditional hberal studies (for
example, Enghsh hterature, history,
anthropology, sociology', chemistry,
and physics) and in protessional
studies (for example, criminal jus-
tice, early childhood education,
nursing, and pubhc health)
(2) A general requirement that all stu-
dents must take three of these writing-
emphasis courses, in addition to
Enghsh composition. Transfer stu-
dents need to consult the
Undegraduate Catalog under
"Writing Emphasis" for details on
their degree requirements.
The WCU writing program has been
recognized for its scope and achieve-
ment by the Association ot American
Colleges. It is administered by a director
and a committee of one student and
seven faculty members representing dif-
ferent fields of study.
Internships
A number of departments offer the
opportunit)' for internships, field experi-
ences, or practicums in which students
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Senices
may earn credit through employment in
their field of interest. Students need to
consult with their department and
review the various department hstings in
this catalog.
Three University-wide internship
opportunities are open to students from
anv major: The Harrisburg Internship
Semester (THIS) is a full-semester, 15-
credit experience in Pennsylvania state
government. It is open to any junior or
senior who has a minimum GPA of 3.5.
A stipend is involved. (See Department
of Political Science, HBI 400, 401,
402.) The Washington Center
Internships are 15-credit experiences
with the U.S. Congress, Executive
Branch, interest groups, and lobbies.
The Pennsylvania House of Rep-
resentatives Legislative Fellowship
Program, open to all junior/senior stu-
dents with a minimum GPA of 3.5,
involves committee staff assignments in
pohcy development and a stipend. All
three programs are administered bv the
Department of Pohtical Science; contact
the chair at 610-436-2743.
Summer Sessions
West Chester University's summer pro-
gram, among the oldest university-spon-
sored summer programs in the United
States, has one of the largest enroll-
ments in the State System of Higher
Education. More than 600 courses, both
graduate and undergraduate, are offered,
including workshops, seminars, and
internships, as well as the typical semes-
ter classes. Offerings are generally avail-
able in everv' department and in interdis-
ciplinary areas.
Students from any college or university-,
as well as nontraditional students, may
take courses for enjoyment, personal
grovrth, or degree credit. The summer
program runs for 13 weeks (two five-
week sessions and a three-week post ses-
sion), and a student can earn up to 12
credits during the summer sessions.
Summer session booklets containing the
course schedules may be obtained from
the Office of the Registrar (undergradu-
ate), the Office of Graduate Studies and
Extended Education (graduate), and
academic departments or the University
web site (wvvw.wcupa.edu). For more
information contact the Office of the
Registrar at 610-436-3541 or the Office
of Graduate Studies and Extended
Education at 610-436-2943.
Office for Adult Studies
Nondegree is an academic term for "not
formall}' accepted in a degree program."
Students often begin their college
careers bv taking classes nondegree, for
personal and professional growth.
Nondegree students take the same
courses as ever\'one else and earn the
same college credit. Students may earn a
total of 1 8 credits (usually about six
courses) as a nondegree student. After
earning 18 credits, students need to
apply for adnussion if they wish to con-
tinue. College graduates can take as
many courses as they want.
Nondegree students can take a maxi-
mum of nine credits each semester.
Students may be considered for nonde-
gree status if they
• graduated from high school (or
received a GED) three or more years
ago;
• have less than 30 credits from anoth-
er college or university with at least a
2.0 cumulative grade point average
(GPA);
• have earned a college degree and
want to take courses for professional
or personal development;
• are a high school student with a letter
ot recommendation from their guid-
ance counselor or principal.
The University' recognizes and awards
credit for hfe-learning experience that
can accelerate a student's degree. The
Office for Adult Studies advises students
on how to earn college credit tor their
learning experience through three avail-
able options:
• Credit by Examination (contact the
Registrar's Office)
• Portfolio Development
• College Level Examination Program
(CLEP)
Students may use anv combination of
these options and progress at their own
pace.
Nondegree students may take advantage
of all ser\'ices offered b\' the University
including:
• Internet registration
• Payment plans
• Da\time childcare
• Career and personal counsehng
For additional information, contact the
Office for Adult Studies at 610-436-
1009 or e-mail adultstudy@wcupa.edu.
Veterans Affairs
Under the provisions of Tide 38, West
Chester University is an accredited uni-
versity for the education of veterans. The
University cooperates with the Veterans
Administration to see that honorably
separated or discharged veterans receive
every consideration consistent with either
degree or nondegree admission standards.
All veterans, certain dependents of dis-
abled or deceased veterans, and war
orphans who wish to obtain educational
benefits under the appropriate public
laws must register with the office over-
seeing veterans affairs at initial registra-
tion. Veterans must renew their registra-
tion with this office at the beginning of
each subsequent semester and each sum-
mer session. The Veterans Administra-
tion requires students who are veterans
to schedule at least 12 semester hours
per semester in order to receive fiiU ben-
efits under the GI Bill.
Certification tor Veterans Administra-
tion benefits is administered by the
Office of Financial Aid, Room 138,
Elsie O. Bull Center.
Armed Services Programs
Army Reserve Officers' Training
Corps (ROTC) is available through a
cross-enrollment agreement with
Widener University'. Classes are gener-
ally conducted on the campus of
Widener University. Students receive
from 1.0 to 3.0 free elective credit hours
per course (maximum 12 credit hours)
towards their baccalaureate programs.
West Chester students also may enroll in
the Air Force Reserve Officers' Training
Program (AFROTC) through an agree-
ment with Saint Joseph's Universitv'. All
aerospace studies courses are held on the
Saint Joseph's University campus, and
these courses earn transfer credit at WCU.
The University, with the approval of the
Council of Trustees, permits West
Chester LTni\'ersit\' students enrolled in
the Armed Services Reserve Officer
Candidate Program (ROC) to receive six
semester hours of baccalaureate credit
upon successflil completion and certifica-
tion of ROC militan' requirements.
These credits are classified as free elective
transfer credits. Depending on the status
of the student's program at the time of
ROC credit transfer, these credits will be
counted toward, or in excess of, the 120
credits required for a baccalaureate degree.
ROC programs are contingent on suc-
cessflil completion of a military require-
ment during vacation and the awarding
of a college degree before being granted
the service commission.
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Ser\ices
Graduate Studies
West Chester's graduate programs, intro-
duced in 1959, offer study opportunities
leading to the master ot education, mas-
ter of arts, master of science in adminis-
tration, master of science in nursing,
master of business administration, master
of public health, master of science, mas-
ter of social work, and master ot music
degrees. West Chester schedules its grad-
uate courses in the late afternoon and
e\'ening during the fall and spring semes-
ters. It is possible to pursue fiill-rime
graduate stud}' during the academic year
and during summer sessions.
Administration
^LSA- (Concentrations: Human Resource
Management, Individualized, Leadership
for Women, Long-Term Care, Public
Administration, Regional Planning, Sport
and Athletic Administration, Training and
Development)
Certificates in Administration; Human Resource
Management; and Leadership for Women
Anthropology/Sociology
M.S.A. (Concentration: Long-Term Care)
Certificate in Geronotolog\'
Biology
M.S. Biology
Business
^LBA. (Concentrations: Exonomics/Finance,
Executive, General Business, Manage-
ment, TechnologT.' and Electronic
Commerce)
Chemistry
MA. Physical Science (Concentration:
Chemistry)
M.Ed. Chemistry
M.S. Chemistry
M.S. Clinical Chemistry
Communication Studies
M.A. Communication Studies
Conununicative Disorders
MA. Communicative Disorders
Computer Science
M.S. Computer Science
Certificate in Computer Science
Counseling and Educational
Psychology
.M.Ed. Elementan- School Counseling
M.Ed. Secondan- School Counseling
ALS. Higher Education/Post- Secondary
Counseling
Specialist I Certificate in Counseling
(Elementari- or Secondary)
Post Master's Certificate
Criminal Justice
M.S. Criminal Justice
Early Childhood and Special Education
M.Ed. Special Education
Certification in Special Elducation
Educational Research
See Professional and Secondary Education
Elementary Education
M.Ed. Elementary Education
Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study
Certification in Elementarj' Education
English
M.A. English
Foreign Languages
M..-\. French
M..A Spanish
M.Ed. French
M.Ed. Spanish
Geography and Planning
M.A. Geography
M.S..'^. (Concentration: Regional Planning)
Geology and Astronomy
M.A.
Ph^•5ical Science (Concentration:
Earth Sciences)
Health
M.Ed, School Health
M.P.H.PubUc Health
Certificate in Emergency' Preparedness (pending
approval)
Certificate in Integrative Health
Certification in Health Care Administration
History
M.A. History
M.Ed. Histor)'
Holocaust and Genocide Studies
MA. Holocaust and Genocide Studies
Certificate in Holocaust and Genocide Studies
Kinesiology
M.S. Health and Physical Education
(Concentrations: General Ph\-sical
Education, Elxercise and
Sport Phii-siolog))
M,S,A, (Concentration: Sport and Athletic
Administration)
Certification in Driver Education and Safe Li\'ing
Literacy
M,Ed, Reading
Certificate in Literac)'
Certification as a Reading Specialist
Mathematics
M..^. Mathematics (Concentrations:
Mathematics, Mathematics Education)
M.S. AppUed Statistics
Certificate in Applied Statistics
Certification in Mathematics
Music
MA
Music Histon'
M.M.
Accompanying
M.M.
Music Composition
M.M,
Music Education
M,M,
Music Performance
M.M,
Music Theon'
M.M,
Piano Pedagog)'
Nursing
z\LS,N.
Certificate in Parish Nursing
Certification as a School Nurse
Philosophy
M.A. Philosophy
Physical Science
See Chemistry, and Geology and Astronomy
Political Science
M.S..\. (Concentration: PubUc .A.dministration)
Professional and Secondary Education
M.Ed. Secondar)' Education
M.S. Educational Research
Certification in Secondary- Education
Certificate in Teaching and Learning with
Technology-
Courses in En\ironmental Education, Urban
Education
Psychology
MA. Clinical Psycholog)-
M.A. General Ps\chologi.'
M.A. Industrial/Organizational Psychologv-
Certificate in Clinical Mental Health
Public Administration
See Political Science
Social Work
MS.W. Social Work
Special Education
(See Early Childhood and Special Education)
Teaching English as a Second
Language
M.A. Teaching English as a Second Language
Certificate in Teaching English as a Second
Language
The follo>ving departments and inter-
disciphnarv' areas offer graduate cours-
es, but no graduate degree:
Anthropolog}' and Sociolog}', Art, Lin-
guistics, Theatre Arts, and Women's
Studies,
Scholarly Publications
College Literature is an international, quar-
terl)- journal of scholarly criticism dedicat-
ed to the needs of coUege/universit\' teach-
ers; it pro\ides access to innoN'ative wav-s of
studying and teaching ne%v bodies of liter-
ature and experiencing old literatures in
newwa\'s, Kostas IM\Tsiades ot the
Department of English serves as editor.
Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora is a semian-
nual, international scholarly re\iew focus-
ing on the Greek experience of the 19th
and 20th centuries, published at West
Chester University' by Fella Publishing
Co. of New York Kostas AhTsiades,
Department of English, serves as editor.
Aralia Press
This nationally renowned literary fine
press, located in 509 Francis Har\'ey
Green Libran', gives students hands-on
experience in the publishing field
through actual book production.
Professor Michael Peich, Department of
English, serves as the director.
Degree Requirements
GENERAL INFORMATION
Responsibility
The ultimate responsibility' for satisfying all graduation require-
ments is the student's. Facult)' academic advisers are expected to
provide accurate, helpRd information to students, and students
are expected to be knowledgeable about the academic policies
and procedures governing the completion of their degrees. The
smdent and faculrv adviser are expected to consult with each
other regularly. Under West Chester Universit)''s advising pro-
gram, all students have faculty advisers, appointed through their
major departments, who counsel them on academic matters
throughout their undergraduate vears. Students who have not
yet declared a major are advised by the Pre-Major Academic
Advising Center in Lawrence Center.
Applicable Catalog Year
AH students are bound bv the catalog in the year they are most
recendy admitted to the Universit}' for general education
requirements. Students are bound by the major, minor, and cog-
nate requirements in the catalog for the academic year for which
thev are accepted into the major or minor. If any of the degree
requirements change while students are matriculating, they may,
but do not have to, meet changed requirements after their first
semester of study as a declared major. In some instances, accred-
iting and/or certification standards necessitate the change in
major, minor, and cognate requirements. In such situations, the
respective school or college will formally inform each student
that he or she must meet the new requirements. Readmitted stu-
dents are bound bv the requirements in place for general educa-
tion, major, minor, and cognate areas at the time of readmission,
except where permission is granted by the respective department.
Dual Degrees and Majors
Students are permitted to pursue dual majors under the same
degree or dual degrees with the concurrence of the participating
departments. (See "Dual Degrees" and "Dual Majors" in the
"Academic Policies and Procedures" section of this catalog.)
Basic Proficiency
Students who do not demonstrate basic proficiency in English
or mathematics may be required to take 000-level courses as
prerequisites of their degree programs. These courses do not
count towards graduation.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
BACCALAUREATE DEGREE
1. Satisfactor\' completion ot a minimum of 120 semester
hours at or above the 100 level, distributed as shown in the
curriculum for the .student's major field. NOTE: Three pro-
grams - B.S.Ed. ii3'biolog)', B.S.Ed, in chemistry, and B.M.
in music education - require 126 credits.
2. Achievement of a cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA)
of at least 2.00 (C) and an average of at least 2.00 (C) in the
major field.
3. Attendance at West Chester University for at least 30
semester hours of the degree program, normally the final 30
semester hours of the degree program.
4. Fulfillment of any special requirements or program compe-
tencies that are particular to a department or a school.
5. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the University,
including pavment of the graduation fee, and of all other
obligations, including the return ot Universit)' property.
6. Compliance with aU academic requests, including filing an
apphcation for graduation in the Office of the Registrar.
BACCALAUREATE GENERAL
EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The General Education Goals Common to All
Baccalaureate Curricula
A broad education emphasizes the enhancement of basic skills
in English and mathematics, and encompasses experiences in
the humanities, the social and natural sciences, and the arts. At
the same time, this education must be versatile because of the
many new courses and areas of study that are constantly
becoming available.
West Chester University strives to have students meet the fol-
lowing general education goals:
1. Ability to communicate effectively
2. Ability to employ quantitative concepts and mathematical
methods
3. Ability to think critically and anal\ticaUy
4. Abilit)' to demonstrate the sensibilities, understandings, and
perspectives of a person educated in the liberal arts tradition
5. Ability to respond though tfliUy to diversity
6. Ability to make informed decisions and ethical choices
7. Preparation to lead productive, contributing lives
West Chester University's curriculum has been planned to
allow freedom of choice for the student within educationally
sound limits.
This revised general education program applies to all students
entering West Chester in August 2002 and thereafter (special
provisions apply to honors program, see page 105). All stu-
dents should consult with their advisers and their department
handbooks.
Policy on General Education Requirements
Students, both those matriculating as freshman and transfer
students, who have not completed the academic foundations
requirements in mathematics and English by the time they
have earned 60 credits toward graduation must have the per-
mission of the dean of their school or coDege (or his or her
designee) to schedule additional courses.
A total of 48 semester hours of general education requirements
must be completed for a baccalaureate degree. Those 48 credits
are allocated among English composition, mathematics, di\'erse
communities, communication, science, behavioral and social sci-
ences, humanities, the arts, interdisciplinary studies, and student
electives. Credit requirements for each area are pro\'ided in the
following list. NOTE: Except for the nine student elective
semester hours under Category IV, courses taken to satisfy gen-
eral education requirements may not be taken Pass/Fail. This
includes courses taken to satisfy interdisciplinar}', diverse commu-
nity, and writing emphasis general education requirements.
Degree Requirements
Specific general education courses may be required by a major or
minor program, but no course may have its numeric credits
duplicated in any application. A student may use the course from
one major to meet the requirements of the second major. In this
case, the adviser will work with the student to determine which
course(s) should be used to address any remaining credits. But in
no case may a student graduate with fewer than 120 credits at
the 100 level or above. Students should be aware that, although
general education requirements have been met, major degree
requirements mav necessitate a specific minimum performance
level in general education courses, e.g., a grade of C- or better.
Following is an example of a general education course that also
fulfills program requirements: BIO 110 is a biology require-
ment and serves as a general education option.
Consult your major degree program for guidance.
Students in the honors program should consult pages 105-106
concerning general education requirements.
General Education Components
I. Academic Foundations 18 semester hours
A. English Composition (6 semester hours)
WRT 120, WRT 121, or 204, or 205, or 206, or 208,
or 220
Policy for placement in English composition
courses: Placement in the appropriate composition
course is determined bv the score on the SAT and/or by
performance on a placement test administered b}' the
Department of English. A student who places into and
passes WRT 121 or above is not required to take WRT
120. The student, however, must complete a minimum
of 120 credits to graduate. AH entering freshmen with
an SAT Verbal score below 500 will be placed into
ENG 020 and must pass this course with a grade of C-
or better. Entering freshmen with an SAT Verbal score
of 500 and above and below 610 must take WRT 120.
Entering freshmen with an SAT Verbal score of 610
and above are not required to take WRT 120 but must
take one of the foUowing: WRT 121, 204, 205, 206,
208, or 220. A student enrolled in ENG 020 must pass
with a grade of C- or better before he or she enrolls in
WRT 120. IMPORTANT: Credits earned in ENG
020 are computed in the student's GPA. However,
these credits will not be counted as part of the 120 col-
lege-level credits required for graduation. Non-native,
English-speaking students seeking admission to ENG
030, ENG 130, and ENG 131 must consult the
English as a Second Language (ESL) program staff for
a placement evaluation prior to registering tor these
courses. ENG 130 and 131 are comparable to WRT
120 and 121 for non-native, English-speaking students
only. All students who do not place out of WRT 120
must take and pass WRT 120 (130) to graduate, and
no substitution of other courses satisfies this require-
ment. A student who fails this course after three
attempts vnll be dismissed immediately following the
third failure regardless of GPA.
B. Mathematics (3 semester hours)
College-level mathematics course designated by the stu-
dent's major department.
Pohcy for placement in mathematics: Placement in
the appropriate mathematics course is determined by
the student's math SAT score or performance on the
II.
Mathematics Placement Examination adniinistered
by the Department of Mathematics. All entering
fi-eshmen with SAT scores between 440 and 480 must
complete MAT 000 with a grade of C- or better unless
they are early childhood, elementary, or special educa-
tion majors, in which case they take MAT 001 before
they enroU in any other mathematics course. Any stu-
dent, regardless of major, who scores below 440 must
take MAT 001. Students who score between 440 and
480 on the SAT but who take and pass the departmen-
tal placement test during the summer orientation may
place out of the developmental math levels and eru-oU
directly into the college-level (100) mathematics
course. IMPORTANT: Credits earned in MAT 000
or 001 are computed in the student's GPA. However,
these credits will not be counted as part of the 120 col-
lege-level credits required for graduation.
C. Communication (3 semester hours)
One communication course will be required of all
WCU students.
Choose from the following list:
COMlOl, 208, 216, or230
D. Diverse Communities (3 semester hours)
Effective for all students entering fall 2002 and later,
one diverse communities course wiU be required of all
WCU students. The requirement for a diverse commu-
nities course may be fiilfilled by any approved course
with a "J" designation in the course schedule. Approved
diverse communities courses are indicated by a I sign in
the catalog course descriptions. ^ diverse communities
course mav simultaneously fiilftll another degree require-
ment. If a y course is used tofulfdl another degree require-
ment, general education student electives increase from nine
to 12 credits as needed to reach 120 credits.
E. Interdisciplinary Requirement (3 semester hours)
One interdisciplinary course will be required of all
WCU students. Interdisciplinan' courses may be fill-
filled by any approved course with an "I" designation in
the course schedule. Approved interdisciplinary courses
are indicated by a pound sign (#) in the catalog course
descriptions. An interdisciplinary course may not be
used to fulfill a general education distributive or diverse
communities course requirement.
NOTE: A course may not simultaneously meet the
interdisciplinary, diverse communities, or foreign culture
cluster requirements. A complete list of approved inter-
disciplinary courses can be found on this page below.
Distributive Requirements 21 semester hours
A. Science (6 semester hours)
Select courses from at least two of the following areas.
Courses must be selected from outside the student's major
department. Recommended courses are listed below:
1. Biology— BIO 100 or BIO 110
2. Chemistry— CHE 100, CHE 103, CHE 104,
CHE 105, CHE 106, or CHE 107
3. Computer Science — CSC 110, CSC 115, or
CSC 141
4. Earth Science— ESS 101, ESS 111, or ESS 170
5. Physics— PHY 100, PHY 105, PHY 130, ?UY
140, PHY 170 or PHY 180
Degree Requirements
B. Behavioral and Social Sciences (6 semester hours)
Select courses from at least two of the following areas.
Courses must be from outside the student's major
department. Recommended courses are listed beloiu:
1. Anthropology— ANT 102 or ANT 103
2. Psycholog)'— PSY 100
3. Sociology— SOC 200 or SOC 240
4. Economics— ECO 101, ECO 111, or ECO 112
5. Geography— GEO 101 or GEO 103
6. Government— PSC 100, PSC 101, or PSC 213
C. Humaniries (6 semester hours)
Select courses from at least tujo of the following areas.
Courses must be selected from outside the student's major
department. Recommended courses are listed below:
1. Literature— LIT 165, CLS 165, CLS 260, or
CLS 261
2. History— HIS 101, HIS 102, HIS 150, HIS 151,
or HIS 152
3. PhUosophy— PHI 101 or PHI 180
D. The Arts (3 semester hours)
Any courses in the following areas: art, cinematogra-
phy, dance, music, photography, and theatre.
III. Student Electives 9 semester hours
Students are encouraged to choose electives in consulta-
tion with their major adviser.
Courses taken to satisfy the distributive area of general educa-
tion requirements and the courses taken to satisfy the diverse
communities, interdisciplinary, or writing emphasis require-
ments may not be taken Pass/Fail.
All students are encouraged to complete the above program in their
first two years at West Chester.
Additional Baccalaureate Requirements
IV. Writing Emphasis Courses 9 semester hours
AH students who take their entire general education pro-
gram at WCU must complete three approved vmting
emphasis courses. AH students who enter with fewer than
40 credits must take at least three approved writing empha-
sis courses at WCU. Transfer students who enter with
40-70 credits must take two writing emphasis courses.
Students who transfer more than 70 credits must take one
writing emphasis course. AH students, regardless of time of
entrance into the University (native or transfer), must take
one writing emphasis course at the 300-400 level. WRT
120, 121, 204, 205, 206, 208, or 220 do not count as writ-
ing emphasis courses. Each writing emphasis course may
simultaneously fijlfill another degree requirement. Writing
emphasis courses may not be transferred to WCU.
Diverse Communities Courses
American Indian Today
The Culture ot Cities
Introduction to World Literature
African Studies
Women's Literature I
Women's Literature II
World Literature I
Latino Literature in the U.S.
Diversity Perspectives in Early
ChildhoodEducation
EDA/EDE 230
EDE 352
EDR
341
Approved
ANT
321
ANT
347
CLS
165
CLS
203
CLS
258
CLS
259
CLS
260
CLS
335
ECE
407
GEO
204
GEO
312
HEA
110
HIS
362
HIS
373
HIS
451
HON
202
KIN
246
KIN
457
LIN
WOS
211
LIT
303
MHL
125
MUE
332
NSG
109
PHI
180
PSC
101
PSC
301
PSC
323
PSC
343
SCE
350
SWO
351
THA
250
WOS
225
WOS
250
315
Inclusive Classrooms
Self Group Processes in Diverse
Classrooms
Inclusion and Reading in the Content
Area
Introduction to Urban Studies
Urban Geography
Transcultural Health
Violence in America
African-American History
Women in America
Education Systems and Social
Influence
Sport, Culture, and Society
Psychosocial Aspects of Physical
Disabilities
Language Communities in the U.S. and
Canada
Multi- Ethnic American Literature
Perspectives in Jazz
Music Curriculum II
Health Issues of Women
Introduction to Ethics
The Politics of Diversity in the United
States
Gender and Politics
The Politics of Race, Class, and
Gender
Cultures and Politics of Asia
Science in Secondary School
Human Behavior in the Social
Environment
Race and Gender in American Theatre
Women Today
Women's Self-Reflections in History,
Art, and Music
Third World Women
AMS
200
AMS
210
AMS
250
BIO
102
CLS
201
CLS
270
CLS
329
CLS
352
CLS
368
CLS
371
COM 340
ECO
344
EFR
220
EGE
222
EGE
323
ENG
215
ENV
102
ERU
209
ESP
219
ESP
222
ESP
324
ESP
362
Approved Interdisciplinary Courses
American Civilization
Mass Media and Popular Culture
Myths and Modernization
Humans and the Environment
Classical M\thology in the 20th Century
Life, Death, and Disease
Gender and Peace
Modernit}'/Postmodernity
Literature, Myth, and Society
Law, Literature, and Communication
Political Communication
American Economic Experience
French Civilization (in English)
German Civihzation (in Enghsh)
Austrian Civilization, 1848-1938
Views on Literacy
Humans and the Environment
Soviet Russian Culture (in English)
Civilization of Spain (in English)
Latin-American Culture and Civilization
(in English)
Puerto Rican Language and Culture
New World America
Degree Requirements
ESS 102 Humans and the Environment
GEO 204 Introduction to Urban Studies
GER 221 German Civilization (in German)
HIS 302 Modern India
HIS 306 Chinese Civilization
HIS 308 An Introduction to the Islamic World
HIS 323 Austrian Civilization
HIS 329 Gender and Peace
. IND 201 Unified Science I
IND 110 Applied Environmental Science
KIN 246 Sport, Culture, and Society
LIN 330 Introduction to Meaning
LIT 162 Literature of the Apocalypse
LIT 245 Medieval Women's Culture
LIT 250 Victorian Attitudes
LIT 270 Urbanism and Modern Imagination
LIT 309 Martin Luther King
MAT 201 The Scientific Revolution
MHL 201 Form and Style in the Arts
NSG 222 Transcultural Health
PHI 102 Introduction to Religious Studies
PHI 174 Principles of the Arts
PHI 330 Introduction to Meaning
PHI 470 Biomedical Ethics
PSC 204 Introduction to Urban Studies
PSC 318 International Political Economy
SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
SOC 349 Perspectives on Mental Illness
SSC 200 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies
SSC 201 Global Perspectives
SWO 225 Race Relations
WOS 225 Women Today — An Introduction to
Women's Studies
WOS 250 Women's Self Reflections in Writing,
Music, and Art
WOS 315 Third World Women
WOS 329 Gender and Peace
WOS 405 Feminist Theory
NOTE: There are particular honors courses that have been
approved as interdisciplinary at the 300 and 400 levels. Honors
students should discuss these courses with the director of the
honors program.
Foreign Language and Culture Requirements for
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Music Degree and
Certain B.S. Degree Candidates
A. West Chester University beheves that college students
today require exposure to global cultures, and the
University integrates this belief into courses and pro-
grams in various ways. Departments in the College of
Arts and Sciences, the School of Business and Public
Affairs, and the School of Music, particularly, see a
need for students earning bachelor of arts degrees to
gain competency in foreign language and cultures as a
critical aspect of their education. The University pro-
vides options for these students based on varying lev-
els of language competency deemed appropriate by
major departments tor study in their field. Questions
regarding foreign language requirements should be
directed to the department chairperson.
A number of B.A. degree programs require a foreign
language proficiency gained from completing the sec-
ond half of the intermediate year (202) of a foreign
language. At this level, students may be expected to
have a working knowledge of the language and culture
of a foreign country. These programs are as follows:
Biology
Comparative Literature
English
Foreign Languages (in a second foreign language)
History
Liberal Studies
Mathematics (limited to French, German, and Russian)
Political Science (B.A. in international relations only)
B. Other B.A. degree programs offer students the fol-
lowing options:
(a) demonstrating foreign language proficiency
through the intermediate level (202) or
(b)demonstrating foreign language proficiency
through the Elementary II (102) level of a lan-
guage and further acquiring a cultural foundation
through taking three culture cluster courses within
the same foreign language area. It is not necessary
for students to complete the Elementary II (102)
level before taking culture cluster courses.
While this option does not give students the depth
and focus of language study, the three courses will
help them understand a foreign culture. (In this
option, students may elect to further their foreign lan-
guage skills by taking an additional semester of the
language, plus two culture cluster courses.)
The foreign language plus culture cluster option is
open to students who entered after May 1980.
Degree programs offering the culture cluster option
are as follows:
Anthropology
American Studies
Art (B.A. only)
Communication
Communicative Disorders
Economics (B.A. only)
Geography (B.A. only)
Philosophy
Political Science (B.A. general and public
management only)
Psychology
Sociology
Theatre Arts
C. Some B.S. degree programs also require a foreign lan-
guage. Students should see their advisers.
D.The B.M. in music degree requires three hours of a
foreign language for students in the elective studies in
an outside field program of study.
E. The Department of Foreign Languages handles test-
ing and placement.
F. Course substitutions to the foreign language require-
ment of a department will be granted if the student
meets one of the following criteria:
1. The student is able to demonstrate proficiency
through successful testing by the Department of
Foreign Languages.
Academic Policies and Procedures
2. The student holds a diploma from a secondary edu-
cation institution in another country. This institu-
tion must be at least the equivalent of a U.S. high
school, and instruction must be in a language other
than English.
G. Students who may request course substitutions
because of a disability should refer to page 32,
"Services for Students with Disabilities."
H. Students should take note of the poUcies regarding
taking courses out of sequence; see page 42.
Foreign Culture Clusters
Of the three required culture cluster courses, students who
choose that option may take no more than two in the same
department, except that only one may be taken in the department
in which they major. Students are encouraged to begin taking
their culture cluster courses as soon as possible after completing
the 102 level of the language. The 201 level of language courses
is acceptable for use as one of the three culture cluster courses.
Any exceptions to these conditions must be petitioned. A student
may not use one course to simultaneously fulfill a general educa-
tion distributive requirement and a culture cluster requirement.
I. Classical Civilization (Latin or Greek)
Approved courses: ARH 382, HIS 318, HIS 319,
HIS 348, PHI 270
II. France and Francophone Area (French)
Approved courses: ARH 383, ARH 385, EFR 220,
EFR 230, EFR 250, GEO 303,
HIS 420, HIS 427, HIS 435,
PHI 415, PSC 342
III. Germany (German)
Approved courses: EGE 222, EGE 323, EGE 403,
EGE 404, EGE 405, EGE 408,
EGE 409, HIS 323, HIS 330,
HIS 420, HIS 423, HIS 435,
PHI 272, PHI 273, PSC 342
IV. Italy (Italian)
Approved courses: ARH 384, EIT 260, PSC 342,
GEO 303
V. Spanish (Spanish or Portuguese)
Approved courses: ANT 224, ANT 322, ANT 324,
ANT 362, CLS 311, CLS 335,
ESP 219, ESP 222, ESP 305,
ESP311, ESP324, ESP325,
ESP 333, ESP 335, ESP 403,
ESP 405, GEO 302, HIS 315,
HIS 316, HIS 317, PSC 340
VI. Russia and Eastern Europe (Russian or an Eastern
European language)
Approved courses: ERU 209, GEO 304, HIS 324,
HIS 425, PSC 246
NOTE: A course may simultaneously meet the interdiscipli-
nary' and culture cluster requirements.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Degree Classification — Definitions
Degree Candidates — all undergraduates
admitted to a degree program or to the
undeclared major by the Office of
Admissions or through approved inter-
nal transfer recorded in the Office of the
Registrar.
Nondegree Students — students permitted
to enroll part time (maximum nine cred-
its per semester) for course work toward
professional development, personal
growth, or certification. Recent high
school graduates (within the previous
two years) are required to meet the
admission standards of the University.
Transfer students may enroll nondegree
if they have attempted less than 30 cred-
its and have a 2.5 grade point average.
High school students may attend on a
nondegree basis with written permission
of their high school principal or guid-
ance counselor. Nondegree students may
attempt a maximum of 18 credits. Upon
reaching 18 credits, students must have
a 2.00 GPA or the department's
required GPA to be eligible for admis-
sion to a degree program or to request
permission to enroll with professional
development status.
Student Standing
The student's standing is determined by
the number of semester hours of credit
earned as follows:
Freshman
0-29.5 semester hours of
credit (inclusive)
Sophomore
30-59.5 semester hours of
credit (inclusive)
Junior
60-89.5 semester hours of
credit (inclusive)
Senior
90 or more semester
. hours of credit
Full-Time Status
A full-time class load ranges from 12 to
18 semester hours of credit. Credits
attempted or earned through the process
of Credit by Examination are not count-
ed in the student class load.
Overloads
Students wishing to carry more than 18
credit hours in the fall or spring semester,
or six credit hours in a summer session,
must secure permission. Permission wiU
not be granted for more than 24 hours in
a fall or spring semester. The maximum
student load for summer school is six
hours per session. A student wiU not be
allowed to carry an overload of more than
18 hours in any one summer nor be
allowed to carry' more than one additional
course per summer session.
A student should not seek permission to
carry an overload if his or her cumula-
tive average is below 2.75.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Permission for an overload is granted by
the chairperson of the department in
which the student is majoring and the
Office of the Registrar.
School Assignments for Field
Experiences
Students are assigned early field and stu-
dent teaching experiences at schools
with which the Universit)' has a formal
agreement. Students will not be assigned
to schools that they attended or where
members of their families are employed
or attend.
Special requests for school assignments
■mil be considered by the student's major
department.
Effective fall 1999, before an undergrad-
uate smdent may register for independent
study or research, practicum, internship,
extemship, or any field placement, he or
she must have an overal GPA of 2.00 or
higher, and a GPA of 2.00 or higher in
his or her major courses.
This policy does not supersede current
departmental policies that have estab-
lished higher standards. This policy does
not prevent departments from setting
higher GPA standards for undergradu-
ate students within their major. Depart-
ments may also establish a minimum
required GPA for all cognate courses for
undergraduate students who wish to
register for any of these courses.
Second Degrees
An indi\ddual may pursue a second
degree at West Chester Universit}' after
earning the first degree either at West
Chester or some other instimtion. Such
an indi\'idual must apph' for admission
through the Office of Admissions as a
transfer student and earn at least 30 hours
of West Chester University credit beyond
the requirements of the initial baccalaure-
ate program. All requirements for the
curriculum in which the second degree is
earned must be satisfied. A given course
required in both the degree programs is
not repeated for the second degree.
Dual Degrees
A student who has successhxUy complet-
ed at least 30 credits of work at West
Chester Universit)' may petition to pur-
sue a second undergraduate degree con-
currently with the first, such as a B.S. in
computer science and a B.A. in art. It
admitted to a second degree program,
the student must, to receive both
degrees at graduation, earn at least 30
credits beyond the requirements of the
baccalaureate program with the fewest
required credits for a minimum of 150
credits. When a student is enrolled in
dual degree programs:
a. The student may not be graduated
until both the degrees are completed.
b. All requirements for the curriculum
of each degree must be satisfied.
c. A course required in both degree
programs does not have to be repeat-
ed for the second degree.
d. All University requirements such as
minimum GPA and number of cred-
its taken at West Chester Universit}'
in the major must be met for each
degree separately.
Double Major
A student mav select two majors within
the same degree. In this case, a student
must meet ail of the requirements for
both majors. The student should consult
regularlv with ad\'isers from both pro-
grams. Students wishing to pursue two
types of baccalaureate degrees (B.A.,
B.F.A., B.M., B.S., B.S.Ed., B.S.N.)
should see Dual Degree section above.
Minor Fields of Study
Students who have enough flexibOit}' in
their major curriculum to fulfiU the
requirements of a minor must fill out
and submit a Minor Selection
Application to the Office of the
Registrar. To enroll in a minor field of
study, students must have the permis-
sion of both their major and their pro-
posed minor departments. Admission to
the minor does not guarantee admission
to the major. Smdents must complete
18 to 30 hours of courses selected in
consultation with the minor program
adviser. At least 50 percent of minor
course work must be taken at West
Chester. Aso, beginning with students
entering in the fall 1993 semester, stu-
dents must earn a minimum GPA of
2.00 in the set of courses taken for a
minor in order to receive transcript
recognition of that minor.
Minors available at West Chester
Universit}' include the following:
Accounting
African/African-American Literature
American Studies
Anthropology
Anthropology/Sociology
Art History
Astronomy
Athletic Coaching
Biology
Business Geographies and Information
Systems
Chemistry
Communication Studies
Comparative Literature
Computer Science
Creative Writing
Criminal Justice
Dance (Education/Therapeutic)
Dance (Performance)
Early Childhood Education
Earth Sciences
Economics
Elementary Education
Elementary School Mathematics
Ethnic Studies
Film Criticism
Finance
French
Geography
Geology
German
Health Science
Histor}'
Holocaust Studies
International Business
Italian
Jazz Studies
Journalism
Latin
Latin American Studies
Linguistics
Literature
Mathematics
Music
Nutrition
Organizational and Technical Writing
Peace and Conflict Studies
Philosophy
Physics
PoUtical Science
Psychology
Public Management
Religious Studies
Russian
Russian Studies
Sociology
Spanish
Special Education
Studio Art
Theatre
Translation
Web Technology and Application
Women's Studies
Specific course requirements may be ob-
tained from the minor program advisers.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Changing Majors
A student wishing to transfer from one
program of study at the University to
another program must fiLe a Change of
Curriculum form in the Office of the
Registrar. The smdent must meet the
standards for admission to the desired
program and must obtain written permis-
sion from the department involved. Any
courses that were initially accepted for
transfer credit from another coUege are
subject to re-evaluation by the department
to which the student transfers internally.
Adding a Course
Smdents may add a course by fihng a
schedule change form in the Office ot
the Registrar during the Drop/ Add
Period. Students wiU not be permitted
to add a course after the end of the Add
Period (sixth day of the semester).
Dropping a Course
Students may drop a course by fihng a
schedule change form in the Office of
the Registrar during the Drop/ Add
Period, thereby receiving no grade.
Students will not be permitted to drop a
course after the end of the Drop/ Add
Period (fifth day of the semester).
Scheduling Courses
Students may not schedule more than
one section of the same course in any
given semester. If they do so, they may
be removed from one section by the chair
of the department offering the course.
Withdrawing from a Course
A grade of W (Withdraw) will be
entered on the academic record of any
student who withdraws from a course
between the end of the first week and before
the end of the ninth class week or the
equivalent in summer sessions.
After the ninth week of classes, students
may not withdraw selectively from cours-
es; they must contact the Office of the
Registrar and withdraw from the
University. The University will record a
"W" for all courses in which the student
is registered. However, if the effective
date of official withdrawal is during the
last week of classes, a letter grade or NG
will be assigned for that course. A stu-
dent may not receive a W during the
last week of classes.
STUDENTS WHO FAIL TO
WITHDRAW FROM OR DROP A
COURSE OFFICIALLY CAN
EXPECT TO RECEIVE A GRADE
OF F FOR THE COURSE AND
ARE FINANCIALLY RESPONSI-
BLE TO PAY FOR IT.
Withdrawal from the University
Students wishing to withdraw from the
University may go to the Oftice of the
Registrar or submit their withdrawal to
the office in writing. Written notifica-
tion is required for all withdrawals. If ill-
ness or some other emergency interrupts
the student's University work necessitat-
ing withdrawal, he or she must notify
the Office of the Registrar at once.
Unless a student withdraws officially, F
grades will be recorded for unfinished
courses.
Taking Courses Out of Sequence
Students may not enroll for credit in a
more elementary course in a sequence
after having satisfactorily passed a more
advanced course in that sequence. For
example, a student may not enroU for
credit in French 101 after having satis-
factorily passed French 201. Similarly,
students who enroll in a course that
requires less proficiency than placement
or proficiency tests indicate they possess
may be denied credit towards graduation.
Repeating Courses
Beginning with the 1991 fall semester,
the Repeat Pohcy is divided into two
sections, i.e., a pohcy covering develop-
mental courses (000-level) that do not
count towards graduation, and a policy
covering college-level courses.
A. Policy covering developmental
courses
Students who enter the University
beginning with the 1991 fall semester
may have three attempts to pass each
developmental course (000-level).
The repeat privilege for develop-
mental courses wiU not count within
the five-repeat allotment for col-
lege-level courses. Credits for these
courses do not count towards gradua-
tion but are computed in the cumula-
tive Grade Point Average. Students
may file two grade replacement
forms, which result in eliminating
the grades from the first and second
attempts. The third attempt, how-
ever, will be the grade of record.
Students must pass the developmen-
tal basic skiUs courses (Enghsh and
mathematics) with a C- or better
before enrolling in a more advanced
course in the respective discipUne.
Students enrolled in the basic skills
developmental course(s) who do not
pass with a C- or better after three
attempts will be permanently dis-
missed from the Universit)' regard-
less of overall Grade Point Average.
Students who fail developmental
courses at West Chester University
may not repeat those courses at
another university or transfer in the
college-level (100 or higher) course.
B. Pohcy covering undergraduate col-
lege-level courses
Students may repeat undergraduate
college-level courses to improve a
grade of F, D, C, or B (not A).
Beginning with the 1985 fall semester,
1. No student may use the repeat
option more than five times
TOTAL. For example, this
means repeating five DIFFER-
ENT courses once each, or repeat-
ing each of two different courses
twice (four repeats) and one addi-
tional course once.
2. A single course may not be repeat-
ed more than twice.
3. A replacement for the grade in the
first attempt occurs automatically
at the completion of the second
attempt of a repeated course. This
constitutes one of the five avail-
able repeats.
4. A grade replacement will only take
place on the second attempt of a
course.
5. When a student completes a third
attempt of a course, the grades for
the second and third attempts will
be used to calculate the cumulative
grade point average.
6. Smdents may repeat undergradu-
ate college-level courses to improve
a grade of F, D, C, or B (not A).
Smdents will not be permitted to
repeat courses for credit beyond five
repeats, or beyond two repeats for a
single course.
Undergraduate students who take and
complete a course at West Chester may
not repeat the course at another instim-
tion and have the credits or grade count
towards a West Chester degree.
Undergraduates who take a course tor
graduate credit are subject to the gradu-
ate repeat policy. See the Graduate
Catalog for information.
Because all students must take and pass
WRT 120 to graduate, a student who
fails this course after three attempts will
be dismissed immediately foUowing the
third failure, regardless of GPA.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Repeat Course Procedure
The first time a student completes a
course for a grade it is considered the
first attempt. The second time a student
completes a course for a grade it is con-
sidered the second attempt and the first
repeat. The third time a student com-
pletes a course for a grade it is consid-
ered the third attempt and is the second
repeat. The first time a course is repeat-
ed, only the second grade is computed
into the GPA. The repeat is filed auto-
matically when the second attempt has
been completed. If the college-level
course is repeated a second time, both
the second and third grades are comput-
ed into the GPA. Students who com-
plete a course with a fourth attempt or
more are in violation ot the Repeat
Policy and wiU not earn credit.
Pass/Fail Policy
1. All degree students who are sopho-
mores, juniors, or seniors with a
cumulative GPA of at least 2.00 are
eligible to take courses Pass/Fail.
2. The Pass/Fail privilege is limited to
one course per semester; only student
electives in general education and
free electives within the major/minor
maybe taken on a Pass/Fail basis.
Free electives are completed at the
choice of the student. They may not
be used to satisfy major, core, cognate,
or general education (including dis-
tributive) requirements.
Courses taken to satisfy the distribu-
tive area of general education require-
ments and the courses taken to satisfy
the diverse communities, interdiscipli-
nary, or writing emphasis require-
ments may not be taken Pass/Fall.
3. A grade of Pass carries credit value
but does not affect the cumulative
Grade Point Average.
4. A grade oi Fail is computed into the
cumulative Grade Point Average.
5. After contracting for Pass/Fail, the
student may not request or accept any
grade other than a P or an F.
6. This process must be completed by
the end of the ninth week ot the
semester or the equivalent in summer
school. Forms are available in the
Office of the Registrar.
Auditing Privileges
Anyone may attend the University for
the sole purpose of auditing courses by
first scheduling for the course, paying the
regular fee, and then completing an audit
application form available from the
Office of the Registrar. An undergradu-
ate student may declare "audit" status in a
course through the end of the ninth week
of class but may only audit one course
per semester. Faculty may refuse to grant
auditor status. Full-time students have
the privilege of auditing without addi-
tional charge, provided they obtain
approval from the course instructor and
the course does not create an overload
situation. If an overload results, students
are assessed the per-credit rate for each
credit in excess of 18. Part-time students
may audit, provided they obtain the
instructor's approval, enroll in the course
through the Office of the Registrar, and
pay the regular course fees.
Credit is never given to auditors. The
auditor status may not be changed after it
has been declared. The grade ot Audit
(AU) is recorded on the student's tran-
script. An audited course will not fUfill
any requirement toward graduation
including interdisciplinary, diverse com-
munities, and writing emphasis attributes.
Credit by Examination
Forms to register for credit by examina-
tion are available from the Otfice of the
Registrar. A fee of S25 is charged for each
course. Credit by examination is a privi-
lege subject to the following conditions:
1. AppHcation occurs during the
Drop/ Add Period. If the student has
already scheduled into the course, the
course will be dropped from the
schedule for that term. Grade notifi-
cation for credit by exam will occur at
the end of the semester. Therefore, if
the student fails, the course will have
to be taken in a later term.
2. The student has a cumulative GPA
of at least 2.00.
3. The student demonstrates evidence
of satisfactory academic background
for the course.
4. The student has not already complet-
ed a more advanced course that pre-
supposes knowledge gained in the
course. For example, credit by exami-
nation cannot be given for FRE 101
after the student passed FRE 102.
5. Credits attempted or earned through
the process ot credit by examination are
not counted in the student class load.
NOTE: Students who have taken a
course but have not achieved a satisfac-
tory grade may not apply for credit by
examination for the same course.
Independent Study
Many departments offer an independent
study course for students with demon-
strated ability and special interests. This
course is appropriate when a student has
a specialized and compelling academic
interest that cannot be pursued within
the framework of a regular course.
Students must obtain departmental per-
mission for independent study courses.
An overall GPA of 2.00 or higher and a
minimum GPA of 2.00 in a student's
major courses are required. The inde-
pendent study form is available in the
Office of the Registrar.
Individualized Instruction
Individualized instruction is the teaching
of a regular, listed catalog course to a sin-
gle student. Individualized instruction is
offered only when the University has can-
celed or failed to ofter a course according
to schedule. Students must obtain depart-
mental permission for individual instruc-
tion. The individualized instruction form
is available in the Office ot the Registrar.
Graduate Credit
A senior (90 credits or more) pursuing a
bachelor's degree who has an overall
Grade Point Average of 3.00, may, with
the permission of the major adviser,
course professor, department chair of
the course, the dean of graduate studies
and extended education, and the associ-
ate provost, enroll in up to six credits of
graduate-level course work. The student
must be at the senior level with the des-
ignated Grade Point Average at the
time the course begins.
If the course is dual numbered, the
undergraduate must take the undergrad-
uate-level course and apply it towards
the bachelor's degree. If the course is
not dual numbered, but at the 500 level
or above, the course may count either as
undergraduate credit towards the bache-
lor's degree or as graduate credit.
If the student wishes to have the credits
count towards the bachelor's degree, the
student must submit a completed
"Application for an Undergraduate
Student to Take a Graduate Course for
Undergraduate Credit." The form is
available in the Office of the Registrar. If,
on the other hand, the student wishes to
have the credits count towards a graduate
degree, he or she must submit a complet-
ed "Application for an Undergraduate
Student to Take a Graduate Course for
Graduate Credit." The form is available
in the Graduate Office. To receive grad-
uate-level credit, the student also must
submit a properly completed and
approved Graduate School Admissions
Academic Policies and Procedures
Form to the Office of Graduate Studies
before completing the appropriate form.
Individual departments have the right to
implement more stringent academic
standards for courses within their
departments. Any student not meeting
Universit}' or departmental standards
when the appropriate semester begins
will not be permitted to enroll.
If a course is taken for undergraduate
credit, no additional fees will be
required. If a course is taken for gradu-
ate credit, the student must pay graduate
tuition and applicable tees tor that
course. A student not carrying 12 hours
of undergraduate credits wLU be charged
at the appropriate hourly tuition rates
for both the undergraduate and graduate
credits. All other fees will be charged at
the undergraduate level.
No more than six credits taken under this
policy may be applied to the master's
degree. Students may not elect to change
between undergraduate and graduate cred-
it after the term or semester has begun.
Undergraduate students approved to take
a graduate course for undergraduate cred-
it are bound by the undergraduate catalog
polic)' on repeats and wdthdrawals.
Undergraduate students approved to take
a graduate course for graduate credit are
bound by the graduate catalog policy on
repeats and withdrawals.
Undergraduate Student
Attendance Policy
Each professor will determine a class
attendance polic\' and publish it in his or
her syllabus at the beginning of each
semester. When a student fails to comply
with the policy, the professor has the right
to assign a grade consistent with his or her
policy as stated in the sj'llabus. Absences
cannot be used as the sole criterion for
assigning a final grade in a course.
Excused absences, in accordance with the
Excused Absences Polio,' for University-
Sanctioned Events, wiU not result in a
penalty, provided the student foUovre this
policy. University departments or pro-
grams may establish attendance policies to
govern their sections as long as those poli-
cies fall within these guidelines.
Excused Absences Policy for
University- Sanctioned Events
Undergraduate students participating in
University-sanctioned events such as,
but not limited to, the Marching Band,
musical ensembles, theatre group, ath-
letic events, forensics competition, etc.,
wUl be granted an excused absence(s) by
the respective faculty members for class
periods missed. Students will be granted
the privilege of taking, at an alternative
time to be determined by the professor,
scheduled examinations or quizzes that
will be missed. The professor will desig-
nate such times prior to the event.
Professors can provide a fair alternative
to taking the examination or quiz that
will be missed. Students must submit
original documentation on University
letterhead signed by the activity director,
coach, or adviser detailing the specifics
of the event in advance. Specific
requirements include:
1. Responsibility for meeting academic
requirements rests with the student.
2. Students are expected to notify their
professors as soon as they know they
will be missing class due to a
University-sanctioned event.
3. Students are expected to complete
the work requirement for each class
and turn in assignments due on days
of the event prior to their due dates
unless other arrangements are made
with the professor.
4. If a scheduled event is postponed or
canceled, the student is expected to
go to class.
5. Students are not excused from classes
for practice on nonevent days.
The following are specifics for the stu-
dent athlete:
1. The student athlete is expected,
where possible, to schedule classes on
days and at hours that do not conflict
with athletic schedules.
2. Athletes are not excused from classes
for practice or training-room treat-
ment on nongame days.
Exemption from Final
Examinations
Students who have attained an A or B
prior to the finals, have completed all
other course requirements, and have the
instructors' permission may waive final
examinations. This privilege is subject to
several reservations.
1. Any unit examinations given during
the final examination period are not
subject to this policy.
2. Academic departments as well as
individual faculty may adopt a policy
excluding the final examination
exemption for certain courses.
3. Mutual agreement between the
instructor and the student to waive
the final examination should be deter-
mined during the week prior to the
beginning of the examination period.
The course grade will be the A or B
earned exclusive of a final examination
grade.
Grade Reports
After each semester, a report of each
smdent's semester grades is available on
STUVIEW, the University's web site
(www.wcupa.edu).
Grading System
Qualin-
Percentage
Grade
Points
Equivalents
Interpretation
A
4.00
93-100
ExceUent
A-
3.67
90-92
B*
3.33
87-89
Superior
B
3.00
83-86
B-
2.67
80-82
C+
2.33
77-79
Average
C
2.00
73-76
C-
1.67
70-72
D+
1.33
67-69
Below Average
D
1.00
63-66
D-
0.67
60-62
F
0.
59 or lower
Failure
NG
No Grade
W
Withdrawal
Y
AU
Administrative
Withdrawal
Audit
NG (No Grade): Given when a student
fails to complete course requirements by
the end of a semester for a valid reason.
See "Grade Changes."
W (Withdrawal): Given when a student
withdraws from a course between the
end of the first and the end of the ninth
class week of the semester or the equiva-
lent in summer sessions.
Y (Administrative Withdrawal): Given
under appeal when there is documentation
that the smdent never, in fact, attended
class. Other extenuating circumstances
regarding administrative withdrawal may
be reviewed by the associate provost. No
refiinds are associated with this grade.
The grade assigned to the student must
reflect the percentage equivalent of the
plus, minus, and straight grades earned
in a course.
Cumulative Grade Point Average
The cumulative Grade Point Average
(GPA), sometimes called the cumulative
index, is determined by dividing the total
quality points earned for courses by the
total credit hours attempted. The follow-
ing example is based on a single semester:
Quality' QuaUtv'
Points Points
Credit Hours for Earned for
Attempted Grade Grade Course
1st subject 4 A 4 4x4- 16
2nd subject 3 B 3 3x3-9
3rd subject 3 C 2 2x3-6
4th subject 3 D 1 1x3-3
5th subject J_ F 0 0x2-J)
15 34
34 divided by 15 equals a GPA of 2.27.
Academic Policies and Procedures
AH grades received during a student's
enrollment (except the grades of P and
NG, and except when a second attempt
produces a higher course grade and a
Grade Replacement takes place) are
included in the cumulative GPA. Grades
from other colleges are excluded.
If a student repeats a course, in an effort
to improve an F, D, C, or B grade, he
or she must file a Grade Replacement
Form in the Office of the Registrar.
Once graduated, a student's grades and
GPA cannot change.
Grade Changes
A grade awarded other than NG is final.
Final grades can be changed only when
there is a clerical or computational error.
A newly disclosed diagnosis of a learning
disability may not be used as reason for
requesting a grade change or removal. If
the student thinks there is an error, the
student must report the alleged error in
writing to the professor as soon as possi-
ble, but no later than the end of the fifth
week ot the following semester. If a
grade change is warranted, the professor
must submit a change of grade request to
the Office of the Registrar not later than
the end of the ninth week of the semes-
ter. Final grades cannot be changed after
the ninth week of the semester following
the alleged error.
NG (No Grade) is given when a student
fails to complete course requirements by
the end of a semester for a valid reason.
If the student did not complete course
requirements because of a valid reason,
such as a serious illness or death in the
family, the professor may assign a grade
of NG and grant the student permission
to complete the requirement within the
first nine weeks of the next semester.
A GRADE OF NG IS CHANGED
TO AN F AUTOMATICALLY IF
THE REQUIREMENTS HAVE
NOT BEEN COMPLETED BY
THE END OF THE NINTH WEEK
OF THE FOLLOWING SEMES-
TER. (The instructor must file a change
of an NG grade in the Office of the
Registrar by the middle of the tenth
week of the semester.)
A graduating senior has only 30 calen-
dar days after the end of the term in
which he or she intends to graduate to
complete all degree requirements,
including the removal of NG.
Grade Appeals
Scope of the PoUcy
The Grade Appeals Policy applies only
to questions of student evaluation. Since
appeals involve questions of judgment,
the Grade Appeals Board will not rec-
ommend that a grade be revised in the
student's favor unless there is clear evi-
dence that the original grade was based
on prejudiced or capricious judgment, or
was inconsistent with official University
policy. Please refer to the Academic
Dishonesty Policy for cases where the
grade appeal involves a grade given for
academic dishonesty. Academic dishon-
esty includes but is not limited to:
1. Plagiarism, that is, copying another's
work or portions thereof and/or using
ideas and concepts of another and
presenting them as one's own with-
out giving proper credit to the source;
2. Submitting work that has been pre-
pared by another person;
3. Using books or other materials with-
out authorization while taking exami-
nations;
4. Taking an examination for another
person, or allowing another person to
take an examination in one's place;
5. Copying from another's paper during
an examination or allowing another
person to copy from one's own; and/or,
6. Unauthorized access to an examina-
tion prior to administration.
Procedure
1. (a) A student must initiate an appeal
in writing within 20 class days
from the date of the decision or
action in question. In case of an
appeal ot a final grade, the appeal
must be filed no later than the first
20 class days of the term following
the one in which the grade was
received. This written appeal
should be sent to the instructor
who awarded the grade in ques-
tion. The appeal shall be reviewed
by the student and the faculty
member. They shall mutually
attempt to resolve the appeal with-
in five class days from the receipt,
(b) If the appeal is based on an inter-
pretation ot departmental or
University policy, the student's
academic adviser also may be pre-
sent during the review process. In
such case, there shall also be a
limit ot five class days in which to
resolve the appeal.
2. An appeal not resolved at Step 1 shall
be referred in writing by the student
within five class days after the comple-
tion of Step 1 to the chairperson of
the department of which the course in
question is a part. If there is a depart-
mental appeals committee, the prob-
lem shall be referred directly to it. The
department chairperson or the depart-
mental appeals committee shall nor-
mally submit a written response to the
student within 10 class days foUowdng
receipt of the written statement of the
problem. A copy of this response also
shall be provided to the instructor.
3. If no mutually satisfactory decision has
been reached at Step 2, the student
may submit a written appeal to the
dean of the college or school in which
the problem originated. Such an appeal
shall be made within five class days fol-
lowing the receipt of the written
response of the department chairperson
or the departmental appeals committee.
The dean shall investigate the problem
as presented in the written documenta-
tion, review the recommendation and
provide, in writing, a proposal for the
solution of the problem within 10 class
days following its referral.
4. If the problem is not mutually resolved
by Step 3, the student may file an
appeal with the Grade Appeals Board
within five class days of the receipt of
the written proposal from the dean.
The request for an appeal must be
submitted to the associate provost or,
if appropriate, to the dean of graduate
studies who will convene the Grade
Appeals Board as soon as possible, but
no later than 15 class days after the
receipt of the written request.
Grade Appeals Board
1. Membership
A. The associate provost (or, if appro-
priate, the dean of graduate stud-
ies) serves as nonvoting chairper-
son. If the associate provost is not
available to serve, the administra-
tion will appoint a substitute mutu-
ally acceptable to the student and
the Association of Pennsylvania
State CoDege and University
Faculties (APSCUF).
B. A faculty dean not involved in the
appeals process. A substitute may
be appointed as given in "A" above.
C. Two faculty members. At the
beginning ot each academic year,
the Office of the Associate
Provost shall randomly select two
full-time faculty from each acade-
mic department in order to consti-
tute the pool. Two faculty mem-
Academic Policies and Procedures
bers from different departments
will be selected randomly from
this pool for each Appeals Board.
D. Two undergraduate students or, if
appropriate, two graduate students
appointed by the president of the
Student Government Association
(SGA).
2. Attendance
A. The facult}' member involved may
be assisted by an advdser, an
APSCUF representative, or the
chairperson of the department in
which the problem originated.
B. The student involved may be
assisted by an ad\iser. The adviser
may be another student, an admin-
istrator, or a faculU' member.
C. Such witnesses as are called on
behalf of either the faculty mem-
ber or the student.
D. Resource persons or expert wit-
nesses called at the request of the
board. In the event that the deci-
sion making involves knowledge
of the disciphne, the board shall
be required to utilize at least one
resource person from the disci-
pline, an expert adviser(s) to aid
them in their decision making.
3. Procedure
A. Preparation for the Hearing — All
parties must be informed of the
complaint in writing by the chair-
person of the Grade Appeals Board
(hereafter referred to as "chairper-
son"), normally within five class
days after the receipt of the com-
plaint. Copies ot documents and
correspondence filed with respect
to the complaint shall be pro\'ided
to the interested parties through
the chairperson. Thereafter, neither
new evidence nor new charges shall
be introduced before the board.
The chairperson shall notify in
writing the interested parties of the
exact time and place of the hearing
and shall provide existing
University and/or Commonwealth
policies relevant to the appeal at
least five class days before the
beginning of the proceedings.
Throughout these proceedings, the
burden of proof rests upon the per-
son bringing the appeal.
B. Hearing Procedure — During the
hearing, both the facult)' member
and the student shall be accorded
ample time for statements, testi-
mony of witnesses, and presenta-
tion ot documents.
C. Decision of the Appeals Board
1. The Grade Appeals Board shall
deliberate in executive session
and render a decision by major-
ity vote within three davs of the
close of the hearing. The chair-
person may participate in these
deliberations but not vote.
2. The chairperson shall notify, in
writing, the student, the faculty
member, and the department in
which the course in question is
located of the decision within
three class davs of the board's
final action. The notification
shall include the basis upon
which the decision was reached.
Notes
1. Both facult)' member and student are
entitied to the right of challenge for
cause of any member of the depart-
ment committee (if used) and the
Grade Appeals Board except the chair-
person. In the case of challenge at the
Appeals Board level, the chairperson
shall adjudicate the challenge. One
challenge at each level is permitted.
2. A "class day" is defined as any dav
when classes are officially in session
at West Chester University.
3. It the course in which the grade dis-
pute occurred is offered under the
auspices ot a unit of the Universirv
other than an academic department,
the program director/coordinator,
head of that unit, and/or the depart-
ment chairperson will function in
Step 2 of the procedure. In Step 3,
the appeal should then be made to
the associate provost rather than the
dean of the college/school.
4. If the professor is not on contract or in
residence on the campus, he or she
shall have the right to defer the proce-
dure until his or her return. Sirrdlarlv, if
the procedure would nonnallv occur
during the summer and the student is
not enrolled in an}' summer session, the
procedure may be deferred until the fall
semester at the student's request.
Student Academic
Dishonesty Policy
I. Academic Dishonesty Process
A. Academic dishonesty is prohibited
and violations may result in disci-
pline up to and including expulsion
from the Universit}'. Academic dis-
honesty as it applies to students
includes but is not limited to acad-
emic cheating; plagiarism; the sale,
purchase, or exchange of term
papers or research papers; falsifica-
tion of information which includes
any form of providing false or mis-
leading information, written, elec-
tronic, or oral; or of altering or fal-
sifying official institutional records.
Plagiarism is defined as cop\ing
another's work or portions thereof
and/or using ideas and concepts of
another and presenting them as
one's own without gi%ing proper
credit to the source.
NOTE: The student code of conduct
covers theft or attempted theft of
property or services; destruction; van-
dalism; misuse or abuse of the real or
personal property of the University',
any organization, or any individual.
B. Charges of academic dishonesty
against a student mav be brought by
any member of the University' com-
munit}'. Students making claims of
dishonesty must do so under the
guidance of the appropriate
involved facultv member or office
director. A written charge must be
initiated within 20 calendar days
from the date of the alleged action.
However, if the alleged action
occurs during the last 20 calendar
days of the semester, the charger
has 20 calendar days into the subse-
quent semester to make the charge.
The last day of a semester is the last
day of final examinations. NOTE:
If the charger is not on contract or
in residence on the campus, he or
she shall have the right to defer the
procedure until his or her return.
Similarly, it the procedure would
normally occur during the summer
and the charger is not enrolled in
any summer session, the procedure
may be deferred until the fall
semester at the charger's request.
C. Charges of academic dishonesty
mav be dealt with informallv, by
mutual agreement of the person
bringing the charges and the stu-
dent. A written agreement of the
settlement shall be signed bv both
sides. An instructor mav, on his/her
own authorit)', apph' a penalt\' to
the student's grade, including fail-
ure in the course. If additional
sanctions are requested h\ the
instructor, the appeals process must
be employed and an academic
integrity hearing must be convened.
A student may appeal the instruc-
tor's unilateral imposition of a
penalized or failing grade. A stu-
Academic Policies and Procedures
dent who files an appeal will suffer
no worse penalty as a result of the
appeal than she/he would have suf-
fered if she/he had not appealed the
instructor's unilateral sanction.
D. If the intormal process has not
been employed or either party is
not satisfied with the resolution
• under (C) above, then that party
shall, vidth 10 calendar days, submit
written notification to the depart-
ment chair or unit director. The
department shall then, within 20
calendar days, handle the matter
according to its own written proce-
dures and provide viTitten notifica-
tion of its decision to all parties.
E. If either party is not satisfied with
the resolution reached in (D) above,
the party may, within 20 calendar
days of the department's decision,
appeal the matter in writing to the
dean or, in the absence of the dean,
another appropriate administrator.
The dean or administrator shall
then, within 20 calendar days, han-
dle the matter according to her/his
written procedures and provide
written notification to all parties.
F. If either party is not satisfied with
the decision of the dean or admin-
istrator, that party may, within 10
calendar days, appeal the matter in
writing to the Academic Integrity
Board.
G. Membership of the Academic
Integrity Board
1. The provost (or provost's
designee) shall appoint faculty
and administration members of
the Academic Integrity Board.
The associate provost (or, if
appropriate, the dean of gradu-
ate studies) serves as nonvoting
chairperson. If the associate
provost or dean of graduate
studies is not available to serve,
the administration will appoint
a substitute.
2. A faculty dean not involved in
the charging process. A substi-
tute may be appointed as given
in 1 above.
3. Two faculty members. At the
beginning of each academic
year, the Office of the Associate
Provost shall randomly select
two, hiU-time faculty from each
academic department in order to
constitute the pool. Two faculty
members from different depart-
ments vioU be randomly selected
firom this pool to serve on each
Academic Integrity Board.
4. Two undergraduate students or,
if appropriate, two graduate stu-
dents, appointed by the presi-
dent of the Student Government
Association (SGA) or president
of the Graduate Student
Association (GSA), respectively.
H. A written recommendation based
on a preponderance of evidence
arrived at by majority vote, in which
the facts and reasons for the recom-
mendation are set forth, shall be
issued within 15 calendar days after
the close of the board proceedings
and shall be sent to the provost and
vice president for academic affairs
with copies to all parties. If the vote
of the board is not unanimous, a
minority report also will be for-
warded to all parties within 15 cal-
endar days of the close of the board
proceedings. Within 15 calendar
days, the provost shall implement
the recommendation of the board
or shall provide a vmtten response
containing his/her decision and
explaining to all parties his/her rea-
sons for declining to implement the
board's recommendation.
I. Either party may express its reaction
in writing regarding the recommen-
dation of the board to the provost or
his/her designee within seven calen-
dar days. Any stay of sanction shall
be granted only upon application to
and at the sole discretion of the
provost or his/her designee. The
decision of the provost shall be final.
II. Sanctions
A. At the conclusion of the appeals
process, a student may be exonerat-
ed or subject to any combination of
the following range of penalties:
failure in the course, disciplinary
probation, suspension, expulsion,
financial restitution, or holds placed
on the student's records. If a student
has a record of past violations of the
Student Academic Dishonesty
Policy as adjudicated by the
Academic Integrity Board, then the
board will review that record and
consider it when applying sanctions.
The board shall have no knowledge
of that record when making its ini-
tial adjudication of the case.
Policy on Disruptive Classroom
Behavior
1. Definition of disruptive classroom
behavior
A. Disruptive behavior is defined as
an act that is disorderly, that
might include but is not limited to
that which disrespects, disrupts,
harasses, coerces, or abuses, and/or
might threaten or harm property
or person, so that it interferes with
an orderly classroom, teaching
process, or learning function.
B. Such behavior originates in a
classroom, faculty member's office,
or other site so long as it is related
to the academic classroom or
classroom fiinction.
2. Limitation of Policy
This policy addresses only student
classroom behavior as defined here.
Nonacademic student behavior is
addressed in the Student Code of
Conduct and the Judicial Board process
as outlined in the Ram's Eye View.
3. Classroom Management
This policy acknowledges the need
for protection of academic freedom in
the classroom, for faculty authority in
classroom management, and for facul-
ty and student safety in the classroom.
4. Due Process
This pohcy respects faculty and stu-
dent rights to due process in any
event emanating from disruptive stu-
dent behavior in the classroom.
Process
1. The first instance of disruptive
behavior shall result in an immediate
verbal warning by the faculty mem-
ber. The faculty member shall advise
the student of the existence of the
Disruptive Classroom Behavior
Policy and where it is published.
Exception: A first instance in which
disruptive behavior appears to com-
promise the safety of or is threaten-
ing to a faculty member or student(s)
shall result in immediate removal of
the student from the classroom by
the faculty member. In the event of
imminent danger to person or prop-
erty. Public Safety wiH be called and
immediate removal shall result.
Extreme or severe behavior can result
in removal from the course and not
merely from the immediate class.
2. A second instance of disruptive
behavior shall result in the removal of
the student from class for the
remainder of the class period. The
faculty member should log the behav-
ior and the steps taken in writing.
3. A third instance of disruptive behav-
ior shall result in permanent removal
of the student from the class.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Temporary Removal
1. A student who has been asked to
leave the classroom must meet with
the faculty member prior to returning
to the next class.
2. A student may, as the result of
removal from the classroom and hav-
ing met or tried to meet with the fac-
ulty member without success, request
a third party agreeable to both the fac-
ulty member and him/herself to assist
in resolving his/her difference with the
faculty member. He/she can do so by
applying to the chairperson of the
department in which the course in
which the event occurred is housed.
Permanent Removal
1. In the event of permanent removal
from the class, the faculty member
shall notify the chairperson of the
department in which the course is
housed, who shall then notify the
dean of his/her school/coUege, the
dean of students, and the chairperson
of the student's major department.
2. A student who has been permanendy
removed from the classroom shall be
assigned a grade consistent with course
requirements depending upon the
point in the course at which the
removal took place. A written state-
ment of the reason for permanent
removal shall be provided to the stu-
dent by a review panel, in the event of
an appeal by the student, or by the fac-
ulty member, in the event there has
been no appeal. The review panel shall
be the only venue for a hearing on per-
manent removal from the classroom.
Appeal Process
1. The student may, within five
Universit)' calendar days of removal,
appeal permanent removal. That
appeal shall be made to the review
panel which shall be constimted and
charged by the dean of the school/col-
lege, or his/her designee, in which the
event occurred. The panel shall include
an academic manager, a faculty mem-
ber, and a student. It shall within five
University calendar days conduct fact
finding and make a written recom-
mendation to the dean who shall pro-
vide copies to the faculty member and
the student. Extension based on com-
pelling circumstances may be granted
by the dean or his/her designee.
2. A student who appeals removal shall
be given an opportunity to keep up
with classroom assignments during
the time it takes the review panel to
reach its decision.
3. In the event that the student's behav-
ior was perceived as sufficiently
threatening or severe, either party may
invoke the right to a separate inter-
view or may submit written testimony
to allow for fact finding by the panel.
Dean's List
The names of degree-seeking students
who complete 12 or more graded hours in
an academic semester and achieve a
semester GPA of 3.67 or better are placed
on the dean's list. Nondegree students
who complete a minimum of nine credits,
have a GPA of 3.67, and no grade below
a "B" in the semester also will be recog-
nized on that semester's dean's list.
Maintenance of Academic
Standards: Probation and Dismissal
A student's scholastic standing at the
University is indicated by his or her
cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA).
Three categories of academic standing
have been established: good academic
standing, probation, and dismissal. A stu-
dent remains in good academic standing
as long as he or she maintains a mini-
mum cumulative GPA of 2.00 for all
work taken at the University. Probation
and dismissal are actions taken by the
University when a student's GPA falls
below an acceptable level at the end of
the fall or spring term. No student wiU go
on or come off academic probation, or be
dismissed from the University for acade-
mic reasons, at the end of summer term.
Conditions of Probation. Probation is
defined as a trial period during which a
student whose cumulative average has
fallen below acceptable standards must
bring his or her average up to those
standards or be dismissed from the
University. The following Riles govern
the category of probation:
A. A student shall be placed on proba-
tion if he or she has attempted
• more than nine and up to 18
semester hours of work with a
cumulative GPA of less than 2.00
• more than 18 but fewer than 48
semester hours of work with a
cumulative GPA from 1.00 to less
than 2.00
• at least 48 but fewer than 64 semes-
ter hours of work with a cumulative
GPA from 1.40 to less than 2.00
• at least 64 or more semester hours
of work with a cumulative GPA
from 1.70 to less than 2.00
B. Probation shall commence immediate-
ly at the end of the semester in which
the cumulative GPA falls into the
range described. A notice of probation
shall be printed on the student's tran-
script, and the student shall be notified
by the Universit)' that he or she is in
danger of dismissal. A student who
receives notice of being placed on pro-
bation shall immediately seek advising,
tutoring, and instruction in effective
study habits and efficient use of time
— in short, take every possible mea-
sure to improve the quality of his or
her academic performance.
C. A student will be allowed to continue
on probation for no more than 30
attempted semester hours of work after
being placed on probation. If the GPA
has not reached an acceptable level by
that time, the smdent will be dismissed
from the University. A student is
removed from probation when the
cumulative GPA rises to 2.00 or above.
D. Those students who entered the
University for the first time beginning
with the 1989 fall semester and who
have been placed on probation a sec-
ond time will be allowed to continue
on probation for no more than 15
attempted semester hours of work after
being placed on that second probation.
If the GPA has not reached an accept-
able level by that time, the student will
be dismissed from the University.
Thus, a student may be on probation
no more than twice, and placement on
probation for a third time will result in
immediate dismissal.
NOTE: This does not prevent individ-
ual departments from requiring an aver-
age higher than 2.00 as a condition of
acceptance or retention.
Dismissal from the University
A. A student shall be dismissed from the
University if he or she has attempted
• more than 18 but fewer than 48
semester hours of work with a
cumulative GPA of less than 1.00
• at least 48 but fewer than 64
semester hours of work with a
cumulative GPA of less than 1.40,
whether he or she has previously
been placed on probation or not
• at least 64 or more semester hours
of work with a cumulative GPA of
less than 1.70, whether he or she
has previously been placed on pro-
bation or not
Academic Policies and Procedures
NOTE: A student also shall be dis-
missed if he or she fails to meet the
standards set under paragraph C above.
B. A student may appeal the dismissal
by calling or writing the Office of the
Associate Provost.
C. Nothing in this policy shall be taken
to preclude the dismissal of students
for violations of other University
pohcies, in accordance with the pro-
visions of those policies.
Readmission of Dismissed Students
A. A student dismissed from the
University may not take course work
at the University until he or she
applies and is considered for readmis-
sion by the University. No student
wiU be considered tor readmission
earher than one full calendar year
after the time of dismissal.
B. Students readmitted to the University
must maintain a RiU 2.00 GPA for
each semester of work following read-
mission and, after the completion of
no more than 48 semester hours (or
prior to graduation, whichever comes
first), must obtain an overall cumula-
tive GPA of 2.00 for all work taken at
the University. A student who fails to
meet this standard shall be dismissed
from the University a second time and
is not eligible for future readmission.
If a student is approved to be readmitted
to the University under the Academic
Renewal Policy and the student was, prior
to separation from the University, a candi-
date in a program leading to initial teacher
certification (B.S.Ed., B.M. in music edu-
cation, or B.S. health and physical educa-
tion-teacher certification), he or she may
not be readmitted to the original major.
The academic renewal smdent must re-
enter in a nonteacher certification degree
program or as an undeclared student.
If a student readmitted under academic
renewal subsequently qualifies for formal
admission to teacher education based
upon the provisions ot the academic
renewal pohcy, that student may seek a
change of major to a teacher certification
program under the prevailing internal
transfer policy of the specific program.
Academic Renewal Policy
The Office of the Associate Provost, at
its discretion, offers academic renewal to
students at the time they apply for read-
mission.
A. The Academic Renewal Policy permits
West Chester University undergradu-
ates whose GPA and total credits
earned make it impossible for them to
graduate from West Chester
University under any other form of
readmission, even if they were granted
five more repeats. Students can be
admitted only once under the
Academic Renewal Policy, and it is not
retroactive if a student has already been
readmitted. Students who were previ-
ously enrolled in an education degree
program, see paragraph B below.
1. A student must have had a mini-
mum of a five-year absence from
West Chester University.
2. All grades for courses previously
taken wUl remain on the WCU
academic database; academic
renewal vidU be noted on a new
transcript. General education cours-
es previously taken and passed with
a grade of C or better will be main-
tained on the student's record as
T's. Departments may require their
majors and minors to repeat any or
all major, minor, cognate, and sup-
porting courses, even if the student
had earned a grade of C (2.00) or
better in them, and even if the
department accepts less than a C in
the course tor its majors/minors.
3. Beginning wdth readmission, stu-
dents wiU be treated as first-time,
first-year admits; i.e., granted all
privileges of that group (permitted
to use the repeat policy, eligible for
graduation with honors, etc.).
Because these students are consid-
ered to be first-time admits, they
have the option to enter a different
major than the one in which they
were originally enroOed. The select-
ed department will be notified that
this is an academic renewal student,
and that department has the right
to refiise admission to its programs.
4. Academic renewal students will be
treated as readmits in terms of cata-
log academic rulings. General edu-
cation, major, minor, and cognate
areas are based on the catalog in the
year they were granted academic
renewal. Students ptu'suing an edu-
cation degree need to refer to the
paragraph above concerning this.
B. If a student is approved for readmis-
sion to the University under the aca-
demic renewal policy and the student
was, prior to separation from the
University, a candidate in a program
leading to initial teacher certification
(B.S.Ed., B.M. in music education,
or B.S. in health and physical educa-
tion - teacher certification), he or she
may not be readmitted to the original
major. The academic renewal student
must re-enter either in a program
that does not lead to teacher certifi-
cation, or as an undeclared student.
1 . If a student readmitted under acad-
emic renewal wishes to apply for
formal admission to teacher educa-
tion status, that student may seek a
change of major to a teacher certifi-
cation program under the prevailing
internal transfer policy of the specif-
ic program. The student must meet
all requirements for formal admis-
sion to the desired program, includ-
ing the minimum cumulative GPA.
2. When the student applies to re-
enter a program leading to teacher
certification, the qualifying cumu-
lative GPA will be based on the
a. grades earned in those courses
which were retained in the
renewal process (even though
these courses no longer con-
tribute to the WCU cumulative
GPA)
b. grades of any transfer courses
and
c. grades earned at WCU after
returning under renewal (a
minimum of 15 credits)
Taking Courses Off Campus
West Chester University smdents may
take courses off campus and transfer the
credits. Credit for these courses will trans-
fer in to West Chester University only if
the student's cumulative GPA from the
institution where the courses are taken is
2.00 or higher on a 4.00 grading scale.
Grades received in courses taken at other
institutions are not calculated in the West
Chester cumulative GPA; only the credits
may be transferred. All minimum grade
requirements of the student's major/minor
program for individual courses also must
be met for credit to transfer. This policy
became effective September 1999. The
equivalency of the desired course must be
established before the student takes the
course off campus. Prerequisites also must
be met before the courses wiQ be trans-
ferred into the University.
Departments determine which courses
at other schools are equivalent to specif-
ic courses in their department so that
they can evaluate incoming transfer
credits. They must inform the Office of
the Registrar of those equivalencies, and
the Registrar must keep a record of
those equivalencies. If equivalency has
been established for incoming transfer
H Academic Policies and Procedures
students, it also exists for matriculated
West Chester students who wish to take
the course off campus.
The student should contact the Office of
the Registrar to determine which course is
equivalent. If an agreement exists, the
Office of the Registrar wiU specif}' the
course to be taken and sign the form to
indicate equivalency. If there is no record
of equivalency' for this course at the stu-
dent's chosen school, the office cannot
sign the form. In those cases, the student
must contact the chair ot the West
Chester University' department that offers
the course and have equivalenc}' deter-
mined. The signature of the registrar or
the course's department chair indicates
equivalency onlv, it does not grant or deny
approval to take the course off campus.
Procedure: To ensure that equivalencies
are current, the Office of the Registrar
will establish a schedule for obtaining
current syllabi and supporting docu-
ments from institutions that are most
frequendv involved in transfer credit
evaluations. The Office of the Registrar
wdU make this information available to
department chairs to assist them in
updating equivalenc}' evalutions.
NOTE: Undergraduate students who
take and complete a course at West
Chester Universitv mav not repeat the
course at another institution and have
the credits or grade count towards a
West Chester degree.
Transfer of Credit
Credit mav be granted for equivalent
courses completed in accredited institu-
tions of higher education. Credit for work
completed at an unaccredited institution
may be granted on the recommendation
of the student's major department in con-
sultation with the school or college dean
and transfer credit analyst. (See also
"Admission to West Chester" and the sec-
tion on "Taking Courses Off Campus.")
Effective for students who entered the
Universitv' after September 1973, D
grades are accepted for transfer if the
credit is for equivalent courses within the
framework of general requirements or free
electives, provided the transferred course
does not satisfy a major field requirement
as well. The student also must have a 2.00
overall GPA from the institution from
which they are transferring.
Effective for students who enter the
Universit}' as of fall 1996, grades in a
course submitted tor transfer as a major
program requirement must be the same
or higher than the minimum grade
required by the department. For exam-
ple, if a program requires that a student
earn a B or better in a major program
requirement, then the student requesting
transferring credit from another institu-
tion must have earned a minimum of B
in the parallel course. If a student earns a
lower grade than the requirement, the
department may require the course to be
repeated at West Chester University.
If a student changes his or her major,
grades originallv approved for transfer
wUl be re-evaluated by the new major
department.
Effective fall 1998, no course equivalen-
cy transfer credit will be given for WCU
courses numbered at the 300 or 400
level, unless the courses are taken at an
institution that grants a baccalaureate
degree. Departments have the right to
accept courses for their majors as XXX
199 or TRN 199 credits. An exception
will be made for departments that have
already established, bv fall 1998, equiva-
lenc}' with nonbaccalaureate institutions
for transferring courses at the 300 level.
Those established equivalency agree-
ments wUl remain in effect.
IN ORDER TO RECEIVE FULL
CREDIT FOR COURSES
TAKEN ELSEWHERE AND
FOR PROFICIENCIES
DEMONSTRATED ON
ADVANCED PLACEMENT OR
COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINA-
TION PROGRAM (CLEP)
EXAMINATIONS, THE
TRANSFER STUDENT
SHOULD HAVE THIS WORK
EVALUATED PRIOR TO
.ENROLLING IN ANYPOTEN-
TL\LLY EQUIVALENT
COURSE AT WEST CHESTER.
Transfer students should refer to the
Academic Passport Policy under "Ad-
missions." Specifics of the Academic
Passport Polic}' implications for West
Chester University students can be
obtained from the Office of the Registrar.
Policy on Correspondence Courses
The Universitv' does not allow credit tor
courses taken through correspondence.
Advanced Placement Program
Courses taken under the Advanced
Placement Program offered bv the College
Entrance Examination Board ma\' be
applied toward advanced placement in the
University and/or toward credit require-
ments for graduation. Courses taken
under the Advanced Placement Program
offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board may be applied
toward advanced placement in the
Universitv and/or toward credit require-
ments for graduation. For information
about the Advanced Placement Program,
contact the College Board directiy. For
questions about West Chester University's
policy, see the Tacts" section of the
Registrar's web page.
Experiential Learning Credits
(Life Learning Experience)
West Chester Universitv offers three
programs that assess learning acquired
outside of the traditional classroom. The
University evaluates and awards credits
on a course basis; therefore, students
must demonstrate competence in a par-
ticular course, not a general body of
knowledge. Students mav earn a maxi-
mum of 32 credits through any combi-
nation of these three programs.
CLEP — the College Level
Examination Program is a series of
standardized tests offered by the
College Board in appro.ximately 30
different subject areas. West Chester
Universit}' accepts the examinations,
for degree credit only, in which the
score is in the 50th percentile or
above. The examinations are given at
the Universitv ever}' month but
December. West Chester University
does NOT accept the general exami-
nations of CLEP. Information,
including fees, test dates, available
exams, etc., is available through the
Office of the Registrar.
Portfolio Development and
Assessment — Students may choose to
develop a portfolio as a means of
demonstrating competence in a
course. A portfolio consists of a brief
autobiographical sketch, and extensive
description of the student's learning
ex-periences and supporting documen-
tation such as a job description, cer-
tificates from training courses, letters
of recommendation, etc. The portfolio
is evaluated bv an appropriate facult}'
member who will also usuall}' require
an interview. The charge for portfolio
assessment is one-half the tuition for
the course. Information describing
portfolio assessment is available
through the Center for Adult Studies.
Credit by Ejcamination — The third
option is Credit by Examination which
is described earlier in this catalog.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Requirements for Graduation
A student is recommended for gradua-
tion upon the satisfactor)' completion of
a minimum of 120 semester hours at
the 100 level or above and upon fulfill-
ment of all categories of the require-
ments for his or her degree. A minimum
cumulative GPA of 2.00 (C) is required
for graduation. Specific programs, in
accordance with University* procedures,
may set other higher standards and may
require more than 120 credits tor com-
pletion of the degree. Degree require-
ments are detailed under the heading of
the subject field. See also "Requirements
for the Baccalaureate Degree." A student
must file for graduation no later than the
end of the junior year. It is imperative
that the student meet with his or her
academic ad\'iser. Students can obtain a
copy of the graduation checklist trom the
Office of the Registrar. Effective May
2004 graduation, any student currently
matriculated in the University may grad-
uate after completion of 120 credits,
PROVIDED:
a. He/she has completed all general
education requirements, which
include nine credits ot free/student
electives, that are specified in the cat-
alog for the vear that the student was
most recently accepted into WCU.
b. AND he/she has completed all
courses required by the major, to
include all supporting (cognate)
courses.
c. AND he/she is only eliminating free
electives within the major, but not
the nine credits of general education
free/student electives (needed in "a"
above).
Any senior who does not complete all
degree requirements within 30 calendar
days of the end of the term in which he
or she intends to graduate must pay the
diploma fee again before an updated
diploma will be issued. Such a student,
however, does have the right to request a
letter from the Universit)' confirming his
or her graduation after all requirements
have been satisfactorily completed.
The permanent record (transcript)
records all degrees, majors, and minors
completed, but a diploma only shows
one degree. Students who simultaneously
complete two undergraduate degrees and
who wish to receive two diplomas, each
printed with one of their degrees, may
do so by paying a second diploma fee.
Resident Credit Requirement
To qualify for graduation, a student
must take at least 30 semester hours of
credit bevond the general education
courses at West Chester. Normally, the
student will take the last 30 semester
hours at West Chester. In addition, a
student must take at least 50 percent of
the courses in his or her major or minor
discipline (excluding cognate courses) at
West Chester University.
Anticipated Time for Degree
Completion
It is the expectation that a student should
anticipate being able to graduate in
eight consecutive fall/spring semesters.
This expectation would not apply if any
of the following conditions exist:
1 . A student needs to complete devel-
opmental courses
2. A student enters the major of gradu-
ation after the first semester of
his/her first year
3. A student transfers to West Chester
Universitv' and has compiled courses
that do not fit into his/her current
program
4. A student fails to meet the minimal
standards of academic performance of
the University of his/her major pro-
gram
5. A student chooses to repeat one or
more courses
6. A student fails to follow guidelines
set forth to meet major or University
requirements
7. A student who selects the culture
cluster option requires an extra
semester to meet that requirement
In order to graduate following (or with-
in) the expectation, it is the student's
responsibility to consult with the major
department for course scheduling guide-
lines in the major.
The expectation, however, is invalidated
when the following conditions exist:
1. A program requires more than 120
hours for completion
2. The sequencing of courses requires
more than eight consecutive fall/
spring semesters
3. A program requires the completion
of requirements that can only be met
in summer
Nothing in this polic}- prevents the offer-
ing of a program that does not meet
expectations. Such programs, however, are
so identified in the Universit)' catalog.
Each department will determine when
its courses will be offered.
Required Notice of Intention to
Graduate
Students intending to graduate in May
or August must come to the Office of
the Registrar and give notice of inten-
tion to graduate no later than March 1.
August graduates may participate in the
Mav commencement exercises if they
file their notices of intention to graduate
by February 1. Students intending to
graduate in December must give such
notice no later than November 1. The
baccalaureate degree will not be granted
unless this requirement is met.
After submitting this notice, the student
wUI receive a cap and gown order form
and a bill for the graduation fee. He or she
also will specif\' how his or her name
should be shown on the diploma and
commencement program. Unless the dead-
line is met, it will be impossible for the
University to order a diploma, place the name
on the forthcoming commencement program,
or have the transcript reflect the appropriate
date of graduation. For this reason, all stu-
dents are urged to review their records of
progress towards graduation with their
adviser and to file for graduation two
semesters prior to the date of graduation.
Graduation Honors
Graduation honors are awarded as follows:
Cumulative GPA
cum laude 3.25 - 3.49
magna cum laude 3.50 - 3.74
summa cum laude 3.75 - 4.00
The honors list for commencement is
based on the GPA from the next to last
semester before a student graduates. A
transfer student must have 60 hours of
grades reported at West Chester
University prior to that time to be so
recognized. Those who do not attain
honors distinctions untU the end of their
final semester, or those transfer students
with honor distinction who do not com-
plete 60 hours until the end of the final
semester, will have recognition of their
achievement on their final transcripts,
where all honors distinctions are
recorded.
Transcripts
Requests for official transcripts are made
bv writing to the Office of the Registrar,
Elsie O. BuU Center. The fee is S3 for
each transcript. Immediate transcripts
are $5 upon request. Checks, payable to
West Chester University, must accom-
pany either request.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Directory Information — Rights
and Privacy Act of 1974
West Chester University from time to
time makes public certain kinds of infor-
mation about students, such as the names
of those who receive scholarships, who
hold offices, or who are members of ath-
letic teams. Various kinds of campus
directories are published throughout the
year to help members of the University
community locate and communicate with
each other. The commencement pro-
grams publish the names of those who
have received degrees during the year.
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 defines the term
"directory information" to include the fol-
lowing categories of information: the stu-
dent's name, address, telephone number,
e-mail address, date and place of birth,
major field of study, class schedule, class
roster, participation in officially recognized
activities and sports, weight and height of
members of athletic teams, date of atten-
dance, degrees and awards received, and
the most recent pre\'ious educational
agency or institution attended by the stu-
dent. The University wdU limit informa-
tion that is made public to categories such
as these but wiU not necessarily publish all
such information in every listing.
Undergraduate students who do not wish
to have any or all of such directory
information published without their
prior consent must file notice in the
Office of the Registrar. Graduate stu-
dents must file notice in the Office of
Graduate Studies and Extended
Education. The student must bring a
signed, dated statement specifying items
not to be pubUshed to the appropriate
office within the first 15 calendar days
after the beginning of the fall and spring
semesters.
Student Name Changes
Any student wishing to change his/her
name from that currently on record
must provide legal documentation sup-
porting the change. This must be the
original or a notarized photocopy of a
court-generated document, such as a mar-
riage license, court order, divorce decree,
etc. A driver's license is not adequate.
Requests for name changes received
through the mail will be acknowledged
by letter.
Exception to Academic PoUcies
Students may file a petition that
requests exception to academic pohcies.
Petition forms are available in the Office
of the Registrar and the Office of the
Associate Provost. Students who may
request an exception because of a dis-
ability should refer to page 32, "Services
for Students with Disabilities."
The Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, is a
federal law which states (a) that a writ-
ten institutional pohcy must be estab-
lished and (b) that a statement of adopt-
ed procedures covering the privacy rights
of students be made available. The law
provides that the institution will main-
tain the confidentiality of student educa-
tion records.
West Chester University accords all
rights under the law to students who are
in attendance at the University, and in
certain instances to the parents of
dependent students, as defined in
Section 152 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1954. Basically, a dependent
student is a student whose parent(s)
provides more than half of his/her sup-
port. Generally, the University does not
provide information to parents because
of this act. However, exceptions are
made if:
1. the student must give his or her par-
ents written consent if the student is
independent; or
2. the parents must provide a certified
copy of their most recent Federal
Income Tax Form reflecting depen-
dency status of the son/daughter
which must be on file in the Office
of the Registrar.
No one outside the institution shall have
access to, nor will the institution dis-
close, any information from students'
education records without the students'
written consent except to personnel
within the institution, to officials of
other institutions in which students seek
to enroU, to persons or organizations
providing students financial aid, to
accrediting agencies carrying out their
accreditation function, to persons in
comphance with a judicial order, a valid
subpoena, and to persons in an emer-
gency in order to protect the health or
safety of students or other persons. All
these exceptions are permitted under the
act.
Within the West Chester University
community, only those members, indi-
vidually or collectively, acting on the
student's educational interest are allowed
access to student education records.
These members include, without Umita-
tion, personnel in the offices of the
Registrar, Bursar, Financial Ad,
Admissions, and academic personnel
within the hmitations of their need to
know.
At its discretion the institution may
provide directory information in accor-
dance with the provisions of the act to
include student name, address, tele-
phone number, e-mail address, date and
place of birth, major field of study, class
schedules, class rosters, dates of atten-
dance, degrees and awards received, the
most recent previous educational agency
or institution attended by the student,
participation in officially recognized
activities and sports, and weight and
height of members of athletic teams.
Students may withhold directory infor-
mation by notifying the Office of the
Registrar in writing within 15 calendar
days after the beginning of each fall
semester.
Requests for nondisclosure will be hon-
ored by the institution for only one aca-
demic year; therefore, authorization to
withhold directory information must be
filled annually in the Office of the
Registrar.
The law provides students with the right
to inspect and review information con-
tained in their education records, to
challenge the contents of their education
records, to have a hearing if the out-
come of the challenge is unsatisfactory,
and to submit explanatory statements for
inclusion in their files if the decisions of
the hearing panels are unacceptable. The
University Registrar at West Chester
University has been designated by the
institution to coordinate the inspection
and review procedures for student edu-
cation records, which include admis-
sions, personal, and academic. Students
wishing to review their education
records must make written requests to
the Office of the Registrar listing the
item or items of interest. Only records
covered by the act will be made available
within 45 days of the request. Students
may have copies made of their records
with certain exceptions, or a copy of the
academic record for which a financial
hold exists. These copies will be made at
the students' expense at prevaiHng rates
which are hsted in the current catalog.
Education records do not include
records of instructional, administrative,
and educational personnel which are the
sole possession of the maker and are not
accessible or revealed to any individual
Academic Policies and Procedures
except a temporary substitute, records of
the law enforcement unit, student health
records, employment records, or alumni
records. Health records, however, may
be reviewed by physicians of the stu-
dents' choosing.
Students may not inspect and review the
following as outlined by the act: finan-
cial information submitted by their par-
ents, confidential letters and recommen-
dations associated with admissions,
employment or job placement, or honors
to which they have waived their rights
of inspection and review; or education
records containing information about
more than one student, in which case
the institution will permit access only to
that part of the record which pertains to
the inquiring student. The institution is
not required to permit students to
inspect and review confidential letters
and recommendations placed in their
files prior to January 1, 1975, provided
those letters were collected under estab-
lished policies of confidentiality and
were used only for the purposes for
which they were collected.
Students who beheve that their educa-
tion records contain information that is
inaccurate or misleading, or is otherwise
in violation ot their privacy or other
rights, may discuss their problems infor-
mally with the Office of the Registrar. If
the decisions are in agreement with the
students' requests, the appropriate
records will be amended. If not, the stu-
dents will be notified within a reason-
able amount of time that the records
will not be amended, and they wUl be
informed by the Office of the Registrar
of their right to a formal hearing.
Student requests for a formal hearing
must be made in writing to the associate
provost who, within a reasonable period
of time after receiving such request, will
inform students of the date, place, and
time of the hearing. Students may pre-
sent evidence relevant to the issues
raised and may be assisted or represent-
ed at the hearings by one or more per-
sons of their choice, including attorneys,
at the students' expense. The hearing
panels which wiU adjudicate such chal-
lenges will be the individuals designated
by the University.
Decisions of the hearing panels will be
final, will be based solely on the evi-
dence presented at the hearing, and will
consist of written statements summariz-
ing the evidence and stating the reasons
for the decisions, and will be delivered
to all parties concerned. Their education
records will be corrected or amended in
accordance with the decisions of the
hearing panels, if the decisions are in
favor of the student. If the decisions are
unsatisfactory to the student, the student
may place with the education record
statements commenting on the informa-
tion in the records, or statements setting
forth any reasons for disagreeing with
the decisions of the hearing panels. The
statements will be placed in the educa-
tion records, maintained as part of the
students' records, and released whenever
the records in question are disclosed.
Students who believe adjudications of
their challenges were unfair or not in
keeping with the provisions of the act
may request, in writing, assistance from
the president of the institution to aid
them in filing complaints with The
Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act Office (FERPA), Department of
Education, Room 4074, Switzer
Building, Washington, D.C. 20202.
Revisions and clarifications wUl be pub-
Hshed as experience with the law and
the institution's policy warrants.
This policy has been adopted in accor-
dance with the Family Educational
Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C.
1232(g), and the regulations promulgat-
ed thereunder at 34 C.F.R. 99.1 et seq.,
and that reference should be made to
that statute and regulations for addition-
al information.
Please contact the Office of the
Registrar with any questions.
ADA Policy Statement
West Chester University is committed
to equality of opportunity and freedom
from discrimination for all students,
employees, applicants for admission or
employment, and all participants in
pubhc University-sponsored activities.
In keeping with this commitment, and
in accordance with the Americans with
Disabihfies Act of 1990 and the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the
University will make every effort to pro-
vide equahty of opportunity and free-
dom from discrimination for all mem-
bers of the University community and
visitors to the University, regardless ot
any disability an individual may have.
Accordingly, the University has taken
positive steps to make University facili-
ties accessible to individuals with dis-
abilities and has established procedures
to provide reasonable accommodations
to allow individuals with disabiHties to
participate in University programs.
The director of the Office of Social
Equit\' has been designated as the ADA
coordinator for the Universit}'. In this
capacity, the director of Social Equity
works with the University ADA
Committee to advance University poU-
cies and procedures that will provide
equal educational and employment
opportunities for individuals with dis-
abilities. The Office of Social Equity has
an estabhshed process to investigate and
address any complaints of discrimination
on the basis of a disabihty. Any individ-
ual who has a suggestion, question, or
complaint regarding ADA issues is
encouraged to contact the director of
Social Equity, 13/15 University Avenue,
610-436-2433.
West Chester University has also estab-
lished the Office of Services for
Students with Disabilities, which oper-
ates as a centrahzed service for address-
ing the needs of students with disabili-
ties and as a resource center for stu-
dents, faculty, and staff. A student who
wants to request an accommodation
and/or receive specialized services
should contact the director of the
OSSD. The poHcies and procedures
used by the OSSD are contained in the
West Chester University Handbook on
Disabilities, which is available in the
OSSD, 105 Lawrence Center, V/TDD
610-436-3217.
Various housing facilities and services
are available for resident students with
disabilities. For this and other informa-
tion about on-campus housing and food
service, please contact the Office of
Residence Life and Housing, 238 Sykes
Student Union, 610-436-3307.
The ADA specialist of the Office of
Human Resource Services has been des-
ignated as the contact person for
employees and applicants seeking to
request an accommodation. The ADA
specialist is located at 201 Carter Drive,
610-436-2129.
West Chester University is involved in
the ongoing process of renovating cam-
pus buildings to ensure accessibility for
all individuals. Many of our buUdings
are currently accessible, but some are
awaiting renovation. To find out
whether a particular location is accessi-
ble or how to access a location, please
contact the space manager at 610-436-
3348. To make arrangements for
changes to a particular facility to ensure
accessibility, please contact the manager
of campus projects at 610-436-3599.
Structure of Academic Affairs
COLLEGE OF ARTS .\ND SCIENCES
Charles D. Hurt, Dean
Jennie Skerl, Associate Dean
Anthropology and Sociology
Art
Biology
Chemistry
Communication Studies
Computer Science
English
Foreign Languages
Geology and Astronomy
History
Interdisciplinary Programs
Liberal Studies
Mathematics
Pharmaceutical Product
Development
Philosophy
Physics and Pre-Engineering
Pre-Medical
Psycholog)'
Theatre Arts
Women's Studies
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS
Christopher M. Fiorentino, Dean
Cynthia Benzing, Associate Dean
Accounting
Criminal Justice
Economics and Finance
Geography and Planning
Management
Marketing
Political Science
Social Work
Graduate Social Work
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Tony W. Johnson, Dean
Joseph Malak, Associate Dean
Early Childhood and
Special Education
Elementary Education
Counseling and Educational
Psychology
Literacy
Professional and
Secondary Education
Teacher Certification
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Timothy V. Blair, Dean
Instrumental Music
Keyboard Music
Music Education
Music Histon' and Literature
Music Theory and
Composition
Vocal and Choral Music
OFFICE OF THE ASSOCIATE PROVOST
SheUa Patterson, Associate Provost
Admissions
Assessment
Financial Aid
General Education
Graduate Studies and Extended Education
• Adult Studies
• Center for International Programs
Honors Program
Registrar
Quincy Moore, Dean, Undergraduate Studies and Student Support
Services
Academic Development Program
Office of Services for Students with Disabilities
Learning Assistance and Resource Center
Pre-Major Academic Advising Program
Educational Development
LIBRARY
Richard H. Swain, Director
Mary Anne Burns-Duffy, Interim Associate Director
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
Donald E. Barr, Dean
Ann Stowe, Associate Dean
Communicative Disorders Nursing
Health Sports Medicine
Kinesiology
Undergraduate Programs at West Chester
Students may enroll at West Chester University in programs leading to the following degrees or certificates:
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) Bachelor of Science (B.S.) Bachelor of Social Work (B.S.W.)*
Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.)
Bachelor of Music (B.M.)
Bachelor of Science in Education (B.S.Ed.)
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.)
Local Certificate (CERTIF)
Teaching Cerfificate (TCHG CERT)
Accounting B.S.
American Studies B.A.
Anthropology B.A.
Art B.A.
Athletic Training B.S., CERTIF
Biochemistry B.S.
Biology B.A., B.S., B.S.Ed., TCHG
CERT
Biology-Cell and Molecular, Ecology,
Medical Technology, Microbiology, B.S.
Medical Technology CERTIF
Business Management B.S.
Chemistry B.S., B.S.Ed., TCHG CERT
Chemistry- Biology B.S.
Citizenship Education (formerly Social
Studies) TCHG CERT
Clinical Chemistry B.S.
Communication B.S.Ed., TCHG CERT
Communication Studies B.A.
Communicative Disorders B.A.
Comparative Literature B.A.
Computer and Information Sciences B.S.
Crinunal Justice B.S.
Driver-Safety Education TCHG CERT
Early Childhood Education B.S.Ed.,
TCHG CERT
Earth-Space Science -Astronomy B.S.Ed.
Earth-Space Science - Geology B.S.Ed.
Economics B.S.
Elementary Education B.S.Ed., TCHG
CERT
English (see Literature) B.S.Ed.,
TCHG CERT
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Environmental Education TCHG
CERT
Ethnic Studies CERTIF
Finance B.S.
Forensic Chemistry B.S.
French B.A., TCHG CERT
General Science TCHG CERT
Geography B.A.
Geoscience-Earth Systems B.S.
Geoscience-Geology B.S.
German B.A., TCHG CERT
Health and Physical Education B.S.,
TCHG CERT
Health and Physical Education-Exercise
Specialist B.S.*
Health Science-General B.S.
Health Science-Respiratory Care B.S.
History B.A.
Latin B.A., B.S.Ed., TCHG CERT
Liberal Studies-Arts and Sciences B.A.
Liberal Studies-Science and
Mathematics B.S.
Liberal Studies-Professional Studies B.S.
Literature B.A.
Marketing B.S.
Mathematics B.S.Ed., TCHG CERT
Music Composition B.M.
Music Education B.M., TCHG CERT
Music Performance B.M.
Music: Studies in an Outside Field B.M.
Music Theory B.M.
Nursing B.S.N.
Nutrition and Dietetics B.S.*
Philosophy B.A.
Pharmaceutical Product Development B.S.
Physical Education (See Health and
Physical Education)
Physics B.S., B.S.Ed., TCHG CERT
Physics-Engineering B.S.
Political Science B.A.
Political Science-International Relations
B.A.
Political Science-Applied Public Policy
B.A.
Pre-Medical (see Chemistry-Biology)
Psychology B.A.
Public Health-Environmental B.S.
Public Health-Health Promotion B.S.
Respiratory Care (See Health Sciences)
B.S.
Russian B.A., TCHG CERT
Russian Studies CERTIF
Secondary Education (See individual
concentration) B.S.Ed., TCHG CERT
Social Studies (see Citizenship Education)
Social Work B.S.W.*
Sociology B.A.
Spanish B.A., TCHG CERT
Special Education B.S.Ed., TCHG
CERT
Speech Correction TCHG CERT
Studio Arts B.F.A.
Theatre Arts B.A.
Women's Studies B.A.
'Pending Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education approval
KEY
The following symbols designate course
attributes in the course description sections:
■ Culture cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
▲ Crosslisted course
• Diverse communities course
Programs of Study and Course Offerings
Guide to the Catalog
Departments are arranged alphabetically
CRJ
Criminal Justice
KIN
Kinesiology
CRL
Chemistry
LAN
Foreign Languages
within the
college or school housing them
CRW
English
LAT
Foreign Languages
(see list or
1 page 54). Interdisciplinary pro-
CSC
Computer Science
LIN
Foreign Languages/Linguistics
grams are
Sciences
listed with the College of Arts and
CSW
Computer Science
Program
ECE
Early Childhood and Special
LIT
English
i-f VrJ.^! IV^^tJ ■
.
Education
LSP
Liberal Studies
Students may obtain a typical sequence ot
courses for any program from the office
ECO
EDA
Economics
Special Education
MAK
MAT
Keyboard Music
Mathematics
specified in this catalog.
EDC
Counseling and Educational
MGT
Management
Please note that all courses, course descrip-
tions, course sequences, and course substitu-
Psychology
MHL
Music History
EDE
Elementary Education
MIS
Management
tions are subject to change. Current informa-
EDF
Professional and Secondary
MKT
Marketing
tion is available from the appropriate depart-
Education
MSI
Educational Services
ment chair, dean, or program coordinator.
EDM
Professional and Secondary
MTC
Music Theory and Composition
Guide to Course Prefixes
Education
MTL
Mathematics
Many program descriptions in this catalog
refer to courses offered by other departments
using a course abbreviation called a prefix. In
addition, some course prefixes do not use the
logical initials of the courses to which they
EDO
EDP
EDR
Professional and Secondary
Education
Counseling and Educational
Psychology, Professional and
Secondary Education
Literacy
MUE
MW7
MWP
NSG
NSL
OBO
Music Education
Music Theory and Composition
Keyboard Music
Nursing
Nursing
Instrumental Music
refer (e.g.,
ABC is used to indicate instru-
EDS
Professional and Secondary
ORG
Keyboard Music
mental music courses), lo assist in locating
Education
PEA
Physical Education/Kinesiology
the department or program which uses each
EFR
Foreign Languages
PED
Kinesiology
prefix, the ' '
toUowing guide to course prefixes
EGE
Foreign Languages
PER
Instrumental Music
is provided.
EIT
Foreign Languages
PHI
Philosophy
ERU
Foreign Languages
English
PHL
Physics
PREFIX
DEPARTMENT/PROGRAM
ENG
PHR
Physics
ABC
Instrumental Music
ENV
Health
PHS
Physics
ACC
Accounting
ESP
Foreign Languages
PHY
Physics and Pre-Engineering
ADM
Administration, Leadership for
ESL
Geology and Astronomy
PL\
Keyboard Music
Women
ESS
Geology and Astronomy
PMG
Political Science
AEB
Instrumental Music
EXS
Kinesiology
POR
Foreign Languages
AEO
Instrumental Music
HN
Economics and Finance
PSC
PoUtical Science
AER
Educational Services
FLM
English/Comparative Literature
PSY
Psychology'
AES
Instrumental Music
FLU
Instrumental Music
RUS
Foreign Languages
AIC
Instrumental Music
FRE
Foreign Languages
SAX
Instrumental Music
AIM
Instrumental Music
FRH
Instrumental Music
SCB
Biology
AJZ
Instrumental Music
GEO
Geography and Planning
sec
Chemistry
ALC
Instrumental Music
GER
Foreign Languages
SCE
Geology and Astronomy
AMC
Instrumental Music
GRE
Foreign Languages
SCI
Geology and Astronomy, Physics
AMS
American Studies
GTR
Instrumental Music
SMD
Sports Medicine
ANT
Anthropology and Sociology
HAR
Keyboard Music
SML
Sports Medicine
APC
Instrumental Music
HBI
Political Science
SOC
Anthropology and Sociology
ARH
Art
HEW
Foreign Languages
SPA
Foreign Languages
ART
Art
HEA
Healdi
SPP
Communicative Disorders
ASC
Instrumental Music
HIS
History
SSC
Citizenship Education, Ethnic
AWC
Instrumental Music
HON
Honors Program
Studies, Peace and Conflict
BAR
Instrumental Music
HPE
Physical Education
Studies
BAS
Instrumental Music
HRP
Instrumental Music
SWO
Social Work
BIL
Biology
HTL
Health
TBA
Instrumental Music
BIO
Biolog>'
INB
Management
THA
Theatre Arts
BLA
Marketing
IND
Geology and Astronomy
TPT
Instrumental Music
BSN
Instrumental Music
INS
Instrumental Music
TRB
Instrumental Music
CHE
Chemistry
ITA
Foreign Languages
VCL
Instrumental Music
CHO
Vocal and Choral Music
JBR
Instrumental Music
VLA
Instrumental Music
CLS
Comparative Literature Studies,
JRN
English
VLN
Instrumental Music
English
JST
Instrumental Music
VOC
Vocal and Choral Music
CLT
Instrumental Music
JWW
Instrumental Music
vol
Vocal and Choral Music
COM
Communication Studies
KEM
Keyboard Music
wos
Women's Studies
(previously SPC)
KIL
Kinesiology
WRT
English
College of Arts and Sciences
Anthropolog}' and Sociolog}'
Department of Accounting
309A .\nderson Hall
610-436-2236
Clyde J. Galbraith, Chairperson
PROFESSOR: A. Naggar
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: LaSalle
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Hynn, Galbraith, Smith
The Department of Accounting offers a fiill program of accounting
courses designed to prepare a student for entrance into the fields ot
public, private, or governmental accounting. Students successfiiUy
completing the curriculum should be adequate!}' prepared to take the
Certified Public Accountant (CPA) and Certified Management
Accountant (CI\L\) examinations.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ACCOUNTING
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
Includes COM 101 or 208 or 216 or 230,
CSC 110 or 115 or 141, ECO lir, MAT 105'
or 107* or 110*, PHI 101 or 150 or 180, and
nine semester hours of free electives
2. Business Core 36 semester hours
ACC 201*, 202*; BLA 201*; ECO 112*,
251*, 252*; HN 325*; MAT 108 or 161;
MGT 200*, 341, 499*; MKT 325*
3. Accounting Major Courses
ACC 301*, 302*, 303*, 305*, 401*, 403*. 404*,
405*, 40r
4. Business Electives
300-level or above courses in BLA, ECO,
nN, INB. MGT, MIS, MKT, or ENG 368
5. Restricted Electives
Three semester hours of any 100-level or above
nonbusiness course
A minimum of 15 credits in 300-400 level ACC courses and a mini-
mum of 30 credits in business courses must be completed at WCU.
To enroll in 400-level courses, the followng courses must have been
successfiilly completed: ACC 202, and ECO 251, 252.
27 semester hours
6 semester hours
3 semester hours
Accounting Minor
1 . Required
ACC 201, 202, and 301; ECO 111
2. Electives
Any two of the tollowing courses:
ACC 302, 303, 305, 403, 404, and 407
18 semester hours
12 semester hours
6 semester hours
A minimum grade of C must be attained in each of these courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ACCOUNTING
Symbol; ACC
The objective of the accounting concentration is to
prepare students for accounting careers in business,
for the CPA examination, and for the private
practice of accounting.
201 Financial Accounting I (3) Introduction to
financial accounting. A conceptual approach to
recording, financial summarizing, and presentation
and e\'aluation ot the financial affairs of a business
firm.
202 Managerial Accounting 11 (3) Introduction
to management accounting. Accumulating, pro-
cessing, and interpreting financial data to be used
as a basis for making managerial decisions in a
business firm. PREREQ: ACC 201.
205 Fraud E.\anunation for Managers (3)
Introduction to tools necessary' to understand the
prevention, detection, and investigation of
accounting fraud.
301 Intermediate Accounting 1 (3) Anah'sis and
evaluation of assets, liabilit)', and capital account.
Problems of income measurement and recognition.
PREREQ: ACC 202.
302 Intermediate Accounting II (3)
Continuation of ACC 301. PREREQ: ACC 301.
303 Cost Accounting I (3) Techniques of product
unit cost determination and uses of cost data in
managerial decisions. PREREQ; ACC 202.
305 Intermediate Accounting III (3) Con-
tinuation of ACC 302. PREREQ: ACC 302.
400 Accounting Internship (3-6) The business
internship for students in accounting enhances the
student's educational experience by proriding a
substantive work experience in the business world.
PREREQ; Internship program coordinator's
appro\'al.
401 Auditing (3) Introduction to auditing as a
tool for verification of the fair representation of
financial statements. PREREQ; ACC 302.
403 Federal Taxation I (3) A study of indiridual
and federal income taxes, with some business
application. Emphasis on tax planning for mini-
mization of tax liability-. PREREQ; ACC 202.
404 Federal Taxation II (3) A study of the princi-
ples of federal income taxation on corporations and
corporate distributions, partnerships, estates, and
trusts. Emphasis is on tax planning and researching
complex probkms. PREREQ; ACC 403.
405 Advanced Accounting (3) In-depth study of
business combinations and consolidations, govern-
ment accounting, and other specialized topics.
PREREQ; ACC 302.
407 Not-for-Profit and Governmental
Accounting (3) A study of accounting principles
and procedures ot not-tor-profit and governmental
organizations. The course includes accounting for
the local, state, and federal government, hospitals,
colleges and universities, public schools, and chari-
ties. PREREQ; ACC 202.
♦ 410 Directed Studies in Accounting (1-3)
Special research projects, reports, and readings in
accounting. Open to seniors only. PREREQ;
Permission ot instructor.
415 Professional Accounting (3) This course is
intended to develop and implement students'
knowledge currenth- required tor professional
accounting careers. PREREQ; Senior standing
and instructor's approval.
420 Accounting Information Systems (3)
Accounting information swtems development,
processing, and controls mth emphasis on current
computer-based svstems and programs used in
accounting fields.' PREREQ; ACC 302 and 303.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Anthropology and Sociology
101 E Old Librar>-
610-436-2556
Edmundo Morales, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Becker, Berger, Greisman, Keith, McConatha,
Morales, Shaffer, StoUer
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Freeman-Witthoft, Luck,
Zumpetta
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Johnston
The Department of Anthropolog)- and Sociology offers two programs
leading to the bachelor of arts degree.
1. The B.A. in ANTHROPOLOGY focuses on human biological
evolution; on the origin, development, and integration of human
cultures; and on the interrelationship of biological and cultural fac-
tors in the etiolog)' of human behavior.
2. The B.A. in SOCIOLOGY focuses on understanding the process-
es involved in the creation, maintenance, and evolution of social
structure, and on the impact of diverse structural forms on individ-
ual behavior.
Anthropologv' and Sociology'
College of Arts and Sciences
Majors in the two B.A. programs should consult the appropriate
department handbook and their adviser for current requirements.
Students planning to major in one of these programs are advised to
take ANT 102 and SOC 200 no later than their sophomore year.
Application for admission is made on forms available from the depart-
ment office.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE BJV. PROGRAMS
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement 0-15 semester hours
3. Limited Electives (chosen under advisement) 18 semester hours
4. Major Requirements 60 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS — ANTHROPOLOGY
Required Core Courses
ANT 101, 102, 103, and 495
Specialization Requirements
Four to seven courses in anthropology
Cognate Requirements
LIN 230; additional courses outside of
anthropology approved by the student's adviser
Free Electives 15-24 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS — SOCIOLOGY
1. Required Core Courses
SOC 200, 300, 321, 322, and 492
4.
12-21 semester hours
15 semester hours
15 semester hours
15 semester hours
12-24 semester hours
2. Specialization Requirements 18 semester hours
Anv SLX advanced courses in sociology
3. Career Preparation Sequence
Five nonsociology courses approved by the
student's adviser
4. Free Electives
Minor Programs
Students maj' minor in the two following programs. A minimum of
18 semester hours is required. Elective courses are selected in consul-
tation with the student's minor adviser. Students may take any of
these minors as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts or bachelor
of science in liberal studies general degree program.
12 semester hours Anthropology Minor
Required Courses
ANT 102, either ANT 101 or 103, and one
400-level course in anthropology
2. Elective Courses
Three other courses in anthropology
Sociology Minor
1. Required Courses
SOC 200, 300, and 322
2. Elective Courses
Three other courses in sociology
18 semester hours
9 semester hours
9 semester hours
18 semester hours
9 semester hours
9 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ANTHROPOLOGY
Symbol: ANT
101 Introduction to Anthropology: Biological
(3) Fundamentals of human biologi', evolution,
and the prehistoric development of culture.
102 Introduction to Anthropology: Cultural (3)
Comparative analysis of culture systems.
103 Introduction to Anthropology: Archaeology
(3) Interpretation ot culture through analysis ot
archaeological remains.
113 Archaeological Field Techniques (3) Imple-
mentation of archaeological principles and theory
in laboratory' and field studies. PREREQ_or
CONCURRENT: ANT 103.
120 Cultures of Ethnic Groups in America (3)
Survey ot the cultural history and traditions of eth-
nic groups in America.
202 World Ethnology (3) Survey of the social
organization, belief systems, and cultures of select-
ed peoples. PREREQi ANT 102 or permission of
instructor.
■ 224 Native Peoples of South America (3) This
course will introduce the student to the study of
native peoples ot South America after the
European contact. Geographically, the course wiU
cover the cultural characteristics, similarities, and
differences among South American natives includ-
ing the Amazonia.
260 Artifacts and Culture (3) (See also HIS 353.)
PREREQ: .•\NT 102.
♦ 280 Practicum in Museum Techniques I (3)
Exploration of techniques ot cataloging, conserv-
ing objects, and ot designing and setting up
exhibits. Involvement in actual museum work.
PREREQ^ ANT 102 or permission of instructor.
A. Biological Anthropology
310 Human Paleontology (3) Evolutionary'
thought; origin and antiquit\' of the primates; fossil
man and living races. {Some background in biology
recommended.)
B. Ethnology: Area Courses
320 American Indian (3) Ethnolog)' of North
America. PREREQ^ ANT 102.
1 321 American Indian Today (3) Native
Americans in contemporar)' Anglo-America.
PREREQl ANT 102 or permission of instructor.
■ 322 Ethnology of Central America (3) Survey
of the modern cultures ot Central America: rela-
tionships to ancient peoples; the process of mod-
ernization in this area. PREREQ: ANT 102,
■ 324 Native Peoples of the Andes (3) This
course provides a comprehensive survey ot the his-
torical formation and development of the Andean
society before and after the Spanish conquest.
326 Cultures and Peoples of Sub-Saharan Africa
(3) Ex.imination of the cultures and societies of
Black Africa. PREREQ: ANT 102.
327 Cultures and Peoples of India (3) (See also
HIS 302.) PREREQ: ANT 102.
♦ 329 Problems in Ethnology (3) Survey of the
ethnographic literature pertaining to specific geo-
graphic regions. Area ot focus to be announced in
advance. PREREQ: ANT 102.
C. Ethnology: Topical Courses
340 Folklore in Society (3) Survey of basic
American folklore genres. Emphasis on folklore as
process, tradition, and as an element ot culture.
341 Social Organization (3) Study of social
groups, their structure, and fiinctioning. PRE-
REQ: ANT 102.
342 Political Anthropology (3) Analvsis of tribal
and peasant political systems. PREREQi.ANT 102.
343 Economic Anthropology (3) Analysis of trib-
al and peasant economic systems. PREREQ^
ANT 102.
344 Magic, Religion, and Witchcraft (3) An
anal\'sis of supernaturalistic ideolog)' and ritual in
both tribal and civil societ>'. PREREQ: ANT 102.
345 Culture and Personality (3) Study of the
relationship between culture systems and personal-
ity. PREREQ: ANT 102.
346 Culture Change (3) Empirical and theoretical
study of culuire change. PREREQ; ANT 102.
I 347 The Culture of Cities (3) This seminar
introduces students to the cultural dynamics of city
life in the era of globalization. Topics ot study
include globalization, the politics of urban space,
informal economies, and immigration.
348 Dimensions of Ethnographic FilmA'ideo
(3) This course will introduce swdents to the
study of ethnographic fdm/video. Topics to be
considered include visual anthropology, ethno-
graphic representation, and film theor\'.
350 Primitive Art (3) (See also ARH 350). PRE-
REQ: ANT 102.
D. Archaeology
360 Historical Archaeology (3) Historical
research through archaeolog)'. Chester County is
emphasized through local research projects. PRE-
REQ.or CONCURRENT: ANT 103.
■ 362 Archaeology of Central America (3) The
archaeological record ot Central America, covering
the significant features of each culture area from
modern Mexico to Panama.
ADVANCED AND SENIOR COURSES
380 Language and Culture (3) (also LIN 380)
See LIN 380.
381 Sociolinguisrics (3) (also LIN 381) The
study of the use of language in society and in edu-
cational settings; social dialects; language policy,
black English. PREREQ: ANT 102.
383 Structurahsm: From Chaos to Order in the
World of Ideas (3) This course is a general survey of
structuralist theory- as it relates to linguistics, anthro-
pology, psychology, and literature. The goal of the
course is to demonstrate how structuralism is a theo-
retical orientation in the social sciences and the
humanities that attempts to transform the chaos of
appearances into order of realit\' in the world of ideas.
♦ 405 Topical Seminar in Anthropology (3)
Selected topics in the subdisciplines ot anthropolo-
g)'. Topics announced in advance. Juniors and
seniors only.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in Anthropology
(1-3) Special research projects, reports, and read-
ings in anthropology. Juniors and seniors only.
PREREQi Permission of department chairperson.
H Culture cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
I Diverse communities course
College of Arts and Sciences
Art
459 Histoiy of Ethnological Theoiy (3) Develop-
ment of ethnological theory with emphasis on the
nature of explanation in ethnolog}'. PREREQ; Six
hours in ethnolog)' and junior or senior standing.
490 Seminar in Social Anthropology (3) Histor)-
and theory of social anthropolog)'. PREREQ^ Six
hours in ethnolog)- and six hours in sociology.
Seniors onh".
495 Senior Seminar in Anthropology (3)
Discussion and supenised research designed to
integrate conceptual and methodological skills.
The research paper for the seminar must be
acceptable as a required departmental senior
research paper. Senior anthropology majors only.
SOCIOLOGY
SvTObol: SOC
200 Introduction to Sociology (3) Fundamentals
of the sociological perspective on human behavior.
240 Sociology of the Family (3) Comparative,
historical, and cross-cultural analysis of the family
institution.
300 Sociological Theory (3) Historical develop-
ment of the sociological perspective on human
behavior, with emphasis on the perennial issues in
sociological explanation. PREREQ; SOC 200.
302 Sociology of Everyday Life (3) How people
interact in everyda%' settings, examined from the
dramaturgical perspectives of Goffman, Douglas,
Burke, and others. PREREQi SOC 200.
321 Statistics in Sociological Research (3) The
application ot statistical methods to sociological
hypothesis testing. PREREQ: SOC 200.
322 Methods of Sociological Research (3) The
logic of social research. Fundamentals of research
design, data collection and reduction, and nonsta-
tistical analysis. PREREQ: SOC 200.
333 Self and Society (3) A symbolic interactionist
perspective on social psychology which focuses on
the self in social interaction. PREREQ: SOC 200.
335 Racial and Cultural Minorities (3) Analysis of
the implications of racial differences, the factors
affecting prejudice and discrimination, and structur-
al aspects ofgroup conflicts. PREREQ^ SOC 200.
341 Social Stratification (3) Analysis of inequah-
ties in wealth, power, and prestige in contempo-
rary societies. PREREQ: SOC 200.
342 Urban Sociology (3) A descriptive study of
the form and development of the urban communi-
ty with respect to demographic structure, sparial
and temporal patterns, and fiinctional organiza-
tion. PREREQ: SOC 200.
343 Sociologyof Organizations (3) Analysis of
large-scale, formal organizations with emphasis on
bureaucracy as the dominant form of social organi-
zation in the West. PREREQ; SOC 200.
344 Sociologyof Religion (3) Theoretical analysis
of social functions of religion, the history and inter-
nal structure of religious institutions, and their rela-
tionship to other institutions. PREREQ^ SOC 200.
345 Sociology of Education (3) Sociological
dimensions of educational institutions. PREREQ^
SOC 200.
346 Sociologyof Gender (3) Analysis and evalua-
tion of sociological research on sex roles. PRE-
REQ: SOC 200.
# 349 Perspectives on Mental Illness (3) An
interdisciplinary examination ot mental disorders —
their definition, cause, and treatment. PREREQ^
SOC 200.
350 Sociology of Mental Illness (3) A sociologi-
cal perspective on mental disorders. PREREQ;
SOC 200.
351 Deviance (3) Causes and consequences of the
construction and violation of social norms. PRE-
REQ: SOC 200.
352 Criminology (3) Sociological analysis of the
definition, distribution, and causes of crime, and
of social response to it. PREREQ; SOC 200.
353 Juvenile Delinquency (3) Theories of delin-
quena", evaluation of programs for its prevention
and control. PREREQ: SOC 200.
360 Sociology of Culture (3) Analysis of the major
social movements that have shaped the character
and fliture of modern man. PREREQ: SOC 200.
361 Sociology of Medicine (3) A sociological per-
spective on health, illness, and medical care. PRE-
REQ: SOC 200.
362 Sexuality in Society (3) The social dimen-
sions of human se.xuaht>-. PREREQ; SOC 200.
364 Sociology of Aging (3) An examination of
the problems, adaptations, and contributions of
the aging population. PREREQ; SOC 200.
369 Social Movements (3) ^An introduction to the
swdy of social movements, both historical and
contemporar>-. PREREQ; SOC 200.
370 Social Problems (3) ^Analysis of current social
disorders: urban unrest, racial tension, poverty',
addictions, crime, and mental illness. PREREQ;
SOC 200.
371 Applied Social Change (3) Strategy and tac-
tics of planning and guiding change in small and
large-scale social systems.
376 Sociology of War and Peace (3) Exploration
of the relationship between social structure and
war. PREREQ; SOC 200.
377 Clinical Sociology (3) Analysis and evaluation
of therapeutic applications of sociology in group
and individual settings. PREREQ; SOC 200.
401 Social Change (3) Critique of the leading
models of social order and change; analysis of
major transformation in Western civilization.
PREREQ; SOC 200.
402 Career Internship in Sociology (6) Field
experience in agencies involved in social change.
Majors only with permission of instructor.
410 Issues in Sociological Thought (3) Analysis
of several of the key philosophical issues underly-
ing sociological thought. PREREQ; SOC 300,' or
permission of the instructor.
♦ 490 Independent Studies in Sociology (1-3)
Individual research projects, reports, and/or read-
ings. Seniors only. PREREQ; Permission of
department chairperson. Maiors only.
♦ 491 Topical Seminar in Sociology (3) Special
topics in theory or methodology. Topics
announced in advance. Admission by permission
of instructor. Juniors and seniors only.
492 Senior Seminar in Sociology (3) Preparation
of senior research paper. Senior sociolog}' majors
only.
# Approved Interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again tor credit.
Department of Art
212 MitcheU Hall
610-436-2755
John Baker, Chairpenon
PROFESSORS: Baker, Blake, Sermas
ASSOCLATE PROFESSORS: HoUon, Usher, White
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Brody, da Costa, Loustau,
Moon, Rumfield, Schiff-Hill
The undergraduate programs offered by the Department of Art give
students the opportunity to achieve competence in studio art, theory,
and the history' of art, taking into consideration both personal and
vocational needs. Each student's advising reflects an effort to relate
the general requirements to art subjects.
In addition to the formal programs listed below, alternative courses of
study may be planned in conjunction with other departments.
Students are encouraged to make connections between art and other
subjects where appropriate to achieve vocational and personal
advancement after consultation with the student's adviser.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — ART
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Language Requirement (See special note 0-15 semester hours
below.)
3. Art Department Program Requirements
B A. Studio Art Sequence (provides a basic concentration with the
option of a second, preprofessional concentration)
Studio Foundation (ART 106, 111
112, and 220)
b. Art History (ARH 103, 104, and
two ARH electives)
c. Other Studio (Elect from studio
offerings at least half above the 300
level. See special note below.)
d. Preprofessional Concentration-
courses to be selected from another
discipline (elementary education, special
education, business, foreign area studies,
or others under advisement)
12 semester hours
12 semester hours
21-24 semester hours
9 semester hours
Art
College ot Arts and Sciences
NOTE: The foreign language requirement for B.A. studio art is two
semesters with three foreign area study courses or to meet the level of
Intermediate II, 202.
Students must maintain a minimum grade of C in all ART and ARH
courses, required and elective, within the major.
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS — STUDIO ARTS
The bachelor of fine arts is regarded as the initial professional degree
in art bv the National Association of Schools of Art. Its primary
emphasis is on the development of skills, concepts, and sensitivities
important to the professional artist. Concentration in a major profes-
sional area begins only with satisfactory completion of the foundation
requirements and the approval of the faculty adviser.
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Art Department Program Requirements*
Foundation Requirements
a. Studio Art (ART 106, 111, 112, 30 semester hours
206, 216, 217, 220, 221, 222, 113 or 241)
b. Art History (ARH 103, 104, and two
art history electives)
c. Professional Concentration
(eight art courses by advisement)
d. Studio Art (or art-related electives
by advisement)
Minor in Studio Art
1. Required Courses
ART 106, 111, and 220
2. Minor Specialization 9 semester hours
The student, under advisement, may select a
minor speciahzation so that the emphasis is on
one of these groups: drawing and painting, graphic
design, printmaking, sculpture, or crafts.
12 semester hours
24 semester hours
6 semester hours
18 semester hours
9 semester hours
Minor in Art History 18 semester hours
This program provides alternative tracks to satisfy a varietv of
emphases to which art history may be appUed. These include both
vocational and liberal arts interests, which range from a highlv struc-
tured sequence to a selt-designed sequence.
A. Art History Survey 18 semester hours
Structured sequence of courses designed to provide an in-depth
comprehensive core of Western art development. Recommended
as an important cultural component to the study of history, litera-
ture, performing arts, anthropology, sociology, and psychology.
(The 18 semester hours include ARH 103 and 104, and 12 credits
of electives selected at the 200, 300, and 400 levels.)
B. Art History and Its Interfaces 18 semester hours
According to interest or possible vocational application, this pro-
gram provides an opportunirv to explore either the various histori-
cal periods/styles of art or the interfaces of art history with studio
art, American studies, and other cognate areas.
1. Student must complete the required courses 6 semester hours
ARH 103 and 104
2. Student must also take two upper-level 6 semester hours
art history courses
3. Student must take, under advisement 6 semester hours
a. Any two studio courses
b. Any two American studies courses
c. Any two other art history courses
d. Any two cognate courses from other disciplines
e. Any combination of the above
Either of these minors may be taken as a concentration by students
as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science
in Uberal studies general degree program.
Students must maintain a grade of C in all ART and ARH courses within
the major (required and elective).
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ART
Symbol: ART
105 Art Workshop (3) An art workshop for nonart
majors. E.xploration of art materials and techniques.
106 Beginning Drawing (3) Drawing from direct
observation and an introduction to ideas of percep-
tion and interpretation. Use of a variety of media.
111 Basic Design (2-Diniensional Design) (3)
Developing a visual vocabulary by experimenting
with shape, space, light, color, and texture in a
variet)' of media.
112 Color and Design (2 -Dimensional Design)
(3) Extensive study of color theory and its applica-
tion to a variety of fine and industrial arts projects.
PREREQiARTlll.
113 Computer Art I (3) Introduction to computer
art is designed to provide students of graphics and
fine arts with the skills necessary to utilize the com-
puter as a graphics tool, enabling students to incor-
porate computer art technology into their work.
147 Crafts: Weaving I (3) Basic techniques of
weaving are explored with emphasis on fabric
design and craftsmanship.
206 Intermediate Drawing (3) Work in a variety
of media and methods designed to develop "aggres-
sive seeing." Emphasis on the exploration of line as
boundary to describe form and space, as gesture, as
calligraphy, and tor expressive qualities as a tool for
working in other media. PREREQi ART 106.
210 Typography I (3) An introduction to the use
of type as a basic element of graphic communica-
tion; the use of different type faces to communi-
cate visually desired effects, typeform, type indica-
tion, type spacing, comp lettering, and basic
design with type for layouts and comprehensives.
211 Graphic Design I (3) The exploration ot var-
ious aspects of graphic communication through
the use of typography, layout, and general graphic
techniques. The development of creative, original,
and conceptual ideas for solving communications
problems utilizing professional studio practices and
procedures. Mechanical, paste-up preparation, and
other methods of reproduction will be covered.
Use of the computer is integrated into a variet)' of
course assignments. COREQ: ART 210; PRE-
REQ: ART 111, 113, or permission of the
instructor.
212 Graphic Design 11 (3) The continuation of
ART 211 with an emphasis on typographic prob-
lem solving. The further study of graphic design
concepts and design principles used in solving dif-
ferent types of design problems within a given for-
mat. Use of the computer as an essential design
tool is Integrated into a variet)' of course assign-
ments. PREREQi ART 211, or permission of the
instructor.
213 Computer Art II (3) An advanced study of the
computer as a design tool. The computer will be
used to incorporate typography and graphic design
solutions utilizing page layout software. PREREQi
ART 113 or permission of the instructor.
216 Beginning Painting (3) An introduction to
the basic materials and techniques of the painter
with emphasis on color.
217 Intermediate Painting (3) The course seeks
to provide a workshop atmosphere in which the
student is given the opportunitj' to explore the
potential of the painting media. Use of standard
materials of paint, brushes, and canvas is required.
PREREQ: ART216.
220 Fundamentals of 3-Dimensional Design (3)
An introduction to the theories, processes, and ele-
ments of perception and visual design in a three-
dimensional simation. Problems will be geared to
problem solving rather than object making.
221 Advanced 3-Dimensional Design (3)
Solving problems of relating visual elements to
volumetric forms in space by experimenting with
various materials. PREREQi ART 220.
222 Beginning Sculpture (3) An introduction to
the basic fundamentals ot sculpture, including
concepts of design, knowledge of tools and tech-
niques, and materials and processes. Project
assignments to be rendered in clay, plaster, wood,
and stone.
223 Basic Photography (3) A course dealing with
the photographic process. The course will cover
camera handling, film and print processing, pho-
tographic composition and presentation. Students
must supply adjustable 35mm camera plus devel-
oping and printing materials.
224 Intermediate Photography (3) A course for
those who have had a basic photography class or pre-
vious photography experience. The course will stress
technical and creative approaches to photography
using small-format cameras. Ad\'anced techmques of
exposure, lighting, composition, and macro photog-
raphv will be included. Students must supply their
own 35mm adjustable camera and developing and
printing materials. PREREQ: ART 223.
225 Advanced Photography (3) A course dealing
with professional techniques in black and white as
well as color photography. Different camera for-
mats will be considered. Advanced darkroom tech-
niques, photographic manipulation, and retouch-
ing will also be covered. PREREQ: ART 223 and
ART 224.
College of Arts and Sciences
Art
226 Water Color I (3) An introduction to tiie
basic tools and techniques of the water-color
painter. Emphasis upon transparent water color.
227 Water Color II (3) Advanced problems in
water color, gouache, tempera, and mixed media.
PREREQ; ART227.
231 Ceramics I: Basic Techniques (3)
Introduction to the basic techniques of ceramics.
Hand and wheel methods of construction; knowl-
edge of clay bodies, firing, and glazing.
232 Ceramics II: Intermediate Techniques (3)
Fundamental methods ot creating clay forms on
the wheel. Experimentation with clay bodies,
glazes, and kiln operation. Design is stressed.
241 Printmaking; Introduction of Relief Print-
making (3) An introduction to the medium of
printmaking: linoleum cuts, woodcuts, and color-
graphs.
243 Printmaking: Intermediate Relief Print-
making (3) Continuation of ART 241, emphasiz-
ing expressive possible techniques and their com-
bination with other print media. PREREQ^ ART
241, or permission ot instructor.
245 Architectural Drawing (3) Studio experiences
in layout; preparation of plans and elevations, pre-
sentations (renderings), and architectural lettering.
Use of mechanical drawing tools to help students
express steps that occur from design to realization
of a structure.
248 Crafts: Weaving II (3) Provides an opportu-
nity for the weaver to further explore and develop
skills as a designer. Emphasis is placed on the
interrelationship between ftinctional materials and
design processes.
25 1 Art in the Elementary School (3) Workshop
and seminar providing experience with a wide
variety of media appropriate for use with children.
Investigation into the philosophy and psychology
of children's art.
306 Drawing III: Life Drawing (3) An explo-
ration of the abstract dynamics of figure drawing
with particular application ot anatomical structure
to expressive design. PREREQ^ ART 106 and
206.
♦ 307 Drawing IV (3) Individualized instruction
in increasingly complex formal and expressive
problems in drawing.
310 Graphic Design III (3) The exploration of
developing and designing logotype S)'Tnbols for use
in corporate and public agencies and their applica-
tions to a variety of print materials. The use of the
computer as an essential design tool is integrated
into course assignments. PREREQ^ ART 212 or
permission of instructor.
311 Graphic Design: Independent Project (3)
Individualized instruction in design problems at an
advanced level.
312 Graphic Design IV (3) A study of advanced
concepts and design principles with an emphasis
on creative solutions to problems in three-dimen-
sional package design. The use of the computer as
an essential design tool is integrated into course
assignments. PREREQ^ ART 311 or permission
of instructor.
316 Advanced Painting (3) Emphasis on
advanced problems in painting in a variety of tech-
niques. Individual expression is encouraged. PRE-
REQ: ART 217.
317 Painting: Studio Problems (3) Concentration
on individual work and professional competence.
Group critiques and discussions.
318 Painting ftom Landscape: Independent
Project (3) Indlviduahzed landscape painting
course requiring the student to paint on location In
the Delaware Valley.
319 Painting from Masters: Independent Project
(3) Introduces the student artist to techniques and
styles by painring from master works.
♦ 320 Painting: Independent Projects (3) The
development of a personal st}'le is explored
through a theme and its variation. Discipline and
self-criticism are realized through a series of cri-
tiques and evaluations.
321 Intermediate Sculpture (3) More advanced
problems in sculpture with emphasis on individual
exploration of form, structure, and process.
Independent project to be rendered in choice ot
materials. Including clav, plaster, wood, and stone.
PREREQ: ART 222. '
322 Advanced Sculpture (3) Continued explo-
ration and development ot indrndual form and
process awareness through involvement with mod-
eling, casting, fabrication, and assemblages. In
addition to clay, wood, stone, and plaster, metals
and plastics will be utilized.
323 Abstract Painting (3) A studio exploration of
the fijndamental principles of abstract painting.
324 Life Modeling (3) Figure modeling in clay
from the life model. Emphasis on hand-eye coor-
dination using figure studies as vehicles of expres-
sion. Anatomy will not be stressed; however,
weight, balance, construction, and spatial relation-
ships will be emphasized.
♦ 325 Sculpture: Independent Projects (3)
Individualized instruction in advanced sculpture.
Preparation tor senior show.
331 Ceramics III: Advanced Techniques (3) An
advanced course to develop craftsmanship and to
explore clay as a means of individual expression.
PREREQi ART 232.
332 Ceramics: Studio Problems (3) Work at an
advanced level in specialized ceramic techniques.
♦ 335 Ceramics: Independent Projects (3)
Individualized instruction as well as research and
study in ceramic design.
341 Printmaking: Introduction to Intaglio
Printmaking (3) Intagho techniques, etching, dry
point, aquatint, and engraving.
342 Printmaking: Introduction to Lithography
(3) Fundamentals of stone and plate lithography.
343 Printmaking: Intermediate Etching (3)
Continuation of 341 with emphasis on expressive
qualities of the medium and its possible combina-
tion with other print media. PREREQ; ART 341,
or permission ot instructor.
344 Printmaking: Intermediate Lithography (3)
Continuation of ART 342 with emphasis on
expressive qualities of the medium and its possible
combination with other print media. PREREQ;
ART 342, or permission of instructor.
♦ 345 Printmaking: Independent Projects (3)
In-depth, individualized Instruction In a selected
printmaking medium.
350 Art of Papermaking (3) The exploration of
traditional and contemporary techniques in the art
of papermaking. An emphasis on creative and
original designs in conjunction with an under-
standing of materials.
351 Art of Papermaking (3) The exploration of
traditional and contemporary techniques in the art
of papermaking. An emphasis on creative and
original designs In conjunction with an under-
standing of materials.
359 Resources in Art Education (3) The use of
cultural and community resources in the schools
with an emphasis on the teaching of art apprecia-
tion.
♦ 450 Art-Graphic Design Internship (3)
Integration of classroom study and lab work with
specific planned periods of learning through job
experience. The course is based on an individual-
ized, student-oriented, learning contract.
♦ 455 Introduction to Multimedia (3) A work-
shop for students with background in the studio
arts. To be taken under advisement.
490 Graphic Design V (3) The farther study of
solving advanced visual communication problems
through the development of skills in research,
design, and the preparation of comprehensives for
client presentations. The use of the computer as an
essential design tool is integrated into course
assignments. PREREQ; ART 312, or permission
of instructor.
491 Graphic Design VI (3) The continuation of
advanced visual communication problem solving
outlined in ART 490 with an emphasis on fin-
ished comprehensives for the portfolio. The use of
the computer as an essential design tool is inte-
grated into course assignments. COREQ; ART
499; PREREQ; ART 490, or permission of the
instructor.
499 Graphic Design VII: PortfoUo (3) Smdy
under the guidance of the instructor to prepare
individual portfolios for professional presentation
for employment or continuation of studies on the
graduate level. Spring offering. COREQ; ART
491; PREREQ; ART 490, or permission of
instructor.
ART HISTORY
Symbol: ARH
101 Art Appreciation (3) An introduction to
painting, sculpture, architecture, and the decora-
tive arts with emphasis on understanding the visu-
al arts as universal human expression.
102 Survey of Art History (3) A general introduc-
tion to the history of western art from the earliest
cave paintings to the 20th centur\'.
103 Art History I: Paleolithic through Middle
Ages (3) Survey of significant art and architectural
monuments from prehistor}' through the Middle
Ages.
104 Art History II: Renaissance Through
Modem (3) Continuation of ART 103. Survey of
Western and non- Western art and architecture
from the Renaissance through the 21st century.
210 Non-Western Art (3) Analysis of primitive
art as determined through ritual and myth. Focus
Includes ethnographic parallels to prehistory and
the concept of primltivism In the West.
211 Art of Egypt (3) The art and architecture of
Ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, Assyria, and
Babylonia from 3000-500 B.C.
■ 382 Art of Greece and Rome (3) The art and
architecture of the Greeks, Etruscans, and
Romans.
■ 383 Art of Middle Ages (3) The art and archi-
tecture of the European medieval world and their
development from Early Christian and
Romanesque art into the fiill flowering of the
Gothic period.
■ 384 Art of Renaissance-Baroque (3) Art and
architecture from 1300 through 1700 in Europe.
Focus on patronage and the role of the artist.
Political, economic, and religious influences on the
art of the Renaissance and Baroque periods.
■ 385 18th and 19th CentuiyArt (3) Major
European artistic contributions of the 18th and
19th centuries including Rococco, Neoclassical,
♦ This course may he taken again for credit.
■ Culture cluster
Biolog)'
College ot Arts and Sciences
Romanticism, Realism, and Impressionism. Art,
architecture, and their cultural influence.
386 Modem Art Seminar (3) Analysis of major
stvles of 20th-centurv- art from Post Impressionism
to Pop Art. Special emphasis on important artists
and their contributions to Western art.
389 Art of Spain (3) Introduction to the an and
architecture of Spain and her colonies from the
caves of Altamira to the contemporari,' period.
Focus on specific artists including Velazquez,
Goya, Miro, Gaudi, Picasso, and Dali.
♦ 400 Art Seminar (3) Special topics to be
announced for studio and art history. Offered
periodically as appropriate. PREREQ^ Permission
of instructor.
413 American Art (3) A survey of American
paintings and sculpture from Colonial times to the
present.
♦ 415 Art History: Independent Study (3)
Opportunin- for the student to pursue a particular
field of interest.
416 American Architecture I (3) Introduction to
American architecture of the early colonies and of
the repubUc after American independence. Analysis
of traditional European elements and American
adaptadons in public and private buildings.
417 American Architecture II (3) Introduction of
architectural forms and stvles in America from
1800 through the 21st centut)-. Analysis of the
social, st}'listic, and technological sources of the
last two centuries with fiiture developments pro-
jected for the 21st centur\' environment.
419 Women Artists (3) An introduction to
women artists in histot)' from the prehistoric peri-
od through the 21st centuri'. Analysis of painting,
sculpture, architecture, and nontraditional art
forms produced by women. Special focus on artists
of the 19th and 20th centuries.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Biology
(See also Pre-Medical Program)
Schmucker Science Annex (#2)
610-436-2538
Judith Greenamyer, Chairperson
Sharon Began, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Began, Beneski, Fairchild, Fish, Knabb, Slusher,
Tiebout, Waber, Woodruff
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Broitman, Casotti, Mbuy, Vreeland
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Artus, Evenden, Greenamyer
ADJUNCT FACULTY: Gotkin, Grant, Hertel, Lennon, Natale,
Warhol, White
The major in biology centers on a core of courses that emphasize
broad unifying principles. Available electives provide enriching experi-
ences in many areas of biologi,'.
The Department of Biology offers three undergraduate degree programs
with five concentrations within the B.S. degree:
1. The B.A. in BIOLOGY provides the liberal education and the spe-
cial preparation required for careers in university teaching, govern-
ment service, independent and industrial research, science-related
sales and public relations, and other areas of business. This program
also prepares students for admission to graduate and professional
schools. The possibility of 26 semester hoiu-s of student electives
enables the smdent to obtain a minor in another area of interest.
2. The B.S. in BIOLOGY: GENERAL CONCENTRATION can
be individually tailored to provide the skills that students need to
achieve their career goals. This program also provides the basic
preparation needed for entrv into graduate or professional schools,
including phvsical therapv programs.
3. The B.S. in BIOLOGY:CELL and MOLECULAR concentra-
tion offers the smdent a strong background in both biology and
chemistr)\ Emphasis on lab-oriented courses prepares the student
to pursue a career in laboratory research in cell and molecular biol-
ogy at industrial, medical, academic, and government facilities.
This program also prepares the smdent for admission to graduate
and professional schools.
4. The B.S. in BIOLOGY: MICROBIOLOGY concentration pre-
pares smdents for careers in research laboratories, industrial and
academic research, and government service in the areas of bacteri-
olog)', immunology, virology, mycology, microbial ecology, and
parasitology. The program provides extensive laborator)- experience
with the techniques that are most usefiil and important to modem
microbiological science. This program also provides the basic
preparation needed for entry into graduate or professional schools.
5. The B.S. in BIOLOGY: ECOLOGY concentration provides an
opportunin,' for interested smdents to obtain a strong background
in field biology. The required core curriculum and concentration
electives provide opportunities for later careers as biologists in state
and federal environmental agencies, industry, environmental con-
sulting firms, and similar organizations. Internships are strongly
recommended as part of the program. Course work emphasizes
skills obtained in biolog}', chemistn', and mathematics. Additional
course work from other departments may be recommended to fijJ-
fdl particular career objectives.
6. The B.S. in BIOLOGY; MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY concen-
tration offers students the oppormnity to enter the field of labora-
tory medicine with emphasis on the techniques and instrumenta-
tion used to evaluate disease processes. This concentration allows
students to complete the necessary general education and depart-
mental requirements in three years. The fourth }'ear is spent in a
hospital internship training program at one of the several affiliated
hospitals, and smdents receive 26 semester hours credit for the
internship year (BIO 407 and 408, Internship in Medical
Technology). To qualify for the internship, smdents must have a
2.75 GPA and be accepted by an accredited hospital medical tech-
nology program. Smdents completing the internship will receive a
B.S. in biology/medical technology concentration and the training
necessary to take the national certification exam. Affiliated hospi-
tals include Pennsylvania Hospital, Reading Hospital, and Tenet
hospitals.
7. The B.S. in EDUCATION— BIOLOGY is a program designed
to prepare the student for a career in teaching in secondary-
schools. Professional certification in biology is awarded to the stu-
dent who completes the program satisfactorily. Smdents are
stronglv advised to seek certification in a related area to enhance
their employment potential. Such related areas include general sci-
ence, health, education, athletic training, and environmental edu-
cation. This program requires 126 credits for completion.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE
BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
Science requirements are met by CHE 103 and
PHY 130.
2. Biolog)' Requirements*
BIO 110, 220, and 230
3. Other Science Requirements
CHE 103-104, 231; CRL 103-104, 231;
and PHY 130
4. All B.A./B.S. students must also take BIO 409,
490 or 491; CHE 232; and Pm' 140.
5. Mathematics Requirements 6-7 semester hours
MAT 121 and one semester of calculus
9 semester hours
20 semester hours
'Biologv' core courses must be passed with a grade of C- (70%) or better.
College of Arts and Sciences
Biolog)'
B.A. IN BIOLOGY
1,
Required Biology Courses* 21 semester hours
BIO 110, 215, 217, 220, 230, 270, and 409 or
490 or 491
Biology Electives 12 semester hours
Selected under advisement
Foreign Language Requirement up to 12 semester hours
S. IN BIOLOGY— GENERAL Concentration
Required Biology Courses* 21 semester hours
BIO 110, 215, 217, 220, 230, 270, and 409 or
490 or 491
Biology Electives 21 semester hours
Selected under advisement
B.S. IN BIOLOGY— CELL AND MOLECULAR
Concentration
1. Required Chemistry Courses
CHE 476, 491**, and CRL 476
2. Required Biology Courses
BIO 110*, 214*,'215* or 217*, 220*, 230*,
421*, 431, 490** or 409 or 491, and BIL 333
3. Biology or Chemistry Electives
Selected from courses at or above the 300 level
B.S. IN BIOLOGY— ECOLOGY Concentration
5-6 semester hours
28 semester hours
12 semester hours
1. Required Biology Courses 27 semester hours
BIO 110*, 215*, 217*, 220*, 230*, 270*,
310, 470, and 409* or 490* or 491*
2. Biology Electives 12 semester hours
Selected under advisement from BIO 275, 277,
313, 377, 471, 472, 473, 474, 475, 476, and 485
3. Ecologically Relevant Courses 6 semester hours
Selected under advisement
B.S. IN BIOLOGY— MICROBIOLOGY Concentration
1. Required Biology Courses* 30 semester hours
BIO 110*, 214*, 215* or 217*, 220*, 230*,
270*, 464*, 465*, and 409* or 490* or 491*
2. Microbiology Electives 11 semester hours
Selected under advisement from BIO 314, 334,
414, 452, 454, 456, 474, 480, 484 or BIL 333
B.S. IN BIOLOGY— MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Concentration
1. Required Biology Courses* 53 semester hours
BIO 110*, 214*, 215* or 217*, 220*, 230*, 407*,
408', 465*, 490*
B.S. IN EDUCATION— BIOLOGY (126 semester hours)
1. Required Biology Courses* 25 semester hours
BIO 110*, 214*, 215*, 217*, 220*, 230*, 270*,
and 311*
2. Biology Electives 6 semester hours
Selected under advisement
3. Required Education Courses 30 semester hours
4. Required Earth Systems Course 3 semester hours
SCB210
Minor in Biology 18 semester hours
The Department of Biolog\' offers a minor in biology. The biology
minor requirements include the following:
1. Required prerequisite: BIO 110 (must be passed with a C- or bet-
ter), or BIO 100 (must be passed with a grade of A). These courses
are prerequisites and must be completed before admission to the
minor. The grades in these courses are not used in calculating the
GPA in the minor. These do not count towards the 18 semester
hours required for the minor.
2. BIO 215 or BIO 217 (must be passed with a C- or better).
3. In addition to requirements 1 and 2, students must complete 15
additional credits at the 200 level or higher for the minor. At least
eight credits must be in addition to the biology courses required by
the student's major. Nonmajor courses such as BIO 204, 259, 269,
and 307 require a grade of C- or better.
4. A minimum of 18 credits in biology, exclusive of BIO 110, must
be taken for a minor in biology, and all minor courses must be at
the 200 level or above.
5. To graduate with a biolog)' minor, students must maintain a GPA
of 2.00 in the minor courses, and they must meet with the minor
adviser at least once per semester. At least nine credits in biology
must be taken at WCU.
Internal and External Transfer Students
For an internal transfer into any biology degree program, a student
must:
1. Be in good academic standing (2.00 GPA or better);
2. Have already passed BIO 100 with an A- or better, or BIO 110
with a C- or better;
3. Complete the application for change of major.
For newly admitted transfer students, a student must:
1. Meet University standards for admission to West Chester
University;
2. Have a grade of C- (70%) or better if they have taken a BIO 110
equivalent.
3. Interview with department representatives.
NOTE: In order to receive a degree in biology from West Chester
University, a transfer student must successfiiUy complete a minimum
of 50 percent of the required biology credits in the West Chester
University Department of Biology.
Advanced Placement Policy
A score of three or better on the Biology Advanced Placement E.xam
of the SAT I will transfer as credit for BIO 110, General Biology.
'Biology core courses must be passed with a grade of C- (70%) or better.
"CHE 491 may be substituted for BIO 490. Students who choose to do this
must take 14 credits of upper-level BIO or CHE electives.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
BIOLOGY
Symbol: BIO unless otherwise shown
(3,2) represents three hours of lecture and
two hours of lab.
100 Basic Biological Science (3) Basic principles
of biology. Cell theory, metabolism, genetics,
development, diversity of life forms, and ecology.
Not open to biology majors. (2,2)
# 102 Humans and the Environment (3) The
effects of human population on earth's resources
are studied against a background of physical, bio-
logical, and health sciences. Note: Students com-
pleting BIO 102 may not take ESS 102 or
ENV102 for credit. May not be taken as biology
major elective.
110 General Biology (3) The concepts general to
all living organisms such as cell structure and fiinc-
tion, genetics, evolution, and ecology. This course
is designed for majors in biology and related scien-
tific areas. (2,3)
204 Introductory Microbiology (4) The biology
of medically important microorganisms, their
structure, taxonomy, physiology, control, and host-
parasite interactions. (3,2) PREREQ: BIO 100 or
BIO 110 and one semester ot chemistr)'. May not
be taken as a biology major elective.
214 General Microbiology (4) The biology of
microorganisms, their stmcture, physiology, and
control; the namre and dynamics of disease and dis-
ease control; principles of food, industrial, and envi-
ronmental microbiolog)-. The laboratory will deal
with microbiological techniques, isolation and iden-
tification of microbes, and water and food analysis.
This course is for biology majors. (3,3) PREREQ^
BIO 110 and one semester of chemistry.
215 General Botany (3) A sun'ey of plant and
plant-like organisms from bacteria to and includ-
ing the angiosperms with emphasis on anatomy,
physiology, reproduction, and economic impor-
tance. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 110.
217 General Zoology (3) Principles of animal biol-
ogy. Form and fiinction of vertebrate and inverte-
brate animal types (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 110.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Biolog)'
College ot Arts and Sciences
220 Cell Physiology (3) An introduction to cellu-
lar and molecular biology with emphasis on cell
morphology, biochemistry, and cell phvsiolog\'.
(2,3) PREREQ: BIO 110 and CHEM 230 or 231
(may be taken concurrently).
230 Genetics (3) Nature of genetic material and
its qualitative and quantitative variation: recombi-
nation; interaction of gene products; regulation of
genetic material; and its role in evolution. (3)
PREREQ: BIO 110 and MAT 121.
259 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4) An
introduction to human structure and function.
Skeletal, muscular, and nervous s)'stems are
emphasized. Laboratory involves study of human
development and gross anatomy of the skeletal,
muscular, and nervous systems. (3,2) May not be
taken as a biology major elective.
269 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4)
Continuation of BIO 259. Endocrine, circulatory,
respiratory, immune, digestive, and urogenital sys-
tems emphasized. (3,2) Mav not be taken as a
biology major elective. PREREQ: BIO 259.
270 General Ecology (3) Relationships between
living organisms and their en\'ironment. (2,3)
PREREQ: BIO 110. Recommended are BIO 215
and 217, MAT 121, or SCI 101 and 102 and one
semester of computer science.
275 Field Botany (3) Methods of studying plants
in their natural surroundings. Use of keys, botani-
cal manuals, and illustrated floras to identify' living
specimens. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 100 or 215.
277 Vertebrate Ecology (3) Animal life in the
surrounding localities. Identification, behavior,
habitats, feeding, and reproduction. (2,3) PRE-
REQ; BIO 100 or 217.
307 Pathophysiology (3) An integrated study of the
processes involved in the total body sj'stemic complex
as it changes from the ordered homeostatic condition
to the imbalanced diseased state. The use of disease
models, with clinical considerations, strengthens the
concepts. (3) PREREQi BIO 259 and 269. May not
be taken as a biolog\' major elective.
310 Biometrics (3) The experimental design and
computer-assisted statistical anal\^is of biological
research problems. (2,3) PREREQ^BIO 110 and
MAT 121.
311 Contemporary Issues in Biology Teaching
(3) Curricular trends in biology education,
biotechnology', and bioethics are analyzed in a
social contc-rt through constructive controversy.
The nature of science is explored and experiential
skills are honed through practical application via a
laboratorv-oriented, facultv-student mentoring
program.' (2,2) PREREQ^BIO 110, 215, 217,
230; EDF 100; EDP 250, 351 (or graduate-level
equivalents); or permission of the instructor. May
not be taken as a biology' elective.
313 Marine Biology (3) The course is intended to
provide a general introduction to the biology of
marine organisms. Lectures will focus on the
diversit)', ecology, and adaptations of organisms
living in the marine em'ironmcnt. (3)
314 Diagnostic Bacteriology (4) Systematic study
of pathogenic bacteria with extensive laboratory
experience in handling and identiiy-ing these
organisms. (3,3) PREREQ: BIO 214.
BIL 333 Introduction to Recombinant DNA
Methodology (2) Laboratory' techniques for gene
manipulation, restriction endonuclease use, DNA
electrophoresis, gene cloning in E. coli, and poly-
merase chain reaction. (0, 4) PREREQ^ BIO 204
or214, BIO230, CHE231.
334 Microbial Genetics (4) A course on the genet-
ics of bacteria, their viruses, plasmids, and cranspos-
able elements. Applications of microbial genetics in
generic engineering and biotechnology. (3,3) PRE-
REQ, BIO 110, 214, 230, and CHE 231.
357 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) Com-
parative study of the principal organ systems ot
vertebrates as to their structure, fiinction, and evo-
lutionary' relationships. (2,4) PREREQ^ BIO 217.
367 Physiologyof Drug Interaction (3) An
introduction to the mechanism of action of proto-
type drugs. The physiological alterations produced
by various drugs as well as interactions between
drug classes yvill be emphasized. (3) PREREQj^
BIO 269 or BIO 468 or BIO 469.
377 Entomology (3) The structure, function, clas-
sification, economic importance, and biological
significance of insects. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 110
or 217.
407 and 408 Internship in Medical Technology
(13 for each semester, total of 26) A two-semes-
ter, work-study appointment yvith an affiliated
hospital. The satisfactory completion of this
internship is accepted as the senior year's yvork by
West Chester University'. This internship yvill pre-
pare the student to take the National Exam for
Medical Technologists. PREREQ^ Students yvho
have completed 65 credit hours in the B.S. biolog}'
general concentration should applv for this intern-
ship in the summer folloyving their sophomore
year. Students must have an overall GPA of 2.75
and approval from the Department of Biology and
the affiliated hospital.
♦ 409 Internship in Biological Sciences (3-16) A
one-semester, work-studv appointment with a
commercial, industrial, or governmental agency.
Students yvill be supervised jointiv by a profession-
al scientist of the agency and a Department of
Biology faculty member. A maximum of eight
combined credits from BIO 409 and BIO 491
may be applied to biology' electives. PREREQ^
Biology' major, senior standing, GPA of 2.5 over-
all, 2.50 in biology', and approval of biology' cur-
riculum committee.
414 Applied and Industrial Microbiology (3) This
course traces both the historical and current applica-
tions of microbiology' in industry and society'. Topics
covered during lectures include building and equip-
ment design, microbiological safety, fermentation,
yvaste treatment, compost, and food production.
The course also features guest lectures from several
practicing microbiologists involved in industry.
PREREQ^ BIO 214 or permission of the instructor.
421 Cellular and MolecuJar Biology (4) A lecture
and laboratory course that studies the molecular
basis of cellular hfe. Eukary'otic cell structure and
function yvill be emphasized. (3,3) PREREQ^
BIO 220, BIL 333. and CHE 232.
428 Animal Histology (3) A study of the micro-
scopic structure and frincrion of vertebrate tissues
and organs. (2,2) PREREQi BIO 110 and 217, or
permission of the instructor.
431 Molecular Genetics (3) A second course in
genetics, covering the molecular biolog)' of genetic
events. Emphasis yvill be on the molecular details of
basic genetic processes, such as DNA replication
and transcription, RNA translation and protein
synthesis, the genetic code, molecular mechanisms
of gene regulation, and an introduction to "biotech-
nology." (3) PREREQ. BIO 230 and CHE 232.
♦ 435-438 Course Topics in Biology' (1-3)
Courses in this series are of timely interest to the
student. Topics may include biological terminolo-
g)', laboratory techniques, mycology, etc. Open
only to junior and senior science majors.
448 Animal Development (4) Introduction to
principles of animal development with laboratory
study of vertebrate embn'os. (3,3) PREREQ^ BIO
110, 217, 220, and 230.'
452 Parasitology (3) Biology of the principal par-
asites of man and domestic animals. Emphasis is
on life cy'cles of common parasites, identification
of diagnostic forms, and understanding the dis-
eases associated yvith parasites of major economic
and medical importance. (3) PREREQ^ BIO 204
or 214, and 217.
454 Mycology (3) An introductory course includ-
ing a general study ot the biology' ot fiingi and a
survey of the field of medical mycology'. (3) PRE-
REQi BIO 110 and 214 plus another three-credit-
hour biology' course.
456 Virology (3) Molecular biology' of bacterial,
plant, and animal viruses; virus classification, ultra-
structure, mechanisms of replication, and effects of
virus infection on host cell. PREREQ; CHE 232
and BIO 230 and 214.
457 Functional Animal Morphology (3) A study
of the structure, form, and function of morpholog-
ical adaptations in animals as examined through a
mechanical, ecological, and evolutionary perspec-
tive. (3) PREREQ; BIO 217.
464 Microbial Physiology (4) Physiology and
biochemical variations seen in prokary'otes and
lower eukan'otes. (2,4) PREREQ: BIO 214 and
230, and CHE 232.
465 Immunology (4) Immunoglobulin structure
and fiinction, nature of antigens, cell-mediated
immunity', hy'persensitivity, regulation of immuni-
ty, and immunological diseases. Laboratory experi-
ence in immunological techniques. (3,3) PRE-
REQ: BIO 214 and CHE 232.
466 Plant Physiology (3) Physiological processes
of plants. Photosy'nthesis, respiration, intermediary
metabolism, entrance of solutes into the plant,
water metabolism, and groyvth regulators. (2,3)
PREREQ: BIO 215 and CHE 231.
467 Endocrinology (3) An integrative look at the
physiology' of the mammalian endocrine system in
the regulation and maintenance of homeostasis.
The pathology' associated with hormonal imbal-
ance yviU be included. (3) PREREQi BIO 217 and
BIO 220 with a C or better in each, plus any
300/400 level biology- course yvith a C or better.
468 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology (4)
Comparative physiology of fishes, amphibians,
reptiles, birds, and mammals, yvith emphasis on
organ-based homeostasis. (3,3) PREREQ; BIO
217 and BIO 220.
469 Human Physiology (4) Theoretical and
applied principles ot the physiology' ot humans pre-
sented from an org'an-sy'stem approach. Emphasis is
placed on homeostatic regulaton' mechanisms. (3,3)
PREREQ; BIO 220, BIO 230,'CHE 232. May
not be taken as a biology' major elective.
470 Population Biology (3) A quantitative, sec-
ond course in ecology, emphasizing distributional
patterns and fluctuations in abundance of natural
populations. (2,3) PREREQ; BIO 270. MAT
121, and one semester ot calculus.
471 Wetlands (3) A course designed to provide
practical experience in wedands' classification,
delineation, regulation, management, and mitiga-
tion practices. The abiotic and biotic characteris-
tics of inland and coastal wetlands are emphasized.
(2,3) PREREQ; Eight hours of biology' or permis-
sion of instructor.
472 Aquatic Biology' (3) A laboratory' and field-
oriented course in the ecology' and biota of streams
and wetlands. (2,3) PREREQ; BIO 215, 217, 270.
' This course may be taken again for credit.
College of Arts and Sciences
Chemistrv
473 Conservation Biology (3) The application of
basic biological and ecological principles for the
preservation of biological diversity'. Emphasis will be
on understanding the threats to biodiversity, the val-
ues of biodiversity, and preservation strategies
including ecological risk assessment and the man-
agement of endangered species, habitats, and ecosys-
tems. PREREQ.(rcquired): BIO 110, 215 or 217,
and 270. PREREQ.(recommcnded): BIO 310.
474 Microbial Ecology (4) Theory and applica-
tion ot modern microbial ecolog)'. Lectures will
focus on topics such as microbial communities,
interactions with other organisms, biogeochem-
istry, and biotechnology. (3,3) PREREQiBIO
110, 214, 270, and CHE 103, 104.
475 Plant Communities (3) A survey of ecologi-
cal, morphological, and physiological strategies of
plants from seed through adult stages. The inte-
gration of these strategies to explain the major
plant communities of North America will be cov-
ered. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 215.
476 Limnology (3) The measurement and analy-
sis of the physical, chemical, and biological prop-
erties of lakes. (2,3) PREREQIBIO 110 and
CHE 103, 104.
480 Light Microscopy and the Living Cell (3) A
one-semester lecture and lab course covering the
theory and practical techniques of all types of light
microscopy and their uses in investigating hving
cells. Aso includes techniques such as microinjec-
tion, cell electrophysiolog)', and others. Strong
emphasis on "hands-on" work with equipment.
(2,2) PREREQ: BIO 110, BIO 215 or 217, CHE
104, CRL 104, or permission ot instructor.
484 Epidemiology (3) A general study of the epi-
demiology ot both infectious and noninfectious
diseases, including industrial and environmentallv
related health problems. (3) PREREQ: BIO 214.
485 Systematic Botany (3) Principles of evolution
as illustrated by the principles of plant taxonomy.
Modern concepts of biosvstematics. Practical
experience in plant identification. (2,3) PREREQ;
BIO 215.
490 Biology Seminar (3) Reports on special top-
ics and current developments in the biological sci-
ences. PREREQ: 18 hours of biology courses and
senior standing.
♦ 491 Special Problems in Biology (1-3) Tutorial
course primarily for advanced undergraduate biolo-
gy majors capable of independent study and
research on a problem approved by the supervising
instructor. A maximum of eight combined credits
from BIO 409 and BIO 491 may be applied to
biology electives. PREREQ; Permission ot instruc-
tor, 2.50 GPA overall, 2.50 GPA in biology.
IND 401 Environmental Applications of GIS
(3) Students are introduced to regional problem
solving based on interdisciplinary, scientific data
using Geographic Information Systems (GIS).
Background in one of the natural or applied sci-
ences is presumed, and students without such
background should contact one of the instructors
before scheduling. Most relevant lecture material is
handled as readings outside of class, and class time
is devoted largely to environmental analysis using
ArcViewGIS. One half-day field trip is required.
(1,2) PREREQ: Minimum of 64 credits earned,
major in BIO, CHE, ENV, ESS, GEO, or PHY,
with at least 15 credits earned in one of these dis-
ciplines, or permission of the instructor.
# SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
(3) An interdisciplinary course that presents the
theory and evidence for the first three minutes of
the universe and tormation of the stars, galaxies,
planets, organic molecules, and the genetic basis of
organic evolution. May not be taken as a biology
major elective.
SCB 350 Science Education in the Secondary'
School (3) A methods course emphasizing knowl-
edge of curricular development and skill in plan-
ning, involving the design and execution of learn-
ing activities for all instructional modes. (2,2)
PREREQ: Required core courses in science disci-
pline and EDS 306 (or graduate-level equivalent),
or permission of instructor.
SCI 101 The Carbon Cycle (3) An exploration of
how the carbon cycle connects earth and life,
through photosynthesis, respiration, decay, rock
formation and weathering, and plate tectonics.
Humans have altered the carbon cycle by burning
fossil tuels. Students investigate the carbon cycle
on the WCU campus and consider the implica-
tions for global warming. For elementary educa-
tion majors only. Team taught with the
Department of Geology and Astronomy.
SCI 102 Electricity with Physical and Biological
Applications (3) An exploration of the physics of
electrical circuits, the chemical basis of electricity
as the flow of electrons, acid-base and oxidation-
reduction reactions in chemical and in living sys-
tems, the electrical actiNity in the human netN'ous
system, and connections between electricit)' and
sensation and locomotion in humans. For elemen-
tary education majors only. Team taught with the
departments of Physics and Chemistry.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Chemistry
(See also Pre-Medical Program)
119 Schmucker Science Center II
610-436-2631
James S. Falcone, Jr. Chairperson
Michael J. Moran, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Fenton, Ghoroghchian, Moran
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ahmad, Barth, Cichowicz,
Frost, Reid, Ressner
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Caffo, Falcone, Goodson, Starn,
Townsend
The Department of Chemistry is approved by the American Chemical
Society's Committee on Professional Training. Graduates ot the B.S.
in chemistry program and the B.S. in biochemistry program receive
certification it they complete the program.
The Department of Chemistr)' offers five undergraduate degree
programs:
(1) The B.S. in CHEMISTRY program (approved by the American
Chemical Society [ACS]) provides a rigorous scientific foundation in
all major areas of chemistry. This degree prepares the graduate for a
career in a wide variety of chemically related areas including the
chemical, petroleum, environmental, and pharmaceutical sectors. In
addition, it serves as a basis for graduate and professional smdy lead-
ing to higher level industrial positions, teaching at the college level,
or involvement in technical aspects of related fields such as law.
(2) The B.S. in BIOCHEMISTRY program (approved by the
American Chemical Society [ACS]) provides a comprehensive
background in the major areas of chemistry with an emphasis in
biochemistiy. Students awarded this degree will be qualified for
employment opportunities in chemistry and biochemistry. The
program also prepares students for graduate study in chemistry
and in biochemistry.
(3) The B.S. in CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY (Pre-Medical) provides
the core courses required for admission to schools ot medicine,
dentistry, and veterinary medicine as well as schools of optometry,
podiatry, chiropractic, and physical therapy. It also enables the
student to pursue a career in biochemistry and molecular biology.
(4) The B.S. in FORENSIC CHEMISTRY is a program that pre-
pares students for careers in crimalistics and toxicology. The pro-
gram also serves as a basis for graduate study and specialization in
these fields. A one-semester internship in a police or toxicology
forensic-chemistry laborator)' is mandatory.
(5) The B.S. in EDUCATION in CHEMISTRY program prepares
the student for a career in teaching chemistry in secondary
schools. The program gives the student experience in the major
branches of chemistry so that, with proper selection of electives,
graduate work in either pure chemistr)' or chemistry education can
be pursued. Sufficient flexibility is provided so that the student
also may become certified in general science. This program
requires 126 credits for completion.
Majors in the five B.S. programs should consult the Department of
Chemistry handbook and their adviser for current requirements. A grade
of C- or better is necessary in all required science and math courses.
Chemistry
College ot Arts and Sciences
Undergraduate Research and Internship Programs
Although internships are not a mandatory part of all chemistry pro-
grams, they are available to majors on a selective basis. Students receive
varying amounts of credit based on the number of hours spent in a
work situation and on the nature of the academic work during the
internship or research. Credit varies from one to 12 semester hours.
The maximum number of research or internship credits that can be
taken may be limited by the department.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO DEGREE
PROGRAMS IN CHEMISTRY, BIOCHEMISTRY,
FORENSIC CHEMISTRY, AND EDUCATION -
CHEMISTRY
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
Note; Certain programs have individualized
requirements; see below.
2. Chemistry Requirements
CHE 103-104, 231-232, 321, 418, 476, 491.
CRL 103-104, 231, 321
Lab safety exam to be passed before completing
70 credits. See adviser for more information.
3. Other Science Requirements
PHY 170-180; BIO 110 (B.S. chemistry
majors may substitute CSC 141)
PHY 170 and BIO 110 (or CSC 141) fiilfill
science general education requirements.
4. Mathematics Requirements
MAT 161-162 (MAT 161 flilfills a general
education math requirement)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — CHEMISTRY
1. Required Chemistry Courses 26 semester hours
CHE 341, 342, 409, 411, 424
CRL 232, 341, 342, 411, and 424
2. Chemistry Electives 9 semester hours
Group A electives: CHE 333 or CHE 477
(3 semester hours)
Group B electives: selected from upper-division
chemistry courses (6 semester hours)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOCHEMISTRY
1. Required Chemistry Courses 28 semester hours
CHE341, 342, 4li,424, 477
CRL 232, 341, 342, 411, 424, and 476
2. Other Required Courses 3 semester hours
One of these courses; BIO 214, 220, or 230
3. Biochemistry Elective 4 semester hours
Students must select from among the following:
CHE 381, 479, 480, or CRL 477
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — FORENSIC CHEMISTRY
1. Required Chemistry Courses 20 semester hours
CHE 341, 371, 45i, 479
CRL 341, 371, 476, and a 300-400 level
chemistry elective
27 semester hours
11 semester hours
11 semester hours
2. Other Required Courses 15 semester hours
BIO 204, 230; BIL 333; CRJ 110; and MAT 121
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION —
CHEMISTRY
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39
Note; Students in this program must register for
LIT 165 and PHI 180 as humanities general
education courses, and for PSY 100 as a
behavioral/social science general education course.
2. Required Chemistry Courses 9-10 semester hours
CHE 341 or 345, 409 or 411, 417
CRL 341
3. Required Education Courses 33 semester hours
EDA/EDR 341, EDF 100; EDM 300;
EDP 250, 351; EDS 306, 411, 412; and SCE 350
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
Note: Students in the chemistry-biology
curriculum must take PHI 470 as a humanities or
interdisciplinary general education requirement.
2. Required Chemistry Courses 32 semester hours
CHE 103, 104, 231, 232, 321, 345, 418*, 476, 491
CRL 103, 104, 231, 321*, and 476
3. Required Biology Courses
BIO 110, 217, 220, 230, 357, 448, and 468
4. Required Courses
PHY 130-140 or 170-180
5. Required Mathematics Courses
MAT 121 and 161
6. Concentration Electives*
Selected from upper-division chemistry and
biology courses
Minor in Chemistry
The Department of Chemistry offers a minor in chemistry. The
requirements are as follows;
1. Required courses; Completion of CHE 231, CHE 232, CRL 231,
CHE 321, CRL 321, and three credits of 300-level or higher
chemistry elective(s). These electives must be chemistry courses
(CHE) that satisfy the chemistry requirements of the ACS chem-
istry major program. Each of these courses must be passed with a
grade of C- or better.
2. Completion of the prerequisites for these courses including CHE
103, CHE 104, CRL 103, CRL 104. Each of these courses must
be passed with a grade of C- or better.
3. GPA of at least a 2.00 in the minor.
4. Interview with the Department of Chemistry minor adviser and
chair at least once a semester.
24 semester hours
8 semester hours
7 semester hours
9-10 semester hours
17 semester hours
' Students may, with the permission of the department chair and the coordina-
tor of the pre-medical program, substitute an approved 6-12 credit internship
for selected requirements and concentration electives. The courses with aster-
isks would be replaced by the internship (12 credits).
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CHEMISTRY
Symbols: CHE, CRL
100 Concepts of Chemistry (3) A broad survey
course with a laboratory experience that seeks to
develop an understanding ot the field of chemistry
through inquiry. Basic competence in scientific
methods and procedures will be obtained by
observing chemical reactions and studying the
chemical and physical properties of a variety of
compounds. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)
101 Fundamentals of Chemistiy (3) A mathe-
matically oriented course for students who intend
later to take CHE 103 but whose science and
mathematics backgrounds are judged by a pretest
to need remediation.
103-104 General Chemistry MI (3) (3) Basic
laws and theories ot chemistry, including atomic
structure, chemical bonding, oxidation-reduction,
solutions, and ionic equilibria. Correlations ot
chemical principles and their application to mod-
ern descripfive chemistry. CHE 103 must precede
CHE 104. PREREQ.(for CHE 103): Successfol
completion of high school chemistry OR passing
grades in CHE 101.
CRL 103-104 Experimental General Chemistry
I-ll (1) (1) Basic laborator)' studies in college
chemistry utilizing the quantitative approach.
Semimicro qualitative analysis and inorganic
preparations. CONCURRENT or PREREQ:
CHE 103-104. CRL 103 must precede CRL 104.
107 General Chemistry for the Allied Health
Sciences (4) A one-semester treatment ot the hin-
damentals ot chemistr\', including atomic structure
and bonding, types ot reactions, kinetics, equilibri-
um, and thermodynamics. May not be taken as a
chemistry major elecrive. CRL 107 may be taken
concurrently or alter CHE 107.
CRL 107 General Chemistry Lab for Allied
Health Science (1) A one-semester laboratory
course to complement CHE 107. Basic laboratory
techniques, both qualitative and quantitative, will
be used to illustrate principles from the lecture.
CONCURRENT or PREREQ: CHE 107.
College ot Arts and Sciences
Chemistry
230 Introduction to Organic and Biological
Chemistry (3) A course in the fundamentals of
organic chemistry. Structural theory of organic mol-
ecules, organic synthesis, and biological applica-
tions. PREREQ: C- or better in CHE 104 or 107.
231-232 Organic Chemistry I-II (4) (3) A survey
of the classes of organic reactions from a mechanis-
tic deductive approach. Preparatory topics will
include atomic structure, bonding theories, reso-
nance,, and acid-base concepts. CHE 231 wtU focus
on classes of organic molecules, organic nomencla-
ture, stereochemistry, nucleophilic substitution, and
elimination reactions applied to the chemistry of
hydrocarbons, alkyl halides, alcohols, and simple
systems. CHE 232 will include reactions of car-
bonyl compounds, the chemistry of aromatic com-
pounds, molecular rearrangements, oxidation and
reduction reactions, carbanion and amine chem-
istry, and spectroscopy. PREREQ.(for CHE 231):
CHE 104. PREREa(for CHE 232): CHE 231.
CRL 231-232 Experimental Organic Chemistry
l-II (2) (2) Basic laboratory skiUs in organic chem-
istry including classical as well as instrumental
techniques. Organic synthesis and modern spec-
trophotometric methods of identification. CON-
CURRENT or PREREQ: CRL 104 and CHE
231-232. CRL 231 must precede CRL 232.
300 Fundamentals of Radioisotope Techniques
(3) (Also PHY 340) Biological, chemical, environ-
mental, and physical effects of nuclear radiation.
Radiation detection instrumentation and radio
tracer methodology. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)
PREREQ;. CHE 104 and PHY 140 or 180.
310 Introductoiy Biochemistry (3) The chemical
nature of biological phenomena is presented.
Particular emphasis is placed on the metabolic
pathways and the enzymes responsible for these
processes with applications to nutrition. PREREQ^
CHE 230 or 231. (Not for chemistry majors.)
321 Analytical Chemistry (3) Fundamental prin-
ciples of analytical chemistry. Theory of gravimet-
ric and volumetric methods of analysis. PREREQ;
CHE 104.
CRL 321 Experimental Analytical Chemistry (2)
Practical experience in modern techniques of
chemical analysis with emphasis on volumetric and
gravimetric methods. CONCURRENT or PRE-
REQ: CHE 321.
333 Organic Chemistry III (3) An advanced
mechanistic study ot organic compounds, fiinc-
tional groups, and their reaction. Spectroscopic
characterization of organic molecules will also be
covered. PREREQ: C- or better in CHE 232.
341 Physical Chemistry I (4) An introduction to
physical chemistry including ideal gases, kinetic
theory, three laws of thermodynamics, introduction
to phase equilibrium, chemical equilibrium, applica-
tion of the fiindamental equation of thermodynam-
ics, transport phenomena, chemical kinetics, intro-
ductory spectroscopy. X-ray diffraction, and the
strucm're of solids. PREREQ: CHE 103, CHE
104, MAT 161 and 162 all with a C- or better.
CONCURRENT or PREREQ: PHY 180.
CRL 341 Experimental Physical Chemistry I (2)
Laboratory course in physical chemistry including
computer applications, thermodynamics, chemical
kinetics, structure, and spectroscopy. PREREQ;.
CHE 104, MAT 162, PHY 170. COREQ; CHE
341, PHY 180.
342 Physical Chemistry II (3) Advanced thermody-
namics including nonideal gases, nonideal systems,
and thermodynamics at surfaces; introduction to sta-
tistical mechanics; quanmm chemistry; advanced
chemical kinetics, including kinetics near equilibri-
um, catalytic kinetics, and activated complex theory;
and dynamic electrochemistry. PREREQ;^ CHE
341 and PHY 180, both with a C- or better.
CRL 342 Experimental Physical Chemistry II
(2) Experiments and projects in advanced physical
chemistry. PREREQ: CHE/CRL 341. COREQ;
CHE 342.
345 Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry (3) A
survey of the fiindamental topics in physical chem-
istry with applications to biology and medicine.
Primarily for biology and chemistry-biology
majors. PREREQ: CHE 232, MAT 161, and
PHY 140 or 180.
371 Forensic Chemistry (3) Introduction to crim-
inahstics (chemical, forensic, analytical techniques)
with the role, fiinctions, operations, and organiza-
tion of a scientific police laboratory. PREREQ;
CHE 104, CHE 232, and CHE 321.
CRL 371 Forensic Chemistry Lab (2) Principles
of microscopy, screening methods, and instrumen-
tal methods of chemical analysis applied to crimi-
nalistics and toxicological samples. CONCUR-
RENT or PREREQ: CHE 371.
381 Clinical Chemistry (3) Analysis of biological
fluids. Chnical significance of enzyme, electrolyte,
protein, and carbohydrate analysis. Requires per-
mission of instructor or preparation in organic
chemistry and quantitative analysis. CONCUR-
RENT or PREREQ: CHE 321 and CHE 476.
403 Chemistryof the Environment (3) The
chemistry ot the atmosphere, hydrosphere, and
biosphere; human impact on these areas. PRE-
REQ; CHE 104. May also be offered with lab. (2
hours lecture, 2 hours lab)
409 Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry (3)
Emphasis is on the periodic properties of the rep-
resentative elements, the structure of inorganic
soUds, the chemistry of aqueous and nonaqueous
solutions, and the study of some transition metals.
Lanthanides and actinides also are studied. PRE-
REQ: CHE/CRL 104.
♦ 410 Advanced Independent Study or
Chemical Research (3-6) Taken under the direct
supervision ot a faculty member. May be taken for
two semesters for a total of six credits. PREREQ;
Senior standing or permission of department
chairperson.
411 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) Structure
and properties of the elements and inorganic com-
pounds from a theoretical point of view. Atomic
structure and the periodic law; molecular structure
and bonding, including symmetry and MO theory;
structure, bonding, and reactivity of transition-ele-
ment compounds and main group compounds;
acid-base chemistry. PREREQ; CHE 341. CON-
CURRENT: CHE 342.
CRL 411 Inorganic Syntheses (2) A four-hour lab-
oratory course in the synthesis and characterization
of inorganic compounds of the main group and the
transition elements. PREREQ; CHE 409 or 411.
417 History of Chemistry (1) The history of
chemistry and its predecessors from earUest times
to the present day. PREREQ; CHE 104.
418 Chemical Information (1) Instruction in the
use of a modern chemical hbrary, reference and
data acquisition, synthetic procedures, and com-
puter data bases. PREREQ; CHE 231.
424 Advanced Analytical Chemistry (3) Basic
principles of apphed instrumental analysis. Special
emphasis on the use of spectrophotometric and
electroanalytical instrumentation. PREREQ;
CHE 321 and 341. CONCURRENT: CHE 342.
CRL 424 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Laboratory (2) Practical experience in the choice
and apphcation of instrumental methods of analy-
sis to chemical systems. CONCURRENT or
PREREQ; CHE 424.
436 Polymer Chemistry (3) Polymerization kinet-
ics, rheology of polymer melts, crystallization para-
meters, and monomer reactivity in copolymeriza-
tion. PREREQ; CHE 232.
CRL 436 Polymer Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Synthesis of poljnmers; molecular, physical, and
thermal characterization of polymers. Instrumental
methods include X-rays, IR, electron microscopy,
and thermal analysis. CONCURRENT: CHE 436.
443 Quantum Chemistry (3) Basic quantum
chemistry including the properties of wave func-
tions, the hydrogen atom problem, chemical bond-
ing, angular momentum, eigenvalues and eigen-
fiinctions, and spectroscopic concepts. PREREQ;
CHE 342.
♦ 450 Internship in Chemistry (1-12) A tiill- or
part-time work-study appointment in a clinical,
commercial, governmental, or industrial laboratory
supervised joindy by an on-site supervisor and
Department of Chemistry faculty member. PRE-
REQ; GPA of 2.00 or above and permission of
the Chemistry Internship Committee (CIC).
451 Internship in Forensic Chemistry (1) A fiill-
or part-time work-smdy appointment in a clinical,
commercial, governmental, or industrial laboratory
supervised joindy by an on-site supervisor and a
Department of Chemistry faculty member. The ana-
lytical methodology in the laboratory will include
techniques applicable to forensic toxicology and/or
criminalistics samples. PREREQ; Permission of the
Forensic Chemistry Intemship Committee.
452 Intemship in Chemistry-Biology (6-12)
This course gives the student exposure to and
hands-on experience in the field of biomedical
research. Intended to be a full-time appointment
in a hospital, medical school, or research institute,
it may be modified to be part-time to better meet
a student's needs. Supervised jointly by an on-site
supervisor and a Department of Chemistry faculty
member. The analytical methodology in the labo-
ratory will include techniques applicable to bio-
medical research. PREREQ; Permission of the
Chemistry-Biology Internship Committee.
460 Advanced Organic Spectroscopy (3) An
advanced course in organic spectroscopy dealing with
IR, NMR, and MS techniques. Other techniques
also may be covered. PREREQ; CHE 232 with a
C- or better. CONCURRENT: CHE 341 or 345.
476 Biochemistry I (3) This course examines the
physical and chemical characteristics of proteins,
carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids. The
bioenergetics of carbohydrate and fat metabolism
and the enzymatic control of these processes is a
focal point. The role of nucleic acids in protein
synthesis is also covered. PREREQ; CHE 232.
CRL 476 Experimental Biochemistry I (2) Labo-
ratory exercises in the tiindamentals of biochem-
istry. CONCURRENT or PREREQ; CHE 476.
477 Biochemistry II (3) This course is an exten-
sion of CHE 476 and considers the biosynthesis
and degradation of proteins, carbohydrates, hpids,
and nucleic acids. The primary focus is on the
interrelationship of these molecules and the path-
ways involving their metabohsm. PREREQ; CHE
345 (or equivalent) and CHE 476, or permission
ot instructor.
CRL 477 Experimental Biochemistry II (2) A
second-semester laboratory course in biochemistry
that stresses the use of advanced analytical instru-
ments to characterize biologically important mole-
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Citizenship Education
School ot Education
cules and to elucidate their mechanism of action.
PREREQ; CHE 476 and CRL 476.
479 Chemical Toxicology (3) A one-semester
course in the environmental and physiological
aspects of chemical toxicity. Special emphasis will
be placed on documentation, sampling, and verifi-
cation of materials. PREREQ; CHE 232.
^ 480 Introduction to Chemical Research
(2-6) j\n independent chemical research project
under the direction of a faculty member. The fac-
ulty member assigns the research topic and back-
ground Uterature readings and works closely with
the student in the research laboratory giving
instruction in laboratory techniques. The student
is required to write a final research report. PRE-
REQl Senior standing or permission of depart-
ment chairperson.
491 Seminar in Chemistiy (1) Oral presentation
ot papers based on laboratory or hbrary research.
PREREQi Permission of department chairperson.
# SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
(3) An interdisciplinary course that presents the
theory and evidence for the first three minutes of
the universe and formation of the stars, galaxies,
planets, organic molecules, and the genetic basis of
organic evolution. (3) PREREQ; High school or
college courses in at least two sciences.
sec 370 Science and Human Values (3) A one-
semester course illustrating the impact of science
on human thought, values, and institutions.
Ethical, sociological, and psychological aspects of
science-mediated change are covered in depth.
# SCI 102 Electricity With Physical and
Biological Applications (3) An exploration of the
physics of electrical circuits, the chemical basis of
electricity as the flow of electrons, acid-base and
oxidation reactions in chemical and in living sys-
tems, the electrical activity in the human nervous
system, and connections between electricity and
sensation and locomotion in humans. For elemen-
tary education majors only. Team taught with the
departments of Biology and Physics.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Citizenship Education Program
(formerly Social Studies)
For additional information consult the major department or the
Teacher Education Advisement Center, Room 251, Francis
Harvey Green Librar}'.
ELECTIVE CITIZENSHIP EDUCATION PROGRAM
The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania grants a secondary citizenship edu-
cation certificate enabling the holder to teach geography, history, or polit-
ical science in public school. West Chester University's program is
accredited by the Pennsylvania Department of Education, the National
Council for the Social Studies, and the National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education. Certification programs are offered in
conjunction with the B.A. programs in geography, history, and political
science. (Certification-only programs are available for those already hold-
ing a baccalaureate degree.) For information, contact the appropriate
department or the Teacher Ekiucation Advisement Center, Room 251,
Francis Harvey Green Library.
Program of Study
This program is designed to assure that prospective citizenship educa-
tion teachers possess the knowledge, capabilities, and dispositions asso-
ciated with the concepts, tools of inquiry, and structures of the disci-
plines that make up citizenship education, and that they are able to cre-
ate learning experiences which make these aspects of the subject matter
meaningfiil tor learners. The course of study emphasizes ten thematic
strands:
• Culture and culmral diversity
• Time, continuity, and change
• People, places, and environment
• Individuals, groups, and institutions
• Power, authority, and government
• Production, distribution, and consumption
• Science, technolog}', and society
• Global connections
• Civic ideals and practices
• Individual development and identity
Prospective teachers must complete subject-matter courses in history
and social sciences that make up no less than 40 percent of a total
four-year or extended preparation program with a major of 21 hours
in either geography, history, or political science.
COMMON REQUIREMENTS
For details, see "Teaching Certification Programs" on pages 145-147.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CITIZENSHIP EDUCATION
(formerly Social Studies)
SSC 331 Teaching Citizenship Education in
Secondary Schools (3) Methods and materials of
teaching citizenship education for prospective sec-
ondary school teachers. Emphasis is on combining
educational theory with citizenship education con-
tent for effective teaching. Exercises and practical
apphcation. Enrollment is restricted to students
who will be student teaching the next semester.
Permission to waive this polic}' may be granted by
the Department of Histon' chairperson. PRE-
REQ: EDS 306.
Department of Communication Studies
512 Main HaU
610-436-2500
Dennis R. Klinzing, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Dean, Foeman, Klinzing, McCullough, Orr
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Brown, Jenks, Levasseur, NeweU,
Pearson, Remland, Thompsen
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Hickman, Lordan, MiUhous, Reed
The Department of Communication Smdies offers two programs.
One program leads to the bachelor ot arts degree and the other leads
to the bachelor of science in education.
1. The B.A. in COMMUNICATION STUDIES focuses on oral
communication as the core of a liberal education that can be
applied to a number of specializations.
2. The B.S. in EDUCATION— COMMUNICATION is for stu-
dents who wish to meet the state of Pennsylvania requirements for
teacher certification in communication.
College ot" Arts and Sciences
Communication Studies
Majors are expected to meet \vith their advisers to plan a course of
study, to select courses prior to scheduling, to discuss career opportu-
nities, and to keep abreast of departmental cocurricular activities.
Handbooks are provided to help students be aware of requirements
for each program in the department. Students who wish to transfer
into the communication studies program must have a 2.0 GPA or
better. Also see Program Admission Requirements below.
Departmental Student Activities
The Forensic Society, the radio station, the TV Club, and Women in
Communication are student organizations that involve department
faculty and resources. The activities of these organizations are open to
all students. For more information see the "Student Affairs" section.
Department Internships
Internship experiences are available in all areas related to students'
vocational and academic interests. Students have been placed in
offices of congressmen, radio and television stations, and local indus-
tries. Students and their placements are screened to assure mutual sat-
isfaction for all parties involved. For details, students should check
with the department's internship coordinator.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B A. AND B.S.
PROGRAMS
General Education Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS— COMMUNICATION STUDIES
1. Required Lower-Division Courses 18 semester hours
COM 204 Dyadic Communication (3)
COM 212 Mass Communication (3)
COM 216 Small Group Communication (3)
COM 219 Communication Concepts (3)
COM 224 Communication Research (3)
Three of the required lower-division courses (COM 208, 219, and
224) are prerequisites for all communication studies courses except for
COM 310 and COM 315. In addition, COM 216 is a prerequisite
for COM 304. Also, COM 208 must be taken to satisfy the general
education communication requirement.
2. Upper-Division Courses 18 semester hours
Students will work with their advisers to select six appropriate cours-
es at the 300 and/or 400 level from the listing of department course
offerings. In order to facilitate student/adviser selection of upper-
division courses, a listing of those courses that the department plans
to offer wUl be posted and distributed to advisers. This hsting will
project two years into the ftiture and will be updated at the begin-
ning of each academic year. COM 300 and COM 400 may not be
used to satisfy the upper-division course requirements.
Additional Notes
a. Limited substitutions may be made to the required lower-divi-
sion courses with the adviser's written consent.
b. A grade of C or better must be earned in a COM course in
order for it to meet a department requirement. Also, a 2.5
average or better must be earned in the aggregate of lower- and
upper-division courses before graduation will be recommended.
c. To encourage B.A. communication studies majors to develop
communication competence that extends beyond oral English,
a grade of C or better is required in WRT 120 and 121, and a
grade of C- or better is required in the 202-level course of a
foreign language. If a major employs the culture cluster option
to fiilfill his/her language requirement, a C- or better is
required in the 102 level of the foreign language course and in
each of the culture cluster courses,
d. Students who exhaust their course repeat options and have not
earned a grade of C or better in all the prerequisite communi-
cation courses will be advised that they will not be able to com-
plete the requirements for a B.A. in communication studies.
The department chair will offer an exit interview and help them
to identify available alternatives.
3. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement 0-15 semester hours
See pages 39-40.
4. Apphed Area 24-27 semester hours
Courses are to be selected in consultation
with an adviser to meet career objectives.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION-
COMMUNICATION
1. Core Requirements 30 semester hours
COM 201*, 208*, 219, and 224; ENG 230, 331,
and 392; LIT 200 or 201*; CLS 260*; and LIN 330*
2. Emphasis Area Requirements 30 semester hours
Choose two areas:
a. Speech Emphasis (15 credits)
COM 204, 216, 307, and 405; THA 102**.
Participation in forensics activities is required.
b. Theater Emphasis (15 credits)
THA 103**, 104, 210, 301, and 306 or 307.
Participation in theater productions is required.
c. Media Emphasis (15 credits)
COM 212, 217 or 317, 320, 355, and CSW 131
3. Professional Education Requirements 30 semester hours
EDF 100, EDP 250 and 351, EDR/EDA 341,
EDS 306, 411-412, and COM 402/ENG 390
Program Admission Requirements
(BA., B.S.Ed., and Minor Programs)
Applicants who have completed the prerequisite core (COM 208,
219, 224) will be ranked by grade point average in the core. Selection
for admission will be based on these rankings at the conclusion of
each semester, after grades are posted. Students who do not gain
admission may reapply, but they must compete with the group of
appUcants in that semester.
Minor in Communication Studies 18 semester hours
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts
or bachelor of science in the liberal studies general degree program. A
minor in communication studies requires students to complete three
prerequisite courses: COM 208, COM 219, and COM 224, and to
earn a grade of C or better in each of these courses. Students are also
required to earn a grade of C or better in WRT 120 and WRT 121.
Three elective courses may then be selected from any 300- or 400-
level courses offered in communication studies, but a C grade or bet-
ter must be earned in each of these courses, and a 2.5 average must be
achieved in the minor before clearance for graduation with a minor
will be granted. A student must have a 2.0 cumulative average or bet-
ter to gain admission to the minor in communication studies as well
as meeting program entrance requirements.
' Courses used as general education requirements.
" Can be used for either general education arts requirements or free electives.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMMUNICATION STUDIES
Symbol: COM
101 Speech Fundamentals: Interpersonal
Communication (3) Development ot competen-
cies for purposeful speech communication.
Awareness of the eftects of language on communi-
cations. Recognition of the types and purposes of a
selected number of communications. Grasp of the
role of evidence and organization in spoken mes-
sages.
105 Voice Dynamics (3) Training in the creative-
esthetic production of speech; includes respiration,
phonation, articulation, and resonation.
200 Communication Careers Planning 1(1) This
course is designed to introduce the first oi a two-
phase, career-planning process. Self-assessment
and exploration is provided through assigned read-
ings, mini-lectures, reflective exercises, and small
group activities.
201 Fundamentals of Communication
Technology (3) Examination of the use of com-
puters and other technologies to create, organize,
store, Wsuiilize, and present messages.
202 Scripts and Formats for Mass Media (3)
Students are required to analyze, evaluate, and
Communication Studies
College ot Arts and Sciences
produce scripts for a variety of mass media for-
mats. The course emphasis is on radio, television,
and film.
204 Interpersonal Communication (3) One-on-
one communication to give the student a fiinda-
mental understanding of the processes and experi-
ences of the most basic t\'pe of human communi-
cation.
208 Public Speaking (3) Development of skills
necessary to understand the theorv' of communica-
tion as a problem-sohing tool in the community.
Special emphasis is on the student's performance
as a sender and receiver of messages directed at
social action.
210 Photo Communication I (3) A basic course
in the use of creative techniques available to the
beginning photographer for the production of
high-quaht)' slides.
212 Mass Communication (3) A survey course
designed to identify, analyze, and evaluate the
pragmatic, persuasive, creaDve, and technical
dimensions of mass media.
216 Small Group Communication (3) Intro-
duction to and practice in the structured small
group. Emphasis on preparation for, analysis ot,
and participation in problem-solving oriented
groups.
217 Directing and Producing the Documentary
Television Program (3) Planning and producing
the nondramatic tele\'ision production.
219 Communication Theory (3) A study of
human communication that includes a historical
view of the field, examinations of definitions of
communication, analyses ot the nature of theon,-
and the process of theorizing, assessment of per-
spectives of communication, and construction of
models of communication.
220 Multi-media Communication (3) The prac-
tical apphcation of communication theon' through
experiences in photography and multi-media pro-
ductions. The creative potential of combining
sound and various photographic elements %vill be
explored with special attention given to photojour-
naiism as used in advertising, public relations, the-
ater, and related mass communication fields.
221 Photo Communication 11 (3) This course
will give the student a chance to develop a person-
al photographic communication st)'le. The student
will be encouraged to explore and express his or
her personal perceptions through photography.
222 Successful Web Publishing (3) Examination
of problems and solutions tor successful Web pub-
lishing.
224 Communication Research (3) .\n examina-
tion of the nature of inquin' and research in com-
munication. Emphasis on understanding and
appreciating the strengths and weaknesses of vari-
ous methods of research in communication.
230 Business and Professional Speech Communi-
cation (3) Practice in effective speaking and listen-
ing. Interpersonal communication in the business
and professional setting, including reports and sales
presentations, policy speeches, conference leader-
ship techniques, group d\Tiamics, and speaking.
231 Interviewing in Organizations (3) An intro-
duction to the skills necessar)' for a variet)' of orga-
nizational inter\'iew settings. Students will act as
inteniewers and interviewees in many t\pes of
interviews, work in groups, and give performance
feedback to peers.
292 Effects of Computer-Mediated Commun-
ication (3) .A.n examination ot the manv effects of
computer-mediated communication.
300 Communication Careers Planning 11 (1)
This second phase of the careers planning course
series examines the initial steps required for find-
ing emplo\'ment. Topics covered include the job-
hunting process, resume development, networking,
and the transition from college to employment.
303 Modem Trends in Argument (3) Study of
the new thinking in argumentation theory. De-
emphasizes classic vahdity and centers on the
building of arguments that are acceptable to the
listeners. Course focuses on the work of Stephen
Toulmin and Chaim Perehnan. PREREQ: COM
208, 219, 224.
304 Organizational Communication (3) An in-
depth analysis of the dynamic process of commu-
nication as it occurs in organizational networks.
PREREQ: COM 208, 216, 219, 224.
307 Nonverbal Communication (3) A study of
the verbal and sensory messages we are constandy
receiWng. Bodv language and the uses of space,
time, touch, objects, and color inherent in the sen-
sory messages we receive. PREREQ^ COM 208,
219,224.
309 Advanced Public Speaking (3) Designing
personal strategies, adapting delivery to large audi-
ences, developing oral use of language, and speak-
ing to live or simulated communit\' groups. PRE-
REQ: COM 208, 219, 224.
310 Field E.\perience in Photographic Com-
munication (3) This course in slide photography
wiU build on the student's previous experiences in
photography. The student will develop the techni-
cal, visual, and photo communication skills neces-
sar\' to explore, record, and interpret his or her
surroundings through photographic essays and
related photo communication projects. These skills
will be achieved through field experiences and
classroom instruction.
312 Intercultural Communication (3) A study of
factors that contribute to communication break-
downs between diverse cultures and between frag-
mented segments mthin the same society-. PRE-
REQ: COM 208, 219, 224.
315 Structure of Meetings (3) This course pre-
pares students to plan formal agenda, vmte and
interpret organizational by-laws and constitutions,
and participate in and preside over meetings
according to parliamentary procedures.
317 Directing and Producing the Dramatic
Television Program (3) Planning the program.
Preparing the shooting script. Practice in rehears-
ing with actors and cameras. PREREQ^ COM
208,219,224.
318 Forensics (3) Swdy in the philosophy and
practice of forensics. Initiating, developing, and
administrating a forensic program. Coaching and
judging debate and individual events. PREREQ^
COM 208, 219, 224.
320 Communicating on Television and Radio
(3) For the smdent who, by career or circumstance,
will be required to be on radio and television. The
focus of the course will be on three major areas:
interyiewer/interviewee techniques; acting tor tele-
vision, including working in commercials; and
news reporting, including studio and remote loca-
tions. PREREQ, COM 208, 219, 224, THA 103.
330 Oral Communication for Technical Profes-
sionals (3) The student will explore the oral com-
ponent of effective communication as it applies to
the business and professional world of mathemat-
ics, engineering, and science. PREREQ^ COM
208, 219, 224.
340 Political Communication (3) This course
examines the fiinctions and effects of political
messages in poUcymaking and in campaigns.
Particular attention is paid to the flow of messages
between pohticians, the media, and the electorate.
355 Public Relations Principles (3) An introduc-
tion to the role of the public relations practitioner
in the formation of public opinion. Communica-
tions theory will be combined with specific tech-
niques for working with the press, producing
printed material, and conducting special events.
PREREQi com 208, 219, 224.
♦ 399 Directed Studies in Speech Communi-
cation (1-3) Research, creative projects, reports,
and readings in speech communication. Students
must apply to advisers one semester in advance of
registration. Open to juniors and seniors only.
PREREQ: COM 208, 219, 224, and approval of
department chairperson.
♦ 400 Internship in Speech Communication (3-
6-9-12-15) This course provides a structured and
supervised work experience in communication.
Credits earned are based on amount of time spent
on the job. Students must apply to the department
internship coordinator and receive approval of the
department internship faculty committee to be
admitted. PREREQ: COM'208, 219, 224.
402 Teaching Communications (3) Theory and
practice in teaching junior and senior high school
communication and drama courses, and in direct-
ing cocurricular programs in junior and senior
high school. PREREQi COM 208, 219, 224.
403 Persuasion (3) Current theories of attitude
and attitude change. Practice in speaking to modi-
fy behavior through appeals to the drives and
motives of the Ustener. PREREQ: COM 208,
219, 224.
405 Argumentation and Debate (3) Functions
and principles of argumentation and debate,
including anal^-sis, cadence, reasoning, and refiita-
tion. Class debates on \ital issues. PREREQ^
COM 208, 219, 224.
410 Conflict Resolution (3) This course explores
the means of resolving conflict through argument,
negotiation, mediation, and arbitration. PRE-
REQ: COM 208, 219, 224.
415 (also LIN 415) Language, Thought, and
Behavior (3) This course is designed to help stu-
dents understand the way language fiinctions in
the communication process. To accomplish this
purpose, various language systems will be exam-
ined and one will be selected for in-depth analysis.
PREREQ: COM 208, 219, 224.
455 PubUc Relations Campaigns (3) This course
is for students who have completed COM 355 and
want to learn strategic planning and program
implementation. Students use case studies and
social science research to evaluate PR program
effectiveness. PREREQ; COM 208, 212, 219,
224, and 355.
♦ 499 Communication Seminar (3) Intensive
examination of a selected area ot stud)- in the field
of communication studies. Topics will be
announced in advance. PREREQ: COM 208,
219, 224.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
School of Health Sciences
Communicative Disorders
Department of Communicative Disorders
201 Carter Drive
610-436-3401
Elena Stuart, Chairperson
PROFESSOR: Weiss
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Gunter, Koenig
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Stuart
INSTRUCTOR: Curtin
The Department of Communicative Disorders offers a program lead-
ing to a B.A. in communicative disorders. It is a preprofessional pro-
gram that provides students with basic knowledge of human commu-
nication and communication disorders in preparation for graduate
study in audiology, speech-language pathology, speech and hearing
science, or related health science or communication fields.
Students will be provided with the opportunity to complete much of
the undergraduate preparation that is applicable to fulfilling the
requirements for the Certificate of CUnical Competence (CCC) from
the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA).
The department operates a Speech and Hearing Chnic that serves as a
teaching and training facihty for the academic program. The clinic
provides diagnostic and therapeutic services for children and adults
vidth speech, language, and hearing problems. These services are avail
able to individuals from the University as well as from the surround-
ing communities.
Academic Policies
1. Grades of "C-," "D," or "F" earned in major (SPP) courses must
be raised to "C" or better. A failed major course must be repeated
the next time the course is offered.
2. A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA and 2.5 major average is
required for all communicative disorders majors in order to com-
plete the degree program.
BACHELOR OF ARTS —
COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39
2. Foreign Language and Culture
3. Related Areas
These courses are to be selected under
advisement from a department-approved list
4. Communicative Disorders Concentration
SPP 101, 106, 163, 166, 203, 204, 207, 263,
306, 323, 333, 346, 347, 350, 363, 366, and 463
5. Electives up to 17 semester hours
48 semester hours
15 semester hours
18 semester hours
34 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS
Symbol: SPP
101 Introduction to Communicative Disorders
(3) An introductory survey of normal processes
and disorders of speech, language, and hearing.
Suitable for nonmajors.
106 Anatomy of Speech and Hearing
Mechanisms (3) A study of embryology, normal
development, neurology, and physiology of
anatomical structures of the speech and hearing
mechanisms, PREREQ: SPP 101.
163 Seminar I in Communicative Disorders (.5)
The seminar is designed to help integrate experi-
ential and theoretical information. The seminar
will focus on career/professional awareness, orien-
tation to the department, and individual studies.
166 Seminar II in Communicative Disorders (.5)
The seminar is designed to help integrate experi-
ential and theoretical information. The seminar
will focus on personal adjustment, assertiveness,
and active listening.
203 Speech and Hearing Science (3) This course
presents students with the fiindamental knowledge
of acoustics related to speech production and speech
perception. It also provides an opportunity for stu-
dents to engage in laboratory experiences related to
acoustic and psychoacoustic measurement.
204 Speech and Language Development (3)
Examination of normal communication develop-
ment: biological, cognitive, social, and ecological
bases ot language. Developmental milestones from
prelinguistic communication to oral language and
literacy. Normal variations in development associ-
ated with cultural diversity and bilingualism. PRE-
REQ: ENG/LIN 230, SPP 101.
207 Introduction to Phonetics (3) Introduction
to the International Phonetic Alphabet and its use
in transcribing normal and disordered speech.
Emphasis is placed on broad and narrow transcrip-
tion skills.
240 Development and Disorders of Language (3)
An examination ot normal language development
and its psycholinguistic, neurological, and social
dimensions. Special education considerations for
children with language disorders. PREREQ^ EDA
104 is required; SPP 101 is recommended.
266 Seminar III in Communicative Disorders
(.5) The seminar Is designed to help Integrate
experiential and theoretical information. The sem-
inar will focus on implications of disabilities and
on cultural diversity.
306 Articulation and Phonological Disorders (3)
The symptomatology, etiology, assessment, and
remediation of articulatory and phonological disor-
ders. Includes study of standard and variant sounds
of the English language. PREREQ: SPP 101,
106, 203, 204, and 207.
323 Fluency and Voice Disorders (3) The symp-
tomatology, etiology, diagnosis, and treatment of
communicative disorders associated with fluency
and voice. PREREQ: SPP 106.
333 Language Disorders (3) Clinical manage-
ment issues associated with developmental and
acquired language disorders in children and adults.
Linguistic patterns observed in the performance of
individuals with various etiological conditions
(e.g., mental retardation, autism, hearing loss,
neurological impairment, craniofacial anomalies,
learning disability). Factors indicating risk for and
maintenance of language disorders. Protocols for
evaluation and treatment indicated by develop-
mental theories, processing models, and sensitivity
to normal variations among culturally diverse pop-
ulations. PREREQ: SPP 204.
346 Hearing Disorders (3) An introduction to
audiology and its relationship to other medical and
educational fields concerned with hearing impair-
ments. Developmental, medical, social, physical,
and psychological properties of hearing and sound
are explored. Evaluative techniques are Introduced
with opportunity for limited practical experience.
PREREQ: SPP 106 and 203.
348 Hearing Disorders Laboratory (1)
Laboratory experience to become familiar with
most common hearing testing and remediation
equipment. Taken concurrently with SPP 346.
350 Clinical Principles in Communicative
Disorders (3) A study of evaluative and therapeutic
materials and methods applicable to the profession-
al setting. PREREQi SPP 207, 306, 323, and 333.
363 Seminar IV in Communicative Disorders
(.5) The seminar Is designed to help integrate
experiential and theoretical Information, focusing
on principles and applications of counseling.
366 Seminar V in Communicative Disorders (.5)
The seminar is designed to help Integrate experi-
ential and theoretical information, focusing on
professional resources and the legal, ethical, and
pohtical responsibilities of the professional.
♦ 410 Independent Study (1-3) Research, cre-
ative projects, reports, and readings in speech
pathology and audiology. Application must be
made to advisers by students one semester in
advance of registration. Open to juniors and
seniors only. PREREQ; Approval of department
chairperson. Offered on demand.
45 1 Clinical Practicum in Communicative
Disorders (3) Supervised practice In the Speech
and Hearing Clinic. Designed to prepare students
to evaluate and provide therapy for children and
adults who have communication problems. PRE-
REQ; Overall GPA of 2.75 and major GPA of
3.0; permission of the department.
463 Seminar VI in Communicative Disorders (.5)
The seminar Is designed to help Integrate experien-
tial and theoretical information, focusing on
employment opportunities and graduate education.
469 Clinical Instrumentation (3) Evaluation,
selection, use, and maintenance of electronic aids
for the speech and hearing clinician. Emphasis on
demonstrations and practical experience. Open to
speech pathology and audiology students with
senior standing. Also offered as SPP 569 for grad-
uate credit.
♦ 498 Workshop in Communicative Disorders
(3)
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Computer Science
College of Arts and Sciences
Department of Computer Science
404 Anderson Hall
610-436-2204
www.cs.wcupa.edu
James D. Fabrey, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Epstein, Fabrey, Milito, Weaver
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: .\lilbom, KHne, Wyatt, Yang
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Edelman
INSTRUCTORS: Perry, Townsend
The Department of Computer Science offers a program leading to the
bachelor of science degree. The B.S. in computer science prepares the
student for a career in the field of computer science and its applica-
tions and/or additional study in computer science at the graduate
level. Students gain valuable on-the-job experience through an intern-
ship program with local industry or business. Normally, the computer
science degree requires attendance during eight academic semesters
plus one summer session. It is important the major consult with
his/her adviser to ensure that all requirements are being met.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE - COMPUTER SCIENCE
AND INFORMATION SCIENCES
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
MAT 151*
2. Core Curriculum
Computer Science Requirements 21 semester hours
CSC 141, 142, 220, 240, 241, 242, 402
Communication Skills Requirements 3 semester hours
COM lOr or 230* and ENG 368 or 371
Mathematics Requirement 8 semester hours
MAT 161, 162
Cooperative Experience (i.e.. Internship) 9 semester hours
CSC 400
3. Additional Requirements 31 semester hours
In addition to completing the core curriculum (requirements in
computer science, communication skills, and mathematics), the
student must complete 27 credits consisting of any combination of
A. approved electives in computer science,
B. approved electives in business,
C. approved electives in mathematics, or
D. courses which have been taken as part of the completion of a
minor.
At least 15 of these credits must be from approved electives in
computer science.
For guidance in the selection of courses to fulfill these additional
requirements, see the web page for the Department of Computer
Science at www.cs.wcupa.edu.
4. Approved Electives
A. Computer Science Courses:
Any CSC major elective course at or above the 300 level
NOTE: CSC 350 is not a CSC major elective.
B. Business Courses:
ACC 201, ACC 202, ECO 340, ECO 348, MGT 200, MIS
300, MIS 451, MKT 200
C. Mathematics Courses:
Any MAT major elective course at or above the 200 level
5. Special Entrance Requirements
Students who enter WCU as freshman computer science majors
should meet the following high school criteria:
• Rank in the top two-fifths of graduating class
• Pass Algebra I, Algebra II/Trigonometry, Geometry, and a
senior year math course
• Earn a math SAT original score of 500 (or recentered score of
520) or better
• Earn a combined SAT original score of 950 (or recentered
score of 1020) or better
6. Advanced Placement Credit
The following guidelines will be used to determine college credit
when evaluating Advanced Placement scores in computer science.
Examination AP Score Policy
Computer Science AB 1, 2
3
4,5
Computer Science A
no credit
3 credits for CSC 141
6 credits for CSC 141 and
CSC 142
1,2 no credit
3, 4, 5 3 credits for CSC 141
7. Transfer and Continuation Requirements
Students who seek to transfer to the computer science major from
another college or from another major within WCU must first
earn a grade of B or better in CSC 141 (or equivalent course, or
CSC 142 or CSC 240) and earn a grade of C- or better in MAT
161 (or equivalent or higher-level mathematics course) before
being admitted to the major.
All computer science majors at WCU must satisfy the same
requirements as stated above before being permitted to take any
300 or higher-level computer science major course.
Exceptions to this transfer and continuation policy can be made on
a case-by-case basis by the department chairperson.
8. Graduation Requirements
In order to graduate, a computer science major must earn a grade
of C- or better in each course taken to fiiltill the core requirements
(listed above) and the additional requirements (Usted above).
Furthermore, a computer science major must earn a 2.5 GPA
overall in CSC courses and a 2.0 GPA overall in MAT courses
taken to complete the core or additional requirements.
This policy does not apply to courses that are taken as free electives.
Minor in Computer Science 19 semester hours
Baccalaureate students may receive transcript recognition for a minor
area of study in computer science by completing the following six
required courses:
CSC 141, 142, 240. 241; MAT 151, 161
In addition, at least one 300-level CSC classroom course is strongly
recommended. A student must earn a minimum grade of C- in each
course and a minimum overall GPA of 2.0 tor all courses taken for
the minor.
Minor in Web Technology and Applications 18 semester hours
The minor in web technology' and applications introduces smdents to
fundamental principles of Web design, including the underlying tech-
nology and principles of aesthetics and effective communications. All
students in the minor must complete three core courses (ART 113,
COM 201, CSW 131) and three electives (chosen from ART 111,
ART 210, ART 211, ART 212, ART 213, COM 222**, COM
292**, CSC 231, EDM 300, ENG 320, ESS 435", HIS 390-, HIS
480**, or an approved independent project*). Students must complete
their 18 semester hours in the minor with an overall GPA of 2.5 or
higher. Only grades of C- or higher will count towards the comple-
tion of the minor.
'Required courses that will count towards the general education requirements.
** At least one of these electives must be a designated capstone project course.
College of Arts and Sciences
Computer Science
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Symbol: CSW
101 Introduction to Computers (3) (nonmajors)
This course is for nonmajors dealing with what
computers are, what thev can do, and how they are
used. A brief history of computers and the societal
implications of computer usage. A brief introduc-
tion to the Internet is provided along with hands-
on experience using word processing, database,
and spreadsheet software.
131 Introduction to Web Design (3) (nonma-
jors) This course will cover HTML and introduc-
tor\' JavaScript programming to provide students
with a basic technology skill set for pursuing other
topics in web technology. Use of some simple web
authoring and graphics paclcages, but a focus on
the structure and semantics of HTML and
JavaScript. One ot three core requirement courses
for the web technology and applications minor.
PREREQ^ Familiarity with basic graphical user
interface and systems concepts such as files, fold-
ers, and use of an editor, and web browsers.
SYMBOL: CSC
110 Fundamentals of Computer Science (3)
(nonmajors) Introduction to the fiandamentals of
computing. Topics include surveys ot the follow-
ing sub-areas of computer science: artificial intelli-
gence, hardware/operating systems, programming
languages/software, ethics/social issues, history,
electronic communications, problem solving, and
programming. The course includes laboratory pro-
jects in application software, programming, and
electronic communication, as well as a report on
one of the first four areas above.
115 Introduction to Computer Programming (3)
(nonmajors) The art and science of computing are
introduced using a structured programming language,
such as Stmctured BASIC. Topics include looping,
branching, arrays, and program development.
141 Computer Science I (3) The art and science
of computing and its apphcations are introduced
using an object-oriented programming language,
such as C++. Topics include structured program-
ming, algorithmic development, decisions, loops,
functions, parameter passing, and classes. PRE-
REQi Math SAT of 550 or better or a B or bet-
ter in CSC 115.
142 Computer Science II (3) Techniques of pro-
gram design, documentation, and implementation
are studied using an object-oriented language,
such as C++. Topics include classes, multidimen-
sion^d arrays, records, pointers and dynamic data,
pointer arithmetic, internal storage of simple and
compound data types, text and binary files, and
introduction to recursion. PREREQ;, CSC 141.
220 Foundations of Computer Science (3) Topics
include regular and context free grammars and lan-
guages, computational logic, finite state machines,
and parsing. PREREQ: NL\T 151 and 161.
231 Introduction to Web Programming (3) This
course builds on web design skills developed in
CSW 131. Web programming languages/s)'stems
will be introduced, and one will be emphasized.
The choice of these will be dictated by the latest
developments in web technology. A major pro-
gramming project will be required. A capstone elec-
tive in the web technology and applications minor.
240 Computer Science III (3) The object-orient-
ed paradigm is studied using a computer language,
such as C++. Topics include class hierarchies and
inheritance, function and operator overloading,
object-oriented design and implementation.
streams, templates, and class libraries. PREREQ^
CSC 142, MAT 151.
241 Data Structures (3) Data structures and relat-
ed algorithms are studied using object-oriented
programming, such as C++. Topics include data
abstraction, recursion, Usts, stacks, queues, hnked
lists, trees, hashing, searching and sorting algo-
rithms, and the evaluation ot algorithm efficiency.
PREREQiCSC 240, MAT 151 and 161.
242 Computer Organization (3) This course teach-
es introductory topics in computer architecture and
hardware design as well as the basics of assembly
language. Software is provided to assemble, run, and
debug assembly language programs. Additionally, a
compiler for a high-level language, such as C++
demonstrates the realistic usage of assemblv lan-
guage. PREREQiCSC 142, MAT 151.
300 Cooperative Programming (3) The student
works for an organization involved in the comput-
er field. The student may do work in various areas
of the discipline such as programming, network-
ing, or customer support. PREREQ; Written
approval of the internship director and a minimum
grade of C- in each of the following courses: CSC
141, 142, 240, and 241 with a 2.50 GPA in CSC;
MAT 151 and 161 with a 2.00 GPA in MAT.
317 Visual Programming (3) Techniques for pro-
gramming in a visual eniironment are studied.
Languages such as Visual BASIC and Java will be
covered. PREREQi CSC 240.
321 Database Management Systems (3)
Characteristics of generalized database management
systems. Surveys of different database models that
are currently used. The design and implementation
of a database system. PREREQiCSC 240 and 241.
331 Operating Systems (3) This course is a general
survey of elements of operating systems with in-depth
smdies of certain features of specific operating sys-
tems. Elements of concurrent programming are stud-
ied, such as the mutual exclusion problem, sema-
phores, and monitors. Additionally, the following
topics are covered: process scheduling and deadlock
avoidance; memory management issues such as pag-
ing and segmentation; organization and protection of
file systems. PREREQ; CSC 220, 240, 241, and 242.
335 Data Communications and Networking I (3)
An overview of the various aspects of modern data
and telecommunications. Discussion of the hard-
ware and software facets of the transmission of
information in the forms of voice, data, text, and
image. Topics include communication protocols,
transmission technologies, analog/digital transmis-
sion, communications media, public data networks,
LANs, and ISDN. PREREQ: CSC 240 and 241.
336 Data Communications and Networking II (3)
Ai in-depth study of various aspects of modem data
communication systems. Discussion of serial port
communications, network performance and design,
and Internet protocols. Topics include PC serial
port hardware (RS-232, UART) and software
(XMODEM protocol), queuing theory, X.25, frame
relay, SMDS, BISDN, ATM, TCP/IP, sockets,
and Internet applications. PREREQ^CSC 335.
341 Compiler (3) Covers the basic topics in com-
piler design including lexical analysis, syntax analy-
sis, error handhng, symbol tables, intermediate
code generation, and some optimization.
Programming assignments will build various pieces
of a compiler for a small language. PREREQ;^
CSC 220, 240, 241, and 242.
345 Programming Language Concepts and
Paradigms (3) An examination of the conceptual
underpinning of programming languages and of the
paradigms into which they fall. Topics will be drawn
fi"om those comprising the field of programming lan-
guage such as abstraction, bindings, concurrency,
design, encapsulation, history, representation, storage,
and types. Programming projects will focus on lan-
guages within the fimctional, declarative, and object-
oriented paradigms - such as Common Lisp, ML,
Prolog, CLOS - rather than the familiar imperative
paradigm. PREREQiCSC 220, 240, and 241.
350 Computers in Education (3) (noimiajors)
Technical knowledge and skills for successfiil use of
the computer as a supportive tool for education in
the elementary and secondary school classes. Includes
hands-on experience using word processing, data-
base, spreadsheet, and elementary desktop publish-
ing. Software evaluation techniques are learned using
both utility and subject-matter software.
361 Simulation of Discrete Systems (3) Com-
puter simulation using logical and numerical mod-
ehng to represent discrete systems. Detailed analy-
sis of the foundation upon which all discrete simu-
lation languages are built. Use of a special lan-
guage, such as GPSS, to simulate actual systems.
PREREQ: CSC 220, 240, 241, and MAT 221.
371 Computer Graphics (3) A mathematical ap-
proach to the construction and manipulation of proto-
types for graphical display purposes, taking into con-
sideration light source, reflexivity of surfaces, and color
palates. Includes an elementary treatment of anima-
tion. PREREQiCSC 220, 240, 241, and MAT 211.
400 Cooperative Specialty (9) The student works
in the area of computer science that is his or her
specialty. PREREQi Written approval of the
internship director and a minimum grade of C- in
each of the following courses: CSC 141, 142, 240,
and 241 with a 2.50 GPA in CSC; MAT 151 and
161 with a 2.00 GPA in MAT.
402 Software Engineering (3) This course
explores the technical, ethical, organizational, and
social imphcations of computing. In addition to
assigned readings, including software engineering
literature, students develop a moderately large soft-
ware team project. PREREQ. CSC 240 and 241.
417 User Interfaces (3) This course covers design-
ing and creating graphical user interface (GLJI) pro-
grams. Window tool kit sets are presented in several
programming languages to illustrate variation in
styles of GUI programming. PREREQICSC 240,
241, and 317, or permission of instructor.
481 Artificial Intelligence (3) Artificial
Intelligence (AI) is concerned with the replication
or simulation on a machine of the complex behav-
iors associated with intelligence. Topics wUl be
drawn from any of those comprising the field of Al
such as agent architectures, automatic truth main-
tenance, constraint satisfaction, expert systems,
frizzy logic, games, genetic algorithms, knowledge
representation, machine learning, neural networks
and connectionism, natural language processing,
planning, reasoning, robotics, search, theorem
proving, and vision. Projects requiring coding will
focus on an AI language such as Common Lisp or
Prolog. PREREQ: CSC 220 and 241.
490 Independent Project in Computer Science (3)
The swdent designs and implements a software sys-
tem. Project problems are drawn from local industry
and university departments. A computer science
faculty member supervises each project. PREREQ^
Permission of instructor.
♦ 495 Topics in Computer Science (3) Topic
announced at time of offering. PREREQ^
Permission of instructor.
499 Independent Study in Computer Science (3)
In conjunction with the instructor, the student
selects study topics via hterature search. PRE-
REQi Permission of instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Criminal Justice
School of Business and Public Affairs
Department of Counseling and Educational Psychology
201 Recitation Hall
610-436-2559
Angelo F. Gadaleto, Chairperson
Stephanie L. Hinson, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: D. Brown, Gadaleto, Kahn, Parsons
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Broderick, Hinson, Napierkowski,
Spradlin
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Zhang
The Department of Counseling and Educational Psychology provides
courses such as educational psychology, adolescent development, and
essentials of the helping relationship. Educational psychology is a
required professional care course of the University teacher certification
program. Adolescent development and essentials of the helping rela-
tionship are popular elective courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COUNSELOR EDUCATION
Symbol: EDC
462 Essentials of the Helping Relationship (3)
This course sun'evs the concepts and skills
involved in helping others through individual
interviewing, problem soKing. decision making,
and svstematic behavior change.
♦ 498 Counselor Education Workshop (3)
499 Peer Helper Workshop (1-3) A workshop
that focuses on acquisition of specific knowledge
and skills necessary for working in a college setting.
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Symbol: EDP
249 Adolescent Development (3) This course
focuses on the emotional, social, intellectual,
moral, physical, and self-concept factors shaping
human behavior with emphasis on adolescent
behavior.
250 Educational Psychology (3) A study of learn-
ing in relation to the physical, social, emotional,
and intellectual aspects of personality.
467 Group Dynamics (3) A group process course
designed to help students develop their personal
effectiveness in group situations.
♦ This course
may
be taken
again
for credit.
Department of Criminal Justice
200 Rubv Jones Hall
610-436-2647
Jana Nestlerode, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Brev^'ster, Nestlerode
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Kauffman, McVey, Nealy,
O'Neill
West Chester University's Department of Criminal Justice offers a
broad-based, interdiscipUnar\' program that combines theory with
appUcation. Courses that teach applied knowledge complement a solid
core curriculum ot theory, philosophy, and analysis. The program is
designed to fiilfdl the needs of four categories of students:
1. Those who desire a carefiiUy planned four-year program of study
to prepare for careers in criminal justice;
2. Sttidents from two-vear colleges who desire to continue their edu-
cations and obtain bachelor's degrees;
3. Criminal justice professionals who seek to increase their profes-
sional competencies by strengthening their educational back-
grounds;
4. Those who wish to pursue master's degrees or law degrees.
The program provides 1) a core curriculum of required courses to
ensure a solid working knowledge of the major systems within the
discipline; 2) a variety of elective courses that permits students to tai-
lor their academic careers to their professional goals; 3) a venue for
the development of critical analysis and communication sldlls; and 4)
practical experience in a criminal justice setting. These primary pro-
grammatic qualities advantageously position the successful undergrad-
uate student for entry-level positions in criminal justice agencies or
postgraduate studies.
A primary feature of the program is the summer practicum served at a
criminal justice agency. It is designed to give the student the opportu-
nity to apply acquired theoretical knowledge and receive direct profes-
sional experience in the field.
Related Student Activities
The Criminal Justice Club (Sigma Tau Omicron) is the local chapter
of the American Criminal Justice Association (Lambda Alpha
18 semester hours
12 semester hours
27 semester hours
Epsilon). The acti\ities of this organization are open to all students.
The Law Society is an organization also open to all students, but may
be of particular interest to those students aspiring to law school.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— CRIMINAL JUSTICE
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Required Courses 15 semester hours
CRJ 110*, 210*, 300*, 38r, and 400*
3. Criminal Justice Electives
4. Summer Practicum (required)
CRJ 490*
5. Related Areas (minor or electives taken
under advisement)
Enrollment in CRJ 110 and CRJ 210 is open to all students.
However, enrollment in all other criminal justice courses is limited to
criminal justice majors, criminal justice minors, and to those students
who have received special permission from the department chairper-
son. Admission to the program is competitive, and enrollment in such
restricted courses is no assurance of admission into the major (nor is
acceptance into the minor program assurance of firture acceptance into
the major). Students wishing to change their majors to criminal justice
must apply to the department. Evaluation of applications is based on
academic performance, writing abilit)', and other relevant data.
NOTE: This program deviates from the "Anticipated Time for Degree
Completion," which is outlined on page 51, since the program requires
the completion of requirements that can only be met in the summer.
Students must have a GPA of at least 2.3 for admission to the pro-
gram.
Minor in Criminal Justice 18 semester hours
1. Required Courses 15 semester hours
CRJ 110*, 210', 300*, 387*, and 400*
2. Criminal Justice Electives 3 semester hours
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts
or bachelor of science in hberal studies general degree program. All
students who wish to enter the minor must have a minimum overall
2.00 GPA.
A minimum grade of C is required in this course.
School of Business and Public Affairs
Criminal Justice
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Symbol: CRJ
110 IntToducrion to the Criminal Justice System
(3) This course is designed to describe the criminal
justice system from arrest through trial, appeal,
sentencing, correction, and parole. The object of
this course is to provide the student with a proce-
dural framework ot the criminal justice process.
210 Theories in Criminal Justice (3) This course
is a survey of the historical and contemporary
attempts to explain the phenomena of crime and
criminal behavior from the perspectives ot sociolo-
gy, psychology, economics, biology, and law.
Emphasis will be placed on contemporary theory
and the analysis of evidence supportive of various
theoretical positions.
215 GIS for Criminal Justice Careers (3) A
course in crime mapping and the analysis of maps
of crime patterns, police services, locations of
criminal incidents, offenders' geographical behav-
iors, and spatial trends in crime. This course is
cross-hsted with GEO 215.
220 Corrections (3) The purpose of this course is
to provide the student with a survey and analysis
of the correctional system and its processes trom
both a historical and geographical perspective.
Emphasis will be placed on relating this survey
and analysis to contemporary' practice and future
trends in the area of corrections.
240 Criminal Investigation (3) Criminal investi-
gation tiinctions of police involving crimes of vio-
lence, crimes against property, and organized
crime. Police operational techniques and applica-
ble court decisions in the areas of interview,
search, seizure, and arrest.
268 Private Security (3) This course will provide
an in-depth examination of the various facets and
interests of the private sector of security'. A review
of the histor\', organization, management, and
safet)' issues pertaining to the private security pro-
fession will be addressed. Emphasis is placed on
policy and decision making, personnel, and bud-
geting, as well as an examination of security pro-
gramming that responds to the private sector.
300 Criminal Law (3) This course will cover the
principles of criminal rcsponsibiliU', the purposes
and limitations of criminal law, and the elements of
various criminal offenses. Substantive criminal law
will cover the conduct, acts, and omissions that have
been designated as crimes. These acts (or omissions)
plus the mental state and other essential elements
that make up criminal action will be examined.
PREREQ; Students must have earned a grade of C
or bener in CRJ 110, CRJ 210, and WRT 121.
304 History and Philosophy of Law and Justice
(3) This course is intended to aid the beginning stu-
dent in understanding the historical and philosophi-
cal influences on the American criminal justice sys-
tem; introduce the student to a broad range ot indi-
viduals who, over a period of 2,000 years, have
made significant contributions to the formulation
and process of justice; and analyze various other sys-
tems of criminal justice found in dissimilar cultures.
310 Juvenile Justice Administration (3) A survey
of both the formal (police/courts/corrections) and
the informal (diversion) means of dealing with the
problem of juvenile crime. Emphasis is not on the
behavior but on society's response to it. Emphasis
also wiU be placed on the legal rights of juveniles.
312 White-CoUar Crime (3) This course analyzes
the usually nonviolent criminal conduct described
as official corruption, systematic crime, or viola-
tions of trust that are characterized by calculation.
deceit, and personal enrichment. The influence of
organized crime also is explored.
314 Organized Crime (3) Organized crime is
examined as an American phenomenon, then
compared to organized criminal acrivitv' in Europe
and Asia. The student wiU place in perspective the
current organizations in the U.S. and their histori-
cal development over the last centur}'. European
groupings are examined as precursors/models of
U.S. transplants with insights into the prohfera-
tion of such groups in the Far East.
330 Criminal Behavior (3) This course e.xposes stu-
dents to broad, theoretical positions on crime and to
observable criminal offenses. Students will learn to
avoid oversimplified, dogmatic answers. Research
findings on understanding and controlling crime will
be discussed. The course will help a student appreci-
ate the need to integrate contemporar)' psychology
into an understanding of criminal behavior.
340 Victimless Crimes (3) This course is designed
to familiarize the student with the ramifications of
vice control. It will cover such topics as prosfitution,
homosex"ualitv, pornography, gambling, and book-
making, as well as historical perspecrives, statutes and
interpretations, a comparison of illegal operations,
enforcement techniques, and legalization efforts.
350 Scientific Crime Detection (3) This course
will engender an appreciation of what is entailed
for an indix'idual to understand current scientific
methods of detection in the criminal justice system.
387 Criminal Justice Research (3) This course is
designed to provide an overview of research meth-
ods used in criminal justice research, including
data collection methods, sampling techniques, and
basic statistical analyses. The course will provide
hands-on appUcation of research methods as well
as critical analyses of research studies conducted by
others in the field of criminal justice. PREREQ^
Students must have earned a grade ot C or better
in CRJ 110, CRJ 210, and WRT 121.
400 Criminal Procedure (3) This course is an
examination of the theory and application of the law
and rules of cNndence for the criminal justice student.
It will develop an understanding ot the reasons for
the rules of evidence and a grasp of the application
of the rules in case investigation and for presentation
in court through a study of selected cases, statutes,
and the an;Jysis of hypothetical cases and situations.
PREREQ; Students must have earned a grade of C
or better in CRJ 300 and CRJ 387.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in Criminal Justice
(1-3) Research projects, reports, and readings in
criminal justice. PREREQi Permission of depart-
ment chairperson.
430 Interviewing and Counseling the Offender
(3) Techniques of interviexving and counsehng
applicable to law enforcement and corrections offi-
cers. Areas ot study include the initial interview,
interrogation, informant-handling techniques,
manipulative behavior of offenders, and exit inter-
views. Role plaj-ing and sociodrama are used.
435 Assessment of the Oflfender (3) This course
will develop students' abilities to describe, recognize,
and understand psychometric measures on adult and
juvenile offenders. Topics include understanding the
selection of psychometric measurements, observing
and drawing from life histories, and understanding
how violent behavior may be predicted.
440 Violent Crime (3) This course seeks to survey
the incidence of violent crime, to analyze the violent
criminal, and to study the variety of means that
have been developed to control criminal violence.
450 Criminalistics (3) This course is designed to
follow CRJ 240 and CRJ 350. It buUds on the
principles learned in those courses and permits
students to apply those principles. The course
involves demonstrations of examinations and
analyses of physical evidence. Students actively
participate in several of those examinations and
experiments. Materials will be provided; field trips
may be made. Course enrollment is limited.
♦ 455 Topical Seminar in Criminal Justice (3)
Intensive examination ot a selected area of study in
the field of criminal justice. Topics will be
announced at the time of offering. Course may be
taken more than once when different topics are
presented. PREREC^Junior or senior CRJ major
or with permission of instructor.
460 Evidence and Trial Advocacy (3) This course
moves a step beyond basic criminal law and criminal
procedure studies and takes the student into the
courtroom. The student wiU learn basic rules of evi-
dence presentation and court procedure and discover
how the trial process works by actively participating
in it. The student will learn how to distill the issues,
and to present concise, well-reasoned arguments
supporting a given position. It is in this manner that
the student will learn critical anal\'sis and practical
presentation. (This course is designed for those stu-
dents who have completed CRJ 300 and CRJ 400.)
461 Notable Criminal Cases (3) Selected factual
accounts of criminality' and criminal behavior over
the past 75 years are analyzed. Selection is based
on notoriety and continued dispute. Course is
designed to illuminate, through reading and class
analysis, a wide spectrum of criminal conduct and
the related investigative and judicial response.
462 Management Problems and Practices (3) This
course is intended to aid in the instruction of stu-
dents who are potential candidates for administrative
positions. Its objective is neither to present a new
approach to the field nor to support an existing one;
rather, it is to provide the student with a well-round-
ed view of the subject and to lay the groundwork for
flirther study. This is done by bringing together the
most appropriate concepts and practices in managing
an organization; e.g., purpose defining, planning,
decision making, staffing, motivating, communicat-
ing, collective bargaining, and controlling.
470 Interpersonal Relations (3) This course is
designed to aid a student's self analysis in terms of
behavior patterns or changes affecting his or her
life. This self knowledge often leads to under-
standing relationships with others, which can
assist students in relating to other persons in their
personal, social, and professional lives.
482 Contemporary Legal Issues (3) This course
encompasses a brief review of the general princi-
ples of law and procedure, followed by an in-depth
study of the more controversial legal dilemmas fac-
ing today's criminal justice system. The course is
designed to shed light on each side of the issue, to
enable the student to see beyond the superficial
aspects of the conffict, and to understand its more
profound nature.
487 Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice (3) This
course is designed to identify and examine ethical
issues among practitioners and students in the
criminal justice field. Such issues may include the
discretionary power of arrest, the use of deadly
force, the decision to prosecute, participation in
plea bargaining, representation of the guilty, and
the imposition of punishment. Such a course will
promote inquiry that combines ethical analysis
with a practical awareness of the reaUties of the
criminal justice system.
490 Practicum (3-12) Full-time 12-week struc-
tured work experience at a department-approved
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Early Childhood and Special Education
School ot Education
criminal justice agency under the joint supervision
of the facultv instructor and the ageno.'. The
course includes periodic reports, a final paper, and
attendance at classes held on campus. Offered pri-
marily in the summer. PREREQ; 84 earned cred-
its, GPA at WCU of at least 2.0, C or better in
CRJ 300 and CRJ 387. Note: Any student termi-
nated for cause by the professional agency- may not
retake the course unless special approval to do so is
obtained from the department.
Department of Early Childhood and Special Education
309 Recitation Hall
610-436-2579
Judith S. Finkel, Chairperson
Catherine Prudhoe, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Finkel, Maggitti
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Drake, McGinley, Prudhoe,
Zlotowski
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bell, DeLuca, OzeUs, Qi, Wandry
The Department of Early Childhood and Special Education stands
out in the southeastern Pennsylvania and tri-state region with its
extensive early practicum opportunities for its students; its small, pro-
fessionally diverse facudts", a high rate ot employment opportunities; a
heightened sense of collegialiu' and volunteerism among its students;
and finally, national (National Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education), regional (Middle States Association ot Colleges and
Secondary Schools), and state (Pennsylvania Department ot
Education) accreditation.
The Department of Early Childhood and Special Education offers pro-
grams of study leading to a bachelor of science in early childhood edu-
cation or a bachelor of science in special education. Dual certification
programs are available in early childhood and special education, early
childhood and elementary education, and special education and elemen-
tary education. Minor concentrations are available in either area.
The B.S.Ed, in EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION curriculum
is designed to provide both the liberal education and special prepara-
tion required for careers in public and private school as teachers and
directors, as well as supervisory work in early childhood programs in
public schools and other venues. Upon satistacton' completion of the
program, the student will quality for a Pennsylvania Instructional I
Teaching Certificate valid for six years of teaching in preschool,
kindergarten, and grades one through three.
The B.S.Ed, in SPECIAL EDUCATION prepares teachers who can
provide diverse student populations with the knowledge, skills, and val-
ues considered essential for effective participation in society. It provides
relevant and comprehensive education for those who desire to support
the educational, emotional, and physical needs of students with disabili-
ties in the public schools of Pennsylvania. Upon satisfactory' completion
of the program, the student will quality' for a Pennsylvania Instructional
I Teacher Certificate, valid for sLx years of teaching.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION— EARLY
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
(Curriculum NK-3)
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
Includes LIT 352, MAT 101, and SOC 240;
requirements in art, humanities, social sciences,
and sciences; and a second math course as a
student elective.
2. Professional Education 12 semester hours
EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250+ and 351+
3. Specialized Preparation 60 semester hours
ECE 100, 225+, 231+, 232, 308, 321+, 404,
405+, 407, 410+, 411+; EDA 230; EDR 309,
325; MAT 349+; MUE 232
NOTE: MUE 232 may count toward the general education require-
ments.
12 semester hours
45 semester bom's
12 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION— SPECLVL
EDUCATION
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
Student electives selected under advisement
(suggested general education student elective
MAT 102)
2. Professional Education
Required: EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250
and 351
3. Special Education^:
NOTE; Special education requirements are
structured in the following distinct blocks:
High incidence:
EDA 302, 350, 360
Low incidence:
EDA 301, 329, 349
Introducton' and major courses:
EDA 104, EDA 230 or EDA/EDR 341,
EDA 380, and EDA 416/417
One program elective from the folio-wing:
EDA 200, 230, 280, or 341
4. Required Supporting Courses^:
EDR 311, HEA 206, MAT 357, and SPP 240
Minor Programs
Students who desire admission to the minor in early childhood or
special education must have achieved the minimum cumulative GPA
required for their earned credits: 2.65 for students with 27-47 credits,
and 2.80 for students with 48 or more credits. Students admitted to
either of these minors must maintain the minimum cumulative GPA
required of them at admission to the minor in order to continue.
Students who fall below the minimum cumulative GPA required are
permitted to retake, in accordance with University policy, course work
in the minor that contributed to their fall below the required mini-
mum cumulative GPA. Such students will not be permitted to take
additional course work in the minor untd they achieve the required
minimum cumulative GPA.
The minors do not lead to Instructional I teacher certification by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.
Minor in Early Childhood Education 15-18 semester hours
Required Courses
ECE 100, ECE 231, ECE 232, PSY 100, and one of the foUow-
ing: ECE 404 or ECE 405
Minor in Special Education 18 semester hours
Current trends, enforced by recent litigation, have increased the need for
a general understanding of the individuals with disabilities in our culture.
The program is designed to introduce students to individuals with
mild disabihties through course work and field practicums.
Required special education courses are EDA 104, EDA 200, and
EDA 302/350/360 (as a block).
+ Courses requiring prerequisites — check catalog course descriptions below.
:): Minimum grade of C- is required in all special education and the
following supporting courses: EDR 311, HEA 206, MAT 357, and
SPP 240.
School of Education
Earlv Childhood and Special Education
Admission to Early Childhood Education and Special Education
Degree Programs
For formal admission to early childhood education and special educa-
tion degree programs, see "Formal Admission to Teacher Education"
in the "Teaching Certification Programs" section of this catalog.
REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER TO THE MAJORS IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD AND SPECIAL EDUCATION.
Students may apply for "external transfer" (see below) when transfer-
ring from another post-secondar\' institution. Students already admit-
ted to West Chester University as premajors or in another major may
apply for "internal transfer."
Students seeking external or internal transfer must have earned a min-
imum of 12 college-level credits. Students with 12-47 credits must
also have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.65. The required mini-
mum cumulative GPA for students with 48-59 earned credits is 2.80.
Students with 60 or more earned credits must have a minimum cumu-
lative GPA of 2.80; have achie\'ed the following passing scores (in
parentheses) as established by the Pennsylvania Department of
Education on the Praxis I PPST examinations in Reading (172),
Writing (173), and Mathematics (173); and completed college-level
studies in EngUsh composition (three credits), Uterature taught in
EngUsh (three credits), and mathematics (six credits).
External or internal transfer to the majors in early childhood and spe-
cial education does not represent nor confer formal admission to
teacher education. (See "Formal Admission to Teacher Education" in
the "Teaching Certification Programs" section of this catalog.)
INTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS. There is an announced time
for internal admission at the beginning of each semester.
EXTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS. Transfer credit will be
granted for 100- and 200-level courses if the course descriptions are
equivalent and in accordance with University poUcy. All other
required courses in the professional education and specialized prepara-
tion areas will be evaluated and approved on an individual basis.
Application and Approval for Student Teaching
Students must apply through the department for approv-al for student
teaching in earl)- childhood education or special education. To apply, the
student must have completed 90 semester hours. (See "Formal
Admission to Teacher Education" in the "Teaching Certification
Programs" section of this catalog.) As part of the 90 credits, the student
must complete all professional education courses and all specialized
preparation courses with the minimum required GPA. (See also student
teaching, page 146.)
An appUcation for student teaching must be filed in November prior
to the academic year in which student teaching is to be scheduled.
Application meetings will be announced at the beginning of the fall
semester each year. Students register for student teaching as they
would for any other University courses.
Field Placement In Schools
AH field placements, including student teaching, are arranged by the
department. Students are not to soUcit placements. While student
needs are considered in assigning placements, no particular placement
can be guaranteed. Transportation to and from field placements is the
responsibiht)' of the individual student.
West Chester Universitv' does not place students at reUgiously affihat-
ed schools when public school placements are available if that place-
ment results in the students' receiving academic credit (e.g., student
teaching). In addition, the University' will make every attempt to first
place students into public (vs. private) schools for student teaching
and related activities. Further, students will not be assigned student
teaching or other related duties at nonsectarian private schools or
agencies unless they specifically request such placement. Each request
will be considered individually to ensure that the private entity does
not receive special benefit from the arrangement that outweighs the
benefit to the University and its students.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Symbol: ECE
" 100 Orientation to Early Childhood (3) An
introduction to the histon' and philosophy of early
childhood education. Field obsen'ations in a vari-
ety' of settings provide the student with an oppor-
tunitv' for career decision making.
" 225 Infant Learning Environment and Field
Experience (6) The study of infant/toddler devel-
opment and appropriate programming. The rela-
tionship ot the developmental level to the structur-
ing of learning environment is fostered as students
interact with infants in child care settings for four
hours per week.
• 231 Child Development (2-5 years) (3)
Physical, social, emotional, intellectual, and moral
deyelopment of the child, 2-5 years of age.
Parallels are drawn from this phase of child devel-
opment to students' self-development.
* 232 Preschool Learning Environment (3-6)
Methods and materials for structuring the class-
room environment for the child 2-5 years of age.
Readiness skills and concepts in all curricular areas
are addressed.
308 Social Studies and Sciences in Primaiy
Grades (3) A consideration of methods of instruc-
tion for social studies and science in K-3 grade
classrooms.
** 321 Middle Childhood and Adolescent
Development (5-8 years) (3) Physical, social,
emotional, intellectual, and moral development of
the child 5-8 years ot age. Parallels are drawn from
this phase of child development to students' self-
development.
A* 325 Teaching Reading and Field Experience
(Primaiy Grades) (6) The teaching of reading and
its masten' is the focus of this course. Students apply
knowledge of theories and practices in supervised
field placements in schools with children 5-8 years of
age. Tutoring of individual children and small groups
is Integrated with planning and evaluation of lessons
and activities as well as remediation. Crosslisted as
EDR 325. PREREQ: ECE 310 or EDR 309.
404 Integrated Learning in Kindergarten (3-6)
The focus of this course is on curricular content
and developmentally appropriate ex-periences in
various kindergarten programs.
* 405 Administration and Supervision of Early
Childhood Programs (3) Principles of administra-
tion and supervision of programs for young chil-
dren. Includes parent education and community
relarions. PREREQ; ECE 232.
> 407 Diversity Issues in Early Childhood (3)
This seminar will address the rewards and chal-
lenges of teaching in America's diverse classrooms.
** 410 Student Teaching (6) (First halt of semester)
"411 Student Teaching (6) (Second half of semes-
ter) Two separate student teaching experiences are
required: one in nursery or kindergarten and one in
grades 1-3. Weekly practicum sessions are required.
PREREQ; See "Application and Approval for
Student Teaching" earEer in this section.
Symbol: EDR
' 309 Introduction to the Language Arts (3) The
areas of listening, speaking, and writing are stud-
ied in depth. Knowledge, teaching, and evaluative
techniques arc addressed. Introduction to the
reading process and the relationship of language to
reading also will be studied.
SPECLVL EDUCATION
Sv-mbol: EDA
104 Introduction to Special Education (6) This
course is designed to acquaint the prospective spe-
cial education teacher with the historical and legal
evolution of the field, as well as the characteristics
of individuals with high- and low-incidence disabil-
ities with a focus on mental retardation, emotional
disturbance, learning disabilities, and phwical and
other health impairments. In addition, this course is
designed to have the prospective teacher observe
and reflect upon the characteristics of these students
with disabilities within the context of school and
clinical settings. The content will focus on issues
relative to special education in a diverse society and
will rely heavily on reflective teaching and learning.
200 Practicum (3) This course is an integral part
of the program for minors. Field experience in an
integrated environment consisting of collaborative
training with regular and special educators. PRE-
REQ: EDA 104.
► 230 Inclusive Classrooms (3) The purpose of
this course is to prepare preservice early childhood,
elementarj', and special education students to
teach smdents with disabilities effectively in gener-
al education settings. The course will be co-taught
by special education and early childhood education
faculty. PREREQ: EDE 200.
" Open to early childhood and elementary education
majors only
** Open to earlv childhood majors only
A Crosslisted course. Students completing ECE
325 may not take EDR 325 for credit.
^ Diverse communities course
Economics and Finance
School of Business and Public Affairs
250 Inclusive Practices in Music Education (1)
Designed to acquaint music educators with the
philosophy of inclusive education and provide them
with skills to accommodate students with disabili-
ties in music classes (for music educators only).
280 Integrating the Arts (3) Fine art, music, pup-
petrj', and dance are combined as creative process-
es to be adapted for use with children with disabil-
ities. This course can be used to fidfill general
education requirements.
301 Field Experience and Seminar: Low-
Incidence Disabilities (3) A weekly one-and-a-
half-hour seminar and three-hour field placement
with individuals with low-incidence disabihties.
This course will be taken the same semester as
EDA 320 and EDA 349. This course will give
students experience designing and implementing
instruction for individuals with low-incidence dis-
abihties and time to share and reflect on their
experience. The readings will focus on issues of
assessment, curriculum, and instruction of individ-
uals with low-incidence disabilities. PREREQ;
Formal admission to teacher education.
302 Field Experience and Seminar. Hi^-
Inddence Disabilities (3) A weekly one-and-a-half-
hour seminar and three-hour field placement with
individuals with high-incidence disabilities. This
course will be taken the same semester as EDA 350
and EDA 360. The goal is to experience inclusive
classrooms, with culturally diverse populations,
implementing best practices for teaching all children
integrating theory and practice. The reading and dis-
cussions will focus on special education in a diverse
society and will include reflective teaching and the
reflective teaching model. PREREQi EDA 104.
320 Behavior Management (3) This course is an
exploration of current practices in behavior man-
agement with emphasis on teacher-dehvered sys-
tems. PREREQ: EDA 104 and formal admission
to teacher education.
1 341 Inclusion and Reading in the Content Area
(3) This course is co-taught b\' special education
and Uteracy faciJty. It will help prepare secondary
education and special education majors to teach all
students effectively, including those with disabili-
ties in general-education, content-specific settings.
Practical guidehnes, content literac)- strategies, and
adaptations will be emphasized to prepare pre-edu-
cators to meet the academic social, and affective
needs of all students in the inclusive secondary
classroom. PREREQ: EDF 100, EDP 250. '
349 Methods for Low-Incidence Disabilities (3)
This course is designed to prepare students to
teach children with low-incidence disabihties.
Provides an understanding of curriculum prepara-
tion, methods, materials, and curricular areas
unique to learners with low-incidence disabihties.
PREREQi EDA 104 and formal admission to
teacher education.
350 Methods for High-Incidence Disabilities (3)
The course is designed to prepare students to
teach children with high-incidence disabihties. It
provides an understanding ot learning problems.
The focus is on instruction in academic areas.
PREREQ: EDA 104.
360 Assessment in Special Education (3) This
course is designed to introduce students to instruc-
tional assessment in special education and the
development of relevant education plans to meet
federal regulations. PREREQ: EDA 104.
380 Life Transitions With Individuals With
Disabilities (3) This course is a study of hfe-span
issues for individuals with disabilities. It stresses
curriculum content and instructional strategies that
are sensitive to human diversity and promote career
development and transition. PREREQ^ EDA 104.
♦ 410 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics or
projects initiated by the student that will enable
her or him to do extensive and intensive study in
an area of special education. PREREQi
Permission of chairperson.
416 Student Teaching (6) Participation in teaching
and all other activities in the student teaching role
related to the teacher's work. PREREQi Formal
admission to teacher education and Pennsylvania-
mandated GPA, 90 semester hours including all pro-
fessional education courses, and all specialized prepa-
ration courses with standards as shown above (*).
417 Student Teaching (6) See EDA 416 for
description and requirements.
I Diverse communities course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Economics and Finance
309A Anderson Hall
610-436-2217
Cynthia Benzing, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Benzing, DeMoss, T. Naggar
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bove, Mohan
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Andrews, Buchenroth,
DurJeavy, Schini, Tolin
The primary objective of the Department of Economics and Finance
is to provide a learning experience that wiU permit each student to
achieve maximum intellectual development in his or her chosen area
of study and to prepare for a satisfying career in that field.
As an aid to the achievement of this purpose, the Department of
Economics and Finance strives:
1. To assist students in acquiring a fiindamental knowledge and
understanding of the framework within which our business and
industrial system operates;
2. To acquaint students with the modern techniques used by business
and industry that enables them to deal effectively with the chang-
ing environment; and
3. To encourage smdents in developing the ablliry to analyze situa-
tions, to relate and classify pertinent factors, and to derive alterna-
tives for solving problems.
The Department of Economics and Finance coordinates its courses
with the departments of Accounring, Management, and Marketing.
Majors in the department must consult the departmental handbook
and their adviser annually for current requirements.
Two degree programs are offered:
1. The B.S. in ECONOMICS focuses on a business orientation of
economic analysis.
2. The B.S. in FINANCE focuses on investment, internarional
finance, and financial markets.
All freshmen and those transfer students who have not completed
the required courses will be admitted to the pre-business program.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— ECONOMICS
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
(includes COM 101 or 208 or 216 or 230,
CSC 110 or 115 or 141, MAT 105* or 107*
or 110*, PHI 101 or 150 or 180, and nine credits
of free electives)
2. Business Core 39 semester hours
ACC 20r, 202*; BLA 201*; ECO 111*, 112*,
251*, 252*; FIN 325*; MAT 108; MOT 200*,
341*, 499*; and MKT 325*
3. Major Concentradon Courses 27 semester hours
ECO 335*, 340*, 348*, 400*, and ECO 409* or
FIN 375*; and two electives in economics
300 level or above*, ECO 337* or 338* or
PSC 318*, and ENG 368*
Business Electives
300-level or above courses in ACC, BLA,
ECO, FIN, INB, MGT, MIS, MKT;
GEO 325, 425; or PSC 318
Restricted Electives
Three semester hours or any 100-level or above
nonbusiness course.
A minimum of 15 credits in 300-400 level ECO courses and a minimum
of 30 credits in business courses must be completed at WCU.
Only students accepted into the accounting, economics, finance, man-
agement, and marketing majors or minors may register for 300-level
business classes.
4.
5.
3 semester hours
3 semeter hours
*A minimum grade of C must be attained in these courses.
School of Business and Public Affairs
Economics
36 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— FINANCE
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
(includes COM 101 or 208 or 216 or 230,
CSC 110 or 115 or 141, ECO 111*,
MAT 105' or 107* or 110*, PHI 101 or
150 or 180, and nine credits of free electives)
2. Business Core
ACC 201*, 202*; BLA 201'; ECO 112*,
251*, and 252*; FIN 325*; MAT 108; MOT 200*,
341, 499*; and MKT 325*
3. Major Concentration Courses 24 semester hours
HN 326*, 337*, 344*, 372*, 375*; mo
electives in finance or accounting 300-level
or above*; and ENG 368*
4. Business Electives 9 semester hours
300-level or above courses in ACC, BLA, ECO,
INB, MGT, MIS, MKT; GEO 325, 425; or
PSC 318
5. Restricted Electives 3 semester hours
Three semester hours of any 100-level or above
nonbusiness course
A minimum of 15 credits in 300-400 level FIN courses and a minimum of
30 credits in business courses must be completed at WCU.
Onlv students accepted into the accounting, economics, finance, man-
agement, and marketing majors or minors ma)' register for 300-level
business classes.
Minor in Economics 27 semester hours
To be admitted into the minor in economics, students must ha\-e an
overall GPA of 2.5 and ha\e completed the following classes wth a C
orbetter:^L\Tl05or 107or 110, andECO 111, 112, and 251.
Once admitted to the minor, students must maintain an overall GPA
of 2.5 to continue in the minor.
Course requirements are ^L\T 108, ECO 340' and 348*, and two
economics electives at the 300 level. Only business majors and stu-
dents who have been accepted into the minor may register for 300-
level economics classes.
Minor in Finance 30 semester hours
To be admitted into the minor in finance, students must have an
overall GPA of 2.5 and have completed the follo\ving classes vsith a C
or better: M\l 105 or 107 or 110, and ECO 111, 112, and 251
Once admitted to the minor, students must maintain an overall GPA
of 2.5 to continue in the minor.
Course requirements are ACC 201*, AL\T 108, and HN 325*, 344*,
and 372*. Only business majors and smdents who have been accepted
into the minor may register for 300-level fmance classes.
Prebusiness Status
AU prebusiness students (internal and external transfers) may apply for
the major or minor after completion of 45 credits with a minimum
overall GPA of 2.50. In addition, thev must have completed the fol-
lowing courses with a C or better: ACC 201; ECO 111, 112, 251;
NL\T 105 (or higher); and MGT 200; as well as a passing grade in
^L■VT 108. To progress in the finance or economics major program,
students must maintain a 2.50 overall GPA. To graduate, students
must have a 2.50 overall GPA and a 2.50 GPA in their major course
work (as defined by each program).
'A minimum grade of C must be attained in these courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ECONOMICS
S>-mbol: ECO
101 Principles of Economics — Survey (3) Basic
principles underhing production and consumption
acn\'ities in our modified, capitalistic economic
system, from the aggregate as well as indiWdual
and sectoral standpoints. Issues include competi-
tion, unemplojTiient, inflation, economic growth,
and alternative svstems.
111 Principles of Economics I (Macro) (3)
National income and its measurement. The deter-
mination of price levels, output, and emploiiTnent.
Money and credit, evpenditures, and economic
stability. Government fiscal and monetar)' policy.
PREREQ; Working knowledge of high school
mathematics is required.
112 Principles of Economics II (Micro) (3)
Principles undcrh-ing use and allocation of scarce
productive resources. Consumption and produc-
tion acti\ities. Value, price, and income distribu-
tion. Considerations of economic efficiency' and
welfare. PREREQ^ Working knowledge of high
school mathematics.
251 Quantitative Business Analysis I (3) Teaches
swdents to analra data and solve problems using
descriptive statistics and probabilitii' theorj'. Discrete
and continuous probability' distributions, and sam-
pling distributions. Stresses practical business appli-
cations of statistical theon.- as well as obtaining and
interpreting descriptive statistics using Excel and
Minitab. Use of a spreadsheet program (such as
Excel) necessarv' to manipulate data and formulas.
PRERE(i.\L4T 105 or 107 or 110, and ECO 111
and 112.
252 Quantitative Business Analysis II (3) Teaches
students how to develop testable h\'potheses and use
them to anal\"ze data and answer questions. Co\'ers
confidence inten'als, analras ot \'ariance, simple
r^ression, multiple regression, and correlation.
Stresses practical business \'ariance using Excel and
another statistical package and interpret the results.
Use of a spreadsheet program (such as Excel) neces-
sai)' to manipulate data and formulas. PREREQ^
MAT 105 or 107 or 110; and ECO 111, 112; and
ECO 251 or MAT 121.
334 Labor Economics (3) Application of eco-
nomic theory- to the operation of labor markets
and the collective bargaining process. Considera-
tion is given to the development of the labor
movement and public policv toward labor and
emplo>-ment. PREREQ: ECO 111 and 112.
335 Money and Banking (3) A survey of money,
credit, and prices, emphasizing their effects on
economic stabilit)'. The Federal Reserve S\"stem
and its effect on credit control. PREREQ^ ECO
111 and 112.
336 Regulation of Competition (3) Background and
de\'elopment of public policies that directly modify
the free enterprise economy ot the United States.
E\'aluation of policies that change the nature and
extent of competition. PREREQ^ ECO 111 and 112.
337 Economic Growth and Development (3) A
survev and critical evaluation ot alternative theories
of capitalist economic development. Analv-sis and
comparison of alternative public policies applicable
to underdeveloped countries and regions. PRE-
REQ: ECO 111 and 112.
338 International Economics (3) A descriptive,
analnical e.xammation of International trade,
finance, and other economic relationships. The
effects of public policies on these relationships.
PREREQiECO 111 and 112.
340 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) A continu-
ation and extension of the price-sj'stem anal)-sis in
ECO 112. Emphasis on the need for efficienc)' in
the economv's use of scarce productive resources.
PREREQ^ ECO 111 and 112, and ^L\T 108.
341 Public Finance (3) Government's influence on
stabilitv' of national income. Nature of taxes and
expenditures at the v'arious levels of government and
their effect on the allocation of resources and the dis-
tribution of income. PREREQ. ECO 111 and 112.
343 Comparative Economic Systems (3) Basic
ideas and economic institutions of socialism, com-
munism, and capitalism in the 20th centur)-. Prob-
lems created bv the emergence of competing sw-
tems. PREREQ: ECO 111 and 112.
# 3-t4 American Economic E.\perience (3) This
course examines the U.S. economy from the Ci\Tl
War to the present with emphasis on economic theo-
r\' and analras. The sociological ramifications of eco-
nomic conditions will be examined through the litera-
ture of the era. PREREQ^ECO 101 or 111 or 112.
345 Histort' of Economic Thou^t (3) Origins of
economic thought and comparison of the major
schook of economic doctrine. Current economic and
sodo-poUtical factors. PREREQ^ECO 111 and 112.
347 Managerial Economics (3) A course that seeks
to develop managerial judgment. The premise is that
technical application, to be successful, must proceed
from economic feasibilitii-. One plan is weighed
against another in terms of comparative costs and
rev'enues, return on investment, plant-replacement
problems, obsolescence, and depredation. PRE-
REQ: .A.CC 202, ECO 111. 112. and 252.
348 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) Introduc-
tion to the theor\' ot income, employment, and
growth. Prov'ides the analvric tools necessar)' for
dealing with aggregate economic problems. PRE-
REQ; ECO 111 and 112, and MAT 108.
350 Urban Economics (3) Economic aspects of
such urban problems as poverri', housing, taxation,
income distribution, and discrimination. Analj-sis of
economic aspects of various proposed remedies,
# Appro\'ed Lnterdisciplinan* course
ij^l Educational Development
Office of the Associate Provost
including urban renewal, tamilv allowances, cooper-
atives, and others. PREREQ: ECO 111 and 112.
385 Environmental and Resource Economics (3)
The role of the environment in an economic system.
Topics include energy economics, the economics of
renewable and nonrenewable resources, and the eco-
nomics of pollution. PREREQiECO 111 and 112.
400 Research Methods for Business and
Economics (3) Provides the skills and tools
required in business and economic research. Covers
research ethics, hypothesis development, sampling
methodology, experimental design, survey method-
ology, data collection, multivariate analysis, and
regression. Research project required. PREREQ:
ECO 252, and MAT 108 or 161.
401 Introduction to Econometrics (3) Statistical and
mathcniatic.J techniques applied to economic situa-
tions. Use of empirical data in economic analysis.
PREREQi ECO 111, 112, and 252, and MAT 108.
409 Senior Seminar (3) Students are expected to
prepare a research paper that describes and ana-
lyzes a current topic in economics. PREREQ^
Senior standing, ECO 252, 340, and 348.
410 Independent Studies in Economics (1-3)
Special research projects, reports, and readings in
economics. Open to seniors only. PREREQ^
Permission of instructor.
♦ 411-412 Internship (3 or 6) The internship is
open to majors in economics only. It is intended to
enhance the student's educational experience by
providing substantive, professional work experience.
PREREQi Permission of department chairperson.
FINANCE
Symbol: FIN
200 Personal Finance (3) This course addresses
all of the major personal financial planning prob-
lems that individuals and fimilies encounter. It
presents a model of the major elements of effective
money management. All of the latest financial
planning tools and techniques are discussed.
325 Corporate Finance (3) Fundamental financial
management course introduces students to essen-
tial financial concepts, including the analysis of
financial statements, time value of money, stock
and bond valuation, risk and return, capital bud-
geting, and cost of capital. PREREQ^ ACC 201;
ECO 111 and 112; ECO 251 or MAT 121; and
MAT 108 or 161.
326 Intermediate Financial Management (3)
Emphasizes the theoretical understanding and
practical application of concepts introduced in
FIN 325. Students perform a fmancial analysis of
one or more companies including current trends in
the economy and industry, as well as ratio,
DuPont, and operating capital analyses. Use of
spreadsheet analysis to value stocks and bonds;
determine the cost of capital, NPV, and IRR; and
calculate beta. PREREQi FIN 325, and MAT
108 or 161.
330 Principles of Insurance (3) Designed to give stu-
dents a sound foundation for persona] risk manage-
ment ;Jong with a basic understanding of the insur-
ance industry. Covers insurance pricing, industt}' regu-
lation, risk management, and contract law; homeown-
er's, personal auto, life, and health insurance; and
retirement products. A paper is required. PREREQ;
nN 325.
332 Real Estate Finance (3) Covers different
types of real estate, forms of ownership, real prop-
erty rights, and land use policies; how to perform a
feasibilit)' analysis and value real estate using the
income capitalization, sales comparison, and cost
approaches; various types of residential mortgages;
and how to finance a commercial property pur-
chase. How to lease, buy, sell, and mortgage a
propert}', anal\'ze the market, examine risk factors,
and determine the best financing technique. PRE-
REQ: FIN 325.
337 Financial Markets and Institutions (3)
Covers a variety of domestic and international
fmancial markets and institutions, including the
mutual fiind industry, banking institutions, insur-
ance companies, savings institutions, credit unions,
and pension funds, as well as their regulation,
operation, and management. Reviews macroeco-
nomic principles and monev and banking theory.
Written and oral presentation of a fmancial insti-
tution required. PREREQ: RN 325.
344 Investments (3) Covers key concepts in the
investment process with an introduction to stocks,
bonds, options, and fiitures. Discusses valuation of
fmancial assets, market efficiency, interest rates,
risk management, and asset allocation. Financial
analysis required that emphasizes economic and
industrj- forecasts and trends. PREREQ; FIN 325.
350 Investment Analysis and Portfolio
Management (3) Emphasizes portfolio construc-
tion and importance of diversity and asset alloca-
tion rather than security selection. How to set
portfolio objectives, develop investment policy,
construct a portfolio, and manage it. Importance of
using options and fiitures, periodic review and
portfolio revision, benchmarking, and duration
analysis. Interview a client, develop an investment
portfoho based on needs assessment, and present
the results. PREPJ;Q; FIN 344.
370 Problems in Financial Management (3) Case
problems in corporate financial management.
Includes cases on managing current assets, obtain-
ing short-term loans, raising long-term capital,
budgeting capital, and handling divided policy.
PREREQ: FIN 326.
372 International Pmance (3) Introduces global
financial markets and financial risk management.
Covers foreign exchange markets, money markets,
bond markets, and equity markets, of which each
market is developed to consider the needs of a multi-
national corporation, thus providing a meaningfiil
integrarion of international markets and institutions.
PREREQ, nN 325.
375 Contemporary Issues in Finance (3)
Students will think, speak, and write about com-
plex financial and economic issues, including
ethics, efficient markets, data analysis and fore-
casting, globahzation, behavioral finance, and
portfoho analysis. Thesis, PowerPoint presenta-
tion, and portfoho analysis required. Senior
finance majors only. PREREQ: FIN 326, 344,
and 337.
410 Special Topics in Finance (3) Pro\'ides in-
depth coverage of a major current topic in finance.
The topic will change each semester. Topics to be
covered include capital budgeting, valuation,
financial derivatives, and financial modeUng.
PREREQ: FIN 325.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Educational Development
132 Lawrence Center
610-436-3505
Herbert Lee, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Dinniman, Egan, K)'per
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Casciato, Corbett, Giangiulio,
Jenkins, Lee, Patwell
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: AUen, Grice, Hill
INSTRUCTOR: Guy
The Department of Educational Development is a cadre of University
facult)' who have specific and specialized administrative and/or teach-
ing assignments at the University. While much of the assigned
rcsponsibilit)' is to facilitate students' out-of-class learning and devel-
opment, regular and nonclassroom teaching are still included. Areas
within the Department of Educational Development include pre-
major academic advising, career advising, academic administration,
tutoring, services for students with disabilities, and other articulated
teaching and/or administrative assignments.
The department administers the following credit-bearing course:
WCJ 100 Introduction to American Culture (3) This course is
designed for the orientation of international students and new resi-
dents to life and study in the United States. A study of American
higher education, personal values, attitudes, and cultural patterns, the
emphasis is on the diversity of peoples and lifestyles. This course is
not open to U.S. citizens for graduation credits.
Office ot the Associate Provost
Educational Services: Air Force ROTC
Military Science (Army ROTC)
West Chester University students are eligible to participate in the Army
Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) Program through a formal
cross-enrollment agreement with the Widener University Department of
Military Science. Army ROTC offers Univesity smdents the opportunity
to graduate with a college degree and a commission in the United States
army, Army National Guard, or United States Army Reserve. All Army
ROTC classes are conducted on the Widener campus.
The Army ROTC Program consists of a basic course taken during the
freshman and sophomore years, and an advanced course taken during
junior and senior years. Successfiol completion of the basic course is
required before placement in the advanced course. Students who partici-
pated in Junior ROTC in high school or who have prior military service
may receive placement in the advanced courses, which is determined by
the army professor of military science. The basic course requirement also
may be satisfied through attendance at a five-week Army ROTC Basic
Camp at the end of the sophomore year. Students enrolled in the
advanced course receive a stipend of $350 for juniors and $400 for
seniors per month. Guaranteed National Guard and Reserve Forces
options also are available.
Nursing students who complete the four-year or two-year program,
obtain their nursing degree, and pass their Nursing Board
Examinations are commissioned into the Army Nurse Corps. Two-
year (limited) and three-year Army ROTC scholarships are available
on a competitive basis. These scholarships pay 100 percent of the stu-
dent's tuition up to $10,000 and include payment of certain University
fees, a book and school supplies subsidy, and a monthly stipend of
$250 for freshmen, $300 for sophomores, $350 for juniors, and $400
for seniors.
Application for two- and three-year Army ROTC scholarships must
be submitted early in the spring semester of the freshman or sopho-
more year (respectively). AppUcations for attendance at the Army
ROTC Basic Camp must be submitted early in the spring semester of
the sophomore year.
Military science students also participate in orientation and field
training activities as part of the military science curriculum. These
activities are explorations of historical, organizational, and fiinctional
activities of the U.S. Army, conducted in conjunction with the Army
Officer Education Program, and are recognized as a pan of the
process for preparation of cadets for commissioning.
Activities are conducted off campus through tours, field trips, laborato-
ry sessions, and practical field applications. Practical field appUcation
activities include marksmanship, land navigation, small units opera-
tions, rappelling, water survival, color guard, drill team, rifle team,
organized athletics, and other military skills. Varying degrees of health
and body risk are involved in these activities. The government of the
United States, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, West Chester
University, its officers, trustees, employees, agents, or students assume
no liability for any injury caused during the above activities.
For further information on scholarship and career opportunities, con-
tact the professor of military science, Widener University, Chester,
PA 19013, 610-499-4097.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MILITARY SCIENCE
Symbol: MSI
101 Introduction to ROTC I (1) This course is
designed to teach self-confidence through team
study and activities in basic drill, physical fitness,
rappelling, leadership reaction course, first aid,
making presentations, and basic marksmanship.
Includes fundamental concepts of professional
leadership in both classroom and outdoor labora-
tory environments. One hour and a required lead-
ership lab, plus participation in three, one-hour
sessions for physical fitness. Participation in a
weekend exercise also is required.
102 Introduction to Leadership (1) Learn/apply
principles of effective leading. Reinforce self-con-
fidence through participation in physically and
mentally challenging exercises with upper-division
ROTC students. Develop communication skills to
improve individual performance and group inter-
action. Relate organizational ethical values to the
effectiveness of a leader. One hour and a required
leadership lab, plus participation in three, one-
hour sessions for physical fitness. Participation in a
weekend exercise also is required.
201 Self'Team Development (2) Learn/apply
ethics-based leadership skills that develop individual
abilities and contribute to effective team building.
Develop skills in oral presentations, writing concise-
ly, planning events, coordinating group efforts,
advanced first aid, land navigation, and basic mili-
tary tactics. Learn fiindamentals of ROTC's
Leadership Development Program. Two hours and
a required leadership lab, plus required participation
in three, one-hour sessions for physical fitness.
Participation in a weekend exercise also is required.
202 Individual/Team Military Tactics (2)
Introduction to individual and team aspects of mili-
tary tactics in small-unit operations. Includes use of
radio communications, making safety assessments,
movement techniques, planning for team safety/secu-
rity, and methods of pre-execution checks. Practical
exercises with upper-division ROTC students. Learn
techniques for training others as an aspect of contin-
ued leadership development. Two hours and a
required leadership lab, plus required participation in
three, one-hour sessions for physical fitness.
Participation in a weekend exercise also is required.
301 Leading Small Organizations I (3) Series of
practical opportunities to lead small groups, receive
personal assessments and encouragement, and lead
again in situations of increasing complexity. Uses
small-unit defensive tactics and opportunities to
plan and conduct training for lower-division stu-
dents to develop these skills as vehicles to practice
leading. Three hours and a required leadership lab,
plus required participation in three, one-hour ses-
sions for physical fitness. Participation in one week-
end exercise also is required, and one or two more
weekend exercises may be offered for participation.
PRERECi. Army ROTC advanced course standing
or approval of the professor of military science.
302 Leading Small Organizations II (3) Continues
methodolog)- of JVISl 301. Analyze tasks, prepare
written or oral guidance for team members to accom-
plish tasks, delegate tasks, and supervise. Plan for and
adapt to the unexpected in organizations under
stress. Examine and apply lessons from leadership
case studies as well as the importance ot ethical deci-
sion making in setting a positive climate that
enhances team performance. Three hours and a
required leadership lab, plus required participation in
three, one-hour sessions for physical fimess.
Participation in one weekend exercise and three other
one-day exercises is required. PRER£Q;.MSI 301.
401 Leadership Challenges and Goal Setting (2)
Plan, conduct, and evaluate activities of the
ROTC cadet organization. Articulate goals and
put plans into action to attain them. Assess orga-
nizational cohesion and develop strategies to
improve it. Develop confidence in skills to lead
people and manage resources. Learn/apply various
Army policies and programs in this effort. Three
hours and a required leadership lab, plus required
participation in three, one-hour sessions for physi-
cal fitness. Participation in one weekend exercise
also is required, and one or two more weekend
exercises mav be offered for optional participation.
PREREQ: MSI 301 and MSI 302.
402 Transition to Lieutenant (2) Continues the
methodology from MSI 401. Identify and resolve
ethical dilemmas. Refine counseling and motivat-
ing techniques. Examine aspects of tradition and
law as related to leading as an officer in the Army.
Prepare for a fliture as a successful Army lieu-
tenant. Three hours and a required leadership lab,
plus required participation in three, one-hour ses-
sions for physical fitness. Participation in one
weekend exercise also is required, and one or two
more weekend exercises may be offered for option-
al participation. PREREQ: MSI 401.
Additional Requirements. Students enrolled in
the Army ROTC Program are required to com-
plete communications, computer literacy, and mil-
itary history courses prior to commissioning.
Elementan' Education
School of Education
Air Force ROTC
West Chester University students are eligible to participate in the i'Mr
Force Reserve OiEcer Training Corps (AFROTC) through an agreement
with Saint Joseph's Universit\-. All aerospace studies courses wiD be held
on the Saint Joseph's campus. Credits can be transferred to WCU and
appear on the official transcript. The AFROTC program enables a college
student to earn a commission as an Air Force officer while concurrendy
satisfVing requirements for his or her baccalaureate degree.
The program of aerospace studies at Saint Joseph's University offers
two-, three-, and four-year curricula leading to a commission as a sec-
ond Ueutenant in the Air Force. In the tour-year curriculum, students
take classes as part of the General MiHtary Corps (CMC) during the
freshman and sophomore years. Students will also attend a four-week
summer training program following the spring semester of the sopho-
more year. Upon their remrn, smdents then progress to the remaining
two-year curricula, taking courses corresponding to the Professional
Officer Corps (POC) during the junior and senior years. Students
who enter as sophomores are part of the three-year curriculum and
take the second half of GMC courses. They attend a six-week sum-
mer training program. Those who begin the program as juniors enroll
in the two-year POC curriculum and attend a sbc-week summer train-
ing program following the spring semester of the junior year. Students
are under no contracmal obUgation to the Air Force until they accept
an Air Force scholarship or enter the POC.
The subject matter of the freshman and sophomore years is developed
from a historical perspective and focuses on the scope, structure, and
histor)- of military power with an emphasis on the development of air
power. During the junior and senior years, the curriculum concentrates
on the concepts and practices of leadership and management, and the
role of national security forces in contemporary American society.
In addition to the academic portion of the curricula, students partici-
pate in a two-hour leadership laboratory (LLAB) each week. During
this period, the day-to-day skills and working environment of the Air
Force are discussed, explained, and simulated. The leadership lab is
structured to allow students to practice leadership and management
techniques through various methods.
Air Force ROTC offers two-, three-, and four-year scholarships on a
competitive basis to qualified applicants. All scholarships cover tuition,
application fees, lab fees, and $45O-S510 per year for te.xtbooks, as well
as provide a $250, S300, S350, or S400 tax-free monthly stipend.
For fiirther information on the program, scholarships, and career
opportunities, contact the professor of aerospace studies, AFROTC
Det 750, Saint Joseph's University, 5600 City Avenue, Philadelphia,
PA 19131-1399, 610-660-3190/3191. Information also is available on
the Det 750 web site at http://www.sju.edu/admin/afrotc.
COURSES FOR AFROTC
Symbol: AER, AEL
AER 100 The Foundations of the United States
Air Force (1)
AER 200 The Evolution of USAF Aerospace
Power (1)
AER 300 Air Force Leadership Studies (3)
AER 400 National Security Affairs (3)
AEL 200 Leadership Laboratory (Pass/Fail)
Department of Elementary Education
106B Recitation Hall
610-436-2944
Martha Drobnak, Chairperson
Linda Baloche, Assistant Chairperson
Frances A. Slostad, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Baloche, Brown, Maxim, Radich
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bollin, Cai, Drobnak, Slostad
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Corrody, Hoyle, Sanderson,
Winterton
The Department of Elementary Education offers programs leading to
certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for elementary
education teachers (K-6).
The B.S. Ed. in ELEMENTARY EDUCATION curriculum is
designed to provide a broad background of general education, an
understanding of children, and the knowledge and skills needed to
teach all aspects of the elementar)' school program. Upon satisfactory
completion of the approved program, the smdent will qualify for a
Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate, valid for sbt years of teaching
in kindergarten and grades one through six.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION —
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
(Curriculum K-6)
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
Includes GEO 101, LIT 395, MAT 101,
SCI 101, SCI 102, and American history
2. Professional Education 12 semester hours
EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250, and 351 +
3. Specialized Preparation 57 semester hours
EDE 200, 251+, 332+', 352+*, 401+', 406+*,
410+*, and 411+*; EDR/EDE 302+*, 311+*, 312+*;
EDA/EDE/ECE 230+, HEA 301*; MAT 102+
and 351++*; MUE 231; and SCE 310+*
4. Elective Area
3 semester hours
Application and Approval for Student Teaching
Students are eligible to student teach if they have (a) achieved fiill-admis-
sion stams to teacher education, (b) met the professional preparation
requirements (exception: EDE 406 may be taken concurrend}' with sm-
dent teaching), (c) earned at least 90 credits prior to the student teaching
semester, and (d) maintained the Pennsylvania-mandated GPA of 2.80.
(See "Formal Admission to Teacher Education" in the "Teaching
Certification Programs" section of this catalog.) Student teaching is typi-
cally scheduled for a smdent's final semester at the University.
Students must file an application through the Department of
Elementary Education for smdent teaching; apphcation for smdent
teaching must be made one semester prior to smdent teaching through
the Teacher Education Center, Francis Harvey Green Library- 251.
Following application, students register for student teaching (EDE 410
and 411) as the\- would for other Universit}' courses.
Field Placement in Schools
AH field placements for EDE courses, including smdent teaching, are
arranged in conjunction with the Department of Elementan'
Education. Students are not to solicit placements. While smdent
needs are considered in assigning placements, no particular placement
can be guaranteed. Transportation to and from field placements is the
responsibiht}' of the individual smdent. Students must have their
+ Courses requiring prerequisites - check catalog course descriptions below.
++ Prerequisites are MAT 101 and MAT 102 (unless waived by examination).
* Advanced program courses that require formal admission to teacher
certification to enroll.
School of Education
Elementan- Education
criminal, child abuse, and TB clearance bv the first day of class for
EDE 200, EDR 312, and EDE 410/411.'
West Chester University- does not place students at religiously affiliat-
ed schools when pubUc school placements are available and when that
placement results in the students' recei\ing academic credit.
Admission and Progression Requirements in Elementary
Education B.S. Ed. Program
Students must meet Uni\'ersit)' admission requirements. AH students
who enter the Universit}' as elementar}- education majors are designated
as probationary teacher education students until they achieve formal admis-
sion to teacher education. All students seeking a bachelor of science in
education in elementan- education must formally apph' for admission to
teacher education. (See "Formal Admission to Teacher Education" in
the "Teaching Certification Programs" section of this catalog.)
Only students formallv admitted to teacher education vnH be eligible
to take advanced professional education course work. For elementary
education majors, the advanced professional course work includes
300- and 400-level EDE courses and EDE/EDR 312 plus HEA 301,
MAT 351, and SCE 310. Students formally admitted to teacher edu-
cation must maintain the required minimum GPA in order to contin-
ue taking advanced professional course work. If a student falls below
the required minimum GPA, he or she will be permitted to retake -
in accordance with Universirv polic\' - professional course work that
contributed to the fall below the minimum GPA but will not be per-
mitted to take additional work until the minimum is met.
REQUIREMENTS FOR TR.\iNSFER TO THE MAJOR IN ELE-
MENTARY EDUCATION. Students may apph- for "external trans-
fer" (see below) when transferring from another post-secondan' institu-
tion. Students •alread\- admitted to West Chester Universit)' as prema-
jors or in another major may apply for "internal transfer" (see below).
Students seeking e.\ternal or internal transfer must have earned a min-
imum of 27 college-level credits. Students with 27-47 credits must
also have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.65. the required mini-
mum cumulative GPA for students with 48-59 earned credits is 2.80.
Students with 60 or more earned credits must have minimum cumula-
tive GPA of 2.80; have achieved the following passing scores (in
parentheses) as established by the Penns)h'ania Department ot
Eduation on Praxis I PPST examinations in Reading (172), Writing
(173), and Mathematics (173); and completed college-level studies in
English composition (three credits), hterature taught in English (three
credits), and mathematics (six credits). If admission availabiliri- is lim-
ited, applicants \vill be ranked bv cumulative GPA, and selection will
be based on these rankings.
E.x-temal or internal transfer to the major in elementary education
does not confer formal admission to teacher education. (See "Formal
Admission to Teacher Education" in the "Teaching Certification
Programs" section of this catalog.)
EXTERNAL TR.ANSFER STUDENTS. Transfer credit for fresh-
man- and sophomore-level courses will be granted in accordance with
LTniversit^• poUcy. Professional and specialized preparation courses wiU
be evaluated and approved on an individual basis. Application for the
major is made through the Office of Admissions. (See "Formal
Admission to Teacher Education" in the "Teaching Certification
Programs" section of this catalog.)
INTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS. AppUcarion is made directiy
to the Department of Elementan- Education. The department admits
internal transfer students twice a vear - for two weeks early in the fall term
and again for two weeks earlv in the spring term. Call the department for
dates and details. (See "Formal Admission to Teacher Education" in the
"Teaching Certification Programs" section of this catalog.)
Minor in Elementary Education 18 semester hours
Required Courses
EDE 251, 40U, 406-f, EDR/EDE 302+,
31 1+; and one EDE elective approved by
the department
Admission to the Minor in Elementary Education
Students seeking a minor in elementar)- education must have complet-
ed 27 credits and must have the minimum cumulative GPA required
for their earned credits: 2.65 for students with 27-47 credits and 2.80
for students with 48 or more credits. Students admitted to the minor
must maintain the minimum cumulative GPA required of them at
admission to the minor in order to continue. Students who tall below
the minimum cumulative GPA required are permitted to retake, in
accordance with Universin' poUc\-, course work in the minor that con-
tributed to their fall below the required minimum cumulative GPA.
Such students will not be permitted to take additional course work in
the minor until thev achieve the required minimum cumulative GPA.
+ Courses requiring prerequisites - check catalog course descriptions below.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Symbol: EDE
** 200 Theory and Field Experiences in
Elementaiy Education (3) Orientation to the cur-
ricula, processes, and structures ot elementan- educa-
tion todav. Field experiences related to course topics.
t ▲ 230 Inclusive Classroom (3) The purpose of
this course is to prepare preser\'ice early childhood,
elementary-, and special education students to teach
students with disabilities etfectively in general edu-
cation settings. The course will be co-taught by spe-
cial education, early childhood education, and ele-
mentan- education faculty-. PREREQi EDE 200.
**251 Child Development and Behavior (3)
Emotional, social, mental, moral, physical, and self
factors shaping human beharior with emphasis on
child and early adolescent development. Specific
application to classroom settings.
253 Human Development and Behav-ior (3)
Ph)-sical, mental, emotional, social, moral, and self
factors shaping human behav-ior throughout the
life cycle; specific application to work with indi-
v-iduals and groups in educational settings. PRE-
REQ: PSY 100.
254 Development in the Middle School Child
(3) Characteristic development and behavior of
children between 10 and 15 years of age; under-
standing and working \\-ith these children in edu-
cational senings. PREREQ: EDE 251 and 253 or
their equiv-alent.
A •* 302 Teaching the Language Arts (3) Study
of teaching language skills in the elementarj-
school: listening, speaking, and writing.
CrossHsted as EDR 302. PREREQ: EDE 251.
A 311 Introduction to Reading Instruction (3)
An exploratory course investigating the reading
process, language and learning theories, and their
relation to reading. Historical scope and various
programs of reading are studied and evaluated.
Crosslisted as EDR 311. PREREQ; EDE 251.
A ** 312 Reading Instniction and Practicum (6)
Focus is on mastery- of the teaching of develop-
mental reading, early reading, and prereading
experiences. The students learn how to plan,
teach, and evaluate reading/thinking skUls related
to the instruction of reading in the elementary
classroom. Students work in the public schools
with small and large reading groups teaching vari-
ous aspects of the reading lesson. Students also
learn how to evaluate pupil performance and
remediate minor reading problems. Crosslisted as
EDR 312. PREREQ: EDE 200 and 311.
A 315 Developmental Reading for the
Handicapped Child (3) The focus of this course is
the study of the nature of the reading process and
its relation to language development, motivation
and methodology for developmental reading skills,
reading programs and materials, problems in deal-
ing with handicapped children, and practicum in
reading instruction. Special education majors only.
CrossUsted as EDR 315.
330 Instructional Programs and Strategies (3)
Introduction to principles underlring the develop-
ment of instructional programs in the schools.
Strategies include cognitive and skill learning, and
modes of teaching.
** 332 Teaching Social Studies in the
Elementary School (3) Methods of teaching social
studies and geograph\- in the elementary curricu-
lum. Techniques, current research projects, read-
ing materials, audio \-isual aids, resource persons,
and field trips used as tools of learning. The orga-
nization, development, and use ot resource units
are stressed. PREREQ: EDE 200 and 251.
** 352 Self and Group Processes in the Diverse
Classroom (3) Study of the classroom as a unique
** Open to elementar)- education majors onl\-
A CrossUsted course. Students completing the
EDE course mav not take the EDR or EDA
course for credit.
I Diverse communities course
English
College ot Arts and Sciences
social system and Intentional community.
Application ot interpersonal, social learning, and eco-
logical theor\' in light of diverse sociocultural con-
texts. Attention directed at the dynamics of racism,
ethnocentrism, sexism, dassism, and heterosexism in
the classroom. Analysis and practice ot group process
skills shaping teacher-student and student-student
relationships. Enhancement of knowledge and skills
essential in facilitating collaborative norms in the
classroom learning system. PREREQl EDE 251.
" 401 Creativity in the Classroom (3)
Exploration of materials and processes of chil-
dren's perceptions and behavior, aimed at encour-
aging the development of their critical and creative
potentials. PREREQ: EDE 312.
** 406 Classroom Management (3) Detailed
investigation of the elementat)' teacher's role in
classroom management. Teacher influence, person-
ality, and class interaction; class roles and expecta-
tion; seating plans; discipUne; referral; and the
teacher's role in evaluating and identifting poten-
tial problems in chUdren. PREREQ: EDE 312.
409 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics or
projects initiated bv the student that will enable
her or him to do extensive and intensive studv in
an area of elementary education. PREREQ^
Permission of department chairperson.
**410 Student Teaching (6) (First half of semester)
** 411 Student Teaching (6) (Second halt of
semester) Two separate student teaching experi-
ences are required: one in grades K-3 and one in
grades 4—6. Weekly practicum sessions are required.
PREREQ; See 'AppUcation and Approval for
Student Teaching" earher in this section.
** 412 Work-Study in the Elementary School (6)
Limited practicum tor preser\'ice teachers who
have taken EDE 200, 251, 311, 312, and 406.
Students work for a fuU term in one school district
under supervision. Six credits may be granted
toward student teaching requirements (EDE 411).
PREREQ; Permission of department.
♦ 421 Seminar in Elementary Education (3) An
Intensive study of some current, major develop-
ments in elementary education. Topics announced
in advance. PREREQ; Senior standing and per-
mission of instructor.
A ** ♦ 423 Seminar in Communications Skills
(3) Intensive study of some current, major devel-
opments in communications skills (language arts)
related to elementary education. Topics announced
in advance. CrossUsted as EDR 423. PREREQ;
Permission ot instructor.
A** 458 Language Arts/Reading for the Unique
Child (3) An open-ended course to help students
understand and plan instructional programs for the
linguistically different, the gifted, and those with
special needs. The students will examine various
strategies, techniques, management, and viable
programs tor teaching these children language arts
and reading. Crosslisted as EDR 458.
489 Teaching Skills to Combat Sexism (3) This
course is oftered to create awareness in prospective
teachers of the extent and consequences of sex role
stereotyping at all levels of educational experience.
It will develop specific skills, behaviors, and class-
room strategies that can ehminate effects of sexism
in classrooms and on students. Teaches how to
deal effectively with the emotion-laden issue of
combating sex-role stereotypes.
" Open to elementary education majors only
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
A Crosslisted course. Students completing the
EDE course may not take the EDR or EDA
course for credit.
Department of English
532 Main Hall
610-436-2822
Chen'l Wanko, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Brooks, Echewa, Fishman, Green, Larsen,
Maltbv, Molholt, K. Myrsiades, L. Myrsiades, Peich,
Ramanathan, Shloss, Trotman
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Awuyah, Fletcher, Godfrey,
Herzog, Jeffrey, Johnson, Kelly, Lalicker, Micheau, Newcomb,
Scheffler, Smith, Teutsch, Wanko, Ward
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Ashley, Bacon, Bauerlein,
Buckelew, Comfort, Huff, Kahn, Mader, Northrop, Perry,
Pflieger, Pollard, Shevlin, Sorisio, Tischio, Verderame, Yoon
The Department of English offers three degree programs: the bachelor
of arts in literature, the bachelor of science in education (in coopera-
tion with the School of Education), and the bachelor of arts in com-
parative literature (in cooperation with the Department of Foreign
Languages). Each program is planned in consultation with an adviser.
1. The B.A. in LITERATURE provides a broad background in
English and American literamre; valuable training in the critical
skills of reading, interpretation, and analysis; intensive practice in
writing; and an understanding of the workings of the language.
This extremely versatile degree prepares smdents for graduate
studies and law school, and careers in journalism, radio and televi-
sion, publishing, public relations, and other professions in which
skills in reading, writing, and processing information at a sophisti-
cated level are required.
2. The B.S. in EDUCATION in ENGLISH prepares smdents to
teach in the secondat)- schools in Pennsylvania under an
Instmctional I Certificate. These students will in large part satisfy
the requirements for a B.A. in literamre, deriving extensive bene-
fits from participation in a carefully constructed program that
emphasizes literamre as a culmral product and smdents as active
learners. Before receiving permission to smdent teach, smdents in
this program must satisfy the prerequisites for smdent teaching
listed on page 146 as well as specific Department of English
requirements listed on this page.
3. The B.A. in COMPARATIVE LITERATURE provides a curricu-
lum option for smdents with an interest in international smdies by
offering a broad background in European and non-Westem culture
and literature. See Comparative Literature Smdies on pages 107-109.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B A./B.S. ED.
PROGRAMS
General Education Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LITERATURE
0-
12 semester hours
9 semester hours
18 semester hours
1. Foreign Language Requirement
2. Departmental Preparatorv Requirement
LIT 168, 295, and 296
3. Departmental Intermediate Requirements*
ENG 230; two American literamre courses,
one before 1860 (A) and one after (B); two
British literamre courses, one before 1800 (C)
and one after (D); and one departmental elective
4. Departmental Advanced Requirements 9 semester hours
Three seminars from a selection focusing on
topic, author, or theme (LIT 400)
5. Professional Electives or Minor 18 semester hours
6. Additional Electives (to complete 120 semester hours)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN
ENGLISH
1.
39 semester hours
9 semester hours
18 semester hours
Professional Education Requirements,
see page 138.
Departmental Preparatory Requirements
LIT 168, 295, and 296
Departmental Intermediate Requirements"
ENG 230 and 331; two American literamre
courses, one before 1860 (A) and one after (B);
two British literamre courses, one before 1800 (C)
and one after (D); two world Uteramrc courses, one
through the Renaissance (E) and one after (F)
Departmental Advanced Requirements 9 semester hours
Three seminars from a selection focusing on
topic, author, or theme (LIT 400)
See the department handbook for group descriptions.
College of Arts and Sciences
English
Student Teaching Prerequisites
Students should apply during their sophomore year for acceptance as
candidates for teaching certification. Transfer students should apply as
sophomores or after completing a year at West Chester.
Grades on Required Courses
Anyone attempting to qualify for student teaching must pass each of the
following courses with a grade of C or higher: CLS 260, 261, 361, 362,
or 367; EDF 100; EDM 300; EDP 250 and 351; EDS 306; ENG 230,
331, 390, and 392; LIT 168, 295, 296, and 398; PSY 100; and WRT
120, 121 or 204, 205, 206, 208, or 220.
A student receiving a grade of C- or lower for any of these courses
should retake the course immediately, before attempting courses in
the English or education sequence. A student having difficulty with
several of the courses listed above should recognize that he or she may
not be able to meet the competency requirements for student teaching
and should consider withdrawing from the B.S. program.
Grade Point Average
Before receiving approval to student teach, a student must attain an
overall GPA of 2.8 or better, including a minimum GPA of 2.75 for
all English courses attempted. Students must also achieve a GPA of
3.0 by the end of their student teaching.
Competency Elxantination
A student must pass the test of vmting competency given by the
Department of English before the application for approval to student
teach will be considered. This examination is scheduled each semester
and announced in advance by both the Department of English and
the Department of Professional and Secondary Education. Smdents
are urged to take the exam as early in their program as possible.
Portfolio
A student in the B.S.Ed. English program must also pass a portfolio
requirement. Before student teaching, students submit their portfolio
to the Department of English for evaluation. Specific requirements of
the portfolio are listed in the English Majors' Handbook.
Minor Programs
The Department of English offers the following seven programs. Elective
courses are selected in consultation with the student's minor adviser.
African/ Alirican-American Literature 18 semester hours
Minor
1. Required Courses 6 semester hours
CLS 351 and LIT 202 or 203
2. Elective Courses 12 semester hours
Any four courses from the following:
LIT 202 or 203, 204, 205, 206, 309, or CLS 365,
CLS/LIT 400
Literature Minor 18 semester hours
1 . Required Courses 6 semester hours
LIT 200 or 201, and LIT 230 or 231
2. Elective Courses 12 semester hours
One in American literature and one in English
literature (in a period other than those covered
in requirement 1), and any two other LIT courses
Creative Writing Minor 18 semester hours
1. Required Course 3 semester hours
CRW201
2. Elective Courses 15 semester hours
Any five courses selected from the following:
CRW 202, 203, 301, 302, 303, 304, 400, 490,
and 491
Comparative Literature Minor 18 semester hours
See pages 107-109.
Film Criticism Minor 18 semester hours
1. Required Course 3 semester hours
FLM 200
2. Elective Courses 15 semester hours
Any 15 credits selected from the following
list with the approval of the adviser:
CLS 304, 363, 364, 368, 369, 400, and 410;
COM 217 and 317; EFR 250; EGE 404, 409;
EGE 405 or KIT 260; FLM 201, 202, 300, 301,
and 400; FRE 350; GER 404/EGE 404; GER 405;
ITA 360; SPA 305/ESP315
This minor is also listed in the section in comparative literature studies.
Journalism Minor 18 semester hours
1. Required Courses 12 semester hours
JRN 200, 225, 226, and 250
(Minimum grade of C-)
2. Elective Course 3 semester hours
One of the following: JRN 312, 315, 325, or 355
3. An additional three credit hours are to be 3 semester hours
earned through a supervised internship (ENG 395)
in the communications area or through a practicum
(JRN 411) based on one semester's supervised
service on the University's student newspaper.
Business and Technical Writing Minor 18 semester hours
1. Prerequisites
WRT 121, 204, 205, 206, 208, or 220
2. Required Courses 12 semester hours
ENG320, 368, 371,and375
3. Elective Course 3 semester hours
Choice of ART 113, COM 220, COM 230,
CSC 141 or higher, ENG 270, JRN 355,
MGT 100, MIS 300, MKT 200 (or other elective
approved by the program director for the minor)
4. Internship 3 semester hours
An additional three semester hours are to be earned
through a supervised internship in business and
technical writing, ENG 395.
Linguistics Minor
The Department of English is one of several departments participat-
ing in the linguistics minor. The description of the linguistics minor
and its requirements are found in the section describing interdiscipli-
nary programs on page 1 10.
The literature and viriting minors may be taken among the minors in
the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science in the liberal studies general
degree program.
Internships
A student will be permitted to take an internship under the supervision
of the Department of English only if he or she is enrolled in a depart-
mental major or minor program and has met the following requirements:
1. an accumulation of at least 80 semester hours
2. an overall Grade Point Average of at least 2.75
3. an overall Grade Point Average of at least 3.0 in the major or
minor program
4. completion of 12 semester hours in courses in the major or minor
program (not counting WRT 120, 121, or WRT 200-level courses)
5. a letter of application to the Internship Committee of the Department
of English accompanied by a resume and two faculty references
A student will be limited to 15 hours of internship credit. Students
who wdsh to take more than nine hours of internship credit in one
semester must obtain approval from the full committee after submit-
ting an application and an academic transcript in the preceding
semester. 'The Internship Committee will determine the number of
credits to be earned during an internship by applying a ratio of 40
hours of work for each hour of academic credit. The internship credits
for English majors may be applied to the student/adviser-designed
program. Only under exceptional circumstances, and entirely at its
discretion, will the Internship Committee consider applications from
students not meeting the departmental requirements.
NOTE: It is the student's responsibility to demonstrate that he or she
has met the academic requirements for an internship.
English
College ot Arts and Sciences
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ENGLISH
Symbol: WRT
120 Effective Writing I (3) jAji intensive course
in writing that emphasizes skill in organization
and awareness ot stj'les of writing and levels of
usage as ways of expressing and communicating
experiences.
121 Effective Writing II (3) Continues the
expositor)' writing experience offered in Effective
Writing I and explores techniques of gathering,
evaluating, and selecting materials to be used in
writing research papers.
204 Critical Writing: Approaches to Popular
Culture (3) The strategies of critical theor\- and crit-
ical wnting will be used to examine and explain pop-
ular culture. The course will explore multiple media
- such as print, television, film, music, and various
visual and electronic formats - as representations of
humanities, arts, and sciences, about which students
will write researched, critical cultural analyses.
205 Critical Writing: Investigating Experience
(3) This course emphasizes writing as a means of
critically reflecting on and communicating personal
experience and representations of the self It
includes instruction in traditional forms of personal
wnting (such as autobiography), as well as less
familiar forms (such as Web pages). These critical
self-representations will be set within larger histori-
cal and cultural contexts through academic research.
206 Critical Writing: The Multidisciplinary
Imagination (3) Imagination becomes a vehicle
for students to explore a variety of disciplinarv and
social perspectives on issues of relevance to society.
Assignments cover writerly issues, such as genre,
style, and language, and related issues, such as the
role of imagination, innovations, and discovery in
the sciences, arts, social sciences, and humanities,
through documented research.
208 Critical Writing: Entering the Public Sphere
(3) Publication is a goal for many writers.
Reporters, scientists, poets, academics, and others
vvrite for pubhcation. This class will require stu-
dents to write for professional and/or class-pro-
duced print forums appropriate for humanities,
arts, social sciences, and scientific fields, examining
those forums in order to analyze and critique their
discourse conventions. The course will provide
opportunities for students to submit their work to
such torums for publication. The class may also
produce its own publication about writing-related
news and events that students will learn about by
conducting documented research projects.
220 Critical Writing: Special Topics (3) Each
section will have a special topic that focuses on
current (inter)discipHnary issues of importance in
the humanities, arts, social sciences, and/or sci-
ences. In these courses students will investigate,
research, critique, and practice rhetorical strategies
focusing on each section's topic.
Symbol: ENG
020 Basic Writing (3) A preparatory course of
study emphasizing the basic grammatical, logical,
and rhetorical skills that produce effective themes.
NOTE: This course is a prerequisite to WRT 120 for
students who have been placed in ENG 020. Credits
earned in 0-level courses do not count toward the 120
hours of credit needed for graduation.
030 English for Non-Native Speakers (3)
Individualized instruction for the non-native
speaker; conversational EngUsh, formal written
English, reading and listening comprehension, and
grammar. (Students should seek placement advice
from the ESL program staff before registering.)
Also, see note under ENG 020.
130 Effective Writing I for Non-Native
Speakers (3) An intensive course in writing for the
non-native speaker of Enghsh, emphasizing skill
in organization and awareness of snies of writing
and levels of usage as wavs of expressing and com-
municating experiences. For non-native speakers of
English. ENG 130 is comparable to lVRT120for
international students only. (Students should seek
placement advice from the ESL program staff before
registering.)
131 Effective Writing II for Non-Native
Speakers (3) Continues the expository writing
experience offered to non-nati\'c speakers in
English 130, and explores techniques of gathering,
evaluating, and selecting materials to be used in
writing research papers. For non-native speakers of
English. ENG 131 k comparable to WRT 121 for
international students only. (Students should seek
placement advice from the ESL program staff before
registering.)
132 Effective Speaking I for Non-Native
Speakers (3) After a brief introduction to the dif-
ferences between writing and speaking, this course
focuses on giving directions, explaining concepts,
asking questions, giving presentations, and engag-
ing in small talk, inteniewing, and extensive pro-
nunciation drills.
134 Idioms in the Context of American Culture
(3) Through the use ot modern American movies,
this course helps students learn the meanings of
idioms in context. Students practice using these
idioms in drills and exercises.
200 Intermediate Composition (3) A workshop
that provides intensive instruction for students
who experience difficulty in writing. Not open to
freshmen.
204 Critical Writing: Approaches to Popular
Culture (3) The strategies of critical theor\- and crit-
ical writing will be used to examine and explain pop-
ular culture. The course will explore multiple media
- such as print, television, film, music, and various
visual and electronic formats - as representations of
humanities, arts, and sciences, about which students
will write researched, critical cultural analyses.
215 Views on Literacy (3) The historical and
social contexts of EngUsh literacy. Emphasis on
writing.
230 (Also LIN 230) Introduction to Linguistics
(3) Basic concepts ot language description, classifi-
cation, change, reconstruction, dialectology, and
sociolinguistics. (Prerequisite for all courses in
English.)
270 Publishing (3) A practical examination of the
general components of the pubUshing field with
emphasis on book production.
271 Typography (3) This course provides students
with experience in production of books, using his-
torical and modern methods of design. PREREQ^
ENG 270.
275 Literary Editing and Publishing (3)
Experience in pubUshing the student Uterary mag-
azine Daedalus: editing, proofing, photographic
selection and layout, and printing.
304 Essay Workshop (3) Experience in reading
and writing essays, with focus on revision, on the
use of the pubUc "I," and on appropriate voice.
Attention to invention.
320 Writing and Computers (3) Introduction to
document design and production, desktop publish-
ing, and issues of technological impact on written
communication.
330 English Phonology (3) Phonemics and mor-
phophonemics in EngUsh. Writing systems and
phonemic-graphemic relationships in EngUsh.
Historical development of EngUsh sounds. PRE-
REQ: ENG 230.
331 Structure of Modem English (3) A detailed
analysis of the modem descriptive approach to the
study of EngUsh grammar and how it compares with
the traditional approach. PREREQ^ ENG 230.
335 History of the English Language (3) Review
of the influences on the development of the
EngUsh language. PREREQ: ENG 230.
339 History and Dialects of American English
(3) Development of the EngUsh language in
America since colonial setriement. American and
British EngUsh. Pronunciation, vocabulary, and
grammar of the regional and social dialects of
American EngUsh. PREREQ; EXG 230.
340 Sociolinguistic Aspects of English (3) The
study of language in its social context; the ethnog-
raphy of communication; language and society,
social classes, ethnic groups, poUtics, sex, and edu-
cation. PREREQ: ENG 230.
350 Introduction to English as a Second Lan-
guage (3) Exploration of the scope of the field,
tvpes of programs, and general approaches to
instruction.
368 Business and Organizational Writing (3)
The nature of communication within business and
organizations. Theoretical basis and practical
appUcation.
371 Technical Writing (3) Instruction in the
forms and techniques of written, oral, and visual
communication currendy practiced in the scientific
and technical professions. A series of coordinated
assignments leads to a final project in the student's
field of professional study.
375 Strategies for Writing in the Workplace (3)
Strategy and poUtics of cUent-centered and com-
petitive writing that achieves objectives for the
professions and organizations.
390 Teaching English in Secondary Schools (3)
Review ot language arts requirements in secondary
schools. Special reference to grade-placement with
adoption of materials, appraisal of results, and
development of programs of study. PREREQ^
ENG 230 and 331; EDM 300; EDS 306; and
EDP351.
392 Writing and Teaching Writing in Secondary
EngUsh (3) The course wiU introduce students to
major theorists in composition and Uterac}' theor\',
including Britton, Emgi, Heath, Murray, Moffett,
Perl, and Graves. It wiU provide oppormnities to
write in aU the modes - for all the purposes and
audiences — required by most secondary school cur-
ricula, and to analyze these writing experiences in
terms ot sociocultural, cognitive, and other psycho-
logical theory and research. PREREQ: ENG'230
and 331; EDM 300; EDS 306; and EDP 351.
♦ 395 Internship (3-12) Intensive practical expe-
rience with selected businesses, media, and pubUc
agencies. Limited to quaUfied students who have
earned a minimum of 80 credit hours. See page 85
for specific requirements.
397 Writing Tutoring (3) Theory and practice of
writing tutoring, especiaUy for those who plan a
career in teaching or who are focusing on the
remediation or development of language and writ-
ing skills.
♦ 410 Independent Study (3)
411-413 Yearbook Practicum I, II, III (1) Prac-
tical yearbook production experience in a closely
supenised firamework. PREREQ: ENG 270 or
permission of the instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
College of Arts and Sciences
English
414 Tutoring Practicum (1) Supervised experi-
ence as an undergraduate tutor for any of the
English tutoring programs (e.g., Department of
Enghsh or academic development program [ADP]
tutoring, etc.).
♦ 430 Language Seminar (3) Studies in English
language and Ungulstics. PREREQ: ENG 230
and at least junior standing.
445 Women Writing: Autobiography (3) A virit-
ing seminar directed toward the reading of wom-
en's autobiographies and the writing of personal
autobiographical narratives. A writing-emphasis
course.
♦ 450 Prose Writing Seminar (3) This variable-
topic seminar concentrates on problems in
advanced writing, focusing on prose analysis and
its application to student writing and revision.
LITERATURE
Symbol: LIT
♦ 162 Literature of the Apocalypse (3) An inter-
disciplinary study of ancient rehgions, apocalyptic
writing, and modern interpretations of that writ-
ing. An investigation of the pohtical, economic,
moral, and artistic ramifications of the nuclear
arms race on modern society.
165 Introduction to Literature (3) A course
designed to develop awareness of literature as
being central to all the arts, to increase levels of
Uteracy and critical faculties, and to broaden
understanding of the human condition.
168 Conventions of Reading (3) An introduction
to the study of textual genres — fiction, drama, poet-
ry, essay, autobiography, and film — and to method-
ologies of reading. Various cognitive and cultural
influences on the reading process will be analyzed.
200 American Literature I (3) Survey of represen-
tative American writers from Colonial times to
1860, including Bradstreet, Taylor, Franldin, Foe,
Thoreau, Hawthorne, and Melville. (A)*
201 American Literature II (3) A survey of repre-
sentative American writers from 1860 to the pre-
sent, including Whitman, Twain, James, Crane,
Eliot, Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner. (B)*
202 African-American Literature I (3) Survey of
African-American authors from the antebellum era
through the first quarter of the 20th century. (A)*
203 African-American Literature II (3) Con-
tinuation of LIT 202. Second quarter of the 20th
century to the present. (B)*
204 Black Women Writers of America (3) Survey
of black women writers of America. Examines
themes and influences on American and African-
American literary contexts. (B)'
205 Harlem Renaissance (3) This course exam-
ines the historical and cultural movement of the
1920's known as the Harlem Renaissance.
206 African-American Literature and Literary
Theory (3) This course will examine the relation-
ship between Afro-American hterature and the
theories serving to explain it.
207 Life and Times of Frederick Douglass (3)
This course examines the courageous Ufe and
times of an American reformer and his influence
on slavery, abohtionism, suffrage, and temperance
movements in the development of America.
230 English Literature I (3) A survey of Enghsh
hterature from Anglo-Saxon writing through the
18th century. (C)*
231 English Literature II (3) A survey of English
literature of the 19th and 20th centuries. (D)*
# 245 Medieval Women's Culture (3) This is an
interdisciphnary study of writings by medieval
women and their contribution to the development
of medieval culture. (C)*
250 Victorian Attitudes (3) A study of 19th-cen-
turv attitudes toward social changes as expressed in
art, architecture, hterature, and nonfiction prose.
265 Literatiire and Psychology (3) Examines var-
ious hterary works and characters as case studies
illustrating such psychological conditions as
depression, anxiety, bipolar disorder, schizophre-
nia, child abuse, sexual abuse, drug and alcohol
dependence, and personaHty disorders.
269 The Literature of Roguery (3) A historical
study of the rogue in fiction with emphasis on the
satiric view of society. Among writers studied are
Defoe, Thackeray, Donleavey, and Kerouac.
# 270 Urbanism and Modem Imagination (3)
Covers a variety of responses ot contemporary
wnriters, artists, and planners to the rise ot the
modern city.
271 Drama Since 1970 (3) A selective survey of
American and British drama since 1970. The play-
wrights studied will be drawn from a wide and
expanding group, including Sam Shepard, David
Rabe, Lanford Wilson, Tom Stoppard, Peter
Shaffer, Caryl Churchill, and others.
272 New Fiction (3) Fiction pubhshed in the last
10 years.
274 Feminist Poetry (3) A study of poetry
espousing the feminist cause and exploring the
feminist response. Techniques and attitudes of
such poets as Plath, Sexton, Rich, Morgan,
Wakoski, and Kumin.
295 Historical Contexts (3) A study of a repre-
sentative number of hterary texts and the ways
they interact historically, socially, intellectually,
and politically with their own cultures as well as
with the culture of the 20th-century reader.
Literary and nonliterary texts will be studied as
indicators of cultural and discursive shifts from
one historical moment to another.
296 Theory, Meaning, Value (3) An introduction
to the different theoretical positions that condition
the ways in which we read a text and assign mean-
ing to it.
297 Themes in Contemporary Literature (3)
Literary topic or theme in contemporary
American, English, or world hterature to be
announced each time the course is offered.
300 Colonial and Revolutionary American
Literature (3) Writers of Colonial and
Revolutionary America. (A)*
302 Development of the American Novel (3)
Beginnings of the American novel to Frank
Norns. (A)*
>303 Introduction to Multiethnic American
Literature (3) American ethnic, racial, and nation-
al groups in American Uterawre and the contribu-
tions of creative literary artists representing these
cultures. (B)*
304 American Jevrish Novel (3) A swdy of major
American Jewish noveUsts: Cahan, Singer, Roth,
Potok, Bellow, Malamud, WaUant, and Wiesel. No
knowledge of Yiddish or Hebrew necessary. (B)*
305 Modem American Drama (3) American
drama from the early 1900's to the present, with
emphasis on the development of the American
theater as seen in such major dramatists as
O'NeiU, Odets, Wilder, Miller, WiUiams, and
Albee. (B)*
306 Modem American Novel (3) The novel in
America from Dreiser to the present. (B)*
307 Modern American Poetry (3) Major 20th-
century American poets. (B)*
308 The Sin of Success (3) An investigation of
the rise of democratic capitalism in America from
Biblical influences in colonial times to the begin-
nings of the merchant class and the tall ot modern
"big business." A study of the entrepreneur and
the "robber baron," the success ethic, and morality
in the large corporation through history, econom-
ics, and hterature.
# 309 Martin Luther King (3) Examines and ana-
lyzes the writings of Dr. King and their relation-
ship to the themes he pursued and the leadership
role he achieved.
334 Milton (3) A survey of his major poetry and
prose.
335 Shakespeare I (3) Reading, analysis, and dis-
cussion of selected histories and tragedies.
Discussion of critical approaches to the plays and
of the historical and intellectual chmate of the
times. (C)'
336 Shakespeare II (3) Reading, analysis, and
discussion of selected comedies and nondramatic
poems. Discussion of critical approaches to the
works and of the historical and intellectual chmate
of the times. Either LIT 335 or 336 may be taken
first. (O*
337 Literature of the Enlightenment (3) A criti-
cal consideration of the 18th-century writers,
exclusive of the dramatists. (C)*
338 Restoration and 18th-Century Drama (3)
The drama from the reopening of the theaters in
1660 to 1800. (C)*
339 18th-Centuty British Novel (3) The British
novel from Defoe to Austen. (C)'
340 The Romantic Movement (3) Wordsworth,
Coleridge, BjTon, Shelley, Keats, and their con-
temporaries in the light of social background and
critical doctrine. (D)*
341 19th-century British Novel (3) The British
novel from Austen to Hardy. (D)*
342 Victorian Literature (3) Victorian thought
and culture in poetry and nonfiction prose. (D)'
343 Modem British Drama (3) British drama trom
Wilde to the present, with emphasis on the rebirth
of the British drama and its major writers. (D)*
344 Modem British Novel (3) The novel in
England from Conrad to the present. (D)'
345 Modem British Poetry (3) Major British
poets from 1890 to the present. (D)*
352 Literature for Young Children (3) A critical
study of the literature for young children for
prospective speciaUsts in early childhood.
364 Modem Irish Literature (3) Major hterary
writers of Ireland from 1840 to the present: George
Moore, Synge, Yeats, Joyce, Shaw, O'Casey,
Beckett, Boland, and Seamus Heaney. (D)*
365 Short Fiction (3) Analysis and intepretation
of short fiction.
366 Criticism (3) A study of die theories of classical
antiquity, England, and the United States, with
emphasis on the relevance of these theories to
EngUsh and American literature of the moment.
395 Children's Literature (3) A critical study of
hterature for children, setting standards for evalua-
tion and appreciation.
398 Young Adult Literature (3) A critical study
of hterature, including nonprint media, for young
adults, focusing on helping prospective teachers
develop familiarity with young adult literature and
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciphnary course
' See the department handbook for group
descriptions.
t Diverse communities course
Foreign Languages
College ot Arts and Sciences
how it may be used in the middle school and high
school classroom, stressing gender roles and multi-
cultural issues. PREREQ: LIT 168, 295, and 296.
♦ 400 Literature Seminar (3) Required for
EngUsh majors in the junior or senior year. Topics
oftered periodicallv; Beckett/Joyce, Byron,
Dickens, Donne, Fitzgerald, Greek Comedy,
Greek Tragedy, Hawthorne, Homer, Resistance
Poetry, Shakespeare's Major Tragedies, and
Thomas Hardy.
430 Old English Lang^iage and Literature (3)
An introductor)' study of the language (450-1150
A.D.) through a reading ot rehgious and secular
poetiy and prose. (C)*
431 Middle English Language and Literature (3)
An introductory study of the language (1150-1450
A.D.) through a reading of selected literary texts.
(cr
432 English Drama to 1642 (3) Enghsh drama
from the early liturgical tropes to 1642, exclusive
of Shakespeare. (C)*
434 Early Modem Poetiy and Prose (3) Poetry
and prose of the 16th and early 17th centuries.
(cr
435 Chaucer (3) An interpretation of Canterbury
Tales and Troilm and Criseyde. (C)*
The Enghsh department accepts certain humani-
ties courses as major electives. Consult the English
Majors' Handbook for a hst of approved humanities
courses.
JOURNALISM
Symbol: JRN
200 Communications Media (3) An introduction
to the media of communications, emphasizing the
development and characteristics of print and elec-
tronic media forms and their impact on American
society.
225 Newswriting (3) A course designed to devel-
op proficiency in the writing ot news stories for
daily and weekly newspapers. News values, the
structure and style of news, and the preparation of
copy in accordance with professional standards will
be stressed.
226 News Reporting (3) Instruction and practice
in basic news reporting techniques coupled with
an introduction to newspaper feature writing.
Outside assignments will include coverage of
speeches, local government meetings, and the
courts. PREREQ: JRN 225 or equivalent.
250 News Editing (3) A course designed to
acquaint students with the skills involved in the
preparation ot copy for pubhcation in newspapers
and magazines. Instruction and practice in the
mechanics of copy editing, headline writing, lay-
out, and photo ediring. PREREQ; JRN 225 or
equivalent.
312 Sports Reporting and Writing (3) Instruc-
tion and practice in basic sports reporting tech-
niques, including live-event coverage and feature
writing, as well as an introduction to routine
duties associated with working on the sports desk.
PREREQ: JRN 225 or equivalent.
315 Magazine Article Writing (3) Practical
instruction in the skills required for successtiil
freelance magazine writing with emphasis on
research, interviewing, writing techniques, and
marketing. Students will write and submit for
publication short features and a fiiU-length maga-
zine article. PREREQ; JRN 225 or equivalent.
325 History of Journalism (3) A historical survey of
the American press from Colonial times to the pre-
sent, with special emphasis on the continuing strug-
gle for press freedom and the new journalistic envi-
ronment created by the emergence of mass media.
335 Ethical Issues in Mass Media (3) A course
designed to investigate how mass media shape the
pubhc's perceptions of pohtical, economic, and
social power structures and how it shapes moral
standards. Emphasis will be placed on freedom of
speech issues and professional ethics of journalists.
355 Public Relations Principles (3) An introduc-
tion to the role of the pubUc relations practitioner
in the formation of public opinion. Communica-
tions theory will be combined with specific tech-
niques for worlcing with the press, producing
printed material, and conducting special events.
PREREQ: JRN 225 or equivalent.
411 Journalism Practicum (3) One semester of
supervised experience as an editor or reporter on
the University's student newspaper. See journahsm
coordinator for specific requirements. PREREQ;
JRN 225 ««(/ either JRN 226 or JRN 250.
CREATIVE WRITING
Symbol: CRW
201 Introduction to Creative Writing (3) Intro-
duction to the craft of writing poetiy and fiction.
Basic discussion of terms, strategies, and profes-
sional models in each genre. Practice in writing
and critiquing each genre.
202-203 Creative Writing I-II (3) (3) Writing
experience in the crafts of fiction, poetry, nonfic-
tion, and drama.
♦ 301-302 Poetry Workshop Ml (3) (3) The
theory and practice of poetry and the exploration
of verse forms. Practice in critical and interpreta-
tive analysis of poems written by feUow students
and professional poets.
♦ 303-304 Short Story Workshop I-II (3) (3)
Crafting the modern short story with reterence to
American and British models. The significance of
setting, atmosphere, characterization, and theme.
Discussion and some exploration of experimental
ideas in the genre.
305 Essay Workshop (3) Practice in writing the
essay. Conventions and techniques of this literary
form - creative nonfiction - as it appears in com-
mercial and quality magazines.
313 Playwriting Workshop (3) Writing the play:
possibihties and limitations of the stage. Attention
to sets and costuming where relevant. Characteriza-
tion bv action and dialogue. Problems of estabhsh-
ing motivation. The play's totahty in theme, charac-
ter, and action. Informal readings of student work.
♦ 400 Writing Seminar (3) Special topics, such
as fantasy, science fiction, longer prose works, or
the antistory. To be announced.
490-491 Writing Seminar in the Novel I-II (3)
(3) A course in the writing and preparing of book-
length manuscripts (novel, novella, and the "non-
fictional" novel) with the intention of submission
for pubhcation. Also includes coverage of fictional
aspects and techniques used in writing memoirs,
biography, and current history.
FILM THEORY AND CRITICISM
Symbol: FLM
200 Introduction to Film (3) A survey of the
principal elements of film including photography,
editing, sound, acting, and narrative.
201 American Film (3) The hinction of cinema in
contemporary society as a socio-cultural, economic
and pohtical object, as seen through critical analy-
sis of American films.
202 American Themes (3) An introduction to
contemporary critical and theoretical principles for
interpreting American films which concentrates on
a single theme.
300 Private Screening (1) Eight to 12 narrative
film classics per semester on a specific topic or
theme.
301 Documentary Film (3) Understanding and
enjoNing the social, philosophic, economic, and
pohtical aspects of documentary film.
400 Film Seminar (3) A seminar which offers
students practice in applying contemporary critical
and theoretical principles to films in an advanced
context. PREREQ; FLM 200 or permission of
the instructor.
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
STUDIES
See course hstings under comparative hterature
studies, pages 107-109. This listing includes
courses that meet (E) and (F) requirements for
B.S.Ed, students.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
* See the department handbook for group
descriptions.
Department of Foreign Languages
109 Main Hall
610-436-2700
Jerome M. Williams, Chairperson
Frederick Patton and Anne-Marie MoscateUi, Assistant Chairpersons
PROFESSORS: Braidotti, Patton, Pauly, Schlau, Williams
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Escorcia, Esplugas,
Garcia-Barrio, Gougher, Landwehr, MoscateUi, Sage, Speh,
Varricchio
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Brown, Garofalo, Grove,
Van Liew
INSTRUCTOR: Rosso
College of Arts and Sciences
Foreign Languages
Programs Offered
BACHELOR OF ARTS: French, German, Latin, Russian, and
Spanish
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH ELECTIVE
CERTIFICATION: French, German, Latin, Russian, and
Spanish
The Instructional I Certificate in a foreign language quaUfies the
holder to teach his or her major language in the public schools
(kindergarten through 12th grade) of Pennsylvania.
Minors: French, German, Italian, Latin, Russian, and Spanish
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B JV.
PROGRAMS
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36—39 48 semester hours
2. Major Language Courses 30 semester hours
FRENCH — FRE 102*, 201-202, 301, 302,
303, and 304. Additional courses to complete
the 30 credits, taken under advisement.
GERMAN— GER 101-102*, 201-202, 221,
303 and/or 304, 307 and/or 308. GER 221
and GER 405 and additional courses to com-
plete the 30 credits, taken under advisement.
LATIN— LAT 101-102*, 201, 202, 303, and
406. Additional Latin and Classical language
courses to complete the 30 credits, taken under
advisement.
RUSSUVN — RUS 101-102* or 103*, 201-
202 or 203, 301-302, 303, 304, 305, 306, and
307-308. Additional courses to complete the
30 credits, taken under advisement.
SPANISH — SPA 201-202 or 205, 301-302,
315, 320 or 321, 330-331, 365, and any one
400-level course. Additional courses to com-
plete the 30 credits, taken under advisement.
3. Demonstration of proficiency in a second 3-12 semester hours
language through the intermediate II level
4. Two cognate courses 6 semester hours
A. LIN 230 or ENG 230 or LAN 327 (3)
B. LAT 101 or history or political science or
geography, or any other approved course (see
student handbook)
5 Electives to complete 120 semester hours
The number of hours available depends on the student's level of sec-
ond language proficiency. They may choose to apply some of these to
additional advanced courses in their major area or to continue second
or third language studv.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE ELECTIVE
CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS (formerly B.S.Ed.)
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
ANT 102 and PSY 100 are required and
will count toward the general education
requirements.
2. Foreign Language Concentration 30 semester hours
(specialized preparation)
FRENCH — FRE 102*, 201-202, 301, 302,
303, and 304. Additional French courses to
complete the 30 credits.
GERMAN — GER 101-102*, 201-202, 303-
304, 305-306, and 307-308. Additional
German courses to complete the 30 credits.
LATIN — LAT 101-102*, 201, 202, 301,
303, and 406. Additional Latin and Classical
language courses to complete the 30 credits.
RUSSIAN — RUS 101-102* or 103*, 201-
202 or 203, 301-302, 303-304, 305-306, and
307-308.
SPANISH — SPA 201-202 or 205, 301-302,
315, 320 or 321, 330-331, and 365. One 400-
level Spanish course to complete the 30 credits.
3. Pennsylvania Certification in Foreign 33 semester hours
Languages K-12
Student must complete professional education
sequence of EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250,
EDP 351, PSY 382 or EDP 249, EDS 306,
EDS 411, EDS 412, and LAN 401. Students
must pass the Praxis exams before formal
admission to certification and student teaching.
Students must take an additional three credits of
anv mathematics course.
4. Electives to complete 120 hours at the 300 and
400 level.
The student is advised to use electives in areas
that will contribute to his or her profession.
Minor in Language 18 semester hours
Minors are available in French, German, Italian, Latin, Spanish, and
Russian.
A. The minor concentration begins v\dth the language sequence of
101-102 (or 103), 201-202 (or 205), unless the student tests at a
higher level through the on-line placement exam. Students placing
out ot beginning courses must still complete 18 hours.
B. A minimum grade of B is required in both 101 and 102 in order to
pursue the minor.
C. Beyond the 202 sequence, courses at the 300 and 400 levels in the
same language must be taken under advisement. Courses in
English are not acceptable.
ADDITIONAL LANGUAGES
Greek and Portuguese
Courses in Greek and Portuguese may be offered, but no major or
minor field is available.
Greek and Hebrew — Classical and New Testament
Elementary Greek I-II (GRE 101-102) and Intermediate Greek I-II
(GRE 101-102). Part of Classical language program.
Portuguese
Elementary Portuguese I-II (POR 101-102) and Intermediate
Portuguese I-II (POR 201-202).
ADDITIONAL OFFERINGS— CONVERSATIONAL
LANGUAGE COURSES
Selected critical or uncommonly taught languages such as Chinese,
Japanese, Modern Greek, Modern Hebrew, Polish, Portuguese, and
Serbo-Croatian, on a conversational basis only.
The Junior Year Abroad Program
Courses in French are offered at the Universite Paul Valer\' in
Montpellier, France, through Junior Year Abroad Program sponsored
by the Office of International Smdies of West Chester University.
The program is designed to give persons interested in France a first-
hand acquaintance with French life and enable them to achieve an
active command of the language.
The program is open to any student enrolled at West Chester
University who has completed the equivalent of two years ot college
French and is able to follow lectures in French. Students enrolled in
the program may receive up to 30 credits for a fiill two semesters of
the year abroad program of study. Courses are conducted entirely in
French by French professors.
Study abroad programs are also available in Germany, Italy, Russia,
and in most Spanish-speaking countries (including summer study in
Guadalajara, Mexico).
Foreign language maiors receive no credit toward a major, or certification
for 101 and/or 102 in their majors. If 101 and/or 102 in another language
are taken as free electives, they will be credited toward graduation.
^M Foreign Languages
College of Arts and Sciences
Foreign Language Testing and Placement
The Department of Foreign Languages provides on-line placement
testing service for students entering the University. Based on the
results of the tests given and an analysis of past experience, the
Department of Foreign Languages will suggest the level of language a
student should enter. After students take part in anv given course for a
short period of time, their placement could be changed if consultation
between a student and an adviser results in a decision to change the
placement.
If a student wishes to take an exam to complete the language require-
ment or receive credit for a course, he or she must take a special exam
other than those given for placement. Arrangements can be made
with the chairperson of the Department of Foreign Languages.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FRENCH
Symbol: FRE
101-102 Elementary French I-II (3) (3) Funda-
mentals of French grammar, syntax, and pronunci-
ation at the novice and low intermediate levels,
with emphasis on acquiring skills in reading and
listening, speaking and writing. Language labora-
tory work is required. Taught in French.
201-202 Intermediate French Ml (3) (3)
Development of intermediate level skills in the
language, using dialogues, compositions, samples
of language structure, readings, and other cultural
source materials, including fdm, the media, and
the Internet. Language laboratorv work is
required. Taught in French. PREREQ; FRE 102
or placement.
301 Advanced Grammar and Stylistics (3) The
more complex grammatical and s\Titactical struc-
tures of the language, with particular attention to
stylistics. Practice in writing compositions on a
more sophisticated and advanced level with
emphasis on correct usage. PREREQi FRE 202
or placement.
302 Phonetics and Advanced Oral French (3)
Intensive practice in spoken French to develop
skills in pronunciation and in listening compre-
hension. Introduction to French phonetics. PRE-
REQ; FRE 202 or placement.
303 French Civilization (3) (In French) A survey of
the social, political, economic, and educational struc-
mres of France, along with an introduction to the
artistic contributions of the French, particularlv in
the 20th centur)-. PREREQi FRE 202 or placement.
304 Readings in French Literature (3) The reading
and analysis of representative selections of French
prose (fiction and nonflction), poetrv, essays, and
plays. PREREQi FRE 202 or placement.'
311 French for Oral Proficiency (3) Total immer-
sion course intended for students with a hinctional
knowledge of French. Emphasis on oral and aural
communication using real-life situations to develop
fluenc}'. PREREQ: FRE 202 or placement.
350 French Cinema (3) A study of French films as
they reflect culture, language, and ideology, as well
as film as art. PREREQi FRE 202 or placement.
401 Commercial French (3) A study of the
French economic and business systems, and exten-
sive practice in using forms and expressions fre-
quently used in French business correspondence.
409 Women and Men in French Literature (3)
(In English) Works by women and men novelists,
poets, or dramatists that present striking images of
love and conflict between the se.xes. Also a wom-
en's studies course.
410 French Theater to 1900: In Context (3) A
study of the French theater from its beginnings to
the 19th century in the contexts of their times.
Reading and analysis of representative plays from
the various periods.
411 Modem French Literature in Context (3) A
study of the evolution of modern literary genres,
beginning with the revolt of the generation of
1900, through Dada and Surreahsm and the writ-
ers of the absurd to the present.
412 Narrative Prose (3) An examination of the
evolution of French prose in the nouvelle, the
conte, the recit and the novel from their earliest
beginnings to the present.
413 French Poetry (3) A history of French poetry
and a study of its versification. Practice in the
recitation of French poems and close te.xtual analy-
sis, and discussion of selected works.
♦ 420-421-422 Topics in French Literature (3) (3)
(3) Each topics course provides an in-depth smdy of
a significant aspect of French culture, art, or litera-
ture, its history and influences, and/or its principal
e.\ponents, creative artists, and advocates. Topics will
be announced annually by the French facult}'.
Offerings in English (EFR): Interdisciplinary
and Culture-Cluster Courses
■ # EFR 220 French Civilization (3) (In
English) A studv of France's political and educa-
tional systems and economic and religious institu-
tions with emphasis on contemporary aspects.
■ # EFR 230 Francophone Civilization (3) A mul-
tidisciplinarv' approach to the cultures and civiliza-
tions of Francophone countries in West Africa and
the Caribbean, including historical and geographical
factors, religious and sociological structures, and liter-
ar\' and artistic productions. Taught in English.
■ # EFR 250 French Civilization on Film (3) (In
English) A study of French history and culture as
reflected in French and French-speaking cinema.
GERMAN
Symbol: GER
101-102 ElementaryGermanI-II(3)(3)
Fundamentals of German grammar, s)'ntax, and
pronunciation. Introduction to German culture
through easy-reading texts. The audio-lingual
method is employed. Language laboratory drill is
required.
201-202 Intermediate German 111 (3) (3)
Review of grammar and syntax. Readings in
German literature as a basis for class discussion in
German and practice in composition. Language
laboratory drill required for remedial work only.
PREREQ: GER 102 or placement.
NOTE: All advanced literarure and civilization
courses include lectures and discussion in the for-
eign language, and all student papers and exami-
nations must be written in the foreign language.
#221 German Civilization (3) (In German) An
analysis of the major contributions of German civ-
ilization to western culture in the areas of art,
music, science, and literature. PREREQ; GER
202 or equivalent.
222 Austrian Civilization (3) This course is
almost identical to EGE 323; slightly different
readings in German will be offered. Discussions
are in German.
303-304 Advanced German Grammar and
Composition 1-11 (3) (3) The more complex
grammatical and STOtacrical structures of the lan-
guage with particular attention to stylistics.
Practice in writing compositions on a more
advanced level with emphasis on correct usage.
PREREQ; GER 202 or equivalent.
305 Survey of German Literature I (3) German
literature from its earliest beginnings to 1800.
PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent.
306 Survey of German Literature II (3) German
literature from 1800 to the present. PREREQ;
GER 202 or equivalent.
307-308 Advanced Oral German l-Il (3) (3) In-
tensive drill in the oral use of the language and
phonetics to develop proficiency in listening com-
prehension and speaking. PREREQ; GER 303 or
equivalent.
400 20th-century German Literature in
Translation (3) (In English) A study of selected
novels, short stories, and plays from the German
literature of the 20th century. An introduction to
some of the modern writers of the German-speak-
ing world from the perspective of the social and
political developments in modern Germany.
401 The Age of Goethe (3) German hterary doc-
trines and masterpieces of the periods of En-
lightenment, Storm and Stress, and Classicism.
PREREQ; GER 202 or equivalent.
402 Contemporary German Literatiu'e (3)
Works of the principal German writers of the 20th
cenniry. PREREQ; GER 202 or equivalent.
403 20th-century German Masterpieces (3) An
in-depth analysis of the prose works of three major
20th-century German writers, including Katlca,
Mann, Hesse, Anna Segbers, and Christa Wolf. A
close reading of these works will consider such
narrative techniques as point-of-view, ambiguity,
and irony as well as such German intellectual and
artistic contributions as E.xpressionism, psycho-
analysis, and the Bildungsroman. Taught in con-
junction with EGE 403.
404 German Artists as Social Conscience:
Postwar German Literature and Film (3) An
examination of the political and social issues of
contemporary German)' through an analysis of lit-
erary and cinematic texts. Discussion topics
include the Holocaust, Nazism, the Second World
War, the Economic Miracle, the Cold War, ter-
rorism, the feminist and peace movements, atomic
warfare, and German reunification and its after-
math. Taught in conjunction with EGE 404.
405 A Survey of German Film (3) An analysis of
German films from Expressionism to the present.
We shall e-xamine the films in terms of their polit-
ical and social context and as works of art.
Directors include Fritz Lang, Murnau, Wiene,
Fassbinder, Herzog, Schlondorft, von Trotta, and
Wenders. Taught in conjunction with EGE 405.
407 German Lyric Poetry (3) Modern German
poetn' of pre- and post-World War II.
408 Modem German Drama (3) A study of the
various trends of 20th century German drama in
the Federal Republic, the former GDR,
Switzerland, and Austria, with a focus on e.xpres-
♦ Tfiis course may be taken again for credit.
B Culmre cluster
# Approved interdisciplinary course
College of Arts and Sciences
Foreign Languages
sionism, epic theater, and documentary theater.
Taught in conjunction with EGE 408.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in German
Language and Literature (3) Special topics for
advanced students only. PREREQ; Permission of
instructor.
♦ 411 Seminar in German (3) Independent study
and research for upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the German faculty. PRE-
REQ^ Permission of instructor.
♦ 412 Seminar in German (3) Independent study
and research for upper-division students. Topic
announced annually by the German faculty. PRE-
REQ; Permission of instructor.
413 Impact of the Holocaust on Literature and
Film (3) This course studies causes and effects ot
the Holocaust through literary, philosophical, and
cinematic works of post-war Europe and America.
Taught in coniunction with EGE 409.
Offerings in English (EGE): Interdisciplinary
and Culture Cluster Courses
■ # EGE 222 German Civilization (3) An analy-
sis of the major contributions of German civiliza-
tion to western culture in the areas ot art, music,
science, and literature. No knowledge of German
required.
■ # EGE 323 Austrian Civilization 1848-1938
(3) An interdisciplinary study of Austrian civiUza-
tion, focusing on Vienna 1848-1938. The relation-
ship of selected cultural and intellectual develop-
ments to their pohtical and social contexts. This
course employs the perspective of many disciphnes
but is specifically concerned with the humanities
and visual arts.
■ # EGE 403 20th-Centuiy German Master-
pieces (3) An in-depth analysis of the prose works
of three major 20th-century German writers,
including Kafka, Mann, Hesse, Anna Seghers, and
Christa Wolf A close reading of these works will
consider such narrative techniques as point-of-
view, ambiguity, and irony as well as such German
intellecmal and artistic contributions as
E.xpressionism, psychoanalysis, and the Bil-
dungsroman. No knowledge of German required.
■ # EGE 404 German Artists as Social
Conscience: Postwar German Literature and
Film (3) An examination of the political and social
issues of contemporary Germany through an analy-
sis of literary and cinematic texts. Discussion topics
include the Holocaust, Nazism, the Second World
War, the Economic Miracle, the Cold War, terror-
ism, the feminist and peace movements, atomic
warfare, and German reunification and its after-
math. No knowledge of German required.
■ # EGE 405 A Survey of German Fihn (3) (arts
elective course) An analysis of German films from
Expressionism to the present. We shall examine
the films in terms of their political and social con-
text and as works of art. Directors include Fritz
Lang, Murnau, Wiene, Fassbinder, Herzog,
Schlondorff, von Trotta, and Wenders. No knowl-
edge of German required.
# EGE 408 Modem German Drama (3) A study
of the various trends of 20th century German
drama in the Federal Republic, the former GDR,
Switzerland, and Austria, with a focus on expres-
sionism, epic theater, and documentary theater.
Taught in English. No knowledge of German
required.
# EGE 409 Impact of the Holocaust on
Literature and Film (3) This course studies the
causes and effects of the Holocaust through liter-
ary, philosophical, and cinematic works of post-
war Europe and America. No knowledge of
German required.
GREEK
Symbol: GRE
101-102 Elementary Greek Ml (3) (3) Forms,
grammar, and idioms of Attic and Koine Greek.
Readings in Septuagint and New Testament
Greek.
201 Intermediate Greek I (3) Readings in
Socratic dialogues of Plato.
202 Intermediate Greek II (3) Homeric prosody
and grammar. Reading of selected portions of the
Homeric Poems.
♦ 301-302 Greek Reading I-II (3) (3) Readings
in prose and verse. Authors usually selected by
genre.
HEBREW
Symbol: HBW
101-102 Elementary Biblical Hebrew III (3) (3)
Forms, grammar, and idioms ot Biblical Hebrew.
Selected readings.
201-202 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew III (3)
(3) Readings in the prose and poetic documents of
the Bihlia Hebraica.
ITALIAN
Symbol: ITA
101-102 Elementary Italian I-II (3) (3) Intensive
drill, in class and in the language laboratory, with
pronunciation, intonation, and basic linguistic pat-
terns. Introduction to Italian culture through basic
dialogues and easy-reading texts.
201-202 Intermediate Italian I-ll (3) (3) Review
of Italian grammar and syntax. Introduction to
Italian literature through short readings ot inter-
mediate difficulty. Composition and conversation
in Italian based on reading assignments. Language
laboratory for remedial drill. PREREQ: ITA 102
or equivalent.
301-302 Advanced Italian Grammar and
Conversation I-II (3) (3) Review and mastery of
Itahan grammar, with special emphasis on syntac-
tic structure and stylistics, along with intensive
oral drills to develop proficiency in hstening com-
prehension and speaking abihty.
321 Italian Culture (3) An overview of Itahan
geography, history, and regional cultures, along
with its literary, philosophical, scientific, and artis-
tic manifestations and contributions to the world.
360 Italian Cinema (3) A history of Itahan cine-
ma, as seen through representative works of each
period/movement.
400 Survey of Italian Literatiu-e (3) High points
in Itahan literature, touching upon the most
important writers from the beginning to the pre-
sent day.
401 Introduction to Dante, Petrarca, and
Boccaccio (3) A general discussion on the impor-
tance and influence of these writers on Italian and
European literature and thought, as seen through
some of their representative works.
402 Contemporary Italian Literature (3) A sur-
vey of contemporary Italian authors through some
representative selections of their works.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in Italian Language
and Literature (3) Special topics for advanced stu-
dents only. PREREQ; Permission of instructor.
♦ 411 Seminar in Italian I (3) Independent smdy
and research for upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the Italian faculn'. PRE-
REQ; Permission of instructor.
♦ 412 Seminar in Italian II (3) Independent
study and research for upper-division students.
Topics announced annually by the Italian faculty.
PREREQ; Permission of instructor.
EIT 221 Italian Culture (3) (In EngUsh) An
overview of Itahan geography, history, and region-
al culmres, along with its literary, philosophical,
scientific, and artistic manifestations and contribu-
tions to the world.
■ EIT 260 Italian Cinema (3) (In English) A
history of Itahan cinema, as seen through repre-
sentative works of each period/movement.
LATIN
Symbol: LAT
101-102 Elementary Latin I-II (3) (3) Forms,
syntax, and Idioms of classical Latin. Selected
readings.
201 Cicero (3) Selections from the orations, let-
ters, and essays. PREREQ; LAT 101 and 102, or
two years of secondary school Latin.
202 Vergil (3) Reading and analysis of celebrated
portions of the Aeneid. The nature of Latin epic
poetry. PREREQ; LAT 201 or three years of sec-
ondary school Latin.
NOTE: LAT 202 or four years of secondary
school Latin is a prerequisite for all following
courses in Latin.
301 Teaching of Latin (3) Introduction to the
problems, methods, and materials in the teaching
of Latin.
302 The Latin Lyric Poets (3) Latin lyric poetry
through readings in Catullus, the Odes, and
Epodes of Horace. Practice in the composition of
l\Tic poetry.
303 Advanced Latin Prose Composition (3)
Required of Latin majors; open to other students
accepted by the instructor. The complex syntacti-
cal strucmres of Latin of classical style.
Translations of Enghsh into classical Latin.
304 The Latin Elegiac Poets (3) Latin elegiac
poetry through readings in Ovid, Tibullus,
Lygdamus, Sulpicia, and Propertius. Practice in
the composition of elegiac poetry.
♦ 305 Reading Course in Latin (3) Open to
Latin majors onlv. Area and content to be deter-
mined by the student's needs.
306 Roman Historians (3) Introduction to
Roman historiography. Readings in Livy, Sallust,
and Tacitus.
401 Roman Drama (3) Origins and development
of Roman drama. Selected plays of Plautus,
Terence, and Seneca.
402 Roman Philosophy (3) Introduction to
Greek and Roman philosophy. Readings in
Cicero, "Tusculan Disputations," and Lucretius,
"De Rerum Natura."
403 Roman Satire (3) Origins and development
of Roman satire. Readings in Horace, Persius, and
Juvenal.
404 The Latin Novel (3) Readings in Petronius,
Satyncon, and Apuleius, The Golden Ass. Lectures
and discussions of the emergence of the novel as a
hterary form.
405 Medieval Latin (3) Prose and poetry from
the fourth to the 17th centuries.
406 Latin Tutorial Course (3) Required of
majors in Latin or Classics; open to other students
accepted by the instructor. Introduction to the his-
tory of the alphabet; principles of historical and
comparative linguistics, especially as apphed to
Greek and Latin; and history of the Latin lan-
guage as seen in ancient authors and inscriptions.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
■ Culture cluster
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Foreign Languages
College ot Arts and Sciences
^ 410 Independent Studies in Latin Language
and Literature (3) Special topics for advanced stu-
dents only. PREREQ^ Permission of instructor.
♦ 411 Seminar in Latin (3) Independent study
and research tor upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the Latin faculty. PRE-
RE(i Permission of instructor.
♦ 412 Seminar in Latin (3) Independent studv
and research for upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the Latin faculty. PRE-
REQi Permission of instructor.
PORTUGUESE
Symbol: FOR
101-102 Elementary' Portuguese I-II (3) (3)
Fundamentals of Portuguese grammar, syntax, and
pronunciation. Introduction to Brazilian heritage
and culture through graded reading selections.
201-202 Intermediate Portuguese LII (3) (3)
Review and continuation of basic Portuguese with
emphasis on vocabulary expansion and cultural
insights through increased reading. Introduction
to selected Portuguese and Brazilian authors.
PREREQ: POR 102.
RUSSL\N
Symbol: RUS
101-102 Elementary Russian MI (3) (3)
Fundamentals of Russian language. Intensive prac-
tice in speaking, listening, reading, and writing to
develop basic communication skills. Introduction
to Russian culture through film and multimedia.
No previous knowledge of Russian is required.
103 Intensive Elementary Russian I-II (6)
Fundamentals of Russian language. Intensive prac-
tice in speaking, listening, reading, and writing to
develop basic communication skills. This acceler-
ated course meets five daj's per week and com-
pletes the 101-102 elementan' sequence in a single
semester. Introduction to Russian culture through
film and multimedia. No previous knowledge of
Russian is required.
201-202 Intermediate Russian I-II (3) (3) Review
and refinement of communicative skills through con-
tinuing study of grammatical structures and vocabu-
lary expansion. Composition and conversation based
on writings of intermediate difficult)' and film sources.
Continuing smdy of Russian culture through film and
mudimedia. PREREQ; RUS 102 or 103.
203 Intensive Intermediate Russian I-II (6)
Reinforcement and refinement of communicative
skills through the continuing study and review of
grammatical strucrures. Extensive language labora-
tory work is essential. The intermediate sequence,
equivalent to 201-202, will be completed in one
semester. PREREQ: RUS 101-102 or 103.
NOTE: All advanced Uterature and civilization
courses include lectures and discussion in the for-
eign language, and all student papers and exami-
nations must be written in the foreign language.
301-302 Advanced Russian Granunarand
Composition I-II (3) (3) The more complex
grammatical and syntactical structures of the lan-
guage, with particular attention to stylistics.
Practice in writing compositions on a more
advanced level, with emphasis on current usage.
Regular use of the tape program is essential. PRE-
REQ: RUS 202, 203, or equivalent.
303-304 Advanced Readings in Russian Literature
l-II (3) (3) Works ot Russian literature are read and
analyzed. PREREQ: RUS 202, 203, or equivalent.
305-306 Russian Civilization I-II (3) (3) (In
Russian) A study of the cultural, philosophical,
religious, political, and artistic contributions of
Russia. PREREQ; RUS 202, 203, or equivalent.
310 Russian Literature in English (3) Survey of
Russian literature from its origin to the present.
All works read in Enghsh. No knowledge of
Russian required.
401 The Russian Novel (3) The Russian novel
and hterarv trends of the 19th and 20th centuries.
PREREQ: RUS 202, 203, or equivalent.
402 The Russian Drama (3) Works of the major
dramatists of the 19th and 20th centuries. PRE-
REQl RUS 202, 203, or equivalent.
403 Russian Poetry of the 20th Century (3) A
study ot the principal Russian poets of the 20th
century. PREREQl RUS 202, 203, or equivalent.
407-408 Advanced Oral Russian I-II (3) (3)
Intensive drill in the oral use of the language and
phonetics to develop proficiencv' in listening compre-
hension and speaking. Regular use of the tape pro-
gram is essential. PREREQ; RUS 301 or equivalent.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in Russian Language
and Literature (3) Special topics for advanced stu-
dents only. PREREQ; Permission of instructor.
♦ 411 Seminar in Russian (3) Independent study
and research tor upper-chvision students. Topics
announced annually by the Russian faculty. PRE-
REQ; Permission of instructor.
♦ 412 Seminar in Russian (3) Independent study
and research for upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the Russian faculty. PRE-
REQ; Permission of instructor.
Offerings in English (ERU): Interdisciplinary
and Culture Cluster Courses
■ # ERU 209 Soviet and Russian Culture (3) (In
English) An interdisciplinary course designed to
acquaint students with Russian culture and life in
Russia today. No knowledge of Russian required.
SPANISH
Symbol: SPA
101-102 Elementary Spanish MI (3) (3)
Fundamentals ot Spanish geared to tacihtate the
development of functional proficiencv at the
novice levels in Ustening, speaking, reading, and
writing skills. Introduction to Spanish and Latin
.American culture through readings and discussion.
103 Intensive Elementary Spanish (6) Funda-
mentals ot Spanish grammar, svntax, pronuncia-
tion, and communication skills. This is an acceler-
ated course that meets five davs per week and cov-
ers the equivalent of SPA 101—102 in a single
semester. No prerequisite.
201-202 Intermediate Spanish I-II (3) (3) Spanish
with an emphasis on proficiency development at the
intermediate level. Elements ot grammar and pro-
nunciation are introduced in class and via laboratory
work. Literar\' and journalistic readings are utilized
as a basis for writing assignments and class discus-
sions in Spanish. PREREQ; SPA 102 or placement.
NOTE: All advanced courses above 202 include
lectures and discussion in the foreign language,
and all student papers and examinations must be
written in the foreign language.
205 Intensive Intermediate Spanish (3)
Reinforcement of communication skills through
practice and review ot grammatical structures.
Composition and conversation, reading trom a
variety of genres. This is an accelerated course that
meets five times per week and covers the equiva-
lent of SP.A 201-202 in a single semester. PRE-
REQ; SPA 102 or 103 or placement.
301-302 -Advanced Spanish Grammar and
Conversation I-II (3) (3) Review and mastery of
Spanish grammar, with special emphasis on syn-
tactic structures and stylistics, along with intensive
interaction to develop proficiency in listening
comprehension and speaking ability. PREREQ;
SPA 202 or placement.
303 Business Spanish (3) Introduction to basic
business concepts in Spanish in fields of manage-
ment, banking, finance, accounting, marketing,
and international business. No prior knowledge of
business required. Practical course in oral commu-
nication. Some interpretation, translation, and
writing of business documents. PREREQ; SPA
301-302 or permission of instructor.
304 Spanish for the Professional (3) Spanish for
the professional in fields such as social work,
immigration, criminal justice, law, and medicine.
Emphasis on oral communication in specific, real-
life situations. Some interpretations, translation,
and vniting or professional documents. PREREQ;
SPA 301-302 or permission of instructor.
305 Spanish Cinema: Nation and Gender (3)
This course investigates the ways in which films
participate in and create debates about the relation-
ship between national identitv and gender. Topics
include what it means to speak of a "national cine-
ma," and where and how issues of gender, sexuali-
ty, class, and ethnicity interface in cinematic cre-
ation of national identit)' and histon,'. PREREQ;
SP.A 301-302, or permission of instructor.
315 Advanced Readings in Spanish (3)
Introductorv' readings of Spanish and Spanish-
American works from a varietv' of sources, includ-
ing literary texts. Special attention to improvement
of grammar, and oral and written e.xpression. PRE-
REQ; SPA 301-302 or permission of instructor.
320 Civilization of Spain (3) Major contributions of
Spain. Cultural, geographic, literary, philosophical,
and artistic manifestations of the Hispanic world.
PREREQ; SPA 301-302 or penmission of instructor.
321 Civilization of Spanish America (3) Cultural,
geographic, literary, philosophical, and artistic
manifestations of the Hispanic -American world.
PREREQ; SP.•^ 315 or permission of instructor.
323 Language and Culture of Puerto Rico (3) (In
Spanish) A smdy ot the language and culture of
Puerto Rico. Includes geography, history, immigra-
tion, and emigration. Emphasis on Puerto Rican
Spanish language patterns and literature. Study of
the mid-Adantic Puerto Rican community. PRE-
REQ; SPA 301-302 or permission of instructor.
330 Survey of Spanish Literature (3) Represen-
tative selections of Spanish literature from its
beginning to the present. PREREQ; SPA 315 or
permission of instructor.
331 Survey of Spanish-American Literature (3)
Representative selections of Spanish-American lit-
erawre from 1492 to the present. PREREQ: SPA
315 or permission of instructor.
365 Spanish Phonetics (3) Description and prac-
tice in the sounds of the Spanish language and its
major dialectical differences. Comparative analysis
with English. PREREQ; LIN 230 and SPA 302.
400 Spanish Literattire to 1550 (3) Spanish liter-
ature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance, includ-
ing epic, early lyric, prose, and theater. PREREQ;
SPA 330 or permission of instructor.
401 Spanish Literature of the Golden Age (3)
Spanish Uteramre of the 16th and 17th centuries:
mpticism, drama, poetry, and the novel. PRE-
REQ; SP.A 330 or permission ot instmctor.
402 Spanish Drama of the Golden Age (3)
Themes and traditions of the comedia. PREREQ;
SPA 330 or permission of instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
H Culture cluster
# Approved interdisciplinary course
College of Arts and Sciences
Foreign Languages
404 Cervantes (3) Study oi Don Quixote and
Cervantes' contributions to world literature. PRE-
REQi SPA 330 or permission of instructor.
405 Modem Hispanic Literature (18th and 19th
Centuries) (3) Spanish and Spanish-American
thought, literature, and culture as revealed in out-
standing works from the neo-Classical period to
the end of the 19th cenmry. PREREQ: SPA 330
or 331 or permission of instructor.
406 The Generation of 1898 (3) A reading and
evaluation of the hterary and philosophical contri-
butions of writers such as Unamuno, Baroja,
Benavente, and Valle-lnclan. PREREQ: SPA 330
or permission ot instructor.
407 Spanish Literature Since the Civil War Period
(3) Introduction to works that represent Spanish Ut-
erawre from the Civil War period to the present.
Authors studied include Arrabal, Cela, Delibes,
Garcia Lorca, Goytisolo, Matute, Sender, and oth-
ers. PREREQi SPA 330 or permission of instructor.
408 Modem Hispanic Poetry (3) A survey of
major authors and movements in Spanish and
Spanish-American poetry of the 19th and 20th cen-
turies. Authors include Vicente Aleixandre, Gustavo
Adolfo Becquer, Ruben Dario, Jose Espronceda,
Federico Garcia Lorca, Gabriela Mistral, and Pablo
Nemda. Movements include Romanticism,
Modernism, and the avant-garde. PREREQi SPA
330 or 331 or permission ot instructor.
409 Contemporary Spanish-American Literature
(3) A study of major authors and literary move-
ments in contemporary Spanish America, including
magical realism in prose fiction, theater of the
absurd, avant-garde poetry, and modern essays.
PREREQi SPA 331 or permission of instructor.
410 Contemporary Spanish-American Prose
Fiction (3) A focus on 20th-century prose fiction in
Spanish America. The works of narratists such as
Borges, Carpentier, Cortazar, Fuentes, and Garcia
Marquez will be examined closely, in light of
Spanish- American cultural and literary modalities.
PREREQi SPA 331 or permission of instructor.
411 Modem Spanish-American Theater (3) A
study of the theater as a reflection of social reali-
ties including the theater of the absurd; the
dynamic of play and audience. The Spanish-
American stage will be analyzed through its cul-
tural, historical, and religious contexts. PREREQ^
SPA 331 or permission of instructor.
412 Literature of the Hispanic Caribbean (3) An
analysis of the literature of the Hispanic
Caribbean, placing it in its historical, geographical,
and culmral context through a survey of major
authors and movements. PREREQ; SPA 331 or
permission of instructor.
413 Hispanic Women Writers (3) An examina-
tion of the tradition of women writers and their
works in Spain and Spanish America from the
17th centur\' to the present. Includes fiction, poet-
ry, and theater. PREREQ: SPA 330 or 331 or
permission of instructor.
415 Film and Fiction of Post-Civil War and
Post-Franco Spain (3) Fictionalized perspectives
of 20th century social realities since the Civd War.
Discussion topics include social criticism, the situ-
ation of girls and women, the psychology of ado-
lescence, forms of alienation, and traumatic experi-
ences of the war. PREREQ: SPA 330 or 331 or
permission of instructor.
♦ 456-457 Hispanic Literature Seminar I-II (3) (3)
Special topics for advanced students only, such as pol-
itics and literature in contemporary Latin America,
the literature of discovery and conquest, the novel of
the dictator, and Spanish literamre during and after
Franco. PRERECL Permission of instructor.
Offerings in English (ESP): Interdisciplinary
and Culture Cluster Courses
■ # ESP 219 Culture and Civilization of Spain
(3) A study of the origins and evolution of Spanish
character, tradition, and thought. The interrela-
tionship of its history and arts. The scope of its
contribution to Western culture. No knowledge of
Spanish is required.
■ # ESP 222 Culture and Civilization of Latin
America (3) Cultural, geographic, literary, philo-
sophical, and artistic manifestations of the
Hispanic-American world. No knowledge of
Spanish is required.
ESP 305 Spanish Cinema: Nation and Gender
(3) This course will investigate the ways in which
films participate in and create debates about the
relationship between national identification and
gender. No knowledge of Spanish is required.
■ ESP/CLS 311 Contemporary Latin American
Narrative (3) An examination of Latin American
narrative (short story, novella, novel, and testimo-
nial literature). Spanish- and Portuguese-language
writers from South and Central America, Mexico,
and the Caribbean will be studied, from the period
of magical realism (1950's and 1960's) through the
present. They may include Isabel Allende, Jorge
Amado, Miguel Angel Asturias, Jorge Luis
Borges, Gabriel Garcia Marquez, Clarice
Lispector, Elena Poniatowska, and Luis Rafael
Sanchez. No knowledge of Spanish is required.
# ESP 324 Language and Culture of Puerto Rico
(3) A study of the language and culture of Puerto
Rico. Includes geography, history, immigration,
and emigration. Emphasis on Puerto Rican
Spanish language patterns and literature. Study of
the mid-Atlantic Puerto Rican community. No
knowledge of Spanish is required.
ESP 333 Latina Writing (3) An examination of
the literary works produced by Latinas in the 20th
century. The smdy of this Uterature will include a
cross-cultural approach that vnll elucidate sociopo-
litical themes emerging from the texts. No knowl-
edge of Spanish is required.
ESP 334 Politics and Economics in the
Literatures of the Modem Americas (3) A com-
parative historical and literary examination of
political and economic issues reflected in 20th
century U.S. and Latin American literature. The
study of representative texts of various genres will
also elucidate issues of race, class, and gender. No
knowledge of Spanish is required.
# ESP 362 New World: America (3) The impact
the discovery, conquest, and colonization of the
New World had on Europe is seen through diverse
sources in literature, history, the arts, and related
disciplines. Topics include the trans-Atlantic
exchange of ideas and cultures, indigenous reli-
gions, ethic of conquest, evangelization, cartogra-
phy, colonial science, changing views of humanity,
and nature. Course includes a field trip and guest
lecturers. No knowledge of Spanish is required.
ESP 403 Introduction to Cervantes and Don
Quixote (3) Reading the ftiU text of Don Quixote.
Important chapters and topics will be analyzed.
Special emphasis given to problems of translation.
No knowledge of Spanish is required.
ADDITIONAL LANGUAGES
191-192 Critical Language I-II (3) (3) Self-
instructional program in one of the seldom-taught
languages: Arabic, Chinese, Dutch, Finnish,
Gaelic, Japanese, Korean, Modern Greek, Modern
Hebrew, Polish, Portuguese, Serbo-Croatian,
Swedish, and Vietnamese. The student works with
an integrated text and tape program, and a tutor.
By permission of the Department of Foreign
Languages. Not for language requirement.
193-194 Critical Language Ill-rV (3) (3)
Continuation of LAN 191-192.
COURSES COMMON TO ALL
LANGUAGES
LAN 305 Introduction to Bilingual/Bicultural
Education (3) Introduction to the history, philoso-
phy, current staws, and fiiture directions of bUin-
gual/bicultural education. Survey of materials, tech-
niques, instructional processes, and instructional
patterns. Overview of testing, placement, and pupd
evaluation. PREREQ; Intermediate level proficien-
cy in a second language and LIN 250 or equivalent.
LAN 327 Introduction to Applied Linguistics
for Foreign Language Majors (3) An introduction
to applied hnguistics structured to meet the needs
of foreign language majors and fiiture world lan-
guage teachers. Examples are drawn from the lan-
guage(s) expertise of the students.
LAN 401 Teaching of Modem Languages: K-12
(3) Problems, methods, and materials of second
language acquisition and teaching across levels.
Observation and participation in K-12 classrooms.
PREREQ; Completion of language courses
through the advanced level and LIN 230.
LAN 403 Second Languages in the Elementary
School (3) Techniques and materials used in
teaching second languages in the elementary
school. Practice in the apphcation of these tech-
niques and observation of foreign language classes.
PREREQ; Completion of intermediate level in
the chosen foreign language.
♦ LAN 411 Topical Seminar (3) Specialized
studies in language and the teaching of foreign
languages.
I LIN 211 Language Communities in the United
States and Canada (3) Exploration and analysis of
how aspects of language usage (dialect, "accent,"
bihngualism) relate to language-based discrimina-
tion in the U.S. and Canada generally. Emphasis
is on bias, discrimination, and profiling based on
race, class, gender, reUgious affiliation, and ethnic-
ity. Examples will be drawn from mainstream
media, including popular film and television.
LIN 230 (also ENG 230) Introduction to
Linguistics (3) See ENG 230.
LIN 250 Psycholinguistics (3) Introduction to
the study of relationships between language, gen-
erative models, communication theory, and learn-
ing theory. Major emphasis on natural language
development and bdingualism.
♦ LIN 330 (also PHI 330) Introduction to
Meaning (3) See PHI 330.
LIN 360 (also PHI 360) Philosophy of
Language (3) See PHI 360.
LIN 380 Language and Culture (3) Language as
an aspect of culture, using linguistic-perceptual-
cognitive categories; social and psychological
aspects of language. PREREQ; LIN 230 or LIN
327, or permission of instructor.
♦ LIN 411-412 Seminar in Linguistics (3) (3)
Specialized studies in linguistics. Topics
announced annually. PREREQ; LIN 230 or LIN
372, or at least junior standing.
LIN 415 (also COM 415) General Semantics (3)
See COM 415.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
H Culture cluster
# Approved interdisciplinary course
I Diverse communities course
Geography and Plannning
School of Business and Pubhc Affairs
Department of Geography and Planning
103 Rubv Jones HaU
610-436-2343
Joan M. Welch, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Lewandowski, Rengert, Tachovsky, Welch
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Grassel
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Fasic, Liu
Geography and Planning is an academic discipline that integrates the
physical and social sciences. Students study the patterns and processes
of human and physical phenomena in relationship to each other.
Students gain knowledge that can be applied to solving societal, eco-
nomic, and environmental problems and to planning for the fiiture,
whether they are taking general education or elective courses, acquir-
ing specialized preparation needed for working in geography and
planning and related fields, or meeting particular needs in combina-
tion with other majors in arts and sciences or professional fields.
The field of geography assists students in comprehending the broad
scope of the physical, cultural, demographic, and economic environ-
ments on local, national, and global scales. Geography courses develop
skills and organize knowledge from various disciplines, and enable sm-
dents to examine the integrated whole of a people with reference to
habitat and interspatial relationships. Specialized skills, which utilize
geographic information systems technology, provide salable skills for
students interested in technical careers and complement courses that
teach knowledge of environmental and human situations and problems.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — GEOGRAPHY
The bachelor ot arts in geography offers a choice of four emphases
(called "tracks"): traditional geography (cultural, environmental, and
economic geography including an international perspective), geo-
graphic analysis, urban/regional planning, and elective teacher certifi-
cation (citizenship education, formerly social studies). The geographic
analysis and urban/regional planning areas emphasize speciaUzed skill
development. Internships are available and are recommended for qual-
ified students.
Geography majors, as part of their general education requirements,
must take GEO 101 or 103 and achieve a grade of 2.0 or better. Thev
also must pass WRT 120 and 121 with a grade of 2.0 or better.
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement 0-15 semester hours
3. Additional Social Science Courses 9 semester hours
4. Geography Core Requirements 33 semester hours
Required:'GEO 102, 225, 310, 326, 400, and
404 (18 credits)
Track requirements taken under advisement
For geography track: five courses from specified
groups, selected under ad\isement (15 credits)
OR
For urban/regional planning track: GEO 214, and
two other planning or GIS courses (GEO 320,
322, 324, 331, 336, or 403) and an additional
two courses from a specified list, selected under
advisement (15 credits)
OR
For geographic analysis track: three courses,
GEO 324, 328, and 424, plus two courses
from specified lists of courses, selected under
advisement (15 credits)
OR
For elective teacher certification track (citizenship
education, formerly social studies): GEO 204
(interdisciplinary), GEO 301, GEO 312 (diverse
communities), plus two additional geography
courses. Most recommended are GEO 101, 213,
214, 220, 230, 232, 302, 303, 324 (15 credits).
Under advisement, cognates and free electives are
selected to complete remaining teacher certifica-
tion requirements and prepare for standardized
examination.
5. Cognate Courses 15 semester hours
Courses (taken under advisement) that are
specifically related to identified career
aspirations, and chosen outside general
requirements, or geography core
Required of all majors: ENG 368 or 371
Required for urban/regional planning track:
Three courses selected from PSC 201, 202,
373, 375 or other related pubhc management
or geography course, plus one CSC course
above 110 level
Required of geographic analysis track: CSC
110 or above and three additional courses
selected under advisement
6. Free Electives 4-19 semester hours
Elective Citizenship Education Teacher Certification Program
This degree track (formerly social smdies) allows students to elect
courses toward teacher certification requirements that also quahfy as
general education, cognate, and free elective selections.
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
Recommended selections for this track include
COM 230, GEO 204 (interdisciplinary requirement),
GEO 312 (diverse communities requirement),
CLS 165 and HIS 101 (humanities requirement),
MAT 103, PSC 100 and ECO 101 (behavioral
and social sciences requirement), and art history
or music histor)- (arts requirement). Recommended
free electives: EDF 100, EDP 250, MAT 104.
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement 1-15 semester hours
3. Geography Core (see above) 18 semester hours
4. Additional Geography Courses 9 semester hours
GEO 301 and two additional courses from
recommended list
5. Additional Cognates 33 semester hours
EDP 351, EDS 306, SSC 331, EDA 341,
EDS 411, EDS 412, HIS 102, HIS 150, SOC 200
Minor in Geography 18 semester hours
The geography minor provides a flexible geography focus that com-
bines well with other majors.
It consists of 18 semester hours of geography courses, no more than
six hours of which may be at the 100 level. The department will
advise students on selection of courses appropriate to their needs.
Clusters of courses mav involve environmental geograph}', spatial
technology, international courses, or courses especially suitable as
preparation for social studies education, for example.
Minor in Business Geographies and 18 semester hours
Information Systems
The minor program in planning allows smdents from other majors to
acquire geography and planning skills and to expand their career pos-
sibilities to include such areas as land planning and management, con-
servation of resources, location of commerce and industry, and county
or other local government.
1. Required Courses: 15 semester hours
ECO 251, 252; GEO 325, 425; MIS 300
2. Elective Courses (taken under advisement 3 semester hours
from the department)
Usually recommended courses include GEO 324,
415, 424, and 427.
School of Business and Public Affairs
Geography and Planning
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GEOGRAPHY
Symbol: GEO
101 World Geography (3) The scope of geography
and understanding of the world's regions generated
by it. fiuman societ)' is examined in a frame of spa-
tial, environmental, and resource factors. Map skills
and other "tools" of geography are introduced.
102 Physical Geography (3) The study of basic
principles of physical geography and of relation-
ships between components of the total earth envi-
ronment.
103 Human Geography (3) An inquiry into the
theoretical and applied approaches to the study ot
human spatial behavior and the distribution of
social problems.
200 Patterns of World Cultures (3) An examina-
tion of selected, non-Western areas, representing
different stages of development, in the contempo-
raneous world. Emphasis is placed on cultural
adaptation, innovation, and achievement of human
occupants of these areas.
t # 204 Introduction to Urban Studies (3) An
examination of the breadth of urban studies from
the perspectives of many social science disciplines.
Philadelphia is emphasized as an object of percep-
tion, as a place of life and livelihood, and as an
example of continual change in the urban environ-
ment. PREREQiWRT 121.
205 Geographic Influences in American History
(3) Geographic characteristics that figure promi-
nently in the discover)' and colonization of
America, and on the progressive development of
the United States up to the 20th century.
213 GIS for the Social Sciences (3) A course in
mapping in the political, economic, and social
featuers of places and the analysis of those maps
using the Arc View component of ESRI's ARC
GIS. Introductory course but with hands-on tech-
nology experience; sutable for majors in political
science, social work, eocnomics, and other social
science disciplines.
214 Introduction to Planning (3) The methods of
analyzing problems of urban and regional planning.
Emphasis is placed on systems of housing, recre-
ation, transportation, industry, and commerce.
215 GIS for Criminal Justice (3) A course in
crime mapping and the analysis of maps of crime
patterns, police services, locations of criminal inci-
dents, offenders' geographical behaviors, and spa-
tial trends in crime.
216 Planning for Public Services (3) A study of the
quality of individual life. Analj-sis of geographic vari-
ation in social weU being, problems of social systems
monitoring, and social indicators used in planning.
220 Economic Geography (3) This course is con-
cerned with the spatial patterns ot economic activ-
ities, including production, consumption, and set-
dement. It provides an understanding of their
location and the processes of change. The course is
international in scope, with an emphasis on the
global economy.
225 Introduction to Maps and Remote Sensing
(3) Introduction to mapping and remote sensing.
Thorough exposure to grid coordinate systems,
representative fractions/scale, map projections, and
mapping systems. Also, aerial photographs, digital
orthophotos, satelUte images, and computers as
tools.
230 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) An
inquiry into the type, size, and distribution of natur-
al resources, and into the problems of resource man-
agement. Emphasis is placed on the United States.
232 Environmental Crises (3) The nature and
dimensions of environmental problems with an
emphasis on endangered life-support systems.
Aspects of natural and social environment systems
and their mutual interrelationships.
236 Climatology (3) Climatic variations on the
earth and their classification into regional types.
Relationships of plants, soils, and cultures to types
of climate. PREREQ^ GEO 102 or permission of
instructor.
252 Political Geography (3) A study of selected
major themes in political geography at the regional
and international levels.
301 United States and Canada (3) An examina-
tion of the complexity and diversity of the physical
and human landscapes of the U.S. and Canada.
Both rural and urban geography are studied with
an emphasis on recent geographic changes ot
influence — such as the shift from an emphasis on
production to one on service and consumption, the
growing importance of ciries, and increasing racial
and ethnic diversity.
■ 302 Latin America (3) Central and South
America are studied with emphasis on geographic
understanding of the major sources of change in
recent times. The course focuses on selected indi-
vidual countries in addition to presentation of the
region as a whole.
■ 303 Europe (3) A regional study of Europe,
excluding the former U.S.S.R. Includes a macro-
study of the continent and sequential microstudies
of culturalized landscapes.
■ 304 The Former Soviet Union (3) A regional
study of European and Asiatic U.S.S.R. with
analysis of geographic factors that contribute to its
strengths and weaknesses as a major world power.
PREREQiGEO 101 or permission of instructor.
310 Population Problems (3) The dynamic
processes of population change (fertility, mortality,
and migration) and the resultant changes in popu-
lation distribution and composition. In addition to
a substantive study of these topics, students are
introduced to the use of primary data sources for
demographic description and policy recommenda-
tion.
I 312 Urban Geography (3) Analysis qf patterns,
processes, and consequences of urban growth and
development. Theory of systems, size, spacing, and
functions of cities. Students wlU conduct outside
analysis using real data.
320 Land Use Planning (3) An inquiry into the
development of comprehensive land use studies by
governmental and private agencies, emphasizing
the development of skills in problem identification
and resolurion. PREREQi GEO 214 or permis-
sion of instructor.
322 Land Development Controls (3) An insight
into the "why" and "how" of land development,
emphasizing the role of local government in zon-
ing, subdivision regulation, and other land regula-
tions. PREREQi GEO 214 or permission of
instructor.
324 Introduction to Geographic Information
Systems (3) Data sources and analysis techniques
used in the planning process, with emphasis on
appropriate applications. Students receive consid-
erable experience in using geographic information
systems technology to solve real-world problems.
325 Business Geographies (3) This course pro-
vides a conceptual overview of geographical infor-
mation systems as well as hands-on experience of
software systems used in developing business man-
agement and marketing strategies. Attention is
focused on using GIS technology as an analysis
tool to improve decision making. Designed pri- .
marily for marketing majors.
326 Geographical Analysis (3) Applications of
basic statistical techniques to problems of spatial sig-
nificance, emphasizing the adaptation of technique
to problem, and the understanding and interpreta-
tion of specific analytical methods as applied to real-
world simarions. PREREQ: MAT 103 or higher-
level mathematics course must he passed with a 2.0
or better prior to enrollment in GEO 326.
328 Computer Graphics (3) Structured to devel-
op skills in the design and use ot analytical and
computer-mapping systems, the course emphasizes
the techniques of spatial problem resolution and
display.
330 Population Analysis (3) A course designed to
develop skills in demographic research, emphasiz-
ing interrelationships of population processes, use
and limitation of data sources, and the under-
standing and interpretation of specific demograph-
ic and related analnical methods. PREREQi
GEO 310 or permission of instructor.
331 Transportation Planning (3) Important issues,
descriptive and analytical, facing urban and subur-
ban transportation are studied. Emplovment ot the
planning process emphasizes use ot analytical tools.
336 Environmental Planning (3) Introduction to
the concepts and tools of environmental planning
which include landscape form and function in
planning. Applications to local and regional issues
are stressed.
338 Computer Applications in Social Research
(3) The use of e.xisring and student-generated pro-
gramming software in the design and execution ot
social research.
341 Landscape Analysis (3) The study of contem-
porary geographiciJ patterns of plants and animals,
and the overall processes which influence landscape
development and characteristics, such as climatic and
geomorphic events, and anthropogenic activities.
400 Senior Seminar in Geography (3) The study
of historical and contemporary trends in geogra-
phy, the design, preparation, and defense of a
research proposal.
401 Cartography (4) A laboratory course to devel-
op proficiency in the design, construction, and
appropriate application of maps and map-related
graphics. PREREQ^ GEO 225 or permission of
instructor.
♦ 402 Topical Seminar in Geography (3)
Intensive examination of a selected area ot study in
the field of geography. Topics will be announced
at the time of offering. Course may be taken more
than once when different topics are presented.
PREREQi Junior or senior geography major or
consent of instructor.
403 Planning Design (3) Selected experiences
designed to assist the student (either as an individ-
ual or as a member of a group) in developing pro-
ficiency in information-providing techniques.
404 Senior Project in Geography (3) The execu-
tion of the research proposal (designed in GEO
400) as an acceptable departmental senior research
paper. PREREQ: GEO 400.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in Geography (3)
Research projects, reports, and readings in geogra-
phy. PREREQ; Permission of department chair-
person.
♦ 415 Internship in Geography and Planning
(1-12) Practical job experience in applying geo-
I Diverse communities course
# Approved interdisciplinary course
■ Culture cluster
♦ This course may be taken again tor credit.
Geology and Astronomy
College of Arts and Sciences
graphic theor\', executing substantive research, and
engaging in community service in selected off-
campus situations. Open only to upper-division
B.A. majors and minors in geography/ planning
with permission of department chairperson.
424 Geographic Information Systems Applica-
tions (3) A course to advance the student's knowl-
edge ot the design and implementation of geo-
graphic information systems. PREREQ^ GEO
324 or permission of instructor.
425 GIS: Business Applications (3) Intensive use
of Geographical Information Systems (GIS) in the
business emironment to aid in better sales and
marketing decisions. Course provides a conceptual
overview of database management systems from
MIS to geodatabases and their integration with a
GIS. Case studies draw numerous examples from
various businesses. Student tutorials provide
hands-on opportunities for students to experience
and learn how to use GIS within a business prob-
lem-solving framework. PREREQ^ GEO 325 or
permission ot instructor.
427 Geodatabase Systems (3) The course teaches
students the concepts and design of geographic
database systems in the process of geographic
analysis.
# IND 401 Environmental Applications of GIS
(3) Students are introduced to regional environ-
mental problem solving based on interdisciplinary,
scientific data using Geographic Information
Systems (GIS). Background in one of the natural
or applied sciences is presumed, and students
without such backgrounds should contact one of
the instructors before scheduling. Most relevant
lecture material is handled as readings outside of
class, and class time is devoted largely to environ-
mental analysis using ArcViewGIS. One half day
field trip is required (1,2) PREREQi Major in
BIO, CHE, ENV, ESS, GEO, or PHY, with at
least 15 college credits earned in one of these dis-
ciphnes, or permission of instructor.
IND 405 Modeling of Earth Systems (3) The
course focuses on the use of models to understand
global environmental change. It offers an in-depth
exposure to the principles of modeling as well as an
introduction to various models that represent com-
ponents of the earth's systems. The elements of
model construction are examined including princi-
ples of simlification, data collection, variable identi-
fication, and parameter specifications. Team taught
with the Department ot Geology and Astronomy.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Department of Geology and Astronomy
207 Boucher Hall
610-436-2727
C. Gil Wiswall, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Busch, Srogi, Stolar, Wiswall
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Good, Johnson, Lutz, Smith
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Fisher, Gagne, Pandya
The Department ot Geology and Astronomy prepares students for
careers in geoscience and geoscience education. Geoscience is an inte-
grated study of the Earth, its geologic history, composition and struc-
ture, resources, natural hazards, atmosphere and oceans, and its envi-
ronment in space. Geoscientists study such phenomena as earth-
quakes, landshdes, floods, volcanoes, coastal erosion, and how these
natural hazards impact humans. Geoscientists explore for mineral,
energy, and water supplies. Geoscientists also attempt to make predic-
tions about Earth's future based on the past. Since most human activi-
ties are related to interaction with the physical components of Earth,
geoscience plays a unique and essential role in today's rapidly chang-
ing world. The Department of Geology and Astronomy offers two
bachelor of science degree programs and a certification program in
general science. (A degree in astronomy is not available.) AH programs
emphasize analytical skills and build on course work in mathematics,
chemistry, physics, and statistics. Written and oral communication is
emphasized in a majorit)' of the course work.
1. The B.S. in GEOSCIENCE program offers two areas of concen-
tration and prepares recipients for a career as a professional geosci-
entist. Students completing either bachelor of science degree pro-
gram possess the educational requirements to seek licensure as cer-
tified professional geologists. The geology concentration leads to
occupations in geology, geochemistry, and the environmental
industry as well as for studies toward advanced degrees. Its curricu-
lum emphasizes depth in the traditional disciphnes of geology
including mineralogy, rock formation, paleontology, structural
geology, and surface and tectonic processes. The earth systems
concentration is intended for students who want to concentrate
on a broader understanding of geoscience and human interaction
with the environment. This concentration is excellent preparation
for students pursuing careers in fields such as resource manage-
ment or environmental law. In addition to the geology core, stu-
dents take required courses in oceanography, meteorolog)', and
astronomy.
2. The B.S. in EDUCATION in EARTH AND SPACE SCI-
ENCES is a professional degree program designed to prepare cer-
tified secondary school teachers with an overall science exposure
and specialization in the earth and space sciences. The program
meets all guidelines established by the National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE), the Pennsylvania
Department of Education (PDE), and the National Science
Teachers' Association (NSTA) for earth and space science certifi-
cation.
3. The certification program in GENERAL SCIENCE enables
recipients to teach science in grades 6-9. The certification program
meets all guidelines established by the National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the
Pennsylvania Department of Education (PDE).
A cooperative five-year program with Pennsylvania State University
leading to a degree in engineering with several geoscience specialties is
available. For further information about this program, refer to the
Physics and Pre-Engineering section of this catalog.
All students must consult with their adviser regularly to ensure timely
completion of the degree. Those in the B.S. in education program will
have a second adviser in the School of Education to help the student
meet the secondary education requirements.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL BACHELOR
DEGREE PROGRAMS
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36—39
2. Math Requirement
MAT 121
3. Science Cognate Requirements
CHE 103 and CRL 103, PHi' 130 or 170
4. Geoscience Courses
ESS 101, 201, 204, 213, 302, 331, 343, 405,
420, and 450
5. A grade of C- or bener must be achieved for all required courses
within the department including the required electives, as well as
those in biology, chemistry, computer science, math, and physics.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — GEOSCIENCE
Concentration in Geology
1. Additional Math and Computer Science
Requirements
MAT 108 or 161 and ESS 321 or IND 401
or GEO 324 or 325 or CSC 115 or higher
2. Required Courses
ESS 201, 439, and ESS/BIO/EN V 102
3. Geolog}- and Astronomy Electives
Any three ESS courses at the 200, 300, or
40() level
48 semester hours
3 semester hours
8 semester hours
27 semester hours
6-7 semester hours
9 semester hours
9 semester hours
College of Arts and Sciences
Geology and Astronomy
Concentration in Earth Systems
1. Additional Alath Requirement
MAT 105 or no
2. Required Courses
ESS 111, 201 or 355, 270, 330, and
ESS/BIO/ENV 102
Geology and Astronomy Electives
3 semester hours
15 semester hours
6 semester hours
Any nvo ESS courses at the 200, 300, or 400 level
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN EARTH
AND SPACE SCIENCES
All students seeidng a B.S.Ed, must formally apply for admission to
teacher education. (See "Teaching Certification Programs'" in this cat-
alog.) Only those students formally admitted to teacher education will
be eligible to enroU in SCE/SCB 350. Once admitted to teacher edu-
cation, students must maintain the minimum GPA specified by the
School of Education in order to continue taking advanced professional
course work. If a student falls below the minimum GPA, he or she
will be permitted to retake - in accordance with Universit)' policy -
professional course work that contributed to the tall below the mini-
mum GPA but will not be permitted to take additional work until the
minimum is met.
1. Secondare Education Requirements, 30 semester hours
EDF 100, EDP 250 and 351, EDA/EDR 341,
EDS 306, SCE or SCB 350, EDS 411 and 412
2. Additional Math Requirements 3 semester hours
MAT 105 or 110
3. Additional Science Cognates 3 semester hours
BIO 110 (or BIO 100 OTth a grade of A- or
better)
4. Required Courses 12 semester hours
ESS 111, 201 or 355, 270, and 330
5. Students are encouraged to obtain certification in general science
and/or environmental education in addition to earth and space sci-
ence. See pages 145-147 for requirements.
Minor Programs 15 semester hours
Students may choose to minor in any of the following programs.
Courses are selected with the approval of the department chairperson.
1 . Astronomy
ESS 111 plus four other astronomy courses (15)
2. Earth Science
ESS 101, 111, 230, and 270, plus one course in earth science (15)
3. Geology
ESS 101 plus four other geology courses (15)
CERTIFICATION IN GENERAL SCIENCE
Students seeking certification in general science must either be
enrolled in a B.S.Ed, program or hold a teaching certificate.
1. Math Requirements, 9-10 semester hours
CSW 101 (Internet emphasis only), CSC 115,
or CSC 141; JkL^T 121, and lOS'or 161 or above
2. Science Core Requirements 40 semester hours
BIO 110, 215, 217; CHE/CRL 103, 104;
ESS 101, 111, 230, 270; PHY 130 or 170,
140 or 180
3. Interdisciplinarv Requirements
One of the foUowing: BIO 102 or ENV 102
or ESS 102; SCB 210
4. Field, Research, Technology Requirements
Students must take a minimum of 12 additional
semester hours in biolog}', chemistr\', earth and
space science, health, or physics from the
approved list obtained from the adviser. Courses
must be taken in at least two departments. The
sequence of courses must be approved in advance
by the ad\iser of the certification program and
should be based on the student's interests and
choice of certification examinations. Students must
select courses to include field work, research, and
technolog}' components.
3 semester hours
12 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GEOLOGY AND ASTRONOMY
S\-mbol: ESS unless otherwise shown
101 Introduction to Geology (3) The earth's
composition and history- the processes that occur
on and within the earth. Two hours of lecture and
two hours of lab.
# 102 Humans and the Environment (3) A study
of the abilit\' ot humans to survive and maintain
their life qualit)", considering the limited resources
and recjxling capacity of planet Earth. Note:
Students completing ESS 102 may not take BIO
102 or ENV 102 for credit.
Ill General Astronomy (3) A descriptive course,
including the composition and evolution of solar
and stellar sj'stems. Two hours of lecture and two
hours of lab.
130 Our Coastal Oceans (3) This course exam-
ines the phwical and biological processes at work
in the coastal oceans. The content will be dis-
cussed in the framework of regional examples.
170 Introduction to Our Atmosphere (3) WTiy is
the sk\' blue? What will the weather be tomorrow?
What makes tornadoes? How did the ozone hole
develop? What is the greenhouse eftect? This class
will use these questions and others to investigate
the basic physical processes that determine the
weather and climate on earth. A student who has
successfiilly completed ESS 270 may not subse-
quently receive credit for ESS 170.
201 Fundamentals of Techniques in Geology (3)
An introduction to the basic methods of geologic
data collection, analysis, and presentation; litera-
ture research; and report \vriting. One weekend
field trip is required. PREREQi ESS 101.
204 Historical Geology (3) The geologic history
of Earth inferred hv analraing and evaluating the
geologic record ot its phv'sical and biological
changes on local, regional, and global scales.
Laboratory' included. PREREC^ ESS 101.
206 Gemstones (3) A survey of gem formation,
identification, fashioning, and evaluation. For the
general student. Demonstrations, specimens, and
field trips complement lecture topics. No science
background is assumed.
213 Environmental Geochemistry (3) An intro-
duction to principles and applications of geochem-
istT)' to geologic systems, including surface and
ground waters, soils, and rocks. PREREQi CHE
103, ESS 101.
236 Envirorunental Geology (3) TTie application of
geological information to human problems encoun-
tered in natural phenomena, such as flooding, earth-
quakes, coastal hazards, and man-made concerns,
including waste disposal, land use, and global change.
PREREQi ESS 101 or permission of insttuctor.
270 Introduction to Meteorology (3) A study of
the principles governing the earth's atmosphere
and how these principles determine weather con-
ditions. PREREQi Six hours of science and MAT
105 or higher.
302 Mineralogy (3) In-depth survey of the forma-
tion, identification, classification, and uses of miner-
als. Principles of symmetr)-, cr\'stallography, crj'stal
chemistry, and optical mineralogy. Laboratory and
field examination and analysis of minerals. PRE-
REQi ESS 101, 204, and CHE 103 or equivalent.
307 Geologj' of the Solar System (3) The geolo-
gy, origin, evolution, and properties of planets,
comets, asteroids, moons, and meteorites.
313 Geochemistry (3) The chemistry of the earth
and its relation to geologic processes.
321 Geometries (3) Application ot computational
and statistical methods to geologic problems.
Geologic sampling, data comparisons in environ-
mental, petrologic, paleontologic, and geochemical
problems.
323 General Geologic Field Studies of South-
eastern Pennsylvania (3) Occurrence, relation-
ships, and geologic histon' ot the rocks, minerals,
and soils of this area, studied at representative
locations. PREREQi ESS 202.
ESL 327 Electron Microscopy I (3) A one-
semester lecture/laboratorv" course in theorv opera-
tion and applications of electron beam technolog)'
in scientific research.
330 Introduction to Oceanography (3) A survey
of our present knowledge ot the waters and floors
of the ocean. PREREQ: ESS 101.
331 Introduction to Paleontology (3) Identifica-
tion and study ot common fossils in order to
understand their life processes and geologic signif-
icance. PREREQi One course in geologj-.
332 Advanced Oceanography (3) An advanced
course in oceanography covering marine resources,
oceanographic literature, animal-sediment relation-
ships, field techniques, estuaries, salt marshes, sea
level changes, and pollution. PREREQi ESS 230.
# Approved tnterdisciplinar}' course
Geologv' and Astronomy
College of Arts and Sciences
343 Geomorphology (3) Constructional and
degradationa) forces that have shaped present
landforms and are constantly reshaping and modi-
fying landforms. Interpretation of geologic and
topographic maps; field studies. PREREQi ESS
101 and 204.
355 Intermediate Astronomy (3) An analytical
and quahtative analysis of selected astronomical
phenomena. Topics include telescope optics
(including photographic and photoelectric attach-
ments), lunar and planetary orbits, stellar motions
and magnitudes, galactic classifications, and dis-
tances. Two hours of lecwre and two hours of lab.
PREREQiESSin.
362 History of Astronomy (3) Development of
astronomical theories from the ancient Greeks
untU the 20th century. PREREQ: ESS 111.
371 Advanced Meteorology (3) A continuation of
the study of the principles governing the earth's
atmosphere and how these principles determine
weather conditions. PREREQ: ESS 270.
405 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (3)
Theories of the formation of igneous and meta-
morphic rocks based on field occurrence, physical
properties, geochemistry, thermodynamics, and
petrography. Classification and identification of
rocks. Laboratory and field examination and
analysis of rocks' PREREQ: ESS 302 and 333.
420 Structural Geology (3) Determination of the
sequential development and the forces involved in
the various structural fcawres of the earth. PRE-
REQi ESS 201 and 302.
435 Remote Sensing (3) An introduction to the
science and technology of remote sensing and the
applications of remote sensing data to geology,
oceanography, meteorology, and the environment.
Includes a discussion of the history and principles
of remote sensing; fundamentals of electromagnet-
ic radiation; theory and types of active and passive
remote sensing systems; firndamentals of image
interpretation; digital analysis of LANDSAT and
AVHRR data; operation of environmental satel-
lites; and ftiture imaging systems.
439 Hydrogeology (3) The factors that control
the distribution, occurrence, and recoverability of
groundwater; techniques for locating and estimat-
ing recoverable water; groundwater pollution and
waste water disposal. Familiarity with calculus is
recommended. PREREQ^ ESS'213.
442 Geophysics (3) Gravitational, magnetic, seis-
mic (refraction and reflection), and electrical prop-
erties of rocks and minerals in the earth. Physical
principles of the earth; geophysics in relation to
economic deposits. PREREQ; MAT 162 and
PHY 140 or 180.
450 Sedimentation and Stratigraphy (3) Class,
laboratory, and field studies of sediments, sedi-
mentary rocks, depositional processes and environ-
ments, and diagenesis. Description, mapping, and
correlation of strata to infer temporal-spatial rela-
tionships, locate resources, and interpret Earth
history. PREREQ: ESS 213, 302, 331, and 343.
♦ 460 Internship (1-18) Work with industry, or
local, state, or federal government agencies under
faculty supervision.
475 Introduction to the Planetarium (3) Princi-
ples and use ot the planetarium in a teaching situ-
ation. Specific projects are assigned. PREREQ;
ESS 111.
♦ 480 Special Problems (1-3) Reports on special
topics and current developments in the earth and
space sciences. PREREQ; Permission of instruc-
tor.
490 Fundamentals of Soil (3) The properties of
soils, edaphology, and pedology: chemical, physi-
cal, and biological factors. Soil genesis and classifi-
cation.
♦ 491 Independent Study (1-3)
♦ IND 401 Applied Environmental Science (3)
Students are introduced to regional environmental
problem solving based on interdisciplinary, science
data using GIS. Background in one of namral or
apphed sciences is presumed, and students without
such background should contact an instructor
before scheduUng. Most relevant lecwre material is
handled as readings outside of class time which is
devoted largely to environmental analysis using
Arc View GIS. One half-da)' field trip is required.
IND 405 ModeUng of Earth Systems (3) The
course focuses on the use of models to understand
global ennronmental change. It offers an in-depth
exposure to the principles of modeling as well as
an introduction to various models that represent
components of the earth's systems. The elements
of model construcrion are examined including
principles of simphfication, data collection, vari-
able identification, and parameter specillcations.
# SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
(3) An interdisciplinar)- course that presents the
theor\' and evidence of the first three minutes of
the universe and formation of the stars, galaxies,
planets, organic molecules, and the genetic basis of
organic evolution. PREREQ; High school or col-
lege courses in at least t\vo sciences.
SCE 310 Science for the Elementary Grades (3)
A course to prepare the elementan' teacher for
teaching science. Selected units or problems that
cut across various fields of science. Methods and
processes of science and available resources. PRE-
REQ; Completion of science and mathematics
general education requirements and formal admis-
sion to teacher education. Must reach junior status
by the end of the previous semester.
► SCE 350 Science Education in the Secondary
School (3) Philosophy, objecri\-es, and methods of
teaching science. Practical experience provided.
PREREQ; Formal admission to teacher education.
SCI 101 The Carbon Cycle (3) An explorauon of
how the carbon ck'cle connects earth and Ufe, tho-
rugh photosynthesis, respiration, decay, rock for-
mation and weathering, and plate tectonics.
Humans have altered the carbon cycle by burning
fossil fliels. Students investigate the carbon cycle
on the WCU campus and consider the implica-
tions for global warming. For elementary educa-
tion majors only. Team taught with the
Department of Biology.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
► Diverse communities course
Department of Health
207 Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center
610-436-2931
Roger Mustalish, Chairperson
Bethann Cinelli, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Cinelli, Mustalish, Nye, Sankaran, Sheehan,
Shorten
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Carson, Harris, James, Lacey
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bill, Gross, Morgan
ADJUNCT PROFESSORS: FeUows, KeUar, Killian, Wix
The Department of Health offers four programs leading to a bachelor
of science degree.
1. The B.S. in PUBLIC HEALTH is designed to provide students
with the competencies needed for a career in public health.
Students selecting this program vyill take a public health core of
courses and select one of the concentrations from the following:
a. PUBLIC HEALTH— HEALTH PROMOTION prepares
students for a career as a public health practitioner in hospitals,
health departments, health agencies, and industry. The pro-
gram provides a comprehensive basic science background as
well as a strong public health foundation. This is an approved
program by the Society for Public Health Education (SOPHE)
and AAHE.
b. PUBLIC HEALTH— ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH pre-
pares students for careers as environmental scientists in indus-
try, consulting firms, government, and academia. The program
synthesizes a rigorous general scientific preparation with spe-
cialized applied courses in a wide range of environmental health
science discipUnes, such as industrial hygiene, hazardous waste
management, and water qualit^■.
The B.S. m NUTRITION AND DIETETICS prepares students
for careers in dietetics, which include community nutrition, food
service management, and clinical nutrition. This program meets
the American Dietetic Association's (ADA) knowledge require-
ments for entry-level dietitians. Graduates of the program will
have tiilfilled these requirements. However, following graduation
students must successfiilly complete an ADA-accredited intern-
ship to qualify to take the registration examination for dietitians.
Graduates who pass this examination are recognized by the ADA
as registered dietitians. Facult)' advisers provide assistance to stu-
School of" Health Sciences
Health
dents in identifying and submitting apphcations to these postgrad-
uate internships.
3. The B.S. in HEALTH SCIENCE is for students who have com-
pleted a certificate, diploma, or associate's degree program in such
health science areas as dental hygiene, respiratory therapy, occupa-
tional therapy, medical technology, alternative/complementary
medicine, and cardiovascular technology. The program gives pro-
fessionals the chance to build on their technical education already
received and to develop academic competency in a related field.
General education requirements and health courses are needed for
completion of the B.S. in health science. A school dental hygiene
certification ot 18 credits is offered under this degree.
4. The B.S. in RESPIRATORY CARE is offered in association with
Bryn Mawr Hospital. Graduation from the program satisfies the
entrance requirement for the Written Registry Examination and the
CUnical Simulation Examination given by the National Board for
Respiratory Care. Successfiil completion of these examinations quali-
fies the candidate as a registered respiratory therapist. Most respirato-
ry therapists are employed by hospitals and home health care agencies.
Academic Policies
1. Repeating Courses
Department of Health majors who earn less than a C (2.0) in
selected program requirements may be required to repeat such
courses. Students should discuss these requirements with their
advisers.
2. Overall GPAs for internships and field experiences
a. A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA is required of environmental
health and nutrition majors for internships or field experience
assignments.
b. A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA is required for health promo-
tion majors for internships.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.S. PROGRAMS
General Education Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — PUBLIC HEALTH
All pubhc health students are required to complete one of three con-
centrations:
A. Public Health — Health Promotion
1. Cognate Requirements 30 semester hours
BIO 100, 259, 269; CHE 102*; COM 101*;
CSW 101; PSY 100*; SOC 200*
2. Public Health Core Requirements 45 semester hours
HEA 100, 240, 242, 306, 330, 341, 342, 419,
420, 421, and 436
3. Elective Requirements
Students select one ot the following options:
a. General Health Promotion 18 semester hours
SLx health electives selected under advisement
with no more than six credits at the HEA 100
level and no more than six credits of HEA 435
b. Worksite Health Promorion Group Electives 18 semester hours
HEA 331; KIN 185, 245, 348, 352, 361;
and PEA 137
NOTE: Students who are interested in taking
the certification exam for Group Exercise
Leader I from the American College of Sports
Medicine will need to take all of the kinesiology
and PEA courses hsted above. If a student would
Uke a higher level certification as an exercise group
leader, additional course work is required. This
additional course work is optional, and it is highly
recommended that smdents consider taking the
additional course credits as part of their free electives.
4. Grade Requirements
A cumulative GPA of 2.5 is needed before the
start of the internship, HEA 421.
In order to count towards the bachelor of science in
pubhc health/health promotion, pubhc health core,
and health elective classes require a minimum grade of C.
B. Public Health — Environmental Health
1. Cognate Requirements 36 semester hours
BIO 110*, 204, 270; CHE/CRL 107, CHE 230;
ESS 101; MAT 107, 121*; PHY 130*-140*;
SMD211
2. Environmental Health Core Requirements 45 semester hours
ENV 102, 230, 250, 445, 447, 451, 452, 455,
456, 460; HEA 110, 341
3. Environmental Health Elective Requirements 6 semester hours
(Two courses selected under advisement)
ENV 360, 435, 450, 453, 462, 470, 475
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — NUTRITION AND
DIETETICS
1. Nutrition Core: 46 semester hours
HEA 200, 205, 303, 309, 312, 314, 409,
411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417; HTL 205
2. Cognates: 38 semester hours
BIO 100*, 204, 259, 269; CHE 107*, 230,
310; CRL 107; HEA 306; MAT 121*;
PSY 100*; SOC 200*
3. General Education (courses selected under
advisement)
4. All required HEA courses require a minimum
grade of C.
5. A minimum GPA of 2.00 is required for BIO
100, 204, 259, 269, CHE/CRL 107, CHE
230, and 310.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — HEALTH SCIENCE -
GENERAL
1. Satisfactory completion of an allied health certificate, diploma, or
A.S. degree program
2. Satisfactory completion of 120 semester hours, including
a. General education requirements
b. A minimum of 24 semester hours earning a C or better for
each course. Students must take HEA 242, 341, and 419, and
15 credits as approved by an adviser. (Health concentration
courses require a grade of C or better.)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — HEALTH SCIENCE -
RESPIRATORY CARE
1. Complete a minimum of 120 credits including the following
required courses (all courses require a C or better):
a. Cognate Requirements 26 semester hours
BIO 100*, 204, 259, 269; CHE 100*;
MAT 107*; PSY 100*; PHI 180*
b. Major Requirements 63 semester hours
HEA 210, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376,
377, 378, 379, 380, 435, 472, 473, 474, 475,
476, 477, 478, 479
2. Complete all general education requirements
Minor in Health Sciences 18 semester hours
Required course HEA 100 and 15 hours of other health courses
selected under advisement. Nine credits must be at the 300 and 400
level. A grade of C- or better is required in each course.
Minor in Nutrition 18 semester hours
Required courses: HEA 205, 303, 309; HTL 205
Electives: Select three from among HEA 307, 415, 422; KIN 245,
352; PSY 481; SMD 454. A grade of C or better is required in each
course.
These required courses also satisfy genera! education requirements.
Health
School ot Health Sciences
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL
Symbol: ENV
# 102 Humans and the Environment (3) A study
ot the abilit)' ot humans to survive and maintain
their life qualit)' considering the limited resources
and recycling capacity- of planet Earth. Note: Only
one of the following courses can be completed for
credit: BIO 102, ENV 102, or ESS 102.
230 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emer-
gencj' Response (3) Provides students with the
training required by the Occupational Safety' and
Health Administration and the Environmental
Protection Agency to work at sites where haz-
ardous wastes and/or hazardous materials may be
stored, spilled, transported, or used.
250 Environmental Health Laboratory (3)
Practical field and laboratorv' experience in envi-
ronmental sample collection and analysis. PRE-
REQ: CHE/CRL 107, ENV 102, or permission
of instructor.
360 Air Quality and Health (4) A consideration
of the t)'pes and amounts ot air contaminants, the
atmospheric processes that transport them, and the
role of air qualit\' in human health. PREREQ^
ENV 102, or permission of instructor.
435 Environmental Health Workshop (1-6)
Special workshops on contemporary' environmental
health issues. Topics announced at time of offering.
445 Risk Assessment (3) An examination of
human health and ecological risk assessment with
emphasis on exposure estimation. PREREQ^
ENV 102.
447 Environmental Regulations (3) Prepares stu-
dents for working with federal and Pennsylvania
environmental regulations. Emphasizes use and
development of Internet reguIator>' resources.
Specific discussions and exercises related to various
regulator)' agencies are included. PREREQ^ ENV
102, or permission of instructor.
450 Hazardous and Solid Wastes (3) Sources,
characteristics, and amounts of solid and haz-
ardous wastes and their implications for human
health. Methods of collection, handling, disposal,
and recycling. PREREQ^ ENV 102, or permission
of instructor.
451 Toxic Substances (3) An investigation of the
health problems caused by toxic substances in the
workplace and in the general environment. PRE-
REQ: BIO 204, CHE 230 (concurrent), ENV
102, or permission of instructor.
452 Industrial Hygiene (3) A study of the antici-
pation, recognition, evaluation, and control of
health hazards in the work environment. PRE-
REQ^ ENV 102, or permission of instructor.
453 Occupational Safety (3) A study of the
recognition, evaluation, and control of safet)' haz-
ards in the work environment. PREREQl ENV
102, or permission of instructor.
455 Environmental Health Seminar (3) In-depth
investigation and discussions on topics of particu-
lar concern or significance to the environmental
health field. Topics will be varied from year to
year. PREREQ^ Senior environmental health
major.
456 Environmental Health Internship (12) Field
placement with an environmental health depart-
ment in an industry, consulting firm, or government
agency. PREREQ^ Senior environmental health
major and a cumulative GPA of 2.50 or above.
460 Industrial Hygiene Techniques (3) Students
will learn evaluation techniques for monitoring the
industrial environment in a laboratory setting as
well as in the field, such as checking air quality, air
flow, noise, heat stress, and radiation. Evaluation
of personal protective equipment, and pulmonary
function and audiometric testing also will be
investigated. PREREQ; ENV 102, or permission
of instructor.
462 Water Quality and Health (3) ."^n examina-
tion of the qualit)- and quantity requirements of
surface and subsurface water resources used for
drinking water supplies. Laboratory included.
PREREQ^ ENV 102, or permission of instructor
470 Emergency Preparedness (3) This course
addresses emergenq- preparedness for schools,
businesses, communities, and counties. T\'pes of
emergencies considered include natural disasters,
failures of technology (spills, accidents, and explo-
sions), and acts ot war or terrorism.
475 Bioterrorism and Public Health (3) This
course addresses the protection of the public's
health and the health of workers such as first
responders from biological agents that cause dis-
ease and/or death. Communication and coping
strategies, group interaction, case studies, and the
use of Internet resources will be integrated with
response strategies, measurement techniques, per-
sonal protection, and decontamination procedures.
HEALTH
Symbol: HEA
Symbol for health labs: HTL
100 Dimensions of Wellness (3) Fundamental
concepts of health and wellness exploring several
health-related areas with an opportunity for per-
sonal lifestyle change conducive to better health.
103 Drugs and Society (3) Provide knowledge
regarding the use and abuse of substances in our
society and the impact on the individual, family,
and community. Teaching strategies also will be
incorporated.
104 Human Sexuality (3) Study ot sex-uality as it
relates to self; the interrelationships with people.
106 Death and Dying (3) Current controversial
issues concerning death and d^ing. How involved
persons cope with death.
109 Health Issues of Women (3) The needs and
concerns of women as consumers in our present
health care system. Various biological, psychologi-
cal, and social topics will be discussed.
> 110 Transcultural Health: Principles and Prac-
tices (3) This course examines the health beliefs
and practices of a variety of subcultural groups in
the United States. Emphasis is placed on the appli-
cation of multicultural health beliefs and practices.
It utilizes the cross-cultural approach in meeting
the health needs of clients and families. It is open
to all University students, regardless of major.
200 Nutrition and Culture (3) The U.S. is
becoming a plurahstic, diverse population whose
food patterns are influenced by ethnic, religious,
and regional groups. This course will provide an
overview of world wide dietary patterns, examine
various factors affecting individual and regional
food choices, and discuss cultural and historical
perspectives of dietary patterns. Course includes
food sampling from different cultures.
205 Principles of Food Selection and Prepa-
ration (3) Nutritionally based study ot the basic
principles of food selection and preparation with
an emphasis on food safet)'. Comparative study
and integration of convenience food and tradition-
ally prcp'ared food. CONCURRENT: HTL 205.
HTL 205 Principles of Food Selection and
Preparation Laboratory (2) Nutritionally based
experience. Planning and preparation of conve-
nience and traditionally prepared food. PREREQ;
HEA 205 or concurrent.
206 Human Development (3) A lifespan
approach to the study of human development in
the physical, cognitive, and psychosocial domains.
210 Introduction to Respiratory Care (3)
Consists ot topics related to general health care
issues as well as those of specific interest to the
respirator)' care profession.
220 Field Experience in Health (1) Opportunities
for observation and field experience in health sci-
ence settings.
230 Health Issues of School-Aged Youth (3) This
course investigates current health issues relevant to
students K— 12 such as drug, alcohol, and tobacco
use; diseases; and mental emotional health.
240 Foundationsof Health (3) Introductory
course tor undergraduate majors in health promo-
tion/education. Primaly emphasis on the philo-
sophical, historical, and theoretical foundations of
the profession.
242 Introduction to Public and Community
Health (3) This course is intended to provide the
student with an overview of public and community
health concepts in the United States.
245 Psycho-Social Issues of School-Aged Youth
(3) An overview of fundamental concepts and con-
tent in the following health areas: mental/emo-
tional health, stress management, the aging
process, violence and conflict resolution, forcible
behaviors, and death education.
300 Professional Ethics and the Health Profes-
sions (3) This course examines ethical issues rele-
vant to the professional roles of health profession-
als. Students will examine ethical principles and
apply a model of ethical decision making to case
studies. Other areas addressed include professional
codes of ethics, ethical concerns in health behavior
change, health communications, and health educa-
tion research.
301 Health for the Elementary Grades (3)
Provides basic health content and instructional
methodolog)' for presenice elementary teachers.
303 Introductory Principles of Human Nutri-
tion (3) Practical approach to the role nutrition
and dietetics play in improving the quality of our
hves — socially, physically, mentally, and emotion-
ally. DispeUing of fads and fallacies.
304 Family Life and Sex Education (3) The pur-
pose of this course is to prepare the health profes-
sional to develop and teach appropriate K-12 fam-
ily Ufe education curricula.
305 Contraceptive Technology and Health
Issues (3) The course will teach contraceptive
methods, reasons for a societ)''s acceptance or
rejection of certain methods, and the effect on the
health care deUverv system.
306 Curriculum and Instruction in Health (3)
This course provides the knowledge and skills for
the development, implementation, and evaluation
of K-12 comprehensive school health curriculums.
307 Consumer Nutrition (3) Consumer approach
to the roles foods and nutrition play in improving
the quaUty of our Uves — socially, physically, men-
tally, and emotionally PREREQ;. HEA 303 or
equivalent.
309 Nutrition Through the Life Cycle (3) A
studv of nutritional needs and dietary' concerns of
people from conception to old age. PREREQ^
HEA 303.
310 Love and Marriage (3) Defines love and mar-
riage for the student and teaches the skills essential
to fulfilling those needs.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
I Diverse communities course
School of Health Sciences
Health
312 Experimental Foods (3) A study of the
chemical, physical, and biological effects of pro-
cessing, storage, and food preservation on the
structure, composition, palatability, and nutritive
value of food. Includes one credit hour of labora-
xon: PREREQ: CHE 107, 310; CRL 107; HEA
205; BIO 204 may be taken concurrendy.
314 Quantity Food Production (5) A basic course
in quantity food production. Emphasis is placed
on the essentials of operating a foodservice facili-
t)' — menu planning, purchasing, storage, issuing,
food production, service, distribution, and quaht)'
control. Includes two credit hours of quantit}-
foods laboraton-. PREREQ; HEA 205.
315 Mind, Body, and Health (3) Theories and
practice of health and healing through the mind/
body connection. Emphasis on learning/practicing
techniques for health promotion.
316 Minority Health Issues (3) The purpose of
this course is to promote discussion and awareness
among students regarding the cultural aspects of
health issues.
320 Positive Aspects of Aging (3) Describes past,
present, and proiected information concerning the
aging process in normal human development.
325 Stress Management (3) Comprehensive survey
of stress concepts, theories, and management tech-
niques. Emphasis is placed on personal application.
330 Health Behavior (3) Indi\idual and group
health behavior of children and adults at different
levels of wellness and in various settings. Past and
current theories of health behavior with methods of
application bv health professionals will be included.
331 Health Promotion in the Workplace (3) A
studv of current health promotion efforts and pro-
grams for employees and management personnel
at the worksite.
333 Alternative and Complementary Medicine
(3) Exploration of alternative, complementan,-,
and/or integrative medical swtems and healing
practices, such as homeopathy, Chinese medicine,
herbal medicine, therapeutic touch, from a con-
sumer and personal viewpoint.
335 Botanical Medicine (3) A comprehensive,
evidence-based assessment ot botanical medicines
in health promotion, disease prevention, and
sjTnptom management.
341 Chronic and Communicable Diseases (3) A
study of the disease process, including causes,
effects, and control of selected diseases with an
emphasis on disease prevention and health promo-
tion. PREREQ: BIO 259/269.
342 Program Planning and Evaluation (3)
Provides an in-depth swdy of the program plan-
ning process and evaluation methods. Needed
skills are developed and experience given in writ-
ing programs from assessment through evaluation
with both hvpothetical and real populations. PRE-
REQ. HEA 240, 341.
370 Medical Terminology (1) An Introduction to
medical terminologv' using a programmed instruc-
tion, sell-learning technique. Includes chart for-
mat, word parts, pulmonary terminology abbrevia-
tions, and an overview of respirator)' anatomy.
371 Aspects of Respiratory Therapy I (2) A dis-
cussion of topics essential to the provision of com-
prehensive respiratory therapy. Topics include
patient care, CPR, and psychosocial issues.
372 Respiratory Phvsiologj- (3) An in-depth
studv of breathing mechanics, pulmonary circula-
tion, ventilation/perfusion ratios, regulation of
ventilation, and gas transport.
373 Bronchopulmonary Hygiene (3) .Aji in-
depth studv- of respiratory care modahties used in
the maintenance of bronchopulmonary hygiene.
including humiditv and aerosol therapy, sustained
maximal inspiration, IPPB therapy, chest physical
therapv, and airway maintenance.
374 Oxygen Therapy (2) .A.n overview of basic
science relevant to respirator,' therapy is followed
by the studv of the manufacture, storage, and
transport of medical gases, regulators, and meter-
ing devices, oxvgen therapv, and ox)'gen anaivsis.
375 Cardiopulmonary Diseases (3) A comprehen-
sive study of cardiopulmonary diseases and treat-
ment. Includes pulmonary diagnostic procedures.
376 Aspects of Respiratory Therapy II (2) A
continuation of HEA 371. Topics include rehabil-
itation, home care, administration and organiza-
tion, respiratorv pharmacologv', and infection-con-
trol techniques.
377 Pharmacology (2) An in-depth study of vari-
ous drug categories including drug-dose response
and principles of absorption, distribution, metabo-
Usm, and excretion.
378 Respiratory Technology (3) Study of the
equipment utilized in the delivery of respiratory
care.
379 Hemodj-namics I (3) An in-depth study of
monitoring and evaluation techniques including
modules on cardiopulmonarv phwiology, elecrocar-
diographic monitoring, and hemodj-namic monitor-
ing. Interpretation and application data is empha-
sized. Appropriate lab experience is included.
380 Clinical Practice I (6) An introduction to
clinical respiratorv care consisting of rotations
through patient care areas followed by discussion
of experiences and correlation to didactic work.
403 Student Teaching: Elementary School (3)
Practical classroom experience m teaching health
education at the elementary level. PREREQ; Must
have flill admission status in teacher education cer-
tification and completed a minimum ot 28 credits
of the required health courses including HEA 306.
404 Student Teaching: Middle School (6)
Practical classroom experience in teaching health
education. PREREQ; Must have hill admission
status in teacher education certification and com-
pleted 34 credits of the required health courses
including HEA 306.
405 Student Teaching: Secondary School (6)
Practical classroom teaching in health education.
PREREQ; Must have full admission status in
teacher education certification and completed 34
credits of the required health courses including
HEA 306.
408 Dental Hygiene: Field Experience (6) Field
experiences for dental h)gienists who are working
towards certification as public school dental
hygienists. PREREQ; EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP
250 and 351, and HEA 306.
409 Professional Skills in Dietetics (3) A focus
on the development of nutrition counsehng and
communication/media technology skills. An appre-
ciation of multiculturalism will be promoted. A
familiarization with dietetics-related professional
organizations, graduate school opportunities, and
dietetic internships will be provided. Assistance
with the dietetic internship and graduate school
application process will be given. PREREQ; All
professional courses except HEA 414, 415, 416.
410 Mental Health (3) Designed to aid persons in
improving their understanding of themselves and
others. Emphasis on wavs to recognize mental
health problems.
411 Advanced Human Nutrition I (3) In-depth
examination of the digestion, transport, and metab-
olism of carbohvdrates, lipids, and proteins. Special
emphasis is placed on metabolic interrelationships
and hormonal control of the three processes men-
tioned above. PREREQ, BIO 110, 259, 269; CHE
103, 104, 230, 310; CRL 103, 104; HEA 303;
HEA 309 mav be taken concurrentlv'.
412 Advanced Human Nutrition II (3) In-depth
examination of the digestion, transport, and
metabolism of vitamins, minerals, and water.
Special emphasis is placed on digestive and meta-
boUc interrelationships and hormonal control.
PREREQ; HEA 411.
413 Medical Nutrition Therapy 1 (3) This course
covers nutritional assessment, drug-nutrient inter-
actions, nutritional therapy in diseases of infancy
and childhood, gastrointestinal diseases, diseases
of the Uver and gallbladder, and surgerv. PRE-
REQ: HEA 341, 412.
414 Medical Nutrition Therapy 11 (3) This course
covers nutritional therapy in coronary heart disease
and hvpertension, diabetes meUitus, renal disease,
cancer, and disabling diseases. PREREQ; HEA 413.
415 Community Nutrition (3) A study of the
communit)' nutrition programs and services at all
levels of development. Course covers nutrition
program planning, implementation, and evalua-
tion; socioeconomic and cultural context of pro-
grams and services; an examination of the poUtical
and legislative process as it relates to nutrition leg-
islation; and the role of the communin' nutrition-
ist. PREREQ; HEA 242, 303, 309.
416 Foodservice and Nutrition Systems Manage-
ment (3) A smdy of the organization and adminis-
tration of foodservice systems and the fiinctions
and responsibilities specific to management: deci-
sion making, planning, organizing, staffing, lead-
ing, and controUing. Management of human
resources, food, materials, capital, facihties, and
markets as related to various hospitalitv svstems
will be examined. PREREQ; HEA 306 and 314.
417 Foodserves and Nutrition Systems
Management II (3) A study of the organization
and administration of foodservice and nutrition
systems as well as the functions and responsibili-
ties specific to management; controUing facilities,
budgeting, facilities planning and design, buving
and instalhng foodsenice equipment, and market-
ing. Management of human resources, food, mate-
rials, capital, facihties, and markets as related to
various hospitahtv svstems will be examined.
PREREQ; HEA 4i6.
419 Research Methods in Health (3) This course
will give students an introduction to research
issues in the health professions. Students will gain
an understanding of the reasons for research,
designing research studies, research techniques,
principles of instmmentation, data interpretation,
and data presentation. PREREQ; Successful com-
pletion of a WCU (or equivalent) math course at
the 100 level or above.
420 Health Marketing and Communications (3)
The purpose of this course is to prepare students tor
work experiences as a health educator. Major
emphasis will be placed on marketing and health
communication strategies. PREREQ; HEA 341,
342, and all required chemistrv' and biologv' courses.
421 Public Health Internship (12) A practical,
hill-time work experience in a hospital, pubUc
health agencv', or company, ioindy supervised by
an on-site supervisor and a public health faculty
member. PREREQ. HEA 419, 420, and a cumu-
lative GPA of 2.5 or above.
422 Nutrition for Health, Fitness, and Sport (3)
Studv of nutrition and its effects on health, devel-
opment, and performance; sound nutrition guide-
lines for optimal health and physical performance;
energv' and energv' pathways as kevs to physical
activity; nutrients relative to health and physical
Histon*
College ot Arts and Sciences
performance; dining away from home; substances
proposed to enhance performace; body composi-
tion and weight control. PREREQ; HEA 303 or
permission of instructor.
♦ 425 Independent Study (1-3) The student will
initiate a health-related research study or project
under faculty supervision.
♦ 435 Health Workshop (1-6) Special workshops
on contemporary health problems and issues.
Topics announced at time of offering.
436 Health Care Delivery: Trends, Challenges,
and Opportunities (3) This course will provide an
overview ot the organization and financing ot the
current U.S. health care system, the need for
reform, and initiatives to meet the health needs of
all Americans.
438 UnderstandingAIDS/HIV Infection (3)
Students will learn basic information about the dis-
ease process, transmission and risk behaviors, treat-
ment options, and legal and ethical issues surround-
ing HIV infection. Primary emphasis will address
the impact of .\IDS/HIV on those with the dis-
ease, as well as the psychosocial factors influencing
partners, family members, and health care profes-
sionals. Societal responses to the AIDS/HIV epi-
demic also will be interwoven throughout the top-
ics. Course format will include lecture and discus-
sions, viewing of videos, interacuon with guest
speakers, and individual areas ot interest. No pre-
requisites needed. Open to all majors.
440 School Health Programs (3) This course
provides an overview of comprehensive school
health programs. Specific focus is on program
development, implementation, and evaluation.
472 Mechanical Ventilation (3) A comprehensive
study ot mechanical ventilation, including the physi-
ologi,' ot positive pressure breathing, techniques of
ventilation, characteristics of commonly used ventila-
tors, and monitoring of the ventilator-patient system.
473 Life Support System (3) An in-depth, com-
prehensive study of mechanical ventilators and
other hfe support equipment.
474 Pulmonary Function Evaluation (2) A com-
prehensive study of various pulmonary fiinction
evaluation techniques. Includes bronchoscopy and
arterial blood gas analysis.
475 Pediatric/Neonatal Respiratory Care (2) A
comprehensive study of neonatal and pediatric res-
piratory care, including fetal lung development,
pathophysiology of the neonate and pediatric
patient, and related respiratory care procedures.
476 Clinical Practice II (4) An introduction to crit-
ical and specialized respiratory care areas followed by
discussions and correlation to didactic work.
477 Hemodynamics II (3) An advanced continua-
tion of the topics addressed in HEA 379 hemody-
namics I.
478 Respiratory Therapy Seminar I (3) Includes
critical, written analysis, and discussion of perti-
nent respiratory care hterawre as well as elements
of research relevant to the respiratorv care profes-
sion. The students culminate their study of respi-
ratorv care by designing and implementing a
miniresearch project.
479 Clinical Practice III (8) An intensive expo-
sure to critical care and speciaHzed areas of respira-
tory care. Performance evaluation of therapies and
procedures to include mechanical ventilator set-up
and evaluation, neonatal ventilator set-up, pul-
monary function assessment, arterial hne set-up,
and arterial hne blood withdrawal.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of History
506 Main HaU
610-436-2201
Richard J. Webster, Chairperson
Thomas J. Heston, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Davidson, Foster, Hardy, Heston, Hewitt,
Peters, Webster
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Boes, Friedman, Hewin, Jones,
Kirschenbaum
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Gedge, Hanley, Legg,
O'Connor, Thames-Leonard
The student of history seeks to re-create the past (or, more precisely,
as much of it as possible) in a rational manner, not only to explain and
understand the past for its own sake, but also to identify our age with
earlier times. The smdent is concerned with the origins, development,
and relationships between past people and events and, from the multi-
plicity of credible and sometimes conflicting evidence, renders judg-
ments on causation and consequences. He or she seeks to achieve a
sense of the past. Among the careers open to history majors are the
law, government service, teaching, research, journalism, and business.
Indeed, a strong preparation in history can lead to possibilities in vir-
tually every field of endeavor.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — HISTORY
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Foreign Language Requirement 0-12 semester hours
3. Required Histor\' Courses 15 semester hours
HIS 101, HIS 102, HIS 151, HIS 152, HIS 200
Two 100-level courses may fiiltill general requirements.
4. History Concentrations
Students choose one of three concentrations.
American History Concentration
United States Histon,-
European History
World/Regional History
HIS 400 Seminar
European History Concentration
European Histon'
United States History
24 semester hours
9 semester
6 semester
6 semester
3 semester
9 semester
6 semester
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
World/Regional History
HIS 400 Seminar
6 semester hours
3 semester hours
World/Regional History Concentration
World/Regional History 9 semester hours
European History 6 semester hours
United States History 6 semester hours
HIS 400 Seminar 3 semester hours
United States History Courses:
HIS 329, 344, 352, 356, 357, 358, 360, 361, 362,
364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 373, 380,
390, 399, 445, 450, 451, 455, 458, 460, 462, 474, 480
European History Courses
HIS 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 329, 330,
331, 332, 333, 390, 398, 415, 416, 420, 421, 422,
423, 425, 427, 428, 435, 445, 450, 460, 480
World/Regional Courses
HIS 301, 302, 305, 306, 308, 311, 312, 314, 315,
316, 317, 318, 348, 349, 375, 380, 390, 397, 406,
407, 411, 412, 415, 445, 450, 460, 480
5. Cognate Courses 9 semester hours
Three cognate courses selected from art history-,
literature, music history, or philosophy, or
another selection of courses under advisement
6. Additional free electives to complete 120 semester hours
Students in the bachelor of arts in histor\' program can complete an
elective course of studies that will lead to teacher certification in sec-
ondary ccitizenship education (formerly social studies). See department
adviser for details.
ELECTIVE CITIZENSHIP EDUCATION TEACHER
CERTIFICATION PROGRAM (formerly Social Studies)
The program of study is designed to assure that prospective citizen-
ship education teachers possess the knowledge, capabilities, and dis-
positions associated with the concepts, tools of inquir)', and structures
of the disciplines that make up citizenship education, and that they
are able to create learning experiences which make these aspects of the
subject matter meaningful for learners. The course of study empha-
sizes ten thematic strands:
College of Arts and Sciences
Histon'
• Culture and cultural diversity
• Time, continuity, and change
• People, places, and environment
• Individuals, groups, and institutions
• Power, authority, and government
• Production, distribution, and consumption
• Science, technology, and society
• Global connections
• Civic ideals and practices
• Individual development and identity
Program of Study
Students interested in teaching citizenship education in secondary
schools may pursue a bachelor of arts in history while earning state cer-
tification in citizenship education (formerly social studies). West
Chester Universit}''s program is accredited by the Pennsylvania
Department of Education, the National Council for the Social Studies,
and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Requirements
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39
2. Professional Education, see page 138
3. History Requirement
See above. Bachelor of Arts - Histor)'
4. Foreign Language Requirement
5. Cognate Courses
Selected under advisement
48 semester hours
33 semester hours
39 semester hours
0-12 semester hours
9 semester hours
6. Elective
Selected under advisement
This is an elective program that is pursued in
conjunction -with the bachelor of arts in history.
Close advisement is encouraged. NOTE: Some
of the above courses meet two requirements.
7. Satisft' Universitv' and department requirements
for admission to teacher education, see page 145.
8. Satisfy Universit)' and Pennsylvania Department
of Education requirements to complete certification,
see pages 145-147.
History Minor 18 semester hours
Students may obtain minor recognition on their transcript so that
their concentrated choice of free electives will be recognized.
1. Required Courses 6 semester hours
One course between HIS 101 or 102, and
one course among HIS 150, 151, or 152
2. Electives 12 semester hours
Choose under advisement tour 300- and/or
400-level courses from three groups:
United States, European, World/Regional
History (six semester hours in one group; three
semester hours in each of the others)
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts
or bachelor of science in liberal studies general degree program.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HISTORY
Symbol: HIS unless otherwise shown
101 History of Civilization I (3) Cultural ele-
ments and social institutions in the West and the
East from earliest times through the Renaissance.
102 History of Civilization II (3) Developments
in civilizations from 1500 to the present, with
emphasis on Western civilization and its interrela-
tionships with the non-Western world.
150 The American Experience (3) The histor\' of
the United States, with emphasis on major
themes, ideas, and developments — nationalism,
sectionalism, imperialism, industrialism, and oth-
ers.
151 History of United States I (3) The social,
economic, political, and intellectual development
of the United States from the beginning of the
Colonial period through Reconstruction,
152 History of United States II (3) A compre-
hensive history of the United States from 1865 to
the present, examining the economic, political,
and cultural development of American society, and
the evolution of American foreign policy.
200 Varieties of History (3) Historical research
techniques. Methodolog)', historiography, and
varieties of history. Required of all history majors.
PREREQ; Two iOO-level HIS courses.
301 History of South Asia (3) A historical study
of developments on the Indian subcontinent (India
and Pakistan), the course also considers those
areas of Southeast Asia (Burma and Thailand) that
have been traditionally influenced by the course of
Indian events.
# 302 Modem India (3) Social, religious, and cul-
tural underpinnings ot modern India against a
backdrop of the subcontinent's chronological
development. Hindu and Muslim traditions dis-
cussed in terms oi their own social, religious, and
historical dynamics and as examples of complexi-
ties of national integration.
305 Modem China (3) Sun'ey of the historical
and cultural background of China. Emphasis is
given to the significance ot China's modern period
and its impact on world affairs.
# 306 Chinese Civilization (3) Study of dominant
cultural, philosophical, and historical patterns that
have influenced the development of China as it is
today and the traditional way in which Chinese
approach their own histon-.
# 308 Introduction to the Islamic World (3)
Study of the religio-cultural heritage ot the Islamic
world against a historical background. Selected
areas of Middle, South, and Southeast Asia will be
utilized to illustrate the flowering ot Islamic arts,
architecture, and poetry. Includes geography com-
ponent.
311 History of Africa to 1875 (3) A survey of
African history' to 1875, providing regional cover-
age of the entire continent, and an examination of
African oral traditions.
312 History of Africa Since 1875 (3) A survey of
African history since 1875, focusing on European
colonialism, African resistance, and contemporary
developments.
314 Latin American Women's History (3)
Examines Latin American women 1500 - present.
Focuses on intersections of class, race, and gender;
relations between private and public spheres;
changing women's experiences over time.
■ 315 Colonial Latin America (3) Pre-
Columbian period, colonial Latin America, and
movements for independence; Indian, European,
and African backgrounds; government, economy,
society, religion, culture, and enlightenment.
Interaction of diverse cultures in the New World.
■ 316 Modem Latin America (3) Latin America
in the 19th and 20th centuries; liberalism, conser-
vatism, dictatorship, revolution, socialism, indus-
trialization, agrarian reform, cultural-intellectual
achievements, and international relations. Topical
approach, using individual countries as case history'
illustrations.
■ 317 History of Mexico (3) Mexico from Pre-
Columbian period to present, including civiliza-
tions of Mayas and Aztecs, Spanish conquest.
Colonial period, movement for independence era
of Santa Ana, La Reforma, Diaz dictatorship,
Mexican Revolution, cultural-intellectual achieve-
ments, international relations, and modernization
of Mexico since the Revolution.
■ 318 The Ancient World (3) Classical Greece
and Rome with consideration of economic, social,
intellectual, and political history. Selected writings
of the ancients.
■ 319 Medieval Europe (3) Western Europe
from the fall of Rome to approximately 1300.
Economic, social, political, and intellectual devel-
opments in the major kingdoms of the West; the
histon' of the Universal Church.
320 Renaissance and Reformation (3) Political,
economic, social, and cultural forces that emerged
in Europe from 1300 to 1650. The evolution of
modern states and the rise of the middle class.
321 Everyday Life in Early Modem Europe (3)
An examination ot the daily lives ot Europeans ot
various social backgrounds from the 15th to 18th
centuries. Topics will include dress, diet, recre-
ation, labor, and medicine.
322 Family and Women in Europe: Renaissance
to Industrial Revolution (3) Focuses on private
and public aspects of the family in various
European countries, and the role and everydaj- life
of women of diverse social backgrounds. Special
attention is given to changes over time.
■ # 323 Austrian Civilization (3) An interdisci-
plinary study of Austrian civ'ilization, 1848-1938.
Emphasis is placed on fin-de-siecle Vienna, not
only as its pivotal role in Austrian culture but also
as a testing ground for modernism in the West.
■ 324 Imperial Russia (3) Russian history from
from Peter the Great to the February revolution of
1917. Emphasis on issues ot modernity and ethnic
identit^^
329 Gender and Peace (3) Examination of the
ways in which social constructions of gender inter-
sect with perceptions of war and peace.
# Approved interdisciplinar)' course
H Culuire cluster
H
istory
College of Arts and Sciences
■ 330 Conflicts in Modem Europe (3) Power
politics in Europe; alliances and counteralliances;
imperialism; First World War and Versailles peace
settlements; emergence of totalitarian ideologies.
331 20th-century Europe (3) European fascism
and communism; totalitarianism confronts liberal-
ism; interaction between domestic politics and for-
eign policy; polarization of European politics; dis-
integration of the political institutions of the tradi-
tional state.
332 The Holocaust (3) Focuses on ethnic,
nationalistic, economic, and religious causes of the
Holocaust, including 20th-century Nazism,
racism, and anti-Semitism; study of the
Nuremburg trials.
333 European Economic History (3) European
demographic and technological change; trade
unions; agriculture; trade; the entrepreneur; distri-
bution of income and welfare from the 10th cen-
tury to the present.
343 Colonial America (3) Examination of the
colonial experience of Europeans in the parts of
America that became the United States, from
Columbus's voyage in 1492 to the eve of the
Revolutionary War.
344 History of Pennsylvania (3) The founding
and development of Pennsylvania from its
Colonial beginnings to the present with emphasis
on the relation of the past to the present.
■ 348 The Bible in History (3) The Bible as a
historical record. From the Pentateuch through
the prophetic literature, the Apocrypha, the
Pseudepigrapha, and the Dead Sea Scrolls to the
New Testament. Historical records of the ancient
Near Eastern civiUzations will be compared with
Biblical sources.
349 The Jew in History (3) Review of the 4,000
years and five civilizations that have welcomed the
Jewish people. Emphasis on the Jews in contem-
porary society.
352 Modem American Military History (3) The
role of the American mihtary in shaping the
course of the nation in the 20th century.
356 U.S. Environmental History (3) An exami-
nation of the transformation of the American
landscape, the history of American environmental
pohcy, and the development of today's environ-
mental crisis.
357 Diplomatic History of the United States (3)
The theory and practice of American diplomacy
from Colonial times to the present with emphasis
on the 20th century.
358 Economic History of the United States (3)
The economic development of the American
nation as it evolved from a frontier, agricultural
countn,- into an urban, industrial power.
360 Technology and American Life (3) Promises
and practices of American life in response to the
interaction of American forms, values, and scien-
tific-technological change from the Colonial peri-
od to the present.
361 Constitutional History of the United States
(3) The development of the Constitution ot the
United States from the Philadelphia convenfion to
the present with emphasis on major Supreme
Court decisions.
362 Violence in America (3) A study of Molence
in American society as an instrument of change
and a method of social control.
364 U.S. Urban History (3) A survey of the rise
of the American city from early Philadelphia to
the modern metropolis. The recurring themes of
growth, immigration, social mobiUty, city politics,
city planning, urbanism, and suburbanism.
365 Popular Culture in 20th-century America
(3) An examination of the rise of American mass
consumer culture, commercialization of leisure,
development of the mass media, and redefinition
of normal and deviant behaviors.
366 The Turbulent Sixties (3) Examination of
the stress and conflict in American politics, arts,
literature, and society of the 1960s.
367 American Material Culture (3) An interdis-
ciphnary study of American civilization through
the examination of its built environment and craft-
ed and manufactured artifacts from the colonial
period to the mid-twentieth century.
368 Gay America (3) Encompasses four himdred
years of gay and lesbian histon', culture, and politics,
from colonial settlers and Native American cultures
to the present with emphasis on the 20th century.
369 American West (3) Exploration of the histor-
ical and mythical American West, from pre-
Columbian America to the present.
370 American Indians (3) A survey of Indian civ-
ilization on the continent of North America and
the confrontation of this civiUzation vnth white
culture.
371 Manhood in America (3) Examines
American manhood from 1600 - present. Focuses
on intersections of class, race, and gender; rela-
tions between private and public spheres; changing
men's experiences over time.
1 373 African- American History (3) A survey of
African-American history from 15th century West
Africa to the present that focuses on the evolution
of African-American culture and identity, and the
struggle for freedom and racial equality.
375 A History of the Arab-Israeli Conflict (3)
This course will examine the history of the Arab-
Israeli conflict and the factors that both encourage
and impede resolution. Consideration will also be
given to the history of the U.S. involvement in the
conflict.
380 The History of U.S. Involvement in the
Middle East (3) Examines U.S. involvement in
the Middle East in the 19th and 20th centuries.
Consideration will be given to rehgious, economic,
and diplomatic activities as well as involvement in
the Arab-Israeh conflict.
390 Historical Controversy on the World-Wide
Web (3) Students evaluate Web presentations of a
major historical controversy. PREREQ: One
University-level history course, preferably HIS 102.
♦ 397 Topics in World History (3) Topics may
vary each semester. Emphasis on student research
and discussions.
♦ 398 Topics in European History (3) Topics
may vary each semester. Emphasis on student
research and discussions.
♦ 399 Topics in U.S. History (3) Topics may
vary each semester. Emphasis on student research
and discussions.
400 Seminar (3) In-depth research, swdy, and dis-
cussion of a selected historical topic. Topics will vary.
Recommended for seniors. PREREQ: HIS 200.
406 20th-century Japan (3) The course deals with
Japan's role in Asian and world affairs from the
Meiji Restoration of 1868 through the World War
II period. Concludes with an assessment of Japan's
post-World War II role as an economic power
positioned to re-emerge as a major political entity.
407 History of Brazil (3) A general survey of
Brazil from 1500 to the present. Emphasis will be
placed on economic and political issues, slavery
and race relations, literature, and current ecological
problems relative to the Amazon Basin.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in History (1-3)
Research projects, reports, and readings in history.
Open to seniors only. PREREQ^ Permission of
department chairperson.
411 Middle East to 1700 (3) The historical evolu-
tion of the Middle East from just before the time
of Muhammad until 1700. The course seeks to
promote an understanding of the nature and rise
of the rehgion of Islam, the spread of Islamic civi-
lization, and the evolution of the Arab and
Ottoman empires.
412 Middle East Since 1600 (3) The historical
evolution of the Middle East from 1600 to the
present. The course seeks to promote a historically
sound understanding of the conflicts and differ-
ences between Western and Middle Eastern soci-
eties, as well as the continuing interplay of secular
and religious forces in the history of the region.
1 415 Science in History (3) This course offers an
introduction to the historical evolution of modern
science. Emphasis is placed on the life and
achievements of noted scientists against the back-
drop of their time and culture. Consideration is
also given to the Impact of developing science on
the shaping of Western values.
416 Crime and Punishment in Europe, 1450-
1789 (3) Focuses on the historical development of
criminal law, criminalization processes, court pro-
cedures, the use of judicial torture, crime rates,
personal characteristics of the sentenced criminals,
and the punishments they received.
■ 420 Biography ofModem European Women
(3) A discussion of biography as a form of histori-
cal writing and vniting about women.
421 History of England to 1688 (3) The British
people and their mores, instimtions, and achieve-
ments from the earhest times to the Glorious
Revolution.
422 History of England Since 1688 (3) England
as a world leader during the Commercial and
Industrial revolutions, the evolution of the democ-
ratic process, and the emergence of liberaUsm fol-
lowed by the democractic welfare state.
■ 423 Modem Germany (3) Germany m the
19th and 20th centuries: Napoleonic era, rise of
Prussia, nationalism and unification, imperialism
and World War I, National Socialism, World War
II, and divided Germany.
■ 425 Twentieth-Century Russia (3) Its rise and
fall in light of traditional Russian patterns and the
communist experiment.
■ 427 Modem France: 1789 to Present (3) A
survey of modern France from the Revolutionary
era through the ttu-bulent 19th century to the
post-Worid War II recovery. Major themes
include the social cultural pohtical, and economic
aspects of modem and contemporary' France.
428 History of Spain (3) Focuses on political,
religious, economic, and social aspects of Spain
from the Roman period to the present. Special
attention is given to the "Reconquista spirit" and
the Spanish civil war.
■ 435 European Intellectual History Since 1800
(3) A cultural history of ideas in 19th- and early
20th-centuni- Europe.
445 Oral History (3) Students select, design, and
earn' out a project of original historical research,
recording broadcast-quality oral history interviews
with elderly informants.
♦ 450 Intemship in History (1-3)
■ Culture cluster
> Diverse communities course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
College of Arts and Sciences
Honors Program
451 Women in America (3) American women's
daily routines, social roles, and search for rights
and identit)' since Colonial days. Recent goals, val-
ues, and conflicts.
455 American Intellectual History (3) Political
and economic thought, theologi,', science, philoso-
phy, and hterature.
458 History of the Cold War (3) Origins and
evolution of the Cold War with emphasis on the
rationale for, and objectives of, American foreign
policy since 1945. Includes an examination ot the
historical interpretations ot the era.
460 Field Studies in History (3) A fiiUy super-
vised learning experience designed to expose stu-
dents to the culture, artifacts, and research facili-
ties of a given country' or area.
462 Social and Cultural History of the United
States (3) The evolution of American society' with
emphasis on the impact of improwng material
conditions in labor, the arts, education, religion,
social mores, and family life. The changing status
of women, blacks, and immigrants.
474 American Religions (3) The changes of
American religion from the Pilgrims of New
England to the cults of Cahfornia.
480 Computer Applications in Historical
Research (3) Methods of historical research and
analysis based on the use of personal computers.
Honors Program
131 Francis Harvey Green Library
610-436-2996
610-436-2620 (fax)
honors@wcupa.edu (e-mail)
Kevin W. Dean, Director
Elizabeth M. Nollen, Assistant Director
HONORS COUNCIL
Dena Beeghly, Literacy
Mehssa Cichowicz, Chemistry
Diane DeVestern, Student Affairs
Sandra Fowkes Godek, Sports Medicine
Benjamin Goldsborough, Student Representative
Charles Hardy, History
Marsha Haug, Director of Admissions, ex-officio
Eugene Klein, Music
David Levasseur, Communications Studies
Anne-Marie MoscateUi, Foreign Languages
Frauke Schnell, Political Science
Bree Simmons, Student Representative
Program Design
We believe that an honors education should instill in students the
desire to be active, contributing members of their societies. Our mis-
sion is summarized best in our motto: "To be honorable is to serve."
The aim of the honors program is to provide an inviting environment for
academically gifted and highlv motivated students to Interact and form a
learning communit)' of peers, faculty', administrators, and staft that will
challenge and enrich the students' college experience. Grounded in the
liberal arts tradition, the honors program seeks cross-disciplinary' connec-
tions in order to develop students' natural intellectual abilities and to
challenge them to emplov those gifts on behalt ot the larger community.
For this reason, the West Chester University honors program considers
"honors" to be more than a matter of strong grades. Honors implies a
decision to use the gift of knowledge as an active problem solver in both
the campus community and in the world. To that end, the honors pro-
gram seeks to build character and foster a commitment to lifelong learn-
ing that prepares leaders for the 21st century. The Honors Council,
composed of representative faailty, staft, and students, assists the direc-
tor in formulating and making recommendations about the program.
Honors program membership comprises students with outstanding
achievements in scholarship, community service, the arts, and/or leader-
ship. Membership in honors is competitive with a maximum of 40 addi-
tional seats open each fall. Current membership includes students from
39 different academic majors. Incoming freshman and transfer students
normally are invited to apply to the program if they demonstrate at least
two of the following: a) minimum high school GPA of 3.5; b) minimum
SAT score of 1200; c) top 20 percent of graduating class; d) record of
achievement in high school honors/ AP courses. Candidates are reviewed
and selected on the basis of commitment to service, leadership potential,
and fit with the program's philosophy. Currendy enrolled students, who
have a cumulative grade point average of 3.25 or higher, may apply tor
membership through the Honors OflSce. Honors seminars at the
300/400 level are open to all students with a minimum of 3.25 GPA.
Membership in the honors program enables students to enhance their
strengths through a specially designed 27-hour core of cross-disciplinary
courses that, with an additional mathematics or science course, meet
general education requirements for honors students. Cross-disciplinary
means that all courses in the core will contain information dra^vn from a
minimum of two academic disciplines. The 27-hour honors core incor-
porates 100- and 200-level courses. The three courses at the 100 level, to
be completed during the student's first year in the program, focus on
personal development, including physical and psychological well being,
communication, and ethics and moralit}' in a technological age. Courses
at the 200 level, completed by the middle of the student's third year,
build upon the learner's knowledge of self and address broader perspec-
tives of community and social change. Learners study significant histori-
cal and contemporary figures, literary works, and the context in which
they helped model society'. Students become aware of the economic real-
ities that impact change and discover how educational and political
stmcture, science, and the fine arts influence society. Honors certification
is awarded upon completion of the core 27 hoiu-s, two upper-level, cross-
disciplinarv honors seminars, and a capstone project. Students complet-
ing the tUl honors program receive designation on their University tran-
script and the right to wear a medallion of achievement at commence-
ment. Recognition at commencement is based on the student's academic
record as of the completed semester prior to commencement.
In order to be in good standing with the honors program, students
must maintain a 3.25 cumulative grade point average, be active in a
minimum of one campus co-curricular activity, and regularly register for
the sequence of honors core courses and seminars. Failure to maintain
these requirements will cause the student to be placed on probation
from honors and may lead to the student's dismissal from the program.
Program probation and dismissal foUow these procedures: Once a stu-
dent in the honors program has earned 3 1 credit hours, his or her cumu-
lative grade point average will be reviewed. If the student's average is
below a 3.0, the student will be dropped from the program. It a smdent's
■average is below a 3.25 but not below a 3.0, the smdent will be placed on
program probation for two semesters during which time the student is
expected to raise his or her cumulative average to a 3.25. If at the end of
the two semesters the cumulative average is not a 3.25 or higher, the stu-
dent will be dismissed from the program. Students also may be placed
on probation if they are not actively participating in a minimum of one
campus co-curricular activity or if the)' are not regularly registering for
and completing the sequence of honors core courses 'and seminars.
While riie student is on program probation, his or her rights to priority
scheduling ■will be suspended. No student wiU be eligible for honors cer-
tification without maintaining a 3.25 cumulative average by the time of
completion of the honors program's required elements.
Students dismissed from the honors program may seek reinstatement
by contacting the honors program director. Smdents may appeal the
dismissal or probationary' action for extraordinary' circumstances by
contacting the honors director who will take the appeal before the
Honors Council for final decision.
Honors Program
College of Arts and Sciences
Honors Supplemental Certification Program. Nonhonors program
students who have earned a minimum of 45 credits and a minimum 3.25
cumulative GPA may apply for the supplemental certification program,
which affords all benefits of fiill program membership. To receive certifi-
cation, students need to complete a minimum ot 12 hours of honors
course work at the 300/400 level and demonstrate active contributions
and service to co-curricular elements of the campus community. It is the
general practice for a minimum of two 300-level or above courses to be
offered each semester. These are small group (10-20 students) seminar
offerings that are interdisciplinary vnth writing emphasis and have no
prerequisites. Students may petition, on special circumstances, to substi-
tute an HON 400-level independent studv for three hours of credit.
The Bonner AmeriCorps Leaders Program. Honors students who
have successfully completed their first year in the program may qualify
for a Bonner AmeriCorps service-learning scholarship. An education
voucher of $1,000 will be awarded to students who verify 300 hours of
community service during a calendar year. After the successful com-
pletion of an initial year, students may be eligible for a second schol-
arship opportunity. Applications are available in the Honors Office.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HONORS PROGRAMS
Symbol: HON
100 Self- Awareness and Development (3) Focus
on methods individuals use to develop skills in the
physical, cognitive, emotional, and social aspect of
life. A holistic approach to both physical and men-
tal aspects will be addressed. Methods for en-
hancement and maintenance of strengths will be
discussed as well as approaches to risk taking.
101 Decision Making and Public Discourse (3)
Examination of the role of ethical dialogue and
debate in public polic\' making of rotating topics
such as the environment or health care. Emphasis
on logic and critical thinking as key roles in identi-
fying problems, devising solutions, and evaluating
proposed policies. Consistent with the emphasis
on the public forum, students will develop public
speaking and critical listening skills.
102 Ethics and Moral Choice in a Technological
Age (3) Approaches to ethical recommendation
and moral decision-making processes. Engage-
ment of the scientific approach by using case stud-
ies from genetics, ecology, physics, chemistry, and
computer science to allow students to confiront
ways traditional views of ethics and moral decision
making apply to a contemporary world.
200 Theories and Strategies of Community
Change (3) Spectrum of approaches to social change
and significant figures who make these changes pos-
sible. Works of historical and sociological literamre.
Including biographies and autobiographies of key
figures, will be identified as a basis for observation of
how thinkers of the past identified key issues and
articulated solutions to those problems.
201 Economic Themes in Literature (3)
Foundations of market and nonmarket economies
as they relate to good stewardship and civic
responsibility. Fusing literature and economics, the
values and limitations of market capitalism and
command socialism will be addressed.
202 Educational Systems and Social Influence
(3) An introducrion to philosophy, history, and
sociology of American education. The evolution of
the school as an institution in a democratic society;
its relationships to issues dealing with race, class,
gender and ethnicity, the geographical implica-
tions the school has for the community and vice
versa; the degree to which school should and/or
can serve as agents for social change.
203 American Government, Democracy and Public
Opinion (3) Influence of the role of public opinion
in a democracy by examination of how individuals
form their opinions and how those opinions influ-
ence goverrunent and public polic)' making. Such
areas as government structure, political thought, and
sociologic and geographic influences will be covered.
204 Science, Technology, and Environmental
Systems (3) Impact of technology and the envi-
ronment as forces of Influence on communities.
The lab course will combine a historical overview
with a contemporary focus on ways the science
community is developing and regulating ideas for
the fiiture. Laboratory field experiences will
involve data collection and observation in a variety
of environmental contexts (2,3).
205 Community and the Arts (3) Investigation of
the arts as agents of social change and influence.
Significant historical and.contemporary works
from art, dance, music, and theatre will be identi-
fied for case analysis.
301 Seminar (3) First of two special topics offered
fall semester. Subject matter rotates and is deter-
mined by the honors director and the Honors
Council through competitive submission from
University faculty. Seminars are designed to be
interdisciplinary and to have a writing emphasis.
302 Seminar (3) First of two special topics offered
spring semester. Subject matter rotates and is
determined by the honors director and the Honors
Council through competitive submission from
University faculty. Seminars are designed to be
interdisciplinari' and to have a writing emphasis.
381 Symposium in Arts and Humanities (3)
Investigation of leadership issues as they are found
within special topics in the arts and humanities.
382 Symposium in Social and Behavioral
Sciences (3) Investigation of leadership issues as
they are found within special topics in the social
and behavioral sciences.
383 Symposium in the Sciences (3) Investigation
of leadership issues as they are found within spe-
cial topics in the sciences.
401 Seminar (3) Second of two special topics
offered fall semester. Subject matter rotates and is
determined by the honors director and the Honors
Council through competitive submission from
University faculty. Seminars are designed to be
interdisciplinary and to have a writing emphasis.
402 Seminar (3) Second of two special topics
offered spring semester. Subject matter rotates and
is determined by the honors director and the
Honors Council through competitive submission
from University faculty. Seminars are designed to
be interdisciplinan,' and to have a writing emphasis.
480 Senior Project (3) Swdents identify and/or
investigate a topic for in-depth study that involves
a crossdiscipUnan' inquirv approach.
490 Capstone Project (3) Students will identify
and investigate a problem in a community business,
nonprofit agency, or research laboratory, and then
work to solve the problem. Smdents will be expect-
ed to play an active role in the problem-solving
effort and contribute a minimum ot ten hours each
week to help solve the problem. Students will seek
interaction with the CEO, senior officer(s), and/or
senior investigators of the business, agency, or lab-
orator)', who will serve as leader models for student
studv. While projects are generally completed in
the senior year, students may register for this
course upon completion of the 27-hour core or by
special permission of the honors program director.
Interdisciplinary Programs
West Chester University offers three interdisciplinary programs
leading to a bachelor of arts degree:
American Studies
Comparative Literature Studies
Women's Studies
West Chester also offers five interdisciplinary programs leading to
transcript recognition:
Ethnic Studies Peace and Conflict Studies
Latin American Studies Russian Studies
Linguistics
These programs give students the opportunity to develop a syn-
thesis of knowledge from several disciplines. See individual pro-
grams for course sequences.
College ot Arts and Sciences
Interdisciplinary' Programs: American Studies
American Studies Program
500 xMain Hall
610-436-2681
AMERICAN STUDIES COMMITTEE
Karin E. Gedge, History
Charles A. Hard\', History
Sterling E. Murray, Music History
C. James Trotman, English
Richard J. Webster, History, Coordinator
Students are introduced to a broad spectrum ot ^"Vmerican culture, and are
encouraged to %xud\ an area in depth and to develop career interests
through concentrations in American art histon', African-American studies,
historic presen-ation, environmental studies, journalism and editing, and
museum studies. An optional internship provides on-the-job experience.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — AMERICAN STUDIES
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirements 0-15 semester hours
3. Required Core 21-30 semester hours
AMS 200 (3)
AMS 367 (3)
AMS 400 (3) or AMS 415 (1-15)
HIS 151-152 (6)
LIT 200-201 (6)
4. Elective Core 18 semester hours
Six American-topic courses are to be taken in
anthropolog)', art history, geography, histor)',
literature, music historv- and literature, philosophy,
political science, and sociology', with no more
than two courses from one discipline.
5. Elective Concentration
A smdent must take enough courses to ensure that a minimum of
120 semester hours are completed successflillv. Each American
smdies major must submit for approval a proposed course of smdy
at the beginning ot the junior vear. For guidance consult the
^Ajnerican studies program coordinator.
Minor in American Studies 18 semester hours
For transcript recognition of an American studies minor, a student
must take 18 semester hours allocated in the foUo\%ing areas:
American Smdies (6)
American Histon-, preferably HIS 151 or HIS 152 (3)
American Literature, preferabl)' LIT 200 or LIT 201 (3)
American topics: One course from the arts, literature, or philosophy,
and one course from histon,- or social and behavioral sciences, or
other courses approved by the adviser. (6)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
AMERICAN STUDIES
Sv-mbol: AMS
# 200 American Civilization (3) An interdiscipli-
narv- study ot the forces, forms, and values that
have contributed to the making of American civi-
lization. Sev-eral academic discipUnes are drawn
upon in exploring the "Americaness" of American
institutions, thought, behavior, and material cul-
ture.
#210 Mass Media and Popular Culture (3) An
e.vploration of the role ot media in the develop-
ment of American popular culture. Particular
emphasis will be given to the transformations
brought about bv mass media after 1880 and the
increasing corporate involvement in mass media
during the 20th centurj-.
# 250 Myths and Modernization (3) An interdis-
ciplinarv- exploration ot American ci\ilization dur-
ing three stages of development from Columbus to
the present. Focuses on anal)-sis of civic and popu-
lar culture to decode mvths ot national idenritv'
and the media in which they are disseminated.
367 American Material Culture (3) An interdis-
ciplinarv- study of .'\merican civilization through
the examination of its buUt environment and craft-
ed and manufactured artifacts from the Colonial
period to the mid-20th centurv-.
371 Manhood in America (3) Examines
American manhood from 1600 present. Focuses
on intersections of class, race, and gender; rela-
tions between private and public spheres; changing
men's experiences over time.
400 Senior Thesis or Project (3) A concluding
"statement" incorporating the interdisciplinary
generalist approach.
401 Independent Study (1-3) An opportunitv' to
pursue altemativ-e study projects outside the class-
room; field work in communitv- resources, etc.
♦ 415 American Studies Internship (1-15)
Cooperative, service/learning experience at a com-
munitv- agencv-, business, or institution.
♦ .Approved interdisciplinan- course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Comparative Literature Studies Program
537 Main HaU
610-436-3101/2822
Geetha Ramanathan, Coordinator
gramanatha@vvcupa.edu
PROFESSORS: K. Myrsiades, L. MjTsiades, Ramanathan,
Schlau
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Awuyah, Ward
PROGRAM FACULTY: Esplugas, Larsen, Maltby, Verderame
This program provides a curricidum option for students with an inter-
est in international studies bv offering a broad background in
European and non- Western cidture and literamre.
This program is responsive to recent developments in professional
business, law, and medical schools, which stress admission of smdents
with humanities backgrounds or humanities complements to their sci-
entific or technical backgrounds, and it reflects the growth of profes-
sional school programs that include more options in the humanities.
More specifically, this program is designed to answer student requests
for a program that supplies a greater breadth of literature than is com-
monly offered in a language program and a greater variet)' than that
offered in an English department.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — COMPARATIVE
LITERATURE STUDIES
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39
2. Foreign Language Requirement 3-
(Culture cluster option cannot be substituted
for foreign language requirement.)
3. Concentration or Minor Electives
4. Cognate Requirements
Under advisement
5. Comparative Literamre Core
CLS 200 or equivalent, 201 or 367 or 368, 261,
310 or equivalent, and 400
6. Comparative Literamre Electives
Five electives that reflect a variety of genres,
periods, traditions, approaches, and theoretical
concerns, selected from those courses listed
below. Students wishing to take courses other
than those courses listed below must have the
written approval of the Comparative Literature
Committee.
48 semester hours
12 semester hours
18 semester hours
6 semester hotu-s
15 semester hours
15 semester hours
Interdisciplinary Programs; Comparative Literature Studies
College of Arts and Sciences
7. Literature in the Original Language 6 semester hours
Two courses in the literature of a language
other than English.
Minor in Comparative Literature 18 semester hours
'Select ONE course in each of the areas hsted below.
1. Literature and the other arts
CLS 201, 304, 365, 368, or 370
2. Theory, intellectual history, or literary criticism
CLS 310 or 352
3. Theme, genre, or movement
CLS 258, 259, 361, or 362
4. Relationship, influence, or intertextuality
CLS 304, 309, 363, 367, or 400
5. Non- Western literature or literature in a language
other than English
CLS255, 400, 411
6. Women's Literature
CLS 258, 259, or 304
NOTE: Not all course numbers available for each categor)' above are
listed. Please check with the comparative literature studies coordinator
in 537 Main Hall (610-436-2915) for other possible substitutions.
Minor in Film Criticism 18 semester hours
1. Required Course 3 semester hours
ELM 200
2. Elective Courses 15 semester hours
Any 15 credits selected from the follovvdng list with approval of the
adviser:
CLS 304, 363, 364, 368, 369, 400, and 410; COM 217 and 317;
EGE 404, 405; EIT 260; ELM 201, 202, 300, 301, and 400
For course descriptions, see English and Foreign Language sections in this
catalog. For related departments other than English or Foreign Languages,
consult the Handbook for Comparative Literature Studies available from the
program coordinator.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
STUDIES
Symbol: CLS
► 165 Introduction to World Literature (3) This
course is designed to introduce students to litera-
ture representative of both Western and non-
Western cultures and can be taken as an alterna-
tive to LIT 165. Not open to English majors.
# 201 Classical Mythology in the 20th Century
(3) Classical myths and their significance in select-
ed works of literature, film, and art.
t 203 African Studies (3) This course studies
African culture through literature, anthropology,
and history. It focuses on the socio-cultural and
historical contexts of African writing through the
colonial and postcolonial periods.
225 Twentieth Century Native American
Literature (3) This course investigates the struggle
of the Native American author to represent his/her
own cultural experience as a voice.
1 258 Women's Literature I (3) A survey of world
women's literature from 800 B.C. - 1800.
Readings are chosen from the works of Sappho,
Diotima, Mutta, Auvaiyar, Sei Shonagan, Sule
Sankavya, Murasaki, Hildegard, von Bingen,
Mirabai, Marguerite de Navarre, Phillis Wheatley,
Aphra Behn, Madame de Stael, Jane Austen, and
Fanny Burney among others.
► 259 Women's Literature II (3) A survey of wom-
en's literature &om 1 800 to the present. Readings
are chosen from the works of Harriet Jacobs, Ida B.
Wells, Charlotte Bronte, Jean Rhys, Virginia Woolf,
Marguerite Duras, Christa Wolf, Merce Rodoreda,
Jamaica Kincaid, Tsitsi Dangarembga, Alifa Rifaat,
Louise Erdrich, Cherrie Moraga, Maxine Hong
Kingston, and Arundati Roy among others.
1 260 World Literature I (3) A survey of world
literary texts from pre-classical times to 1600.
261 World Literature II (3) A survey of world lit-
erary texts from 1600 to the present.
# 270 Life, Death, and Disease (3) A course treat-
ing the study of literary works, film, and selected
readings from other areas (history, science, fiction,
and nonfiction) to generate an understanding of
the relationship of human values to medicine, ill-
ness, and issues ot related importance to physicians.
# 297 Themes in Contemporary Literature (3)
Topics to be announced each time course is offered.
304 Women and Film (3) An examination of the
role of women in contemporary world cinema and
the feminist film.
309 Literature Translation Workshop (3) A
writing workshop on the theory and practice of lit-
erary translation.
H311 Contemporary Latin-American Narrative
(3) An examination ot Latin-American narrative
(short story, novella, novel, and testimonial litera-
ture). Spanish- and Portuguese-language writers
from South and Central America, Mexico, and the
Caribbean will be studied, from the period of
magical realism (1950's and 1960's) through the
present. They may include Isabel Allende, Jorge
Amado, Miguel Angel Asturias, Jorg Luis Borges,
Gabriel Garcia Marquez, Clarice Lispector, Elena
Poniatowska, and Luis Rafael Sanchez.
# 329 Gender and Peace (3) An examination of the
ways in which social constructions of gender intersect
wath perceptions and experiences of war and peace.
333 Latina Writing (3) An examination of the lit-
erary works produced by Latinas in the 20th cen-
tury. The study ot this literature will include a
cross-cultural approach that will elucidate socipo-
Utical themes emerging from the texts.
334 Politics and Economics in the Literature of
the Modem Americas (3) A comparative historical
and literary examination of poUucal and economic
issues reflected in 20th century U.S. and Latin
American literature. The study of representative
texts of various genres will also elucidate issues of
race, class, and gender.
350 Computer Applications in the Humanities
(3) This course is designed to provide an introduc-
tion to the computer and its applications in a num-
ber of humanistic disciplines (literature, history,
and writing, but some attention also will be given
to foreign languages, linguistics, music, and art).
351 African Literature (3) A study of the repre-
sentation of Africa through the perspectives of
African and non-African writers.
# 352 Modemity/Postmodemity (3) A critical
analysis ot the modernity/postmodernity debates
from the integrated perspectives of literature, phi-
losophy, history, and politics.
361 Modem World Drama (3) This course seeks
to develop and to extend an understanding of the
basic elements of drama. The student will be
exposed to a range of theatrical practices and
diverse traditions of world drama.
362 Modem World Fiction (3) This course seeks
to develop and to extend an understanding of the
basic elements of fiction. The student will be
exposed to a range of fictional practices and
diverse traditions of world fiction.
363 Soviet Literature and Film (3) A compara-
tive approach to selected 20th century Soviet
works of fiction, poetry, drama, and film.
365 African-American Film (3) This course will
study the history, form, and content of African-
American film. The fdms chosen are from various
genres and cover older and contemporary films.
I 367 Classical Mythology (3) An examination of
Greek mythology through the works of Homer,
Hesiod, the Greek tragedians, and Greek lyric poets.
# 368 Culture, Myth, and Society (3) An exami-
nation of how the culture, mythology, and politics
of ancient Greece from Homer to Plato determine
how a period is represented through its literary,
historical, and philosophical te.xts and how con-
temporary culture rewrites these te.xts.
369 Literature and Film (3) The interrelationship
between selected works of world fiction and their
film adaptations.
# 371 Law, Literature, and Conununication (3)
A look at the presentational aspects of law — legal
writing and oral argument — its constructions in
narrative — law as literature and literature as law —
and the relationship of law to anthropologj', psy-
chology, history, and sociology.
^ 400 Comparative Literature Seminar (3)
Topics such as Homer and the modern Western
race and legal narrative, interrelations of African
and African-American literature, sexual politics in
modern drama, and visual culture in Third World
fdm are offered. Required of comparative literature
majors in their junior or senior year.
♦ 410 Independent Study in Comparative
Literature (3)
♦ 411 Foreign Study in Comparative
Literature (3)
FILM THEORY AND CRITICISM
Symbol: ELM
200 Introduction to Film (3) A critical and ana-
lytical approach to world cinema covering film
theory and the major fdm movements (Soviet
Realism, German Expressionism, Italian Neo-
Realism, French New Wave, Cinema Nuovo, New
German Cinema, and Surrealism) from the begin-
ning to present. (Group E)**
201 American Film (3) The function of cinema in
contemporary society as a socio-cultural, econom-
I Diverse communities course
# Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
■ Culture cluster
College of Arts and Sciences
Interdisciplinary Programs: Latin-American Studies
ic, and political object as seen through critical
analysis of American films. (Group E)**
300 Private Screening (1) Eight to 12 narrative film
classics per semester on a specific topic or theme.
301 Documentary Film (3) Understanding and
enjoying the social, philosophic, economic, and
poUtical aspects of documentary film. (Group E)*
See the department handbook for group descriptions.
Ethnic Studies Program
201 Old Library
610-436-2725
Bonita Freeman-Witthoft, Director and Native-American Coordinator
William I. Guy, Assistant Director and Program Coordinator
C. James Trotman, African-American Coordinator
Stacey Schlau, Hispanic-American Coordinator
Jonathan Friedman, Jewish-American Coordinator
STEERING COMMITTEE
Marshall J. Becker, Anthropology
Erminio Braidotti, Foreign Languages
Andrew E. Dinniman, Educational Services
Charles Hardy, History
William L. Hewitt, History
Frank J. Hoffman, Philosophy
Mildred C. Joyner, Social Work
Deborah Malstedt, Psychology
Bhim Sandhu, Political Science
Richard W. Voss, Social Work
Jerome M. Williams, Foreign Languages
The Ethnic Studies Institute (ESI) offers a minor and a certificate to any
student, regardless ot major, who satisfactorily completes 18 semester
hours of work in ethnic studies. Study may lead to a general certificate in
ethnic studies or to a specialized certificate in one ot the following areas:
• African-American Studies • Jewish-American Studies
• Hispanic-American Studies • Native-American Studies
For current requirements and a list of approved courses in each spe-
cialization, consult the director or assistant director of ethnic studies.
For each option currently offered there are, in addition to the relevant
ethnic studies core courses, certain cognate courses. These cognate
courses do not necessarily deal directly with ethnic group life but give
an added dimension of social and historical background.
As soon as possible, students should register their intent to earn the
minor with the assistant director of the ESI. At the end of each semes-
ter, students should report the ethnic-related courses completed during
the semester and the courses planned for the following semester to the
assistant director. An updated list of courses approved for credit is
available each semester from the ESI before the advising and schedul-
ing period. Students can use an approved ethnic-related course toward
the completion of the minor in Ethnic Studies at the same time it is
being used to fulfdl their major, other minor, or elective requirements.
Students are encouraged to attend at least two cultural ethnic events -
speakers, musical programs, art shows, theatre productions, or films -
each year.
For advising in ethnic studies, contact William I. Guy, 610-436-2698,
or wguy#wcupa.edu.
Minor in Holocaust Studies 18 semester hours
The program in Holocaust Studies deals not only with historical
aspects of the Holocaust, but also with moral and political issues
involved in the prevention of future holocausts.
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts
or bachelor of science in liberal studies general degree program. For
advising in Holocaust studies, contact Dr. Jonathan Friedman, 610-
436-2972.
1.
9 semester hours
9 semester hours
Required Courses
HIS 332, 349, and PHI 180
Elective Courses
Any three courses selected from the following:
ANT 120; GER 221/EGE 222; HIS 423; LIT 304; PSC 252,
322; PSY 254; SOC 335; SSC 385, 480; or SWO 225
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ETHNIC STUDIES
Symbol: SSC
#201 Global Perspectives (3) This course is
intended to help students develop the competencies
needed for the understanding of, and meaningfiil
participation in, the world issues of the 1990's.
♦ 480 Ethnic Cultures Workshop (3) This work-
shop considers the history, traditions, customs, and
contributions to American life of various ethnic
groups. The lectures and special programs are
designed to increase the student's knowledge of the
multicultural nature of American society. Projects,
specifically tailored to individual needs, are directed
by a faculty member of the Ethnic Studies Institute.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Latin-American Studies Program
111 Main Hall
610-436-2372
Erminio Braidotti, Coordinator
Any student in the University, regardless of his or her area of specializa-
tion, may earn a minor and a letter of verification in Latin- American
studies after satisfactory completion of 18 semester hours of work, dis-
tributed as follows:
Minor in Latin-American Studies
Required: Either A or B 18 semester hours
A. 1. Spanish or Portuguese 6 semester hours
(Intermediate level or above)
2. Latin-American history 6 semester hours
3. Electives 6 semester hours
OR
B. 1. Latin-American history 6 semester hours
2. Latin-American culture, politics, geography 6 semester hours
3. Electives 6 semester hours
Selected under advisement from Latin- American-oriented courses
offered by the departments of Anthropology and Sociology,
Geography and Planning, Political Science, Economics, Art, or oth-
ers. In track A, one three-credit course must be devoted to literature,
art history, or music.
For advising, see Dr. Braidotti in the Department of Foreign
Languages.
A student should maintain a 2.5 average in area-studies courses to be
recommended for graduate work in the area-studies concentration.
U Interdisciplinary' Programs: Peace and Conflict Studies
College of Arts and Sciences
Linguistics Program
538 Main Hall
610-436-2269
Dennis L. Godfrey, Coordinator
CONTRIBUTING FACULTY
W. Stephen Croddy, Philosophy
Stephen D. Gilmour, Foreign Languages
Charles E. Grove, Foreign Languages
Jane E. Jeffrey, English
Cheri L. Micheau, English
Garrett G. Molholt, English
Frederick R. Fatten, Foreign Languages
Paul A. StoUer, Anthropology and Sociology
Andrea Varricchio, Foreign Languages
Michael S. Weiss, Communicative Disorders
The minor in linguistics is an interdisciplinary program offered by the
departments of Anthropolog}' and Sociology, Communicative Disorders,
Communication Studies, English, Foreign Languages, and Philosophy.
Its purpose is to provide the student with a foundation in the analysis of
the various aspects of language. Students wishing to enter the program
must consult the program coordinator. To receive credit for the minor in
linguistics, a student must complete 18 semester hours of course work.
The program coordinator must approve all courses.
Minor in Linguistics
1
18 semester hours
9 semester hours
9 semester hours
Required Courses
ENG/LIN 230, ENG 331 (or any other
structural grammar course), ENG 335 (or
any other historical linguistics course)
Electives
A. Choose one of the following:
ENG 330, ERE 365, GER 365, RUS 365,
SPA 365, SPP 106, or any other approved
course in phonology or phonetics
Choose one of the following:
ANT/LIN 380; COM/LIN 415; ENG 339,
340; LIN 250; PHyLIN 330, 360; or any
other approved comparable course
Choose an additional course from either
Group A or B above, or choose one of the fol-
lowing:
COM 307; ENG 430; LIN 411, 412; LIT
430, 431; PHI 190, 436; PHY 110; SPP 204;
or any other approved linguistics course
For course descriptions, see anthropology and sociology (ANT), com-
municative disorders (SPP), communication studies (COM), English
(ENG or LIT), foreign languages (LAN, LIN, ERE, GER, RUS, or
SPA), philosophy (PHI), or physics (PHY).
B.
C.
Peace and Conflict Studies Program
101 Main Hall
610-436-2754
Frederick R. Struckmeyer, Coordinator
ADVISORY COMMITTEE
Charles Bauerlein, English
Roger Bove, Economics and Finance
Robin Garrett, Nursing and Director, Women's Center
Harvey Greisman, Sociology
Tom Heston, History
Barbara Kauffman, Criminal Justice
Carol Radich, Elementary Education
Bhim Sandhu, Political Science
Stacey Schlau, Foreign Languages
Peace and conflict studies examines social conflict, conflict resolution,
and cooperation at the group, national, and international levels. This
process involves understanding factors that contribute to peace with
justice, various functions of conflict, and processes by which conflict
may be managed. The minor fosters skills for both study and action.
Though primarily an enrichment to liberal education, this minor is
relevant to a variety of careers, both traditional and emerging. The
former include law, communications, education, and government.
However, there are also many career opportunities with a wide range
of public interest and advocacy organizations.
The peace and conflict studies minor consists of 18 credit hours, some
of which also may be used to ftilfiU other degree requirements. This
minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts or
bachelor of science in liberal studies general degree program.
Minor in Peace and Conflict Studies 18 semester hours
1.
3 semester hours
4.
5.
3 semester hours
3 semester hours
3 semester hours
Required Course
SSC 200
Either of the following
SSC 201, or PSC 316
Either of the following
HISAVOS 329, or
PHI 207
Either of the following
COM 204, or
COM 216
Electives 6 semester hours
Must be from different departments or disciplines. These include
BIO 102; COM 312 and 499; CRJ 470; GEO 232; HIS 332, 352,
and 362; LIT 162 and 309; PHI 210, 482; PSC 315; PSY 254;
SOC 335, 341, and 376; SWO 225; WOS 315. Other courses,
under advisement, also may satisfy the elective requirement, as well
as substitute for the PSC 316 option in #2 above. (PHI is recom-
mended.)
COURSE DESCRIPTION
PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES
SjTnbol: SSC
# SSC 200 Introduction to Peace and Conflict
Studies (3) An interdisciplinary study of the caus-
es and functions of societal conflict and processes
of controlling conflict, witfi major attention given
to the problem of violence.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
School ot Health Sciences
Kinesiology'
Russian Studies Program
114 Main Hall
610-436-2585
Frederick Patton, Coordinator
This program is offered joindy by the faculty of arts and sciences and
the faculty ot professional studies.
Any student in the University, regardless of his or her area of special-
ization, may earn a minor specialization in Russian studies after satis-
factory completion of 18 semester hours of work, distributed as fol-
lows:
Minor in Russian Studies 18 semester hours
Required: Either A or B
A. 1. Russian language (intermediate level 6 semester hours
or above)
2. Russian histor\' and/or politics 6 semester hours
OR
B. 1. Russian history and/or politics 6 semester hours
2. Russian civihzation, culture 6 semester hours
and/or poUtics
To fixLfiU requirements for the Russian studies minor, students may
choose from the following courses: CLS 363, 364; ERU 209; GEO
304; HIS 324, 425; PSC 246, 311, 349; and RUS 201-412, 310.
C. Electives 6 semester hours
Selected under ad\isement from Russian-oriented courses offered
by the departments of Anthropology and Sociology, Art, English,
Pohtical Science, or other departments of WCU.
For advising, see Professor Patton in the Department of Foreign
Languages.
A student should maintain a 3.0 average in area-studies courses to be
recommended for graduate work in the area-studies concentration.
Women's Studies Program — See Women's Studies
Department of Kinesiology
206 Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center
610-436-2260
Emlyn Jones, Chairperson
Frances E. Clehnd, Assistant Chairperson — Health and Physical
Education - Teacher Certification
W. Craig Stevens, Assistant Chairperson — Exercise Science,
Coordinator of Graduate Studies
Barbara Lappano, Coordinator of Dance
PROFESSOR: Lepore
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Cleland, Fry, HeHon,
Koehler, Smith, Stevens, V^olkwein, Williams
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Jones, Lappano, Melton, Ottley,
Ray, Studlien-Webb, Thielz, Zetts
INSTRUCTOR: Ranck
The Department ot Kinesiolog}- offers two programs leading to the
bachelor of science degree.
1. The B.S. in HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION-
TEACHER CERTinCATION. This program prepares students
to teach health and physical education in preschool through grade 12.
2. The B.S. in HE.\LTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION-
EXERCISE SCIENCE. The purpose of the exercise science spe-
cialist (ESS) program is to prepare students for positions in the
growing and multifaceted tield of health and fitness or to gain
admission into various professional and graduate programs. In addi-
tion, students will be prepared for success in appropriate certification
e.xaminations. The primary focus ot the ESS program is for each
student to develop abilities and master knowledge and skills neces-
sary to provide leadership on the health and fitness fields as well as
be a successftil member of society.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— HEALTH AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION— TEACHER CERTIFICATION
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Kinesiology Foundations 6 semester hours
KIN 103, 285
3. Pedagog}' Core 12 semester hours
KIN 205, 300*, 302*, 402*
4. Applied Sciences 9 semester hours
KIN 241, 361, 363
10 semester hours
5 semester hours
15 semester hours
12 semester hours
5. Activity Modules
KIN 102, 201, 301, 303, 401
6. Related PDE Requirements
SMD 271, KIN 347
7. Health Education
HEA 230, 303, 304, 306*, 440*
8. Capstone Courses
KIN 489*, 490*
9. One extracurricular credit experience required for formal admis-
sion; two additional experiences required prior to student teaching.
10. GPA Requirement
Students must maintain the required GPA in accordance with the
criteria for formal admission to teacher education program. See the
"Teaching Certification Programs" section in this catalog, pages
145-147.
11. Certification granted when the Pennsylvania Department of
Education requirements are met.
Please be advised that the required course work for a degree in health
and physical education at West Chester University consists of 120
semester hours ot study.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— EXERCISE SCIENCE
SPECIALIST*
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Related Requirements 13 semester hours
BIO 259, 269; HEA 303; SMD 271
3. Exercise Science Requirements 57 semester hours
Exercise Science Core (24 semester hours)
EXS 100, 180, 251, 261, 270, 282, 375
Adaptations in Exercise Science (15 semester hours)
EXS 381, 382, 486, 489
Applications in E.xercise Science (9 semester hours)
EXS 384, 490
Electives in Exercise Science
Nine or more semester hours to complete
120 semester hours
'Students entering in the fall of 2003 or later as an exercise science specialist
should refer to the courses identified by the EXS prefix. Students who entered
prior to the fall of 2003 arc in the fitness specialist program and should choose
from the courses identified by the KIN prefix.
Kinesiolog)-
School ot Health Sciences
4. One extracurricular experience required by the completion of 60
credits; two additional experiences required prior to internship.
AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
Adapted Physical Activity
Required: KIL 362 and KIN 360, 362, and 457
Driver-Safety Education 12 semester hours
(State Certification)
West Chester offers certification in Driver and Traffic Safety
Education through the Chester County Intermediate Unit.
Completion of the following program will enable teachers to endorse
their teaching certificates within this area. Upon completion of course
requirements, the student must apply for the endorsement through
the office of the dean of the School of Education.
Required: KIN 355, KIN 356, KIN 450, and KIN 456. NOTE: This
program meets state certification requirements for driver and traffic
safety education.
Minor in Coaching 15-18 semester hours
Those students who successfully complete the program at West
Chester earn a transcript and written endorsement from the School of
Health Sciences attesting to school administrators that recipients have
attained basic preparation for coaching.
Behavioral competencies in the theoretical foundations of coaching,
skill acquisition, and management techniques also are required.
Course offerings at the undergraduate and graduate levels are avail-
able. The program is open to any person who applied for admission
through the program adviser. Dr. John Helion. Applicants should
direct inquiries to that office for a coaching minor brochure.
Minor in Dance 21 semester hours
To fulfill this program of study, all dance minor students are required
to take 21 credits in the dance curriculum. Students should follow
requirements as listed under core, technique, and performance courses.
Further requirements include the following: 1) involvement in the per-
formance area for a minimum of two years which can be accomplished
for credit as a dancer, choreographer, officer, or production assistant;
2) serving as a teaching assistant in a Level I technique class with
assignment from the dance coordinator; 3) recording all course work in
a portfolio that will be presented to the dance coordinator at the con-
clusion of the course of study. Auditions are not required for admit-
tance into the program; however, each applicant has the responsibility
of meeting with the dance coordinator each semester before registra-
tion begins. Applicants must obtain and complete a minor registration
form through the Office of the Registrar for transcript recognition.
NOTE: Students who choose to fulfill their art requirement
through the dance curriculum must do so as follows:
Core and Performance Courses
Required:
KIN 344 History of Dance (3)
Elective - choose six semester hours
KIN 215 Dance Pedagogy (3)
KIN 346 Repertory Development (2)
KIN 441 Dance Composirion (3)
KIN 442 Musical Theatre Dance and Choreography (3)
Technique Courses (choose a minimum of eight semester hours)
PEA 232 Modern Dance II (2)
PEA233JazzDanceII(2)
PEA234BaUetII(2)
PEA 235 Tap Dance II (2)
PEA 332 Modern Dance III (2)
PEA 334 Ballet III (Pointe) (2)
Performance Courses (choose a minimum of four semester hours)
KIN 345 Dance Production Workshop (2)
KIN 346 Repertory Development (2)
KIN 446 Repertory Development (2)
Facilities
The department is housed on West Chester University's South
Campus in the Russell L. Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center. The
SHSC features the following indoor facilities: four fiiU-size, multipur-
pose gymnasiums; two fiillv equipped gymnastics g}'ms; dance studio;
wrestling room; strength training facUit}'; human performance labora-
tory; climbing wall; 17 classrooms; aquatics center featuring two pools
and a 14.5-foot diving well. Outdoor facilities include multipurpose
playing fields, tennis courts, Softball fields/baseball fields, quarter-mile
track, and two outdoor ropes courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
ACTIVITY COURSES
Symbol: PEA (2) (2)
The following courses incorporate the compo-
nents of fitness with specific activities designed
to provide students with the knowledge and
participatory skills necessary to achieve and
enjoy keeping fit and well for life. These PEA
courses will meet the general education elec-
tive requirement. The first number in paren-
theses shows the number of class meetings per
week; the second number shows the semester
hours of credit. Courses with only one number
show semester hours of credit.
100 Basic Swimming (nonswimmers) (2) (2)
101 Swim for Fitness (2) (2)
106 Canoeing (2) (2)
107 Orienteering (2) (1)
110 Cycle Touring (2) (1)
♦ 1 15 Physical Conditioning (2) (2)
116 Personal Defense (2) (2)
117 Karate (2) (2)
120 Fitness Through Badminton (2) (2)
123 Fitness Through Golf (2) (2)
125 Fitness Through Gymnastics (2) (2)
128 Fitness Through Tennis (2) (2)
129 Fitness Through Basketball (2) (2)
130 Softball as a Lifetime Activity (2) (2)
131 VoUeybaU and a Fitness Lifestyle (2) (2)
132 Modem Dance I (3) (3)
133 Jazz Dance I (3) (3)
134 Ballet I (3) (3)
135 Tap Dance I (2) (2)
136 Fitness for Life (2) (2)
137 Strength Training (2) (2)
140 Aerobic Dance Fitness (2) (2)
141 Water Fitness (2) (2)
142 Yoga (2) (2)
228 Advanced Tennis (2) (2)
232 Modem Dance II (2) (2)
233 Jazz Dance II (2) (2)
234 Ballet II (2) (2)
235 Tap Dance 11 (2) (2)
236 Developing Personal Fitness Programs (1)
(2) This course, designed for nontraditional stu-
dents and students with disabilities, provides an
understanding of the scientific basis ot physical fit-
ness. The course is intended to help each student
develop a personal fitness profile and subsequent
program of physical activity that will result in
healthful living. The course will make use of prac-
tical experience and actual participation in fitness
activities. Individual programs will be emphasized.
332 Modem Dance III (2) (2)
334 BaUetlll— Pointe(2)(2)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
KINESIOLOGY
These courses are for kinesiology majors only, with
the followfing exceptions: elementary education
majors, early childhood education majors, sports
medicine majors, and special education majors.
The first number in parentheses shows the number
of class meetings per week; the second one shows
the semester hours of credit. Courses with only
one number show semester hours of credit.
EXERCISE SCIENCE
Symbol: EXS
100 Foundations of Exercise Science (3) (3) An
introductory course to the disciplines and profes-
sions within exercise science enabling students to
understand and appreciate the discipline, help guide
their career choices, and prepare them for faculty
expectations, program demands, and professional
responsibilities of an e.xercise science specialist.
180 Lifetime Fitness Concepts (3) (3) Designed to
teach students key elements involved in achieving a
healthy lifestyle. Taught from a holistic view that
total or optimal health is comprised ot a healthy
body, mind, and spirit which is accomplished
through a combination of techmques.
♦ This course may be talten again for credit.
School of Health Sciences
Kinesiology
251 Measurement and Evaluation (3) (4) Covers
the fundamentals ot measurement and evaluation
emphasizing the link between valid assessments and
decision making in exercise science, health, and
physical education. Application in each learning
domain is covered, with an emphasis on health-relat-
ed physical fimess assessment. PREREQ^ EXS 282.
261 Kinesiology (3) (4) Students will develop a
fundamental understanding of selected mechanical
and anatomical laws ot motion, actions caused by
forces, and their apphcation to the study of
mechanical structure and analysis of motion.
Students will be able to use and apply these princi-
ples to various forms of movement. PREREQi
PHY 100, BIO 259, 269.
270 Motor Development and Learning (3) (3)
An introduction to human hfespan development
within the motor domain. The content specifically
addresses the American College ot Sports
Medicine (ACSM) competency and institutional
requirements.
282 Exercise Physiology (3) (4) Introduces stu-
dents to the theorj' and apphcation of exercise sci-
ence ph>"siologTr' through lectures, class discussions,
and lab experiences.
362 Introduction to Exercise Physiology (3) (3)
Builds on the physiological concepts introduced in
KIN 241. Students will be required to apply these
physiological principles to ph\'5ical education, exer-
cise, and sport. E.\amines how the human body
fiinctions in relationship to health, fitness, and per-
formance, as well as the impact (response and
adaptation) that physical work and exercise has on
the human body.
375 Exercise Psychology (3) (3) An introduction
to psychological aspects ot exercise designed to
complement the anatomical and physiological sub-
stance of the physical fitness speciahst curriculum.
Content specifically addresses ACSM organiza-
tional evaluation and knowledge, skills, and abih-
ties that are set out in the competency' require-
ments ot the Guidelines for Exercise Testing and
prescription. PREREQ^ EXS 270, PSY 100.
CONCURRENT: EXS 251.
381 Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescrip-
tion (3) (4) Designed to prepare students to assess
health-related physical fitness using laboratory and
field tests. Test results used to prepare individual-
ized exercise prescriptions to improve cardio-vas-
cular endurance, muscular fitness, body composi-
tion, and fle.xibihtv. Skill application and practice
required. ACSM guidehnes emphasized. PRE-
REQ: EXS 251, 375.
382 Exercise Technique and Physical
Conditioning (3) (4) Builds on the exercise sci-
ence concepts in EXS 251, 261, 282, and 375.
Students will apply these principles to exercise,
sports, and physical education. Analysis of various
exercise techniques and dences, and systems
emphasizing their use and safety. Clinical ex-peri-
ence in strength and range of motion testing and
prescription. Emphasis on various exercise tech-
niques and movements and the abiUty' to apply
theories and principles to improve health, fitness,
and performance. PREREQi EXS 261. CON-
CURRENT: EXS 381.
384 Organization and Management of Adult
Fitness Programs Clinic/Seminar (3) (3)
Designed to pro\ide students with practical expe-
rience m organizing and managing physical fitness
programs for adults. PREREQ: EXS 282, 375.
486 Exercise Prescription for Special Populations
(3) (3) Designed to provide students with a trame-
work in which to develop safe exercise programs for
individuals with disabilities, chronic diseases, or
multiple conditions. CONCURRENT: EXS 489.
489 Clinical Exercise Testing and Prescription
(3) (3) Prepares students to administer exercise tests
in the clinical arena and to prepare for ACSM cer-
tification exams. Covers basic electrocardiography
and interpretation, risk factor threshold assessment,
CV exercise testing procedures and interpretation,
and CV exercise prescription - all relevant to the
cUnical adult population. Includes lectures, class
discussions, project assignments, and group/indi-
\'idual lab ex-periences. PREREQi EXS 381.
490 Internship I (6) A capstone experience meant to
tie together previous course work into a "hands-on"
application in a job setting. A minimum of 250
hours of actual work site experience may be in any
vocational avenue available including cardiac rehabili-
tation, strength and conditioning coaching, commer-
cial fimess, corporate fimess, and personal training.
PREREQ: EXS 382. CONCURRENT: EXS 489.
491 Internship II (3) (6) A supplemental experi-
ence to EXS 490 which will enable students to
explore other internship or work settings including
cardiac rehabihtation, strength and conditioning
coaching, commercial fitness, corporate fitness,
and personal training. The experience can be at
the same site as EXS 490. Hours required range
between 125 (for three credits) to 250 hours (for
six credits). PREREQ: EXS 382. CONCUR-
RENT: EXS 489 and 490.
KINESIOLOGY
Symbols: KIN; KIL indicates lab course
100 Foundations of Health, Physical Education,
and Sport (2) (2) An introduction to the discipUne
and profession of health, ph)'sical education and
sport with an emphasis on career guidance. The
historj' and tradition of the field will be traced to
pronde perspective for student choices during their
undergraduate education. Field experiences and
advice will expose students to the current opportu-
nities and methods for achie\ing professional goals.
101 Introduction to Adventure-Based Education
(3) (3) A course designed for the student to under-
stand the adventure approach to experiential educa-
tion in various enwonments. The students will
have the opportunity' to experience an adventure
curriculum including initiatives, problem-solving
activities, and low/high ropes course elements.
102 Contemporary Activities (2) (2) Provides stu-
dents with insight through practical experiences in
a variety of "alternative" physical education activi-
ties to gain an expanded awareness of the K-12
physical education curriculum and possibly become
agents for change.
103 Historical and Philosophical Foundations of
Physical Education, Fitness, and Sport (3) (3)
Helps smdents understand the past, present, and
future concems and concepts of ph\'sical education
and sport as professional fields in relationship to
sodet)'. Historical, philosophical, and sociological
approaches will be used to critically examine the roles
of phj-sical education and sport as they' have evolved
through the years and gain insight into what lies
ahead. Examines the \'aried disciplines within the
field ot kinesiolog)' and how they are interrelated so
students will understand what is necessary' to become
a health and ph\'sical education teacher. Practical
experiences will provide swdents with information
and insights into "real world" phy'sical education.
109 Wrestling (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Teaching the
basic skills of wTesthng. Tactics, rules, and com-
bative, lead-up activities for presentation to ph)'si-
cal education classes in the public schools.
110 Soccer (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Teaching the
basic skills ot soccer. Tactics, rules, and lead-up
games are presented for all school ages.
111 Basketball (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Emphasis is
placed on tlindamental skills, rules, and tactics of
the sport, as accomplished through drills and game
situations.
112 G}-mnasrics I (3) (1) Stunts, tumbUng, and
gy'mnastics-related activities for teaching all age
levels.
113 Physical Conditioning (nine weeks) (3) (.5)
Teaching acti\ities to help develop total health,
especially ph)'sical fitness. Circuits ot exercises,
weight training, running, and rope jumping are
included for all ages.
140 Aquatic Fundamentals and Emergency
Water Safety (3) (1) Review of basic aquatic skills
with advanced stroke techniques, safety, and sur-
\'iyal techniques.
141 Fundamental Movement (3) (1) Fundamen-
tal locomotor and nonlocomotor patterns and
rhythmic acti\'ities related to teaching children
creative dance.
142 Tennis (nine weeks) (3) (.5) An explanation
of the mechanics and specific skills of tennis.
Emphasis is placed on conceptual understanding,
teaching progressions, and methods.
143 Golf (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Teaching the basic
skills of golf. Includes class management, tech-
niques, rules, and safety procedures to present to
physical education classes.
144 Badminton (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Teaching
the basic skills of badminton. Class management,
techniques, rules, and safety procedures to present
to ph)'sical education classes.
185 Exercise, Play, and Development (3) (3)
Students will gain an understanding ot hfe-span
development relati\'e to cognitive affective and
psychomotor domains. Apphcation to teaching
physical education and in exercise programs will be
highlighted.
200 Elementary School Physical Education (3)
(2) Theoretical and practical approach for the
teaching ot physical acti\'ities to elementary school
children by the classroom teacher.
201 Educational Dance and Gymnastics (2) (2)
Pro\'ides students with the appropriate methods,
materials, and skills needed for demonstrrating,
teaching, and anal\'zing K— 12 dance, expressive
movement, and educational gyrrmasdcs. Will
include skill assessment, peer teaching, and lesson
plan development.
205 Curriculum and Instruction: Adapted
Physical Education (3) (3) Prepares phy-sical educa-
tion majors to have the skilk, knowledge, and atti-
tudes necessary in teaching people with disabilities:
providing them with appropriate phj'sical acri\ities,
helping them with lifetime fimess pursuits in com-
munity' and vocational settings, advocating for
appropriate phj'sical acti\ities in fimess centers and
the community' at large, and modifying the emiron-
ment to make it less restrictive. PREREQ^ KIN
103, 285.
208 Self Defense (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Teaching the
basic skills ot self defense. Fundamental skills, tactics,
and methods of presentation to school-age groups.
209 Track and Field (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Principles
ot mnning, throwing, and jumping. Modification
needed for phj'sical education classes. Selt-testing.
210 Softball/Baseball (nine weeks) (3) (.5)
Teaching the basic skills of Softball and baseball.
Fundamental skills, tactics, rules, and lead-up
games for presentation to all ages.
Kinesiology
School ot Health Sciences
211 Reld Hockey (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Basic fiin-
damentals, tactics, and rules. Modified active games.
Geared to teaching physical education classes.
212 Football (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Teaching the
basic skills ot touch (noncontact) tootbaJl. Fun-
damental skills, tactics, rules, and lead-up games
for all school ages.
213 Lacrosse (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Basic funda-
mentals, tactics, and both women's and men's
rules. Modified active games. Geared to teaching
physical education classes.
214 Volleyball (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Teaching the
basic skills of volleyball. Fundamental skills, tac-
tics, rules, and lead-up games for all school ages.
215 Dance Pedagogy (3) (3) Basic course offering
methods and materials for teaching dance technique.
241 Body Systems and Kinesiology (3) (3)
Introduces basic anatomical and physiological con-
cepts critical to understanding human movement,
exercise, physical education, and how the human
body flinctions. Students will be required to apply
these anatomical and physiological principles to
physical education, exercise, and sport.
242 Contemporaiy and Traditional Dance
Forms (3) (1) The purpose of this course is to pro-
vide the student with the appropriate methods,
materials, and skills for teaching both contempo-
rary and traditional dance forms, including folk,
square, line, and social. Emphasis will be placed on
the secondary' teaching level. PREREQ^ KIN 141.
243 Teaching Elementary Physical Education (3)
(1) Curriculum and methods of teaching K-5
physical education. PREREQ: KIN 185.
245 Lifetime Fitness Concepts (3) (3) Designed
to provide an interdisciphnary understanding of
the relationship between hfestyle, physical fitness,
health, and well-being.
► 246 Sport, Culture, and Society (3) (3) Current
theories and research in the area of sport and soci-
ety will be introduced. Focus of the course is inter-
disciphnary, incorporating sociological, psycholog-
ical, historical, anthropological, philosophical, and
economic perspectives. Topics include moral, ethi-
cal, racial, and gender issues in sport in relation to
the North American culmre.
250 Introduction to the Art of Dance (3) The pur-
pose of this course is to provide the student with an
introduction to dance as an art form as well as relate
information regarding various aspects of dance.
Topics include a brief histor\' of dance, dance styles,
dance in education, and dance production.
252 Physical Education and Individuals with
Disabilities (3) (3) To acquaint special education
majors with concepts ot appropriate physical edu-
cation for students with disabilities.
253 Adapted Aquatics, Lifetime Sport, and
Fitness (3) Course designed to increase knowledge
and skills in providing appropriate and safe adapt-
ed aquatics, sports, and fitness activities to individ-
uals with disabilities. Outside hours required.
> 254 Psychological Aspects of Physical
Disability (3) A study of the psvchological and
social implications of physical disabilities.
275 Lifeguarding (3) (2) Thcorv and techniques
relative to preventive lifeguarding, emergencies in
and around water, water rescues, search and recov-
ery operations, types and uses of equipment,
records and reports, health and sanitation, and
supervision of waterfront areas. Possibhty of
American Red Cross certification.
285 Motor Development and Learning (3) (3) An
introduction to human motor development and
motor learning. Principles and concepts related to
these areas will be examined as they relate to human
motor performance and the development of motor
skills across the lifespan. Motor development topics
including growth, maturation, fitness development,
self-concept development, gender, and age will be
explored from a dynamical systems theoretical fi"ame-
work. Motor learning topics include information
processing, schema theory, transfer of learning, reac-
tion time, and levels of movement skill learning. The
interrelationships among the topics will be addressed.
300 Curriculum and Instruction: Elementary (3)
(3) Students in this course will examine the design,
implementation, and assessment of an elementary
physical education program. PREREQ^ KIN 102,
103, 201, 285, and formal admission to teacher
education.
301 Fitness and Wellness (3) (3) Prepares preservice
teachers to address health- and skill-related compo-
nents of fitness as well as the dimensions of wellness,
through developmentally appropriate content with
the K-12 physical education program. Preservice
teachers will assess and monitor their personal fitness
development, as well as participate in, design, imple-
ment, and assess a variety of activities that focus on
one or more components of fimess and wellness.
302 Curricultun and Instruction: Middle and
Secondary Physical Education (3) (3) This third
course in pedagog>' will relate all topics to the mid-
dle and secondary physical education setting.
Intended to give students a comprehensive overview
of topics that relate to the planning, execution, and
reflection of lessons presented in the physical edu-
cation setting. PREREQ; KIN 102, 201, 205, 300,
303, and formal admission to teacher education.
303 Invasion Games (2) (2) Invasion, a concept
common to team sports, will be used to develop a
generic teaching approach. Individual, skill-related
aspects of specific sports, such as basketball, soccer,
lacrosse, and hockey, will be introduced. Students
will be exposed to specific aspects of sport and game
skill using the teaching games for understanding
approach that they subsequently will teach.
310 Preparation for Teaching Secondary
Physical Education (3) (2) Each student develops
a physical education activit)' unit and teaches one
lesson from that unit. Further opportunities for
familiarization with curricular designs in secondary
education; teaching methods/styles through obser-
vation, demonstration lessons, and actual practice
are included. PREREQi KIN 100 and 185; full
admission to teacher education program.
311 Coaching Racquet Sports (3) (3) Advanced
coaching and teaching techniques for the racquet
sports, including tennis, badminton, racquetball,
and squash.
314 Track and Field II (3) (2)
316 Basketball II (3) (2)
318 Lacrosse II (women's equipment) (3) (2)
Individual and team tactics and special situations.
Basic knowledge and skills needed.
319 Lacrosse II (men's equipment) (3) (2)
321 VoUeybaU II (3) (2)
322 Soccer II (3) (2)
323 Field Hockey II (3) (2) Individual and team
tactics and special situations. Basic knowledge and
skills needed for coaching hockey.
324 Football II (3) (2) Skills, tactics, and strate-
gies for coaching contact football.
326 WrestUng II (3) (2) PREREQ: KIN 109.
331 Water Safety Instruction (3) (2) This course
is designed to prepare individuals to become swim
instructors. Testing during the first week includes
a 500-yard swim, basic rescue procedures, and a
written community water safety test. Opportunity
exists to become an American Red Cross water
safety instructor.
344 History of Dance (3) (3) The purpose of this
course is to provide the student with a thorough
background of dance as a fiindamental form of
human expression. Topics shall include the histor-
ical roots and recent status of theatrical dance
forms, dance education, recent trends, and evalua-
tion of dance as an art form in relation to man and
his society. Physiological, sociological, and psycho-
logical imphcations; dance forms and types. Film
and other materials focus on parallel developments
in related arts.
♦ 345 Dance Production Workshop (3) (2)
Study ot the various elements ot performance and
dance production. All are integrated into a final
performance that is created and directed by the
students. Admittance is by auditions during the
fall semester.
346 Repertory Development (2) (2) This course
is designed to give the students experience learn-
ing new and/or e.\isting facult}' and guest artist
choreography in a professional rehearsal setting.
347 Software Applications and Assessment in
Health and Physical Education (3) (3) An introduc-
torv course that pro\adcs a hands-on look at uses ot
computer technology in teaching and assessment in
health and physical education. The goal is tor preser-
vice teachers to use a variety of computer-based tech-
nology and software applications (e.g., grading soft-
ware) for both professional and instructional use.
Current assessment strategies (e.g., purpose, design,
implementation o{) will also be smdied.
348 Instructional Skills for Aerobic Dance
Fitness (2) (1) The purpose ot this course is to
teach various dance exercises, dance movements,
and aerobic dance routines to music with the Intent
of promoting cardiovascular fitness and endurance,
and improving muscle tone and coordination.
PREREQ; Prior aerobic experience or PEA 140.
351 Evaluation in Health and Physical Education
(3) (3) Selecting, administering, scoring, and evalu-
ating tests of physical fitness, general motor ability,
motor educabihry, and skill and knowledge.
352 Applied Exercise Physiology (3) (3) The ap-
phcation of physiological principles to ph\'sical
education, exercise, and sport. PREREQ; BIO
259 and 269.
353 Organization and Administration of
Physical Education, Health, and Athletics (3) (3)
Principles ot program building in curricular and
extracurricular programs; risk management, orga-
nizing, administering, and supervising physical
education, health, intramural, and interscholastic
programs. PREREQ: KIN 100.
355 Accident Causation and Prevention (3) (3)
Survey of safety education and the history, philos-
ophy, and psychology of accident prevention.
356 Critical Problems in the Highway Trans-
portation System (3) (3) Techniques ot assessing
the knowledge, skill, and psycho-physical charac-
teristics of a beginning driver; the relation ot these
to the safe operation ot a motor vehicle.
360 Pathology for Adapted Physical Education
Activities (3) (2) Study of common disabhng con-
ditions with regard to anatomical and physiologi-
cal changes.
361 Kinesiology (3) (3) Basic fijndamentals of
movement, articulation, and muscular actions;
analysis of the related principles of mechanics.
PREREQ: BIO 259 and 269.
I Diverse communities course
♦ This course may be taken again tor credit.
School of Health Sciences
Kinesiology
KIL 362 Adapted Physical Activity Practicum
(1) Practicum experience working in an adapted
physical activit)' setting. Includes writing and
implementing lessons and individual goals. PRE-
REQ:KJN251 or 252.
363 Assessment and Prograimning for Adapted
Physical Activity (3) (3) For students who want to
specialize in adapted phvsical education. To improve
students' understanding of evaluation and program-
ming in the psychomotor domain for special popula-
tions. Principles of therapeutic exercise, and guide-
lines for exercise programs for those disabilities com-
morJy seen in schools and fitness centers.
364 Introduction to Exercise Physiology (3)
Builds on the physiological concepts introduced in
KIN 241. Students will be required to apply these
physiological principles to physical education,
exercise, and sport.
♦ 378 Field Experience (3) (3) Practical experi-
ence for the student who must solicit approval of
the appropriate agency, develop a proposal for the
on-site experience, and secure agreement from the
facult}' adviser.
380 Women and Sport (3) (3) An examination of
women's participation in sport from historical, cul-
tural, psychological, physical, and legal perspec-
tives; emphasis placed on women in sport in
American society' today.
400 Professional Seminar in Adapted Physical
Activity (3) Issues and current events in the pro-
fessional development of adapted physical activity
specialists.
401 NetAVall Games (2) (2) Provides future phys-
ical educators with the knowledge and skills neces-
sary to instruct, demonstrate, and assess lifetime fit-
ness activities that fall within the net/wall games
classification system. Students will be introduced to
teaching methodologies, skill production and pro-
gressions, class management techniques, and assess-
ment strategies. Addresses the net/wall games of
tennis, badminton, pickleball, and vollej-ball.
402 Physical Education Practicum (3) (3) This
course applies pedagogical content knowledge by
planning, implementing, assessing, and reflecting
upon teaching experiences in a phvsical education
setting. PREREQ: KIN 205, 300', 302, and formal
admission to teacher education.
429 Electrocardiography and Stress Testing (3)
Designed to prepare the prospective fitness
instructor in exercise testing protocols as well as
how to record, label, and calculate data with
stress-testing exercise equipment and a standard,
12-lead electrocardiogram. PREREQ: BIO 259
and 269; KIN 352; CPR certification.
430 Planning Facilities for Athletics, Physical
Education, and Recreation (3) (3) Management
and planning ot the taciliues tor athletics, school
physical education, and recreational programs, play-
fields, playgrounds, buildings, and aaxiliary struc-
tures as well as the maintenance ot these facilities.
431 Physical Fitness Assessment and Exercise
Program (3) (3) Designed to prepare students to
assess the phvsical fitness levels of healthy but seden-
tary adults and prescribe individualized exercise pro-
grams. PRERECi BIO 259 and 269; KIN 351, 352,
and 429; EKG and stress testing; CPR certification.
432 Exercise Techniques/Theory and Practice
(3) (3) Analysis ot various exercise techniques, and
devices and systems emphasizing their use and
safety. Clinical experience in strength and range of
morion (ROM) tesring and prescription. PRE-
REQ: BIO 259 and KIN 361.
434 Organization and Management of Adult
Fitness Programs Clinic/Seminar (3) (3)
Designed to provide students with practical expe-
rience in organizing and managing physical fitness
programs for adults. PREREQ. BIO 259 and 269;
KIN 352 and 361.
435 Physical Fitness Specialist Internship (12) (6)
(6) Experience working in a cardiovascular rehabili-
tation center or similar clinical setting under the
supervision of qualified personnel or practical expe-
rience in an adult phir'sical fitness center under the
supervision of qualified personnel. PREREQ^ BIO
259 and 269; KIN 352, 361, and 431.
436 Advanced Clinical Exercise Testing and
Prescription (3) An in-depth study ot how exer-
cise is used in clinical settings for diagnostic and
rehabihtative purposes with emphasis on cardiac or
pulmonar)' rehab. Also designed to help students
prepare for ACSM certification.
441 Dance Composition (3) (3) An introduction
to choreography and the creative process, students
will develop original movement phases progressing
from simple to complex solo and group forms.
442 Musical Theater Dance and Choreography
(3) (3) This course covers the appropriate methods,
materials, and skills needed tor preparing and stag-
ing dance in a musical production. Special empha-
sis will be given to the choreographic process as
well as the role of the choreographer.
445 Dance/Movement for Special Groups (2) (2)
Adaptation ot dance movement with emphasis on
methods, techniques, and activities suitable for
special groups (elderly, people with disabihties,
and other special groups).
♦ 446 Repertory Performance (2) The purpose of
this course is to otfer dance students invaluable expe-
rience that can only be gained firom performance. To
ensure maximum benefit, the objectives are thorough
studio rehearsal ot dances, thorough lighting and
staging rehe;irsals, and well-directed pertormances.
449 Learning on the Move (3) (3) A combination
of preschool and primary grade movement educa-
tion activities are included to maximize children's
overall development. Preschool, nursery, and
kindergarten ages.
450 High School Driver Education Program
Management (3) (3) A study of the total safety
program with emphasis on the teaching of safety.
Each student prepares a practice lesson.
451 History and Philosophy of Health and
Physical Education (2) (2) A study of past and pre-
sent concepts of phvsical education; philosophy and
principles ot modem physical education programs.
452 Principles of Coaching (2) (2) Principles and
methods of coaching sports in the school program.
453 Motor Learning (3) (3) A study of the theo-
ries ot learning in relation to the acquisition of
motor skills.
456 Introduction to the Driving Tasks (3) (3) An
advanced course to prepare students to teach in-
car driver education in the secondary' schools.
458 Physical Disabilities of Childhood (2) (2)
Common orthopedic and neurological disabilities
of childhood, especially chronic deviations.
Emphasis is on understanding the medical aspects
and problems of rehabilitation.
465 Mechanical Analysis of Motor Skills (3) A
problem-solving approach to skill analysis using
qualitative and quantitative video and cinemato-
graphic analysis as well as elementary force-time
and accelerometry techniques. Usefiil for teachers,
trainers, coaches, and exercise professionals.
470 Leadership in Recreational Outdoor
Pursuits (3) (3) This course is designed to provide
instruction that would help persons desiring a
career in recreational outdoor pursuits education, or
develop an outdoor education or physical education
program using activities, processes, and educational
methodolog)' in a sate and meaningtiil manner.
473 Independent Study and Special Projects (1-3)
Provide an opportunity for selected students to pur-
sue areas of special interest and talent or to take
advantage of special conferences or seminars. PRE-
REQ^ Permission of department chairperson.
475 Mental Training in Sport (3) (3) Techniques
of mental training for sport and physical activity,
including relaxation training, concentration skills,
breathing regulation, positive imagery, autogenic
training, and meditation.
489 Student Teaching (6) Health and physical
education teaching situations in elementary, junior,
and senior high schools under qualified cooperating
teachers and college supervisors. PREREQ^ HEA
304, 306, and 440; KIN 350; extracurricular credits
documentation; valid clearances and TB test; for-
mal admission to teacher education.
490 Student Teaching (6) Observation and partic-
ipation in health and physical education teaching
situations in elementary, junior, and senior high
schools under qualified cooperating teachers and
college supervisors. PREREQ^ HEA 306, 440;
KIN 402; three extracurricular credits documenta-
tion; vahd clearances and TB test; formal admis-
sion to teacher education.
492 Student Teaching Seminar (0) Deals with the
professional preparation of the health and physical
education teacher certification student. It is offered
concurrendy with the student teaching experience
and is designed to assist the student in the public
school setting. An examination ot current problems
and issues in the profession and in the schools leads
to discussion of problem prevention and solution.
Lectures on job procurement skills are included.
♦ 498 Physical Educaton Workshop (1-3)
♦ This course ma\' be taken again for credit.
Liberal Sudies
College of Arts and Sciences
Liberal Studies Program
B.A. Liberal Studies; B.S. Liberal Studies - Science and
Mathematics
144 Main Hall
610-436-1096
Alice Speh, Director
B.S. Liberal Studies - Professional Studies
143 E.O. Bull Center
610-436-3486
Bruce Norris, Director
The liberal studies program offers student-designed, interdisciplinary
majors that provide an alternative to traditional baccalaureate degrees
in specific academic areas. The liberal studies majors are intended to
broaden the student's intellectual understanding and professional skills
through a well-rounded, yet flexible degree program that combines
courses in the areas of science, humanities, behavioral science, and the
arts. The result is a curriculum that is suited to the individual student's
personal academic and career goals.
After completing at least 32 semester hours, and after achieving a
minimum Grade Point Average of 2.0, the student may request an
interview with the director of liberal studies for the purpose of plan-
ning a curriculum in one of the available tracks. Students may enter
the hberal studies program from other majors of the University, or as
transfers from other colleges, by the same process and by meeting the
same requirements. It is University policy that no student, whether
presendy enrolled at West Chester or attempting to be admitted from
another university, is permitted to enroll in the liberal studies program
after earning 80 semester hours.
Three separate baccalaureate programs are available. The bachelor of
arts in liberal studies is designed for students interested in a well-
rounded education emphasizing courses in the Hberal arts. The bache-
lor of science in liberal studies - science and mathematics allows
students to pursue courses in four different scientific disciplines, while
also incorporating liberal arts courses to create a broad curriculum.
The bachelor of science in liberal studies - professional studies pro-
vides students the capability to design a career-centered curriculum
that may not be available at the University. The course ot study
includes the student's selection of two academic minors, one of which
must be a program offered by one of the four professional schools
(Business and Public Affairs, Education, Health Sciences, or Music).
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LIBERAL STUDIES —ARTS
AND SCIENCES TRACK
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Foreign language (Students must 0-12 semester hours
show competencv through the 202 level.)
3. Liberal studies breadth requirements 24 semester hours
(natural and computer sciences, behavioral
and social sciences, humanities and
communications, and the arts)
4. Liberal studies electives of the student's 30 semester hours
choice at the 300 and 400 level
5. At least one minor offered by the College of
Arts and Sciences, the School of Music, or by
the departments of Economics, Geography, or
PoUtical Science
6. Electives to total 120 semester hours.
Students in the bachelor of arts track have the option of using up to
six semester hours of their liberal electives as senior thesis (LST 490)
credits. Interested students should consult with the program director
well before earning 80 semester hours about procedures for pursuing
the senior thesis.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN LIBERAL STUDIES —
SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS TRACK
1.
2.
48 semester hours
15 semester hours
32 semester hours
20 semester hours
General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39
Liberal studies breadth requirements
(behavioral and social sciences, humanities and
communications, and the arts)
3. Science and mathematics cognate
requirements. Seven to nine semester hours in
any four of the following areas: biology (BIO
110 or above), chemistry (CHE 103 and CRL
103 or above), geology/astronomy (above
ESS 111), mathematics or computer science
(MAT 110 or above, or CSC 110 or above),
and physics (PHY 130 or above)
4. Liberal studies electives of the
student's choice at the 300 and 400 level
5. At least one minor selected from the departments
of Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Geology and
Astronomy, Mathematics, or Physics
6. Electives to total 120 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN LIBERAL STUDIES —
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES TRACK
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39
2. Two minors:
Minor A
Minor B
3. Professional Studies Breadth Courses
4. Professional Studies Electives
Student's choice at the 300 level or higher
5. Electives to total 120 semester hours
48 semester hours
18 semester hours
18 semester hours
15 semester hours
30 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTION
LIBERAL STUDIES
Symbol: LSP
490 Senior Thesis (3-6) Directed research in an
interdisciplinary subject of the arts and sciences.
For students in the bachelor of arts and bachelor
of science tracks. PREREQ^ Permission of the
director of liberal studies.
School ot Education
LiteraCT'
Department of Literacy
105B Recitation HaU
610-436-2877
Sharon B. Kletzien, Chairperson
Dena Beeghly, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Darigan, Gill, Kletzien
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Beeghly, Caroff, Szabo
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Greenwood, Mayor, Nolan,
Yaworski
The Department of Literaq' offers literacy courses required in the
early childhood, elementary education, and special education pro-
grams. Students desiring a more thorough background in reading
instruction may choose a reading minor. The department also offers
courses in college reading and study skills for any University student.
AH field placements for courses are arranged in conjunction with the
Department of Early Childhood and Special Education or the
Department of Elementary Education. Students are not to solicit
placements. While student needs are considered in assigning place-
ments, no particular placement can be guaranteed. West Chester
University does not place students at religiously affiliated schools
when public school placements are available. Transportation to and
from field placements is the responsibUit)' of the individual student.
Minor in Reading 21 semester hours
Students who wish to minor in reading must have completed 30 credits
and must have earned the minimum cumulative GPA required for their
earned credits: 2.65 for students with 30-47 credits, and 2.80 for stu-
dents with 48 or more credits. Smdents admitted to the minor must
maintain the mirumum cumulative GPA required of them at admission
to the minor in order to continue. Students who fall below the mini-
mum cumulative GPA required are permitted to retake, in accordance
with Universit)' polic)', course work in the minor that contributed to
their fall below the required minimum cumulative GPA. Such students
will not be permitted to take additional course work in the minor until
thev achieve the required minimum cumulative GPA.
1. Required courses 18 semester hours
EDR/ECE 309 or EDR/EDE 311+, EDR/ECE 325+ or
EDR/EDE 312+, EDR 321+, EDR 420, EDR 422
2. Electives 3 semester hours
Three semester hours of electives under advisement.
+ Courses requiring prerequisites - check catalog course description below.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
LITERACY
Symbol: EDR
010 Developmental Reading and Study Skills (1)
A course designed to improve vocabulary' and
study skills. Major attention is given to vocabulary
expansion, textbook reading, test taking, and
methods of organizing information.
020 Intermediate Level Reading (3) The interme-
diate level workshop will emphasize the develop-
ment and improvement of college-level reading
competencies. The course is designed to help the
students improve their reading comprehension as
well as effective study techniques and strategies.
Additionally, vocabular)- development, flexible
reading rate, and critical reading will be taught in
this course.
100 College Reading and Study Skills (3) A course
to develop reading and study skills such as compre-
hension, vocabulary, speed, remembering, concen-
tration, taking notes, mastering a text assignment,
and preparing for and taking examinations.
110 Developing Learning Skills (1) A course that
reviews and develops specialized learning skills such
as concentrating when studying, reading a textbook
assignment, taking notes, and preparing for and
taking examinations. Students who wish to review
their study habits or who have special needs in the
area ot study skills should enroll in this course.
A 302 Teaching the Language Arts (3) Study of
teaching language skills in the elementary schools;
listening, speaking, and writing. PREREQ^ EDE
251. Crosslisted as EDE 302.
▲ 309 Introduction to Language Arts (3) The
areas of listening, speaking, and writing are studied
in depth. lOiowledge, teaching, and evaluative tech-
niques are addressed. Introduction to the reading
process and the relationship of language to reading
also will be studied. Crosslisted as ECE 309.
A ** 311 Introduction to Reading Instruction (3)
An exploraton,' course investigating the reading
process, language and learning theories, and their
relation to reading. Historical scope and various
programs of reading are studied and evaluated.
Crosslisted as EDE 311. PREREQi EDE 251.
A * 312 Reading Instruction and Practicum (6)
Focus is on mastery of the teaching of develop-
mental reading, early reading, and prereading expe-
riences. The students learn how to plan, teach, and
evaluate reading/thinking skills related to the in-
struction of reading in the elementar)' classroom.
Students work in the public schools with small and
large reading groups teaching various aspects ot the
reading lesson. Students also learn how to evaluate
pupil performance and remediate minor reading
problems. CrossUsted as EDE 312. PREREQ:
EDE 200 and EDR/EDE 311.
313 Reading Instruction and Practicum in the
Secondary Schools (6) Focus is on the master)' of
teaching reading in the middle and secondary
schools. Students will study the role of the teacher
as well as learn how to sequence both develop-
mental and content area readings.
A 315 Developmental Reading for the
Handicapped Child (3) The focus of this course is
the study of the reading process and its relation to
language development, motivation and methodol-
ogy for developmental reading skills, reading pro-
grams and materials, problems in dealing with
handicapped children, and practicum in reading
instruction. Special education majors only.
Crosslisted as EDE 315.
** 321 Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading
Problems (3) Identifying the nature and causes of
reading disabilities; experience in helping a child
with reading problems. PREREQ: EDR/EDE
311 or permission of instructor.
323 Reading for the Handicapped: Diagnosis
and Remediation (3) Reading materials, pro-
grams, evaluations, and teaching strategies for the
mentally or physically handicapped are examined
and discussed. Students develop and utilize read-
ing materials in a classroom situation. PREREQ^
Permission of instructor. Special education majors
and reading minors only.
A * 325 Teaching Reading and Field Experience
(Primaiy Grades) (6) The teaching of reading and
its mastery is the focus ot this course. Students apply
knowledge of theories and practices in supervised
field placements in schools with children 5-8 years of
age. Tutoring of individual children and small groups
is integrated with planning and evaluation of lessons
and activities as well as remediation. Crosslisted as
ECE 325. PREREQ: EDR/ECE 309.
A 341 Inclusion and Reading in the Content Area
(3) The course is co-taught by special education and
literacy faculty. It will help prepare secondary educa-
tion and special education to teach all students effec-
tively, Including those with disabilities, in general-
education, content-specific settings. Practical guide-
lines, content literary strategies, and adaptations will
be emphasized to prepare pre-educators to meet the
academic, social, and affective needs of all students
in the inclusive secondarv classroom. Crosslisted as
EDA 341. PREREQ: EDF 100 and EDP 250.
420 Reading in the Content Areas (3) Under-
standing the reading process and the need for
reading instruction at the middle and secondary
school levels. Specific skill development, reading
in the content areas, readability, and evaluation.
♦ ' 422 Seminar in Reading (3) Intensive study
of some current, major developments in reading
related to elementary education. Topics announced
in advance. PREREQ; Permission of instructor.
A * ^ 423 Seminar in Communications Skills
(3) Intensive study of some current, major devel-
opments in communications skills (language arts)
related to elementary education. Topics announced
in advance. Crosslisted as EDE 423. PREREQ;
Permission of instructor.
A * 458 Language Arts/Reading for the Unique
Child (3) An open-ended course to help students
understand and plan instructional programs for the
linguistically different, the gifted, and those with
special needs. The students will examine various
strategies, techniques, management, and viable
programs for teaching these children language arts
and reading. Crosslisted as EDE 458.
A Crosslisted course. Students completing the
EDR course may not take the ECE/EDE/EDA
course for credit.
* Open to early childhood and elementary
education majors or reading minors
** Open to elementary education and special
education majors and reading minors
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Management
School of Business and Public Affairs
Department of Management
312B Anderson Hall
610-436-2304
Charles McGee, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Chu, Snow, Thomas
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Callanan, Leach, McGee,
Selvanathan
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Rodriguez
The primary objective of the Department of Management is to pro-
vide students \vixh the skills required to manage business and public
organizations effectively.
To accomplish this objective, the faculty of the Department of
Management will strive
(1) to inculcate in the student the abilit\' to reason analytically and
critically';
(2) to make the student sensitive to the human relations aspect of
managing others;
(3) to increase the student's awareness of the concepts and terms used
in current managerial practice;
(4) to increase the student's awareness ot the international dimension
of business;
(5) to increase the student's skills in written and verbal communication;
(6) to foster the student's ability to sjTithesize the knowledge acquired
firom various disciplines in order to focus on managerial problems.
The Department of Management offers a B.S. in business manage-
ment, which focuses on functions required to make a group of people
work effectively together as a unit. These functions include planning,
organizing, staffing, directing, and controlling.
All freshmen and those transfer students who have not completed
the required courses will be admitted to the pre-business program.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE - BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
(includes COM 101 or 208 or 216 or 230, CSC
110 or 115 or 141, ECO 111*, MAT 105* or 107*
or 110* or 161*, PHI 101 or 150 or 180 and
nine semester hours of free electives)
3 semester hours
18 semester hours
9 semester hours
3 semester hours
3 semester hours
2. Business Core 36 semester hours
ACC 201*, 202*; BLA 201*; ECO 112*, 251*,
252*; HN 325*; AL^T 108; MGT 200*, 341*,
499*; and MKT 325*
3. Other course required
ENG 368*
4. Management Major Courses
MGT 313*, 321*, 431*, 441*, and 498*;
MIS 300*
5. Business Electives
6. Restricted Electives
Three semester hours of any 100-level or above
nonbusiness course
7. Free Electives
A minimum of 15 credits in 300-^00-le-uel MGT courses and a minimum
30 credits in business courses must be completed at WCU.
Minor in International Business 24 semester hours
1. Required Courses 15 semester hours
Three courses from the Department of Foreign
Languages (two at the 200 level and one more
advanced foreign language)
2. Electives 9 semester hours
Students mav choose three courses from the list
approved bv the department. See ad\'iser for
course selection.
Only smdents accepted into the accounting, economics, finance, man-
agement, and marketing majors or departmental minors may register
for 300-level business classes.
All pre-business students (internal and external transfers) may apply for
the major or minor after completion of 45 credits with a minimum over-
all GPA of 2.50. In addition, thev must have completed the following
courses with a C or better: ACC 201; ECO 111, 112, and 251; \L\T
105 (or higher); and MGT 200; and passed ^L\T 108. To progress in
the management major program, smdents must maintain a 2.50 overall
GPA. To graduate, students must have a 2.50 overall GPA and a 2.50
GPA in their major course work (as defined by each program).
'A minimum grade of C must be attained in each of these courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MANAGEMENT
Symbol: MGT
100 Introduction to Business (3) Suri-ey of the
structure and ftinction of the American business
sj-stem. Topics covered include forms of business
organization, fiindamentals ot management, fun-
damentals of marketing, basic accounting princi-
ples and practices, elements of finance, money and
banking, business and government, and careers in
business. Open to nonbusiness majors.
200 Principles of Management (3) Introduction
to the principles and functions of management.
Examines the management process, organizational
theory', planning, decision making, motivation,
and leadership in supervisory contexts. PREREQ^
ECO 111.
313 Business and Society (3) An analysis of the
social, political, legal, ennronmental, and ethical
problems faced by business firms. PREREQi
MGT 200.
321 Organization Theoiy and Behavior (3) Study
of the theoretical foundations of organization and
management. The system of roles and fiinctional
relationships. Practical application of the theory
through case analysis. PREREQi MGT 200. '
333 Labor Relations (3) Rise of the American
labor movement. Labor legislation. Collective bar-
gaining arrangements. Procedures in settling labor
disputes. Organized labor's policies and practices.
PREREQ: MGT 200.
341 Production and Operations \Ianagement
(3) Methods analysis, work measurement, and
wage incentives. Production process and sj'stem
design. Plant location, layout, sales forecasting,
inventorv, production, and quality control, to
include statistical aspects of tolerances, acceptance
sampling, development of control charts, PERT,
and cost factors. PREREQ: CSC 110 or 141;
ECO 252; and MGT 200 or 300.
431 Human Resource Adininistration (3) Study
of a weU-planned, properly executed, and efficient-
ly evaluated approach to manpower recruitment,
screening, usage, and development. Case analv-sis
and/or experiential exercises to illustrate the con-
cepts used. PREREQ: MGT 200 or permission of
instructor.
441 Introduction to Management Science (3)
Business problems in production, inventor\'.
finance, marketing, and transportation translated
into application of scientific methods, techmques,
and tools to provide those in control of the system
with optimum solutions. PREREQ: MGT 341 or
permission of instructor.
451 SystemsManagement(3) Application of sys-
tems theorv and principles to the operation of con-
temporan- organizations with emphasis on nonquan-
titative methods of analpis. PREREQ: MGT 321.
471 Entrepreneurship (3) Organization of a busi-
ness venture with emphasis on risk, requirements,
roles, and rewards. Students develop a simulated
venture, with oral and written report. PREREQ:
ACC 201 and 202, HN 325, MGT 200, MKT
325, or permission of instructor.
♦ 483 Management Internship (3) The manage-
ment internship is designed to enhance the studen-
t's educational experience by pro\'iding a substan-
tive work experience in the business world. PRE-
REQ: Internship program coordinator's approval.
486 Management Internship (6) The management
internship is designed to enhance the smdents edu-
cational experience by pro\iding a substantive work
experience in the business world. PREREQ:
Internship program coordinator's approval.
487 Special Topics in Management (3) This
course deals with current concepts in management
not covered by existing courses. The course con-
tent is determined at the beginning of each semes-
ter. PREREQ: MGT 200.
♦ 488 Independent Studies in Management (1-3)
Special research projects, reports, and readings in
management. Open to seniors only. PREREQ:
Instructor's approval.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
School of Business and Public Affairs
Marketing
498 Senior Seminar in Management (3) Students
are engaged in reading and research on current
developments in management. Research project is
required to help expand and deepen the horizons
of the participants. PREREQ;^ Senior standing,
MGT 200. Seniors eligible for graduation at the
end of the coming semester take priority for regis-
tration during the preregistration period.
499 Business Policy and Strategy (3) A capstone
course for all business majors, requiring students
to integrate and apply multidisciplinary knowledge
and skills in actively formulating improved busi-
ness strategies and plans. Case method predomi-
nates. Written reports. PREREQ: BLA 201, RN
325, MGT 200, and MKT 325.
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
Symbol: MIS
300 Introduction to Management Information
Systems (3) A comprehensive introduction to the
role of information systems in an organizational envi-
ronment. This course focuses on transforming manu-
al and automated data into useftJ information for
managerial decision making. PREREQ^ MGT 200.
451 Systems Analysis and Design (3) The course
develops the necessar\' skills for analysis of organi-
zational environments in light of information sys-
tem needs, as well as the skill to design such sys-
tems. PREREQ: MIS 300.
453 Decision Support Systems (3) This course is
an advanced presentation of the role of manage-
ment information systems in the special support
needs of managers for aiding decision making.
PREREQ; MGT 441, MIS 300 and 451.
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Symbol; INB
300 Introduction to International Business (3)
Analysis of international business transactions in
large and small businesses, multinational and
domestic. Functional emphasis on multinational
environment, managerial processes, and business
strategies. PREREQ^MGT 200.
469 International Management Seminar (3)
Study of issues confronting executives as they plan,
organize, staff, and control a multinational organi-
zation. Lectures, case analyses, and outside pro-
jects with local firms engaged in, or entering,
international business will be utilized. PREREQ;
INB 300 and MGT 200.
Department of Marketing
312B Anderson HaU
610-436-2304
John Redington, Chairperson
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Christ, Gault, Redington,
Tomkowicz
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Arsenault, Phillips
The primary focus of the Department of Marketing is to prepare stu-
dents to compete successfully in today's fast-paced, high-tech business
environment.
To accomplish this, the faculty of the Department of Marketing will
emphasize
(1) understanding the strategies related to the design, promotion, pric-
ing, and distribution of goods and services that meet customer needs;
(2) teaching methods that allow students to assume the role of a mar-
keting decision maker to develop an appreciation of the challenges
that face today's marketers;
(3) exposing students to the latest technological developments that
are changing the way marketing is undertaken;
(4) both individual and teamwork approaches to prepare students for
the realities of the work environment;
(5) creating an understanding of the legal and ethical framework of
marketing, competition, and other business activity.
All freshmen and those transfer students who have not completed
the required courses will be admitted to the pre-business program.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE - MARKETING
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
(Includes COM 101 or 208 or 216 or 230;
CSC 110 or 115 or 141; ECO 111'; MAT 105*
or 107* or 108* or 110* or 161*; PHI 101 or 150
or 180)
2. Business Core 33 semester hours
ACC 201*, 202*; BLA 201*; ECO 112*, 251*,
and 252; FIN 325; MGT 200*, 341, 499*;
MKT 325*
3. Other courses required 6 semester hours
GEO 325
MAT 108 or 161 (if either of these NLA.T courses
are completed with a grade of C or better to
fiilfill general requirements, then a free elective
may be substituted)
4. Major Concentration Courses 18 semester hours
MKT 330*, 340*, 360*, 425*, 440*, and one
additional 300-level or above MKT* course
5. Business Electives 6 semester hours
300-level or above courses in ACC, BLA, ECO,
HN, INB, MGT, MIS, MKT, ENG 368 or GEO 425
6. Student Electives 9 semester hours
A minimum of 15 credits in 300-400 level MKT courses and a minimum
of 30 credits in business courses must be completed at WCU.
Only students accepted into the accounting, economics, finance, man-
agement, and marketing majors or minors may register for 300-level
business classes.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
LAW
Symbol: BLA
201 The Legal Environment of Business (3)
Examines the framework of the American legal
system and its impact on the environment in
which business operates. Sources of law, including
constitutional, statutory, administrative, and com-
mon law principles, that define the relationships
between government and business; buyers and sell-
ers of goods and services; and employers and
employees are discussed.
302 Special Subjects in Business Law (3) In-depth
coverage ot the legal topics of contracts and sales. It
is intended as a partial preparation for the uniform
Certified Public Accountant (CPA) examination
and thus provides students with an adequate knowl-
edge of the most widely examined subjects. Provides
marketing students with a detailed knowledge of the
legal topics that they will use in their careers and
covers basic legal topics highly useful to manage-
ment majors and all persons engaged in business.
♦ 303 Legal Problems in Business (3) Special
legal problems in business will be considered at
length, such as consumer credit regulation, insur-
ance, personal law relating to decedent's estates
and Social Security, preparation for the CPA
examination, etc. This course may be taken more
than once (but not more than three times) for
credit if the subject matter of the course is not
duplicated.
MARKETING
Symbol: MKT
200 Survey of Marketing (3) Examines the impact
of marketing systems in producing a standard ot
living in local and global economies. Topics
include the structure and fiinctions of marketing
within an organization, the role of customers, and
the competitive, political/legal/regulatory, econom-
ic, social-cultural, and technological environments
in which these systems operate. May not be taken
for credit after completion of any other marketing
course. Open to nonbusiness majors.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Mathematics
College ot Arts and Sciences
325 Marketing Management (3) Study of the
processes involved in planning and managing mar-
keting activities in organizations. Emphasis on
case studies and applications of the decision-mak-
ing process. PREREQ: ACC 201, BLA 201,
CSC 110 or equivalent, ECO 112 and 251, MAT
105 or 107 or 108 or 161.
330 (formerly 303) Consumer Behavior (3)
Foundations of consumer behavior. Market struc-
ture and consumer behavior, purchase strategy and
tactics, determinants and patterns of consumer
behavior. An integrated theorv of consumer
behavior is sought", PREREQi MKT 200 or 325
and permission of instructor.
340 (formerly 321) Personal Selling (3) Analysis
of the selling process applied to sales calls and
sales strategies, communication, persuasion, moti-
vation, ethics, interpersonal relationships, negotia-
tions, and professionalism. Emphasis on case stud-
ies. PREREQi MKT 200 or 325 and permission
of instructor.
350 (formerly 322) Advertising and Sales
Promotion (3) A study of advertising and sales
promotion management with a major focus on
organization, media, strategy, campaigns, legal
control, consumer behavior, budgeting, and the
coordination of these activities with overall mar-
keting programs. PREREQ: MKT 200 or 325
and permission of instructor.
360 (formerly 408) Marketing Research (3)
Systematic definition ot marketing problems,
strategies for data collection, model building, and
interpretation of results to improve marketing deci-
sion making and control. PREREQi MKT 325.
370 Marketing and Technology (3) The purpose
of this course is to tamiliarize students with the
role technology now plays in the field of marketing.
VLrtuaUy ever\' area of marketing from identifying
customers to designing products to promotion to
delivery is now affected by technolog)-. Moreover,
marketing managers must not only be aware and
understand these technological factors, but they
must also know how to use them to gain competi-
tive advantage. PREREQi MKT 200 or 325.
404 International Marketing (3) Historical and
theoretical background ot foreign trade, world
marketing environment and world market pat-
terns, marketing organization in its international
setting, and international marketing management.
PREREQ: MKT 325.
406 (formerly 320) Managing Sales (3) Source,
technique, and theories applied to problems encoun-
tered in managing a sales force in the areas of
administration, policy, organizational structure, per-
sonnel selection and evaluation, sales training, com-
pensation, forecasting, establishing territories and
quotas, and sales analysis. Emphasis on case studies.
PREREQi MKT 340 or permission of instrurtor.
410 Independent Studies in Marketing (1-3)
Special research projects, reports, and readings in
marketing. Open to seniors only. PREREQi
Permission of instructor.
425 Marketing Strategy and Planning (3)
Application of the skills required for effective man-
agerial decision making and communication using a
team approach. Emphasis on case studies, computer
simulations, and the development of a marketing
plan; oral and written presentation of results. PRE-
REQi MKT 325, 360, and senior standing.
440 (formerly 400) Senior Seminar in Marketing
(3) Team research projects that require an in-
depth investigation of a current topic m market-
ing, and the preparation and presentation of an
oral and written professional report. PREREQi
Senior standing and 12 credits in marketing,
including MKT 325 and 360.
♦ 460 (formerly 450) Marketing Internship (3)
The marketing internship is designed to enhance
the student's educational experience by providing a
substantive work experience in the business world.
PREREQi Permission of instructor and depart-
ment chair.
461 (formerly 451) Marketing Internship (6) The
marketing internship is designed to enhance the
student's educational experience by providing a
substantive work experience in the business world.
PREREQi Permission of instructor and depart-
ment chair.
490 Special Topics in Marketing (3) Special top-
ics in marketing not covered under existing, regu-
larly offered courses. PREREQi MKT 325 and
permission of instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Mathematics
323 C Andereon Hall
610-436-2440
Richard Branton, Chairperson
Frank Milliman, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Branton, Grosshans, Kerrigan, Szymanski, Tan
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Gallitano, Glidden, Gupta,
Johnston, Milliman, Moser, Rieger, Wolfson
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Gallop, Jackson, Marano, Nitica,
Smith, Zimmer
INSTRUCTORS: GysUng, Matus
The Department of Mathematics offers a program leading to the
bachelor of arts degree in mathematics and a program leading to the
bachelor of science in education.
1. The B.A. in MATHENL\TICS enables each student to receive
the basic preparation for the career of his/her choice, such as col-
lege teaching, research, and service in industry' and government. In
all cases, the student receives a sound preparation for graduate
study in the field of mathematics.
2. TheB.S. in EDUCATION - MATHEMATICS focuses on a
heavy concentration in mathematics while the student earns state
certification to teach mathematics on the middle, junior high, or
senior high school levels.
Majors in these areas should consult the department handbook and
review with their advisers current requirements listed on the guidance
record sheets.
BACHELOR OF ARTS - MATHEMATICS
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
MAT 211 (three semester hours) satisfies
general education mathematics requirement.
CSC 141 and PHY 170 (six semester hours)
satisfy the general education science requirement.
2. Foreign Language Requirement 0-6 semester hours
At the 200 level
3. Related Requirements 1 1 semester hours
CSC 141 and PHY 170-180
(CSC 141 and three semester horn's of PIT\' 170
satisfy the general education science distributive
requirement.)
4. Major Requirements 23 semester hours
MAT 161, 162, 200, 211, 261, 411, 421, and 441
5. Electives in Mathematics 21 semester hours
Selected from upper-di\ision mathematics courses,
one in each of the areas of analysis, and applied
mathematics
Requirement of a Minor
Students in the B.A. degree program are required to complete either a
minor or, with the approval of the student's adviser and the
Department of Mathematics chairperson, an additional nine credit
hours of upper-division mathematics. The discipline chosen for the
minor will reflect a student's post-baccalaureate goals. The depart-
ment recommends completing a minor in the natiual sciences (astron-
omy, biology, chemistry, earth sciences, geolog)', and ph>'sics), com-
puter science, economics, or finance, but other minors may be selected
with the approval of the student's adviser and the mathematics chair-
person. When departmental approvals are necessar)', documentation
will be kept in the student's ad\ising folder.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION -
MATHEMATICS
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
MAT 211 (three semester hours) satisfies the
genera] education mathematics requirement.
CSC 141 and PHY 170 (sbc semester hours)
satisfy the general education science requirement.
College of Arts and Sciences
Mathematics
PHY 180 (three semester hours) satisfy the
general education student electives.
2. Mathematics Requirements 40 semester hours
MAT 161, 162, 200, 211, 231, 261, 350
(credited to professional education), 354, 401,
411,414, 421, and 441
3. Professional Education Requirements 27 semester hours
EDA/EDR 341; EDF 100; EDP 250 and 351;
EDS 306 and 411-412
4. Related Requirements 11 semester hours
CSC 141 and PHY 170-180
5. Electives in Mathematics 6 semester hours
Selected from upper-division mathematics courses; at least one
course in both algebra and analysis
All math major courses must be passed with C- or better.
Minor in Mathematics* 18 semester hours
Baccalaureate students may receive transcript recognition for a minor
area of study in' mathematics by completing four required courses and
two electives selected from the approved list.
1. Required Courses 12 semester hours
MAT161, 162, 211, and261
2. Approved Electives 6 semester hours
Any two courses in mathematics with course
numbers above 211 with the exception of those
courses with a primary focus on teacher training
or those courses restricted to students majoring in
elementar\' education
Minor in Elementary School 18 semester hours
Mathematics (K-8)*
Required Courses
MAT 102, 121, 212, 233, 352, and CSC 350
Advanced Placement Policy
Course credit for success on AP exams in mathematics is awarded as
follows:
APTest Score on AP Test
3 4 5
Calculus AB
Calculus BC
Statistics
MAT 108
MAT 161
MAT 121
MAT 161
MAT 162
MAT 121
MAT 161
MAT 162
MAT 121
If placed in a calculus class because of an SAT score, the student must
stiU pass a departmental examination administered during the fu^st day
of classes before being allowed to continue.
*In the above minors, a student must earn a minimum grade of C- in each
course and have an average of at least 2.0 over all the courses taken in the minor.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MATHEMATICS
Symbol: MAT
000 Fundamentals of Algebra (3) This course
aims at strengthening basic algebraic skills. A stu-
dent (other than an early childhood, elementary,
and special education major) with a math SAT
score greater than or equal to 440 and less than
480 must successftilly complete this course with a
grade of at least C- before enrolling in a 100-level
mathematics course. Credits earned in 000-level
courses do not count toward the 120 hours of
credit needed for graduation.
001 Fundamental Skills in Arithmetic (3) A
course designed to strengthen basic arithmetic
skills and to introduce the elements of algebra.
Students, in general, are placed in MAT 001 if
their math SAT is less than 440. A student (other
than an early childhood, elementary, or special
education major) must complete this course and
the subsequent course MAT 000 with a grade of
C- before enrolling in a 100-level mathematics
course. An early childhood, elementary, or special
education major with a math SAT score less than
480 must complete this course with a grade of at
least C- before enrolling in MAT 101.
101 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I (3)
Sets; fiinctions; logic; development of whole num-
bers, integers, and rationals (including ratios, pro-
portions, and percents); number theory; problem
solving. For early childhood, elementary educa-
tion, and special education majors only.
102 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers II (3)
Development of real numbers; geometry; measure-
ment; probability and statistics; problem solving.
For elementary education and special education
majors only. PREREQ^MAT 101.
103 Introduction to Mathematics (3) This course is
a liberal arts introduction to the nature of mathemat-
ics. Topics are chosen from among logic, graph the-
orj', number theory, symmetry (group theory), prob-
ability, statistics, infinite sets, geometry, game theo-
r\', and linear programming. These topics are inde-
pendent of each other and have as prerequisite the
ability to read, reason, and follow a logical argument.
105 College Algebra and Trigonometry (3) A
unified course in algebra and trigonometry. PRE-
REQ; High school algebra.
107 College Algebra (3) A thorough treatment of
college algebra. Topics covered include the study
of polynomial, exponential, and logarithmic fiinc-
tions, plus systems of linear equations.
108 Brief Calculus (3) An intuitive approach to
the calculus of one and several variables with
emphasis on conceptual understanding and practi-
cal appUcation. PREREQ^MAT 107.
110 Precalculus (3) A preparation for MAT 161,
Calculus 1. 1 opics include pol\Tiomial and rational
fiinctions, algebra of fiinctions, graphs of fiinc-
tions, transcendental fiinctions, trigonometry,
series, induction, and complex numbers.
121 Statistics I (3) Basic concepts of statistics.
Frequency distributions, measures of central ten-
dency and variability, probability and theoretical
distribution, significance of differences, and
hypothesis testing. For nonmathematics majors.
MTL 121 Statistics Lab 1 (1) Introduces the stu-
dent to using and programming the computer to
solve statistical problems and to aid the student in
understanding statistical concepts.
122 Statistics II (3) Continuation of MAT 121.
Inference about the means, standard deviations
and proportions, goodness ot fit, analysis of vari-
ance, regression analysis, correlation, and nonpara-
menic tests. PREREQ: MAT 121.
151 Introduction to Discrete Mathematics (3) Set
theory. Boolean logic, elementary combinatorics,
proofs, simple graph theor\', and simple probability.
161 Calculus I (4) Differential and integral calcu-
lus of real-valued fiinctions of a single real variable,
with applications. PREREQ^ Good working
knowledge of high school algebra and trigonometry
demonstrated by a math SAT score of 590 or
above and a passing score on the departmental
examination, or a C- or above in MAT 105 or 110.
162 Calculus II (4) Continuation of MAT 161
including the study of series, methods of integra-
tion, transcendental fiinctions, and applications to
the sciences. PREREQ: MAT 161.
200 The Nature of Mathematics (2) Topics
include the role of mathematics in contemporary
society, career opportunities, mathematical nota-
tion and argument, structure of proofs, basic facts
about logic, mathematical proofs, problem-solving
techniques, and introductions to mathematical
software packages. PREREQiMAT 161. Course
should be taken by end of sophomore year and
passed with a grade of at least a C before enrolling
in higher-level mathematics courses.
209 Topics in Mathematics for the Elementary
Teacher (3) Introduction to programming in
BASIC; computer uses for the classroom teacher;
descriptive statistics with applications for teaching;
and measurements of length, area, volume, and
temperature that focus on the SI metric system
with practice in the classroom. Additional topics
in applied mathematics will be considered. PRE-
REQ: MAT 102.
211 Linear Algebra (3) An introduction to linear
algebra. Topics covered include matrices, systems
of linear equations, vector spaces, Unear transfor-
mation, determinants, eigenvalues, spectral theo-
rem, and triangulation.
212 Algebra for Elementary Teachers (3) Formal
structure of groups, rings, and fields with examples
from the elementary curriculum. Topics from lin-
ear algebra including matrices, determinants, and
Unear programming. PREREQ; MAT 102.
221 Applied Statistics (3) Probabilities, discrete and
continuous probability distributions, methods of
estimation, and hypothesis testing. PREREQ; CSC
141 (or equivalent) and MAT 162 (or equivalent).
231 Foundations of Geometry (3) Geometric foun-
dations from an advanced viewpoint. Topics are
chosen from euclidean and noneudidean geometries.
232 Differential Geometry (3) Classical differen-
tial geometry from a modem viewpoint. Curves
and surfaces and shape operators. Introduction to
Riemann geometry. PREREQ; MAT 261.
233 Geometry for Elementary Teachers (3)
Modern informal approach to two- and three-
dimensional geometric figures, measurement, sim-
ilarity, congruence, coordinate geometry, and the
posmlational method. PREREQ. MAT 102.
261 Calculus III (3) The calculus of several vari-
ables. Topics include polar coordinates, vectors
and three-dimensional analytic geometr)-, differen-
Music
School of Music
tiation of functions of several variables, multiple
integrals, and line and surface integrals. PRE-
REQ;.MAT161 and 162.
262 Calculus IV (3) The calculus of vector-valued
ftinctions of a vector variable. Derivatives and proper-
ties of the derivative including the chain mle, fields
and conservative fields, integration, and Green's,
Stokes', and Gauss' theorems. PREREQ^MAT 261.
281 Discrete Mathematics (4) This course is
designed to provide a foundation for the mathe-
matics used in the theori.' and application of com-
puter science. Topics include mathematical reason-
ing, the notion of proof, logic, sets, relations and
flinctions, counting techniques, algorithmic analy-
sis, modelling, cardinality, recursions and induc-
tion, graphs, and algebra. PREREQ: MAT 162.
321 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3)
Introduction to set theon,', graph theory, and com-
binatorial analysis. Includes relations, cardinality,
elementary combinatorics, principles of inclusion
and exclusion, recurrence relations, zero-one matri-
ces, partitions, and Polya's Theorem. PREREQi
CSC 141 or CSW 101, and MAT 261 or 281.
343 Differential Equations (3) The general theory
of nth order, and Enear differential equations
including existence and uniqueness criteria and lin-
earity ot the solution space. General solution tech-
niques for variable coefficient equations, series solu-
tions for variable coefficient equations, and study of
systems of linear equations. PREREQi MAT 261.
349 Teaching Mathematics in Early Childhood
(3) Concepts, learning aids, syllabi, texts, and
methods in early childhood mathematical teach-
ing. PREREQ:' MAT 101.
350 Foundations of Mathematics Education (3)
Historical oveniew of mathematics education with
emphasis on influential curricular programs, pro-
grams for exceptional students, implications of
learning theory, significance of research, identifi-
cation of current issues, organizational alternatives
for the classroom, and evaluation resources. PRE-
REQ: MAT 261.
351 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary
Schools I (3) Concepts, learning aids, syllabi,
te.xts, and methods in elementary school mathe-
matics. PREREQ: MAT 101-102.
352 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary
Schools II (3) Techniques for teaching children
concepts such as geometry in two and three dimen-
sions, number sentences, graphing, ratios and per-
centages, quantifiers, etc. Use of laboratory materi-
als will be emphasized. PREREQ. MAT 351.
354 Techniques of Teaching Secondary School
Mathematics (3) Techniques used in the presenta-
tion of specific mathematical concepts, associated
materials, including methods for exceptional stu-
dents; levels of questioning, and motivational
devices. Scope and sequence of secondary mathe-
matics topics. Criteria for text evaluation. Preview
of student teaching. PREREQ; MAT 350.
357 Teaching Mathematics to Diverse
Populations (3) Methods and materials associated
with the presentation of mathematics to the hand-
icapped. Emphasis on individualization and
involving thinking skills at the concrete level.
Evaluative and interpretive techniques are includ-
ed. PREREQ. MAT 101-102.
^ 390 Seminar in Mathematics Education (3)
T)pical topics are remedial programs, low achiever
programs, materials for mathematics education,
methodology in mathematics education, mathe-
matics and the computer, theories of mathematics
education, and analysis of research in mathematics
education. PREREQ. MAT 351.
400 History of Mathematics for Elementary
Teachers (3) Historv and development of elemen-
tary mathematics from primitive times to the dis-
cover}' of calculus. Problems of the period are con-
sidered. PREREQ; MAT 212 and 233.
401 History of Mathematics (3) Development of
mathematics from the Babylonian era to the 18th
centurv. Some modern topics included. PREREQ;
MAT 261.
♦ 405 Special Topics in Mathematics (3) Topics
announced at the time of offering.
411-412 Algebra I-Il (3) (3) Abstract algebra.
Algebraic systems, groups, rings, integral domains,
and fields. PREREQ. MAT 261. MAT 411 must
precede 412.
414 Theory of Numbers (3) Properties of inte-
gers; primes, factorization, congruences, and qua-
dratic reciprocity. PREREQ: MAT 261.
421-422 Mathematical Statistics MI (3) (3)
ProbabUit)' theory, discrete and continuous ran-
dom variables, distributions, and moment generat-
ing ftinctions. Statistical sampling theory, joint
and interval estimation, test of hypothesis, regres-
sion, and correlation. PREREQ; MAT 261;
MAT 421 must precede 422.
425 Ntunetical Analysis (3) Numerical methods for
the approximate solution of applied problems. Inter-
polation theory, curve fitting, approximate integra-
tion, and numerical solution of differential equa-
tions. PREREQ. CSC 115 or 141, and MAT 262.
427 Introduction to Optimization Techniques
(3) Nature of optimization problems: deterministic
and stochastic, and discrete and continuous.
Computer methods of solution, systematic and
random search, linear quadratic, d}'namic pro-
gramming, and others. PREREQ; CSC 115 or
141, and MAT 261.
432 Topology (3) Elements of point set topology.
Separation axioms. Connectedness, compactness,
and metrizability. PREREQ; MAT 261.
441-442 Advanced Calculus I-II (3) (3) A rigor-
ous treatment of the calculus ot a single real vari-
able. Topics in several real variables and an intro-
duction to Lebesque integration. PREREQ; MAT
261; ^L^T 441 must precede 442.
443-444 AppUed Analysis I-II (3) (3) The tech-
niques of analysis appUed to problems in the phys-
ical sciences. Topics include partial differential
equations, orthogonal ftinctions, complex integra-
tion, and conformal mapping. PREREQ; MAT
261; ^L^^ 443 must precede 444.
445 Complex Variables (3) Introduction to ftinc-
tions of a complex variable. Analytic functions, map-
pings, differentiation and integration, power series,
and conformal mappings. PREREQ; MAT 261.
♦ 490 Seminar in Mathematics (3) Topics in
mathematics selected for their significance and sw-
dent-instructor interest. Independent study and stu-
dent reports, oral and written. PREREQ; Senior
standing and consent of department chairperson.
493 Mathematical Modeling (3) The idea of a
mathematical model of a real siwation.
Techniques and rationales of model building.
Examples from the life, ph.ysical, and social sci-
ences. PREREQ; MAT 261 and 343.
499 Independent Study in Mathematics (1-3)
Independent investigation of an area ot mathemat-
ics not covered in the department's course offerings.
PREREQ; Written permission of the instructor.
Symbol: STA
311 Introduction to Statistical Computing and
Data Management (3) Course will give students
the abilit)' to manage and manipulate data effec-
tively, conduct basic statistical analysis, and gener-
ate reports and graphics primarily using the SAS
Statistical Software Program.
♦ This course ma)' be taken again for credit.
School of Music
1 1 Swope H-all (Office of the Dean)
610-436-2739
PROFESSORS: Balthazar, Bedford, Burton, Friday, Klein,
Laudermilch, McVoy, Murray, L. Nelson, Newbold,
Pennington, Price, Schmidt, Southall, Veleta, Voois, Wagner
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ahramjian, Chilcote,
DeV'enney, Dorminv, Grabb, Hanning, Ludeker,
Maggio, Sprenklc, Villella, Wyss
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Albert, BriseUi, Cranmer,
Greenlee, Klinefelter, Lyons, McFarland, Metcalf, Onderdonk,
Pippart-Brown, Richter, Rimple, Winters
INSTRUCTORS: CuUen, Galante, Hanna, Kaderabek,
P. Nelson, Paulsen
The mission of the School of Music at West Chester Universit)' is to cre-
ate a learning environment that provides the highest order of education in
all major aspects of music, to establish a foundation for life-long growth
in music, and to offer programs and degrees that are tradition based but
future oriented. In pursuing this mission, we reaffirm our commitment to
diversity within the School of Music. Our faculty members strive to be
inspiring teachers as well as musical and intellectual leaders. Further, we
endeavor to expand the music opportunities available to all University
students and to enhance the quality of our community's musical life.
MUSIC TESTS — BACHELOR OF MUSIC
IN MUSIC EDUCATION
1 . Each candidate must demonstrate skill in at least one performance
medium in which he or she excels: piano, organ, voice, classical
guitar, or a band or orchestra instrument. It is preferable, although
School ot Music
Music
not required, for pianists and vocalists to perform at least part of
their audition from memory.
2. AH candidates are tested in voice and piano.
3. Piano, organ, or voice majors with band or orchestra instrument expe-
rience are urged to demonstrate their ability on their instruments.
NOTE: All candidates must bring music for the vocal, piano, and
instrumental compositions they intend to perform, and should come
prepared with a song that will demonstrate vocal range and quality.
MUSIC TESTS — BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN THEORY
AND COMPOSITION, PERFORMANCE, OR ELECTIVE
STUDIES IN AN OUTSIDE FIELD
Each candidate in performance must demonstrate an advanced level of
proficiency in the major area of performance as evidenced by the abili-
ty to perform compositions representing a variety ot musical periods
and styles, and must show potential as a professional performer.
Memorization is required tor pianists and vocahsts. Each candidate in
theory and composition or elective studies in an outside field must
demonstrate an acceptable background in a major performing area;
candidates in theory and composition must interview with the
Department of Music Theory and Composition.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL MUSIC
PROGRAMS
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Theorv Requirements 20 semester hours
MTC'll2, 113, 114, 115, 212, 213, 214, and 215
3. Music History Requirements 9 semester hours
MHL210, 211, and212
4. Recital Attendance
BACHELOR OF MUSIC— MUSIC EDUCATION
The B.M. in MUSIC EDUCATION is a balanced program of general,
specialized, and professional courses leading to qualification for a
Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate to teach general, instrumental, and
choral music in the elementary and secondary schools of Pennsylvania.
The Handbook for Students in Music - Undergraduate Division should be
consulted for the current general and music requirements.
1. Required Music Education Courses 23 semester hours
Professional qualifying test, MUE 101, 201,
331, 332, 333, 335, 431, and 432
2. Other Music Requirements 35-38 semester hours
Major performing instrument, applied music
courses, conducting, music organizations,
or repertoire classes
3. Education Courses 7 semester hours
EDA 250, EDF 100, and EDP 250
BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN THEORY AND
COMPOSITION, PERFORMANCE, OR ELECTIVE
STUDIES IN AN OUTSIDE FIELD
The B.M. in THEORY AND COMPOSITION offers extensive
training to develop analytical skills leading to the comprehension of
the structure and form of music ot all styles and periods, and to devel-
op creative skills enabhng the smdent to write in a contemporary
idiom and to develop an individual style.
1. Required Theory/Composition Courses 24 semester hours
MTC 312, 313, 341, 342, 344, 417; 485 and
486 or 487 or 488
2. Other Music Requirements 31 semester hours
Conducting, performance area, music
organizations, music electives, piano competency
The B.M. in PERFORMANCE is for students who demonstrate a
high degree ot ability on their chosen instrument and who desire to
concentrate on developing that abiUty. Majors in the program should
consult the Handbook for Students in Music - Undergraduate Division
for the current general and music requirements.
1. Foreign Language (for vocal track only) 0-3 semester hours
2. Private Lessons 24 semester hours
3. Required Music Courses 8-21 semester hours
Conducting, minor lessons, ensembles, music electives
4. Other Music Requirements
a. For Instrumentahsts 4 semester hours
Music hterature, small ensemble, piano competency
b. For Vocalists 1 1 semester hours
VOC 329, 411, 412, 413, 414, 416, 424, 491
c. For Pianists 19 semester hours
MAK 311, 312, 313, 314; PIA 405 and 406;
two courses from PIA 423, 424, 425, 426, or
427; one course from PIA 451, 452, or 453
(Pedagogy Emphasis: MAK 311, 312, 313, 314;
PIA 405, 406, 450, 452; PIA 451 or 453; one
course from PIA 423, 424, 425, 426, 427)
d. For Organists 19 semester hours
MAK 311, 312, 313, 314; ORG 351, 352,
353, 451, 452
The B.M. in MUSIC — ELECTIVE STUDIES IN AN OUT-
SIDE FIELD is designed for those students who desire a general
music program while at the same time pursuing a secondary interest
outside of the School of Music. The Handbook for Students in Music -
Undergraduate Division should be consulted for the current general
and music requirements.
1. Required Music Courses 34 semester hours
Applied lessons, conducting, ensemble, music electives
2. The Outside Field 21 semester hours
These courses are taken under advisement of the outside field
department chairperson. See page 41 for a listing of choices (in
most cases, the curriculum for a minor will be used to determine
the course work for the outside field).
Minor in Music 19 semester hours
This program is geared toward liberal arts students -mth an interest in
music. The Handbook for Students in Music - Undergraduate Division
should be consulted for current requirements and placement testing.
1. Required Courses 11-12 semester hours
MTC 112 and 114, MHL course, music
organizations, and PIA 181 and 182
2. Music Electives 7 semester hours
Minor in Jazz Studies 18-21 semester hours
This program is designed primarily for students currently enrolled in a
music degree program. Students in other degree programs will be
admitted if qualified. Students must have the permission of both their
major adviser and the chairperson of the Department of Instrumental
Music. The Handbook for Students in Music - Undergraduate Division
should be consulted for current requirements.
1. Required Courses 18 semester hours
AES 151, 152; AJZ 361, 362, 365; MHL 322;
MTC 361, 362
2. Music Electives 0-3 semester hours
AEO 121; AES 151, 152; APC 193
Minor in Music History 18 semester hours
This program is designed primarily for students currentiy enrolled in a
music degree program. Students in other degree programs will be admit-
ted if they qualify. Students must have the permission of both their
major adviser and the chairperson of the Department of Music History.
Required Courses 12 semester hours
MHL 201, 210, 211,212
Any two of the following 6 semester hours
MHL 220, 320, 325, 451, 454, 455, 458, 462,
479, 480; MHW 401-410
Equivalency in Music Therapy
Music majors may pursue courses toward a certification in music thera-
py through a cooperative program with Immaculata College, located
ten mUes from West Chester. The Handbook for Students in Music -
Undergraduate Division should be consulted for current requirements.
Music: Applied Music
School ot Music
Department of Applied Music
John Villella, Chairperson
FACULTY:
Instrumental: Ahramjian, Briselli, Galante, Grabb, Guidetti,
Hanna, Manning, Kaderabek, Klein, Laudermilch, Lyons,
Metcalf, P. Nelson, Newbold, Paulsen, Richter, SouthaU
Keyboard: Bedford, Cranmer, Greenlee, Klinefelter, Pennington,
Veleta, Voois
Vocal and Choral: Q\iAcoX.t, DeVenney, Dorminy, Friday, Wagner,
Wyss
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC
NUMBERING SYSTEM
Private and class lessons are shown by the
foUowing numbers, together with the
appropriate prefix:
BAR
Baritone
HAS
Bass
ESN
Bassoon
CLT
Clarinet
FLU
Flute
FRH
French Horn
GTR
Guitar
HRP
Harp
JBR
Jazz Brass
JPR
Jazz Percussion
JST
Jazz Strings
JWW
Jazz Woodwinds
OBO
Oboe
PER
Percussion
SAX
Saxophone
TBA
Tuba
TPT
Trumpet
TRB
Trombone
VCL
CeUo
VLA
\riola
VLN
Violin
101-402 Private instrucrion in minor perfor-
mance area(l)
111-412 Private instruction in major perfor-
mance area, music education program (1.5)
141-442 Private instruction in advanced perfor-
mance area, B.M. program (3)
171-472 Private instruction in performance
area, theory/composition, and elective studies
programs (1.5)
INS 471-474 Advanced Instrumental Lesson (2)
(Elective)
AIM 311 Marching Band Techniques (1) A sur-
vey of the function of the total marching band and
each component within it.
AIM 429 Special Subject Seminar (1-2-3)
AJZ 331 Electronic Instruments (2) A study of
the MIDI implementation of synthesizers, sam-
plers, sequencers, signal processors, and rhythm
processors as related to real-time performance.
♦ AJZ 361 Jazz Musicianship and Improvisa-
tion I (3) A basic course in jazz improvisation that
emphasizes the learning and discovery ot improvi-
sational techniques through playing and hstening.
♦ AJZ 362 Jazz Musicianship and Improvisa-
tion II (3) A continuation of AJZ 361.
AJZ 365 Jazz Ensemble Techniques (.5) Tech-
niques and methods for organizing, rehearsing,
programming, and operating jazz ensembles.
♦ AWM 429 Special Subjects Seminar-Work-
shop (1-2-3) Topics in the area of instnmiental
music presented by faculty members and/or visit-
ing specialists.
ALC A Literature Class A historical survey of
the music written for instrumental solo and
ensemble, including current teaching materials.
ALC 312 Brass Literature I (1)
ALC 313 Brass Literature II (1)
ALC 314 Brass Literature III (1)
ALC 322 Guitar Literature 1(1)
ALC 323 Guitar Literature II (1)
* ALC 324 Guitar Literature III (1)
ALC 332 String Literature 1(1)
ALC 333 String Literature 11(1)
ALC 334 String Literature III (1)
ALC 342 Woodwind Literature 1(1)
ALC 343 Woodwind Literature II (1)
ALC 344 Woodwind Literature III (1)
ALC 352 Percussion Literature I (1)
ALC 353 Percussion Literature 11(1)
ALC 354 Percussion Literature III (1)
ARC A Repertoire Class:
ARC 391 Woodwind Repertoire Class (.5)
ARC 392 Brass Repertoire Class (.5)
ARC 393 String Repertoire Class (.5)
ARC 394 Percussion Repertoire Class (.5)
AMC A Master Class Solo and ensemble instru-
mental repertoire is performed and critiqued by
the teacher and students.
♦ AMC 311-314 Master Class Brass (1)
♦ AMC 321-324 Master Class Percussion (1)
♦ AMC 331-334 Master Class Strings (1)
♦ AMC 341-344 Master Class Woodwinds (1)
ABC Brass Classes (at the beginning level) for
music education major?
ABC 191 Brass Class (.5)
ABC 192 French Horn Class (.5)
ABC 193 Trombone Class (.5)
APC Percussion Classes (at the beginning level)
for music education majors
APC 191 Nonpitched Percussion Class (.5)
APC 192 Pitched Percussion Class (.5)
APC 193 Drum Set Class (.5)
ASC Strings Classes (at the beginning level) for
music education majors
ASC 191 VioIinAlola Class (1)
ASC 194 Cello Class (.5)
ASC 195 Bass Class (.5)
ASC 196 Guitar Class (.5)
AWC Woodwinds Classes (at the beginning
level) for music education majors
AWC 191 Single Reed Class (.5)
AWC 192 Flute/Recorder Class (.5)
AWC 193 Double Reed Class (.5)
AWC 194 Reed Making Class (.5)
AEB \n Ensemble: Band
♦ AEBlOl Elementary Band (.5)
♦ AEB 1 12 Marching Band Front (1)
♦ AEB 31 1 Marching Band (1)
♦ AEB 321 Concert Band (.5)
♦ AEB 331 Symphonic Band (.5)
♦ AEB 341 Wind Ensemble (.5)
AEO An Ensemble: Orchestra
♦ AEO 101 Elementary Orchestra (.5) PRE-
REQ: ASC 191.
♦ AEO 1 1 1 Chamber Orchestra ( .5 )
♦ AEO 121 Studio/Pit Orchestra (.5)
♦ AEO 341 Symphony Orchestra (.5)
AES An Ensemble: Small
♦ AES 111 Brass Ensemble (.5)
♦ AES 121 Percussion Ensemble (.5)
♦ AES 131 String Ensemble (.5)
♦ AES 141 Woodwind Ensemble (.5)
♦ AES 151 Jazz Ensemble
(Criterions/Statesmen) (.5)
♦ AES 152 Jazz Ensemble (Combo) (.5)
AIC A Class in Instrumental Conducting
AIC 311 Instrumental Conducting I (2)
AIC 312 Instrumental Conducting II (2) PRE-
REQ:AIC311orVOC311.
KEYBOARD MUSIC
NUMBERING SYSTEM
Private and class lessons are shown by the follow-
ing numbers, together with the appropriate prefix:
HAR-Harpsichord, PIA-Piano, ORG-Organ
PIA 181 Class instruction in keyboard skills for
nonmusic majors. (1) Prior score reading ability is
not required-
PIA 182 Class instruction in keyboard skills for
nonmusic majors. (1) PREREc£ PIA 181 or pre-
\'ioush' acquired score readmg abdirv'.
191-192 Class instruction in minor performance
area (.5)
♦ 100 Private elective instruction (1)
101-402 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area (1)
103-104 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area (1)
105-106 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area, elementary- education students with
a concentration in music (1)
107-109 Private instruction in a major perfor-
mance area, elementary education students with
a concentration in music ( 1 )
111-412 Private instruction in major perfor-
mance area, music education program (1.5)
141-442 Private instruction in advanced perfor-
mance area, B.M. program (3)
171-472 Private instruction in performance area,
theory/composition, and elective studies pro-
gram (1.5)
413 Elective credit for senior recital, accompa-
nying, or other participation in concerts or
recitals, or extra studv of literature. Available to
music education seniors only during the nonstu-
dent-teaching semester by permission of the
department (1)
473-474 Advanced Keyboard Lesson (2)
(Elective)
Pl/\ 403 Harpsichord and Continuo Realization
(1) .'\n introduction to harpsichord pla)ing and
the principles of continuo accompaniment as a
Baroque st^le.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
School of Music
Music; Applied Music
♦ MAK 311-314 Master Class (Keyboard) (1)
For keyboard majors. Experience in performing
memorized literature. Class members also play two
piano compositions and ensemble music for piano
and other instruments.
ORG 351 Organ Literature I (3) A survey of lit-
erature for the organ from the 13th century to the
Baroque period; influence of the organ on the Ut-
erature.
ORG 352 Organ Literature II (3) A survey of lit-
erature for the organ from J. S. Bach to the present;
influence of the organ on the literature. Recordings
and performances by organ majors will be evaluated.
ORG 353 Organ Pedagogy (3) Dynamics of the
one-to-one teacher-student relationship. An in-
depth study of standard teaching materials.
Practical experience in individual instruction.
ORG 451 Accompanying (3) Performance of the
vocal and instrumental accompanying literature for
organ from all periods; performance and reading
sessions.
ORG 452 Service Playing (3) A study of problems
in service plajang for the organist. Included will be
hymn accompaniment, improvisation, conducting
from the organ, and literature tor the service.
PIA 130 Music for Piano (3) An introductory
course in the history and appreciation of keyboard
literature from the 1 6th to the 20th century. This is
a basic course for nonmusic majors designed for the
general requirements. Not open to music majors.
♦ PIA 213 Studio Lessons in Accompanying (1)
Studio instruction in accompanying for pianists in
any music program.
PIA 223 Classroom Piano Skills (.5) Class
instruction once per week in minor performance
area for instrumental and vocal music education
majors.
PL\ 233 Classroom Piano Skills (1) Class
instruction once per week in rote song harmoniza-
tion, transposition, patriotic songs, and sight read-
ing on electronic keyboards for music education
piano majors.
♦ PIA 235 Keyboard Repertoire (.5) A weekly
performance class for sophomore music education
keyboard majors.
♦ PIA 250 Accompanying, Ensemble, and Sight
Reading (1) Class instruction in accompanying,
ensembles, and sight reading.
PIA 330 Jazz Keyboard Improvisation (1) Class
instruction in jazz keyboard improvisation once
per week. Piano experience on at least an interme-
diate level is required.
PIA. 334 Keyboard Accompanying (Minor) (1)
Class instruction once per week in accompanving,
score reading, popular music, and sight reading for
vocal music education majors.
PIA 335 Keyboard Accompanying (Major) (1)
Class instruction once per week in accompanying,
score reading, popular music, improvisation, and
sight reading for piano music education majors.
PIA 340 Advanced Jazz Keyboard Improvisation
(1) Class instruction in advanced jazz keyboard
Improvisation once per week. Piano experience in
jazz improvisation required.
PIA 404 Transposition and Score Reading (2)
Emphasizing the needs of the keyboard accompa-
nist. Techniques include clet reading, harmonic
analysis, interval transposition, solfege steps, and
enharmonic changes.
PIA 405 Accompanying — Vocal (3) Performance
of the vocal accompanying literature from all peri-
ods; performance and reading sessions in class.
PIA 406 Accompanying — Instrumental (3)
Performance of the instrumental accompanying lit-
erature from all periods; emphasis on the sonata lit-
erature; performance and reading sessions in class.
PIA 410 Independent Studies in Keyboard
Music (1-3) Special research projects, reports, or
readings in keyboard music. Permission ot depart-
ment chairperson required.
PIA 423 Baroque Keyboard Literature (3) The
Renaissance through development of variation
form and dance suite. Performance practices, orna-
mentation, and figured bass. In-depth study of
works of Handel, Bach, and Scarlatti. Some stu-
dent performance required.
PIA 424 Classical Piano Literature (3) Origin
and development ot the sonata and performance
practices of homophonic style. Music of Bach's
sons, Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven. Some stu-
dent performance required.
PIA 425 Romantic Piano Literature (3) Analysis
of piano styles of Schubert, Chopin, Mendelssohn,
Schumann, Liszt, Brahms, Faure, and Tchaikovsky.
Performance practices. The virtuoso etude and
problems of technical execution. Some student per-
formance required.
PIA 426 20th-Centiuy Piano Literature (3)
Seminal works and stj-les of this century. Albeniz,
Rachmaninoff, Debussy, Ravel, Prokofiev,
Hindemith, Schoenberg, Bartok, and American
composers. Some student performance required.
PREREQ:MTC213.
PIA 427 The Concerto (3) A chronological pre-
sentation of the development of the piano concer-
to emphasizing performance practices and prob-
lems. PREREQ:MTC 213.
PIA 429 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3) Sig-
nificant topics presented by facult}' members
and/or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet the
specific needs of undergraduate keyboard majors.
PIA 443 Keyboard Ensemble (.5) The class will
focus on a variety of ensemble experiences, includ-
ing duets and accompanying choral groups.
PIA 450 Group Piano Pedagogy I (3) Procedures
and materials for group piano instruction.
Emphasis on developing comprehensive musician-
ship through an interwoven study ot literature,
musical analysis, technique, improvisation, ear
training, harmony, transposition, and sight read-
ing. Includes practicum in group piano instruction.
PIA 451 Piano Pedagogy I (3) An in-depth smdy of
materials available to the smdio piano teacher for the
elementary levels. Discussions include different
methods, technique, harmony, ear training, and sight
reading. Includes practicum in individual instruction.
PIA 452 Piano Pedagogy II (3) An in-depth study
of repertoire and materials available to the studio
piano teacher for the intermediate levels. Discussion
of related concerns such as memorization, pracrice
techniques, developing technique through literamre,
principles of fingering, and sight reading. Includes
practicum in individual instruction.
PIA 453 Selected Topics in Piano Pedagogy (3)
Further exploration of the goals and objectives of
piano study through presentation of selected topics
and continued practicum in individual instruction.
VOCAL AND CHORAL MUSIC
NUMBERING SYSTEM
Private lessons are shown by the following num-
bers, together with this prefix: VOI-Voice
♦ 100 Private instruction for nonmusic majors.
Permission of the chairperson required (1)
101-402 Private instrucrion in minor perfor-
mance area(l)
111-412 Private instruction in major perfor-
mance area, music education program (1.5)
141-442 Private instruction in advanced B.M.
performance program (3)
171-472 Private instruction in performance area,
theory/composition, and elective studies pro-
gram (1.5)
473-474 Advanced Voice Lesson (2) (Elective)
151-452 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area, Bj\. theatre: musical theatre (1)
♦ CHO 211 Men's Chorus (.5) A chorus pre-
senting the choral Uterature for male voices. Open
to all male swdents by audition.
♦ CHO 212 Women's Chorus (.5) A chorus pre-
senting the choral hterature for female voices.
Open to all female students by audition.
♦ CHO 311 Mastersingers Chorus (.5) A chorus
presenting oratorios, masses, and more difficult
mixed choral literature. Open to all students by
audition.
♦ CHO 312 Women's Ensemble (.5) A select
choir speciahzing in chamber music for women's
voices. Open to all female students by audition.
♦ CHO 410 Opera Chorus (1) An elective
course devoted to the training of a choral group
that participates in opera or operetta productions.
May not be used to satisfy choral requirements.
Membership by audition.
♦ CHO 411 Chamber Choir (.5) Small group of
singers specializing in the performance of
Renaissance/Baroque, sacred, and secular htera-
wre. Membership by audition.
♦ CHO 412 Concert Choir (.5) Devoted to
acquiring a tine technique in choral singing
through the preparation of programs for perfor-
mance. Membership by audition.
VOC 111 Madrigal Class (1) A survey of madri-
gal literature through records, tapes, and class per-
formance with emphasis on materials suitable for
use in secondary' schools.
VOC 135 IPA (.5) The study of the Internarional
Phonetic Alphabet (IPA).
VOC 211 Performance Preparation (2) A course
designed to teach the student performer how to
prepare a dramatic score. PREREQ; MTC 110 or
equivalent and VOl 181.
VOC 227 Literature of the Musical Theater (2)
The literature of the musical theater from
Singspiel to Broadway musical. Changes in style
are observed and analyzed.
♦ VOC 235 Vocal Repertoire Class (.5) A week-
ly performance class for music education vocal
majors.
VOC 311 Choral Conducting I (2) A practical
application of conducting and vocal techniques in
choral direction through practice in conducting a
choral group.
VOC 312 Choral Conducting II (2) Continued
development of the conducting techniques with
emphasis on conducting of polyphonic choral
music and on the musical styles of the various
choral periods. PREREQ: VOC 311.
VOC 315 English-Italian Diction (2) English,
Itahan, and Latin diction for singers. Use of pho-
netics with application to singing of selected songs.
VOC 329 Art Song (3) Origins and development
of the art song.
VOC 411 Master Class (Voice): Baroque
Period (1)
VOC 412 Master Class (Voice): German
Lied(l)
VOC 413 Master Class (Voice): French
Melodie (1)
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Music Education
School of Music
VOC 414 Master Class (Voice): 20th-century
Art Song (1)
VOC 416 French-German Diction (3) French
and German diction for singers. Use of phonetics
with application to singing of selected songs.
♦ VOC 421 Opera Workshop (2) The prepara-
tion of a musical production; coaching of scenes,
stage movement, and costuming. Permission of
instructor required.
♦ VOC 424 Musico-Dramatic Production (1-3)
Major roles and/or major responsibilities in
extended productions. B)' audition.
VOC 426 Choral Literature (2) The development
and performance style of the choral repertoire.
♦ VOC 429 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3)
Significant topics presented by faculty members
and/or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet the
specific needs of undergraduate music majors.
♦ VOC 436 Vocal-Choral Music Workshop (1-3)
Specialized workshops in the area ot vocal and/or
choral music. Subject to be announced at the time
of the offering.
VOC 491 Vocal Pedagogy (2) Principles and
techniques of teaching voice. PREREQ^ Four
semesters ot private instruction or permission of
instructor.
vol 181 Voice Class (1) Class instruction in
singing skills tor nonmusic majors. Previous voice
study not required.
VOI 182 Voice Class (.5) Class instruction in
singing skills for nonmusic majors. PREREQ^
VOI 181 or permission ot instructor.
vol 191 Voice Class (.5) Class Instruction in a
minor performance area. Open to nonmusic
majors with permission ot the department chair-
person.
VOI 192 Voice Class (.5) Continuation of VOI
191. PREREQ: VOI 191.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Music Education
Jane Pippart-Brown, Chairperson
FACULTY: Albert, Burton, Ludeker, McFarland
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC EDUCATION
Symbol: MUE
001 Professional Qualifying Remediation (.5)
Designed to present musicianship skills for stu-
dents who have failed the professional qualifying
examination.
101 Dalcroze in Music Education I (.5) A study
of integrating eurhythmies, solfege, and improvisa-
tion to enhance students' listening, performing,
and creating skills.
102 Dalcroze in Music Education II (.5)
Continuation of MUE 101 Dalcroze in Music
Education I. PREREQ: iMUE 101.
201 Music Education Seminar (.5) A seminar
introducing the philosophical foundations of music
education and the structure of the school music
program. Required for all music education majors
prior to MUE 331.
231 Music for the Classroom Teacher (3)
Designed to equip the elementary classroom
teacher to participate in a music program.
Emphasis on teaching procedures and materials.
232 Music in Early Childhood (3) Designed to
equip the teacher ot early childhood to develop
specific concepts utihzing singing, rhythmic, and
melodic activities. Emphasis on listening and
movement to music.
331 Music Methods and Materials (3) The study
of music and the learning process at the elemen-
tarv level to include Dalcroze, Kodaly, and Orff
PREREQ: MUE 201 and AIC 311 or VOC 311,
and performance qualifying test.
1 332 Music Methods and Materials II (3) The
study of music and the learning process at the sec-
ondary level to include technology, listening skills,
multicultural diversitv, general music programs,
and administrative skills. PREREQ. MUE 331.
333 Instrumental Methods and Materials (3)
Fundamentals underlying the development of instru-
mental programs in the public schools. Emphasis on
program organization and administration, teaching
procedures, and materials. PREREQ; VOC 311 or
MC 311-. COREQ: MUE 331 or 332.
335 Choral Methods and Materials (2) Designed
to acquaint the student with a variety of choral
music suitable for school use. Program planning
and rehearsal techniques are demonstrated.
NOTE: The sequence for these REQUIRED music
education courses is consecutive semesters: MUE 331
and 333 (or 335) followed by MUE 332 and 335 (or
333) followed by MUE 431 and 432. Enrollment for
these courses is limited on a yearly basis and is planned
at a meetingfor sophomores in the fall and spring
semesters. See coordinator ofprofssional sequence.
337 Instrumental Techniques and Materials (2)
For juniors and seniors who desire to specialize in
instrumental music. Considers rehearsal proce-
dures, effective materials, minor repairs of instru-
ments, competitions and festivals, and marching
band procedures. PREREQ: MUE 333.
338 Comprehensive Musicianship/Leadership
Training in Music Education (2) A course
designed to help future professionals develop lead-
ership qualities and pragmatic instructional skills.
Motivational strategies as advocated by leading
authorities will be emphasized. Content includes
visionary leadership, time management, and prin-
ciples in self-discipline, sell-confidence, and prob-
lem solving. Teaching assignments will include
methodologies in comprehensive musicianship and
a variety of teacher/leader concepts.
412 Teaching Music Listening at the Elemen-
tary Level (3) Analysis of musical concepts within
selected compositions with subsequent design of
sequential teaching-learning strategies for all lev-
els, K-12. Music majors only.
422 Music in the Middle School (3) Review and
critical analysis of music education m the middle
school: philosophies, curriculum, practices, and
personnel.
428 Music in Special Education (3) Charac-
teristics of special pupils; adaptation of teaching
techniques, materials, and curriculum. PREREQ;
MUE231. 232, or331.
430 Related Arts Pedagogy in Music Education
(3) Principles of related-arts teaching appUcable to
musical elements, art, and creative movement,
with appropriate teaching techniques at specified
grade levels. Materials for school music programs;
basal music series, other texts and literature, and
resources in related arts. Demonstration lessons
and unit planning.
431 Student Teaching I (6) Observation and par-
ticipation in teaching vocal and instrumental
music at the elementary level. Undertaken in con-
junction with qualified cooperating teachers. Pro-
fessional conferences and visits are an integral part
of the experience. PREREQ: See MUE 432.
432 Student Teaching II (6) Observation and
teaching general, vocal, and/or instrumental music
at the secondary level. Professional conferences and
visits are an integral part of the experience. PRE-
REQ.for MUE 431/432: Satisfy- requirements
under "Formal Admission to Teacher Education."
GPA 2.8. Grades of C or better in required meth-
ods classes and final required keyboard minor and
voice minor. Complete music theory and aurals,
music history, conducting, and all instrument class-
es. Completion of 90 semester hours.
I Diverse communities course
School of Music
Music Theory and Composition
Department of Music History and Literature
Sterling E. Murray, Chairperson
FACULTY: Balthazar, Onderdonk, Price, Schmidt, Winters
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC HISTORY
S>'mbol: MHL
121 Fine Arts (Music) (3) Designed for the gen-
eral requirements. An introductory course in the
history and appreciation of music from the Middle
Ages through the contemporary period. Not open
to music majors.
NOTE: Other courses are available to the nonmusic
major for general requirements. Particularly suitable is
MHL 125.
k 125 Perspectives in Jazz (3) For nonmusic
majors. Guided listening to improve understand-
ing and enjoyment of jazz with emphasis on jazz
heritages, chronological development, and socio-
logical considerations, culminating in an analysis
of the eclectic styles of the 1960's and 1970's. Not
open to music majors.
♦ 179 Special Subjects Seminar (3) Significant
topics in music histor)' and literature presented by
faculty members and/or visiting lecturers.
Designed for the nonmusic major who has had Ht-
tle or no previous musical experience. Fulfills the
general requirements. Not open to music majors.
# 201 Form and Style in the Arts (3) Relation-
ships between the arts (music, literature, fine arts,
and dance) stressed through common principles ot
form and style. Concentration on the development
of skills of critical perception through practical
application with reference to various arts. Fulfills
the interdisciplinary requirement.
210 Music History I (3) An introduction to musi-
cal style and listening techniques within a histori-
cal context: (1) an introduction to st\'le periods,
music Ustening skills, concepts ot form, and style
analj'sis in both Western and non-Western music;
(2) historical survey of music beginning with the
music of the early Church and continuing through
the end of the 16th century.
211 Music Histoiy II (3) A historical survey of
music from 1600 to 1825. Analysis of appropriate
genres, styles, forms, social contexts, aesthetics, and
performance practices %vill be considered. PRE-
REQi MHL 210, with a grade of C- or better.
212 Music History III (3) A historical survey of
music from 1825 to the present. Analysis of
appropriate genre, st}'les, forms, social contexts,
aestethic concepts, and performance practices will
be considered. PREREQ: MHL 211, with a grade
ofC- or better.
220 Women in Music (3) A survey of the role
that women plaved in the history' of music from
the Middle Ages to the present. Open to nonmu-
sic majors and music majors without prerequisites.
♦ 310 Collegium Musicum (1) A chamber
ensemble speciahzing in the use of authentic
instruments and performance techniques in the
music of the Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque
eras. Membership by audition.
320 World Music (3) An introduction to the smdy
of tribal, folk, popular, and oriental music and eth-
nomusicolog}' methodolog)-. Open to music majors
and nonmusic majors without prerequisites.
322 History of Jazz (3) A survey of the history of
jazz, including representative performers and their
music. PRERECi MHL 212, or permission of the
chairperson.
325 History of Rock (3) This course traces the
development of 1950s rock and roll firom its rh\lhm
and blues, and country- and westem sources through
the world music influences of the 1970s and beyond.
451 Music in the United States (3) Sun'ey of the
development of music and musical styles from
1620 to the present, .\nalysis of styles, forms, aes-
thetic concepts, and practices.
454 History of Opera (3) A basic course in the
origin and development of opera and its dissemi-
nation throughout the Westem world. PREREQ;
MHL 212, or permission of chairperson.
455 History of Orchestral Music (3) A study of
representative orchestral works: symphonies, con-
certi, suites, overtures, and others, from the
Baroque Period to the present. PREREQ;.MHL
212, or permission of chairperson.
458 Performance Practices (3) A consideration of
the special problems encountered in the st)'listic
reahzation and performance of music from the
Medieval through the Romantic eras. Particular
attention will be focused on original sources, peri-
od instruments, and performance practices. PRE-
REQi MHL 212, or permission of chairperson.
462 Mozart and His Works (3) A study of the
life and music of Wolfgang A. Mozart with special
reference to the period in which he hved. PRE-
REQ^ MHL 212, or permission of chairperson.
This course is offered in Salzburg, Austria.
♦ 479 Topics in Music History I (1-3) Signifi-
cant topics presented by faculty members and/or
visiting lecturers. Designed to meet specific needs
of undergraduate music majors.
♦ 480 Topics in Music History 11(1-3)
Significant topics presented by faculty members
and/or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet specific
needs of undergraduate music majors.
♦ 481 Independent Study (1)
♦ 482 Independent Study (2)
♦ 483 Independent Study (3)
♦ MHW 401-410 Workshops in Music History
(1-3) Participation-oriented workshops designed
to meet specific needs in music history and to
develop skills for practical apphcation in teaching
and professional settings.
I Diverse communities course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Department of Music Theory and Composition
Robert Maggie, Chairperson
FACULTY: Maggio, L. Nelson, Rimple, Rozin
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC THEORY AND
COMPOSITION
Symbol: MTC
014 Basic Dictation and Sight Singing (2) A
preparatory course for music majors emphasizing
basic aural perception and sight-singing skills
needed for effective music study.
110 Fundamentals of Music (3) A study of basic
elements of music for those without previous
musical e.xpericnce. For nonmusic majors only.
112 Theory of Music I (3) Introduction to music
theory, music writing, and keyboard harmony.
Elements of musical form; binary and ternary
forms. Primary triads and their inversions.
Analysis and creative activity.
113 Theory of Music II (3) Supertonic and other
secondarv triads and their inversions; diatonic sev-
enth chords; modulation; compound ternary, rondo,
and variation forms. Analysis and creative activity.
PREREQ^MTC 112, with a grade of C- or better.
114 Aural Activities I (2) Development of basic
hearing skills, chiefly through sight singing and
dictation activities based on the subject matter of
MTC 112.
115 Aural Activities II (2) Continued develop-
ment of basic hearing skills. PREREQ: MTC 112
and 114, with a grade of C- or better in both.
212 Theory of Music III (3) Diatonic and chro-
matic seventh chords and their inversions.
Modulation. Invention and fiigue, sonata-allegro
forms. Analysis and creative activity. PREREQi
MTC 113, with a grade of C- or better
213 Theory of Music IV (3) Harmonic and con-
trapuntal techniques of the 20th century. Form in
contemporarv music. Analysis and creative activity.
PREREQ; MTC 212.
214 Aural Activities III (2) Material of advanced
difficulty involving chromatic alteration, foreign
modulation, and intricate rhythms. PREREQ;
MTC 113 and 115, with a grade of C- or better.
215 Aural Activities IV (2) Continuation of
MTC 214 and activities invohing nontonal music.
PREREQ: MTC 212 and 214.
261 Fundamentals of Jazz (2) A basic course in
jazz theory.
Nursins;
School of Health Sciences
271 Radio and Television Music (2) Techniques
used in composing and arranging music for radio
and television; practical writing experience.
312 Composition I (3) Creative writing in the
forms, styles, and media best suited to the capabili-
ties and needs of the student. PREREQ; MTC 212.
313 Composition II (3) Further application of
MTC 312, stressing contemporary' techniques.
PREREQ: MTC 312.
341 Orchestration (3) The orchestra; use of
instruments indi\'iduallv and in combinarion.
PREREQ: MTC 212.'
342 Musical Form (3) The standard forms of tonal
and contemporan- music. PREREQ; MTC 212.
344 Counterpoint I (3) The contrapuntal tech-
niques ot tonal music. Chorale prelude and inven-
tion. PREREQiMTC212.
345 Counterpoint II (3) Advanced contrapuntal
forms including canon and fiigue. PREREQ;
MTC 344.
346 Techniques of Early 20th-century Music
(3) A study of compositional techniques in repre-
sentative vocal and instrumental works of the first
two decades of the century.
♦ 361 Jazz Harmony and Arranging I (3) A basic
course in jazz/popular harmony and arranging
techniques, including contemporary chord symbols
and terminology, and basic voicing for brass, reed,
and rhythm sections.
♦ 362 Jazz Harmony and Arranging II (3) An
intermediate course in jazz/popular harmony and
arranging techniques, including more advanced
harmonic techniques. Writing for strings, wood-
winds, and electronic instruments is introduced.
364 Performance Practices in Contemporary
Music (3) Technical problems of understanding new
notation (e.g., graphic, proportional, mulriphonics,
microtones, metric modulation, asymmetrical
rh\thm groupings, prose scores, etc.) and facility in
performing scores that include these techniques.
PREREQ; MTC 213 or permission of mstmctor.
412 Composition III (3) Composition in larger
forms. Open to composition majors only. PRE-
REQ: MTC 313.
413 Composition IV (3) Advanced composition
involving major projects in a contemporary idiom.
PREREQ: MTC 412.
415 Serialism and Atonality (3) Compositional
procedures and theoretical concepts in atonal and
serial works of Schoenberg, Berg, Webern, Bartok,
Stravinsk\', and more recent composers. PRE-
REQ: MTC 213.
416 Jazz Practices (2-3) Jazz history, writing, and
performance. Survey of basic jazz Uterature; fiinda-
mental techniques in arranging and improvising.
PREREQ: MTC 213 or equivalent.
417 Computer Music I (3) Materials and tech-
niques of computer music. Laboratory experience
in the composition of computer music. PREREQ;
MTC 312 or permission of instructor.
418 Composition V (3) Advanced composition
lessons for theorv/composition majors. PREREQ;
MTC 413.
450 Acoustics of Music (3) The study of sound;
its production, transmission, and reception.
Musical instruments, the acoustics of rooms, and
the physical basis of scales.
♦ MTC 479 Seminar in Music Theory/
Composition (3) Special topics in specialized areas
of music theory and composition.
♦ MTC 481 Independent Study (1)
♦ MTC 482 Independent Study (2)
♦ MTC 483 Independent Study (3)
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Nursing
105 Nursing Building
610-436-2219
Ann Coghlan Stowe, Chairperson
Susan C. Slaninka, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Hickman, Slaninka
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Conroy, Coghlan Stowe,
Devlin-Kelly, Garrett, Mackey, Nester, Thomas, Thompson,
Tucker, Wanta, Zabat
INSTRUCTORS: Schlamb, Stabler-Haas
The Department of Nursing is accredited by the National League for
Nursing Accrediting Commission (61 Broadway, New York, NY
10006, 212-363-5555) and approved by the State Board of Nursing of
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Admission Criteria
Applicants for nursing must have completed work equal to a standard
high school course, including a minimum of 16 units: four units of
EngUsh, three units of social studies, two units of mathematics (one of
which must be algebra), and two units of science with a related labo-
ratory course or the equivalent. A combined score of 1000 is expected
on the SAT.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING
The bachelor of science degree program in nursing is offered by the
Department of Nursing, which is an integral part of the School of
Health Sciences. The family-centered program is based on the con-
cept that the person is a biopsychosocial being with basic health
needs. The Department of Nursing beUeves that high-quality health
care is a basic right of all people and that health care needs can be met
through the practice of the professional nurse who has completed a
systematic program of courses in the social and natural sciences,
humanities, and the nursing major.
Characteristics of the graduate include: 1) an awareness of, and sense
of responsibility for, social issues as they affect diverse populations; 2)
leadership through professional and civic activities to advocate for the
improvement of health care; 3) accountabilit)' and competency in uti-
lizing the nursing process to assist clients at various levels of health in
54 semester hours
18 semester hours
a variety of settings; 4) collaboration, coordination, and consultation
as a colleague in the interdisciplinar\' health team; 5) belief in learning
as a life-long process; 6) nursing theory and research to support nurs-
ing practice.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
Can include BIO 100; CHE/CRL 103-104 or
CHE/CRL 107;
MAT 121; PSY 100; and SOC 200.
2. Nursing Core Requirements
NSG 212, 311-312, and 411-412; NSL 212,
311-312, 411-412; and two nursing electives
3. Cognate Requirements'
BIO 204, 259, 269, and 307; HEA 206 or
PSY 210; and HEA 303
A total of 120 credits is required for graduation.
Academic Promotion Policy
Failures, D Grades, or NG (No Grade)
AH nursing students who have a grade of D, F, or NG (no grade) in
required courses during the freshman and sophomore years must repeat
these courses and achieve a satisfactory grade (C- or above) before
entering the junior-level nursing major courses. Nursing students must
have a 2.0 GPA before entering the clinical courses at the junior year.
A student must achieve a grade of C- or better in the nursing major
in the junior year for promotion to the senior year and achieve at least
a C- in the senior year for graduation. Students also must achieve at
least a C- in BIO 307 and MAT 121.
If a student must repeat a nursing course, a grade of C- or better in
both the theory and laborator)' (clinical practicum) components must
be achieved. The theory and clinical portions of a nursing course must
be taken concurrendy.
Other poUcies are explained in detail in the current issue of the
department handbook.
Some of these courses may be used to satisfy distributive requirements.
School of Health Sciences
Nursing
Special Requirements
Generic nursing candidates are admitted once a year, in September.
Transfer students can be admitted in spring and fall.
Nursing students are required to supply their own transportation to
clinical facilities.
Insurance. Students are required to carry liability insurance coverage
in the amount of $l,000,000/$3,000,000 during the junior and senior
year at a yearly cost of approximately $30. Students also are required
to carry health insurance.
Uniforms. Students are required to wear white uniforms to some of the
clinical experiences during the junior and senior years. Uniform policies
are presented in detaU in the current issue of the department handbook.
CPR Certification. Students enrolled in nursing courses with a cUni-
cal component are required to be currently certified by the American
Red Cross, American Heart Association, or other acceptable resource
in Life Support (two-person) Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation. The
CPR course must include resuscitation of children and infants.
Calculations exam. Competency in calculation of dosages is a prereq-
uisite to NSG/NSL 311. The student is required to have attained 90
percent proficiency in calculating dosages as measured by a paper and
pencil test. The nursing laboratory coordinator administers the calcu-
lations exam in the spring semester immediately prior to enrolling in
the cUnical courses.
Mosby Assess Test. All senior students must complete the Mosby
Assess Test prior to graduation. Cost is assumed by the student.
Health Requirements
Nursing candidates must meet the general health requirements of all
students at West Chester University for the freshman and sophomore
years. Candidates must meet the following health requirements during
the summer prior to the junior year: inoculations against diphtheria,
tetanus, measles, mumps, Rubella, rubeola, poUomyeUtis (a series of
four). Hepatitis B, and varicella; a complete physical examination, TB
skin test, eye examination, and any other diagnostic tests deemed nec-
essary. Prior to the senior year, students must repeat the TB skin test.
Nursing Laboratory
The nursing laboratory in the Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center is
available as a resource to help the nursing student in the learning
process. There are four sections of the laboratory. One area contains
hospital beds, examination tables, and other equipment found in clini-
cal care settings. This area is used for the teaching and learning of
nursing skills. The second area is a separate computer laboratory for
students to study and review nursing theoretical and chnical skills, and
to complete required computer software programs. The third area is a
conference room for student and faculty meetings and seminars. The
fourth section of the lab is a student-centered gathering and study area.
Every student is required to use the learning laboratory at specified
times. In addition, students are expected to spend time using this re-
source for independent learning based on their individual needs. The
laboratory is staffed by a full-time nursing laboratory coordinator who
is a registered nurse.
Transfer Policy
Both internal and external transfer students are accepted into the
nursing major each semester. The number accepted each semester is
based on the number that the department can accommodate in a
sound educational experience.
Students currently enrolled at West Chester University who wish to
transfer in to the Department of Nursing should attend a transfer
information session to begin the process and subsequently submit an
application packet to the department. All application procedures must
be completed in order for the candidate to be considered for entrance
into the nursing major.
All students who wish to transfer into the Department ot Nursing must:
1. Show evidence of satisfactory completion (70 percent or better) in
BIO 100, 110, or 259, CHE 103 and CRL 103, or CHE 107 and
CRL 107, PSY 100 or SOC 200, and WRT 120; and
2. Meet with the adviser in the Department of Nursing to sign an
individualized agreement that reserves placement in clinical nurs-
ing courses during the academic year identified.
Degree Program for Registered Nurses
The department offers an innovative and flexible program for regis-
tered nurses who wish to earn a baccalaureate degree in nursing. The
Curriculum Committee of the Department of Nursing unanimously
approved the Pennsylvania Higher Education Nursing Schools
Association (PHENSA) Articulation Model for registered nurse stu-
dents in spring 1997. This model allows for transfer of nursing credits
if the student has graduated from a National League for Nursing
Accrediting Commission (NLNAC) accredited program in the last 10
years or has practiced nursing a minimum of 1000 hours in the last
three years. Using the PHENSA model, the following courses may be
transferred in and credit awarded:
• NSG 212, 312, and 411; NSL 212, 312, and 411 (28 credits)
• The RN student is required to take NSG 311 and 412, and NSL
311 and 412.
Other requirements:
• Most RN students may also transfer in basic biology, anatomy and
physiology, chemistry, microbiolog)', and any other college credits
that they have.
• RN students are not required to take BIO 307 (pathophysiology)
as the student's nursing courses and/or clinical practice validate a
knowledge base in this area.
Detailed information about this program may be obtained from the
department office.
Licensing Eligibility in Pennsylvania
In order to be employed in professional nursing, students must apply
for a temporary practice permit through the State Board of Nursing.
Students must meet all program requirements to be eligible for the
National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX) upon graduation.
Passing this examination designates Registered Nurse (RN) status. In
accordance with the Professional Nurse Law, felonious acts prohibit
Ucensure in Pennsylvania as indicated by the following:
"The Board shall not issue a Ucense or certificate to an applicant who
has been conviceted of a felonious act prohibited by the act of April
14, 1972 (P.L. 233, No. 64), known as 'The Controlled Substance,
Drug, Device and Cosmetic Act,' or convicted of a felony relating to a
controlled substance in a court of law of the United States or any
other state, territory, or country unless:
(1) At least ten (10) years have elapsed from the date of the con-
viction;
(2) the appUcant satisfactorily demonstrates to the board significant
progress in personal rehabiUtation since the conviction such
that Ucensure of the apphcant should not create a substantial
risk of harm to the health and safety of patients or the public or
a substantial risk of fiirther criminal violations; and
(3) the appUcant otherwise satisfies the quaUfications contained in
or authorized by the act.
As used in the subsection, the term 'convicted' shall include a judg-
ment, an admission of guilt or a plea of nolo contendere. An appU-
cant's statement on the appUcation declaring the absence of a convic-
tion shall be deemed satisfactory evidence of the absence of a convic-
tion, unless the Board has some evidence to the contrary."
(Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing, Professional Nurse Law, print-
ed, September 1999)
Nursing
School ot Health Sciences
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
NURSING
Symbol: NSG
» 109 Health Issues of Women (3) (Offered
jointly with Department of Health, as NSG/HEA
109) This course encompasses the needs and con-
cerns of women as consumers in our present
health care system. It examines various biological,
psychological, and social topics related to women's
health care, including medical abuses, sexuality,
sex roles, and women's health in the workplace.
This course is an enrichment to hberal education,
encouraging inquiry' into previously neglected areas
of women and health. It is offered in the Women's
Studies Program and is open to all University stu-
dents, regardless of major, as an elective.
110 Transcultural Health: Principles and
Practices (3) (Offered jointly with Department of
Health, as NSG/HEA 110) This course examines
the health beliefs and practices ot a variet\' of sub-
cultural groups in the U.S. Emphasis is placed on
the apphcation of multicultural health beliefs to
the caring process. It utilizes the cross-cultural
approach in meeting the health needs of clients
and families. It is open to all University students,
regardless of major, as an elective.
212 Nursing Theories and Concepts (4) Taken
in the sophomore year. Nursing theories and con-
cepts, conceptual frameworks, theories from other
disciplines that may applv to nursing, and the
nursing process are studied in this course. PRE-
REQi Sophomore standing.
NSL 212 Nursing Theories and Concepts Lab
(2) (Must be taken with NSG 212) This clinical
experience includes interviewing skills, physical
and psychosocial assessment, vital signs measure-
ment, basic hygienic practices, bodv mechanics,
and infection control.
216 HealthyAging in the New Millennium (3)
The student will have the opportunit}' to form a rela-
tionship with a healthy, elderly individual. Students
will utilize communication skills through interaction
on a one-to-one basis with senior citizens in a private
home setting. Students will become acquainted with
the problems of day-to-day living and the crises that
face this population along with the adaptive strengths
and resources that are an essential part of the healthy
older person's personality.
217 Loss and Grieving: What to Say, What to
Do (3) Loss, grief, and/or depression are universal
experiences. Concrete measures to help oneself
and peers better cope with these experiences are
presented. Barriers that make providing comfort
and support to others difficult or uncomfortable
are identified and discussed. Effective measures for
talking with and helping those who are grieving,
depressed, or suicidal are presented, and each stu-
dent is assisted to develop his or her own style in
comfortably using selected approaches. Classes will
be participatorv with minimal lecture.
218 Concepts in Caring (3) The emphasis of this
course is that caring is a universal concept that can
be viewed from many discipUnes. Nurses, profes-
sionals in the caring business, serve as the guides
in a creative journey connecting human caring and
the various disciplines.
219 Computers and the Health Care Delivery
System (3) This elective course will be of practical
importance to any student who is interested in the
impact of computers on the health care delivery
system. The course is divided into three areas; 1)
an overview of the computer; 2) apphcation of the
computer to the health care delivery system,
including the role of the health care professional
and the consumer; and, 3) issues pertaining to the
computer and the health care dehver^' system. Use
of the computer with a variet)' of appUcations and
CAI software is integrated throughout the course.
220 Care of the Inner Self (3) This course focuses
on care of the inner self or spirit. The purpose of
the course is to prepare one to understand the inner
self and to know how to utihze the power within
the self to maintain wellness and prevent illness.
221 Skills for Professional Success (1) This one-
credit elective for level III and IV nursing majors
is designed to help students foster clinical judg-
ment skills by focusing on study skills, critical
thinking, and test-taking. Emphasis is placed on
preparing students with skills that are essential for
success on the National Council Licensure
Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-
RN). PREREQiMust be enrolled in nursing
courses at 300 or 400 level.
# 222 Issues in Transcultural Health Care Delivery
(3) This is a systems approach to health care deliv-
er}'. Survey's health needs of diverse U.S. populations
using a mulridiscipUnary approach. Introduces the
origin and evolution of sociocultural health beliefs as
they impact health behaviors and outcomes of cul-
turally and ethnically diverse indi\iduals and popula-
tions. All concepts will be approached fi"om busi-
ness/economics, health, and political science per-
spectives. Promote collaboration among disciplines,
to improve student communication skills to facilitate
their ability to advocate for diverse populations, and
to improve health care services for diverse popula-
tions.
311 Adaptation I (5) Must be taken during junior
year, fall semester. The emphasis of this course is on
the prevention of illness and promotion of health by
assessment of the health status, appropriate inter-
vention, and evaluation of the health promotion
plan. The nursing process provides the framework
for promotion of wellness in a variety* of settings
with clients of any age group. PREREQi BIO 307.
NSL 311 Adaptation 1 Laboratory (5) Chnical
experiences are provided in agencies where rela-
tively well populations have been identified, such
as schools, nursery schools, well baby clinics, and
health maintenance clinics. NSG 311 and NSL
311 always must be taken concurrend\'. PREREQ^
BIO lOO', 204, 259, and 269; CHE 103-104 and
CRL 103-104 or CHE 107 and CRL 107; "WRT
120 and 121; HEA 303; NSG 212 and NSL 212;
PSY 100; HEA 206 or PSY 210; and SOC 200.
312 Adaptation II (6) Must be taken during junior
year, spring semester. The emphasis of this course
is on the maintenance of health and promotion of
adaptive responses in cHents with chronic health
problems. The nursing process is used to assist
these chents to adapt to stressors through support-
ive therapeutic, palliative, and preventive measures.
NSL 312 Adaptation II Laboratory (5) Clinical
experience is provided in sertings where clients with
chronic health problems have been identified. These
settings include rehabilitation centers, child develop-
ment centers, nursing homes, and acute care set-
tings. These environments provide flexibihty' for stu-
dents to implement changes for clients and acquire
skills that will be utilized in other nursing courses.
NSG 312 and NSL 312 always must be taken con-
currendy PREREQ^NSG 311 and NSL 311.
314 Internship (3) This course is designed to pro-
vide nursing students with the opportunity to
enhance knowledge and skills acquired in
NSG/NSL 311-312. Students will have the oppor-
tunity' to participate in the care of a group of clients
over a consecutive span of days and to increase
their awareness of the professional role. PREREQ^
Successful completion of NSG/NSL 31 1-312.
316 Coping with Cancer (3) The emphasis of this
course is on coping with clients who have cancer.
Various phj-siological and ps)'chosocial effects this
disease has on clients and their families will be
examined. The course will allow students to explore
their own feelings related to cancer and assist them
in their contacts with cancer clients. Topics that will
be discussed include dealing with loss, pain, pain
management, hospice care, and communication with
the cancer client. This course is open to all students.
317 Selected Topics in Nursing (3) An in-depth
study of selected, current topics relevant to nursing'
and health care. This course will emphasize the
critical analysis of current topics on health care.
Each student will develop a commitment to read-
ing and critiquing nursing hterature in professional
journals as part of the teaching-learning process.
367 Nursing Imphcations of Drug Interactions
(1) The student will be introduced to essential phar-
macological principles and concepts. The nursing
process will provide the firamework for the applica-
tion of the theory in a variet}' of health care settings.
♦ 410 Independent Study in Nursing (3) The stu-
dent produces an independent, research-oriented
project under close faculty advisement on a nursing
topic of special interest to the student. Participation
in a selected field experience is optional. PREREQ;
Permission of department chairperson.
411 Advanced Adaptational Problems I (6) Must
be taken during senior year, fall semester. The
emphasis of this course is on the study of adaptive
responses that create new stresses, requiring addi-
tional adaptations and frequendy interrupting an
individual's mode of ftinctioning. The nursing
process is used to assist chents in crises.
NSL 411 Advanced Adaptational Problems I
Laboratory (5) Clinical experience is provided in
acute care settings, in psychiatric in-patient set-
tings, and in communit}' health settings. NSG 411
and NSL 411 always must be taken concurrently.
PREREQ: MAT 121, NSG 312, and NSL 312.
412 Advanced Adaptational Problems II (6) Must
be taken during senior year, spring semester. NSG
412 is a continuation of NSG 411 with the empha-
sis on the subconcepts of decision making and
advocacy. The nursing process is utilized interde-
pendendy in approaching multihealth care problems
of chents. Special attention is given to inquiry as the
student correlates nursing theories and concepts
with identifiable research problems in varied envi-
ronments. Opportunit}' is provided in this semester
to develop organization and management skills.
NSL 412 Advanced Adaptational Problems 11
Laboratory (5) Clinical experience is provided in
acute care settings, psv'chiatric inpatient settings,
and communit}' health settings. NSG 412 and
NSL 412 always must be taken concurrently.
PREREQ: NSG 411 and NSL 411.
414 Breastfeeding and Human Lactation (3) For
students seeking in-depth knowledge about breast-
feeding and human lactation. Emphasis is on
understanding the physiolog}' of human lactation
and the health impact on infants and their moth-
ers. The normal process of breastfeeding will be
addressed with exploration of the barriers to
breastfeeding as well as the supports available for
breastfeeding.
> Diverse communities course
♦ Approved interdisciphnary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
College of Arts and Sciences
Philosophy
Pharmaceutical Product Development
117 Schmucker Science Center South
610-436-2939
e-mail; ppd@wcupa.edu
Leslie Slusher, Dirrcfor
ADVISORY BOARD
Albert CafFo, Chemistry
Kevin Dean, Honors
Joseph DiBussolo, Adjunct
Jack Gault, Marketing
Judith Scheffler, English
Russell Vreeland, Biology
Joan Woolfrey, Philosophy
The Pharmaceutical Product Development Program educates students
for careers in the pharmaceutical and biotechnolog)' industry. The cur-
riculum was developed through extensive dialog with key industry lead-
ers and is designed to meet the special needs of students seeking careers
in these dynamic companies. The curriculum for the degree is interdisci-
plinary in nature; students will acquire a solid foundation in the basic
and pharmaceutical sciences, as well as experience in technical writing,
oral communication, statistics, economics, and biomedical ethics. This
innovative curriculum is coupled with two summers of paid cooperative
emplo)Tnent following the sophomore and junior years. Students will be
placed with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. They will
develop a level of understanding and experience that is hard to duplicate
in the classroom. Graduates of this program will possess a breadth of
understanding that previously took several years of industrial experience
to acquire. They will be poised to enter the pharmaceutical and biotech-
nology industry as middle managers or enter graduate programs.
Please contact the Pharmaceutical Product Development Office for
further information on admission standards for undergraduate and
transfer students.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— PHARMACEUTICAL
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
PHI 370 will be required and will flililll the
interdisciplinary requirement, MAT 121 will be
required and will fiiffill the basic skills mathematics
requirement, and ECO 112 must be selected as
one course in the behavdoral and social sciences.
Although these courses mav be used to fiilfdl
distributive requirements, they are required courses
in the degree program. Two of the general education
student electives are to be chosen from the list of
pharmaceutical product development electives in
consultation with an adviser.
2. Chemistry Courses 11 semester hours
CHE 103*, 104, 231, 232, 321, and 476; and
CRL 103, 104, 231, and 232
3. Biology Courses 22 semester hours
BIO 110*, 214, 220, 230, 367, and 469; and BIL 333
4. Interdisciphnary 1 1 semester hours
IND 481, 482, 483, 484, and 485
5. Supporting Courses 20-21 semester hours
COM 230*, ENG 371, MAT 108, YW{ 130
and 140, and STA 311
6. Pharmaceutical Product Development Electives 6 semester hours
Two courses are to be chosen from the following
list in consultation with an adviser.
BIO 217, 307, 310, 314, 334, 357, 421, 428, 431,
454, 456, 464, 465, 467, 484; BLA 201; CHE 300,
321, 333, 345, 381, 403, 424, 436, 479; CRL 321,
424, 436, 471, 472; MAT 122, 162, 221, 261, 421,
422; MKT 200
This course also satisfies the general education requirement.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCT
DEVELOPMENT
Symbol: IND
481 Drug Design I (3) The first course in a three-
semester sequence. This course emphasizes the
chemical aspects of drug development and integrates
the major concepts in medicinal chemistry. A vanety
of topics involving drug design and development are
introduced. These include the establishment of lead
compounds and the development of structural
libraries through combinatorial chemistry. Molecular
modeling and structure/activity relationships are
introduced. PREREQ: BIO 469 and CHE 232.
482 Drug Design II (3) A course emphasizing
pharmacokinetic and toxicokineric aspects of drugs.
Sites and mechanisms of drug reaction and drug
metabolism are discussed. Drug to.xicology is also
explored in depth. Laborator)' therapeutic drug
monitoring as a measure of improving drug efficacy
is considered. PREREQ: BIO 367 and IND 481. '
483 Drug Design III (3) A course emphasizing sta-
tistical skills which are often employed in drug
development and/or clinical trials. Stages in the drug
discovery process are explored as well as informed
consent, bioethics, and other medical legal issues. ^
Methods for demonstrating drug safet)' and efFicaq'
are discussed. PREREQ; IND 482 and STA 311.
484 Pharmaceutical Co-Operative (1) A summer,
paid cooperative experience with a pharmaceutical
or biotechnolog}' company. These co-ops are
designed to provide experiences in key aspects of
the pharmaceutical industry. Students will be super-
vised joindy by an on-site professional scientist and
a Department ot Biology or Chemistry faculty
member. PREREQ: Completion of BIO 214, 220;
BIL 333; and CHE 232. A minimum GPA of 2.75
and a grade of C or better in all science courses are
required. A minimum ot 24 credit hours must be
completed at West Chester University' for successful
evaluation and recommendation fo the
Pharmaceutical Product Development Committee.
485 Pharmaceutical Co-Operative II (1) A sec-
ond summer, paid cooperative experience with a
pharmaceutical or biotechnology company. PRE-
REQ: Completion of IND 484.
Department of Philosophy
103 Main HaU
610-436-2841
Thomas Plart, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Claghorn, Croddy, Piatt, Struckmeyer
ASSOCL\TE PROFESSORS: Hoffman, Porritt, Williams
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Burtner, Woolfrey
The Department of Philosophy offers two concentrations leading to
the bachelor of arts degree.
1. The philosophy concentration surveys the history of philosophy,
explores its major disciplines, and focuses on selected topics of
perennial interest. The purpose of the program is to develop the
organizational, analytic, and expressive skills required tor law
Philosophy
College of Arts and Sciences
school, the seminar)-, graduate work in philosophy, and the wide
range of careers in government, business, and industry.
2. The religious studies concentration is designed for students planning
on religious vocations, or as a foundation for graduate work in religion
or cross-cultural studies. The emphasis is on individual and social
expression ot religion. Western and non-Western, philosophic impli-
cations, and fine arts applications.
Majors in the B.A. program should consult the department handbook
and their adviser for current requirements.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.A.
PROGRAMS
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement 0-15 semester hours
3. Major Requirements 30 semester hours
4. Free Electives 27-42 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS— Philosophy Concentration
1. Required Core Courses 21 semester hours
PHI 101, 190, 270, 272, 350, 412, and 499
2. Philosophy Electives
BACHELOR OF ARTS— Religious Studies Concentration
1. Required Courses 24 semester hours
PHI 101, 102, 202, 203, 204, 205, 271, 349
2. Elective in Religious Studies 3 semester hours
As advised
Minor Programs
Students may minor in either philosophy or religious studies. A mini-
mum of 18 semester hours is required. Elective courses are selected in
consultation with the student's minor adviser. Either of these minors
may be taken as a concentration in the bachelor of arts in liberal stud-
ies general degree program.
Philosophy Minor
1. Required Courses
PHI 101, 150 or 190, 174 or 180, and 270,
271, or 272
2. Philosophy Electives (under advisement)
Religious Studies Minor
1. Required Courses
PHI 102, 202 or 203, 204 or 205, and 349
9 semester hours 2. Religious Studies Electives (under advisement) 6 semester hours
18 semester hours
12 semester hours
6 semester hours
18 semester hours
12 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHILOSOPHY
Symbol: PHI, unless otherwise noted.
NOTE: Only PHI 405, 436, and 499 have
prerequisites. All other philosophy courses
are nonsequential and open to all students.
Not all courses will be offered every year.
INTRODUCTORY COURSES IN
PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION
101 Introduction to Philosophy (3) The chief
problems and methods of philosophic thought,
with a survey of some t^-pical solutions. The place
and influence of philosophy in life today.
# 102 Introduction to Religious Studies (3) The
role of religion in human life. Illustrations drawn
from various traditions, rituals, and belief patterns,
both ancient and modern.
125 Theology and Science: Enemies or Partners
(3) An inquirv into the relationship of theology to
the natural sciences. Team taught by both a physi-
cist and a philosopher, the course investigates how
ideas of God have been affected by advances in
physics and biology. Crosslisted as PHY 125.
150 Critical Thinking and Problem Solving (3)
Introduction to the principles of valid inference
and effective thinking. Problem solving; puzzles;
games; decision making; the syllogism; probabilit}';
logical fallacies; and creative thinking.
#174 Principles of the Arts (3) A critical e.\amina-
tion of traditional and contemporary aesthetic theo-
ries from diverse culmral perspectives to extend stu-
dents' thinking about the "concept" as well as the
"experience" of art. Visual and literar)- arts are
emphasized, as well as how to live a more artfiil life.
1 180 Introduction to Ethics (3) Introduction to
major theories in moral philosophy and ethical
decision making in our daily lives with an emphasis
on the influence of culture, power, and privilege.
207 Philosophies of Nonviolence (3) An exami-
nation of the concepts of violence and nonvio-
lence, especially as seen by recent thinkers. The
course attempts to link theor\- with practice by
considering the contributions of Tolstoy, Gandhi,
Thoreau, and other philosophers, religious
thinkers, and activities.
# SSC 200 Introduction to Peace and Conflict
Studies (3) An intcrdisciplinan' inquir\' into the
nature and causes of social conflict. The aim
throughout is to find ways of avoiding destructive
conflict, whether through negotiation or other
means. The issue of justice as a factor in conflict
receives special attention.
COURSES IN THE HISTORY OF
PHILOSOPHY
■ 270 History of Ancient Philosophy (3) A sur-
vey of the major figures of ancient philosophy,
from the pre-Socratic period through Plato, Aris-
tode, the Epicureans, and Stoics, to the Skeptics
and Neo-Platonists.
271 History of iVIedieval Philosophy (3) The his-
tory of philosophy from the early Church fathers
to the late Middle Ages. St. Augustine, St.
Thomas, mysticism, Jewish and Mohammedan
influences, humanism, and the rise of science.
■ 272 History of Modem Philosophy (3) From
Descartes to Hegel. The social, political, and sci-
entific impact of the philosophers.
■ 273 19th-CentuiyPhiIosophy(3) Hegel and
German Idealism; decisive influences on European
and American literature and thought. Survey of the
chief themes of Schopenhauer, Comte, Mill,
Spencer, Marx, Kierkegaard, Darwin, and Nietzsche.
284 American Philosophy (3) Leaders in science,
literature, religion, and government who have shaped
American thought. Philosophers of Puritanism, the
Revolution, Transcendentalism, and native schools of
Realism, Idealism, and Pragmatism.
■ 415 Existentialism (3) "Existentialism" loosely
refers to one strand of 20th century philosophy
and literature that explores the loss of confidence
in the Enlightenment "dream of reason." A survey
of this existentialist family of artists and philoso-
phers including Kierkegaard, Dostoevskv,
Nietzsche, Heidegger, Sartre, Kafl^a, and Camus.
Includes a brief survey of existentialist themes on
contemporar\' post-modernist developments in the
arts, social sciences, and philosophy.
COURSES ON OTHER
PHILOSOPHICAL TOPICS
190 Logic (3) Arguments are used in everyday life
to persuade and make a point. An introductory
course that discusses what arguments are, what
makes them good or flawed, and how the truth
and falsitT.' of their various parts affect our evalua-
tion of them. Provides students with a skill for
logical and systematic thinking that will help them
through their college careers and beyond.
♦ 201 Contemporary Issues (3) Discussion and
analysis of contemporary philosophical issues. The
topic varies from semester to semester.
# 330 (also LIN 330) Introduction to Meaning
(3) Discussion of the analysis of meaning given by
various disciplines, including philosophy, psycholo-
gy, hnguistics, communication studies, and the arts.
360 (also LIN 360) Philosophyof Language (3) A
discussion of our use of language in the acquisition of
knowledge. We will use material from philosophy,
linguistics, psychology, art, music, and literature.
371 Biomedical Ethics (3) The study of philo-
sophical concepts and ethical criteria as applied to
health care practice and clinical research. Issues
examined and analyzed include problem-solving
methods, the theory and practice of informed con-
sent, end-of-life decision making, resource alloca-
tion, and problems posed by managed care,
research ethics, and emdronmental concerns.
412 Ethical Theories (3) An inquir\- into the
meaning, interpretations, and fiinction ot ethical
theor)' in our lives. The course will e.xplore some
combination of classic, modern, and contemporary
ethical theories. PREREQ: PHI 101, 180, or per-
mission of instructor.
413 Aesthetic TTieories (3) Interpretation of
beauty and art. Effects of motivation, and prob-
lems in media and in goals. A background of
meaning for the evaluation of specific works of
painting, sculpture, music, and architecture.
414 Philosophy of Religion (3) Religion and the
religious experience as viewed b)' major Western
thinkers. The existence of God, immortality, reli-
gious knowledge, evil, miracles, and science and
religion.
422 Philosophyof Science (3) The nature of sci-
entific method and scientific theon', with reference
to presuppositions, inference, explanation, predic-
tion, applications, and verification.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
I Diverse communities course
H Culture cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
College of Arts and Sciences
Physics and Pre -Engineering
436 Symbolic Logic (3) Principles and methods
of symbolic logic. Practice in determining validity
of sentential and quantificational arguments. The
algebra of classes. PREREQ; PHI 190 or permis-
sion of the instructor.
480 Environmental Ethics (3) Explores different
approaches to the question of how to view and
interact with the natural environment. Analyzes
ethical issues regarding the natural environment
and develops students' ability to express views in a
thoughtfiil and critical way through written assign-
ments and presentations.
482 Social Philosophy (3) The relationship
between the individual and the social/political
order. The good society and the just state as seen
by modern and recent Western thinkers, such as
Locke, Rousseau, Marx, Nozick, and Rawls.
Cutting-edge issues of the present day are also
explored. Course is conducted in seminar format.
COURSES IN RELIGION
202 Religions of the West I (3) A survey of the
thought of Christianity and Judaism to the year 500.
203 Religions of the West II (3) A survey of the
thought of Christianity, Islam, and Judaism, from
the year 500 to the present. Emphasis on theologi-
cal development, with attention to social, econom-
ic, and historical factors.
204 Philosophies and Religions of India (3) The
religious and philosophical heritage of India, from
Vedic times to the present. Examination of major
classics, such as Rig Veda, Upanishads, Bhagavad-
Gita, and Yoga-sutras; recent writers such as
Tagore, Gandhi, and Radhakrishnan.
205 Philosophies and Religions of the Far East
(3) A survey ot Far Eastern philosophy, reUgion,
and scientific thought. Confijcianism, Taoism, and
the various schools of Mahayana Buddhism,
including Zen, are given primary emphasis.
349 Ideas of the Bible (3) An introduction to
BibUcal concepts of revelation, God, man, nature,
and redemption in light ot Hebrew and Greek
thought.
414 Philosophy of Religion (3) See "Courses in
Philosophical Topics," above.
INDEPENDENT STUDIES
AND SEMINARS
♦ 410 Independent Studies (1-3)
♦ 499 Philosophic Concepts and Systems (3) An
intensive study of the major works of one philoso-
pher, stressing themes and comparison with other
views. Required of all philosophy majors. PRE-
REQ^ Sb( hours of philosophy and senior stand-
ing, or permission of instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Physical Education — See Kinesiology
Department of Physics and Pre-Engineering Program
127 Boucher Hall
610-436-2497
Anthony J. Nicastro, Chairperson
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Nicastro, Skelton
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Waite
The Department of Physics offers three undergraduate degree programs:
the bachelor of science in physics, the bachelor of science in education,
and a cooperative five-year engineering program with The Pennsylvania
State University at University Park and the Harrisburg campus.
For admission to the physics program, most students should have
completed, in addition to the general University requirements, one
year each of high school chemistry and physics, and a minimum of
three years of mathematics, including algebra and trigonometry. Any
student with a deficiency must complete WRT 120 and MAT 161
with grades of C- or better to be admitted to the program.
West Chester has a chapter of the national physics honor society,
Sigma Pi Sigma.
A minor program in physics also is available.
The physics programs can also be found on the Internet
(http://phy.wcupa.edu).
The Robert M. Brown Endowed Scholarship for Physics was estab-
Ushed in 1997 by Mr. Robert M. Brown. Partial tuition scholarships
are awarded annually to students in the physics program.
In addition, the Dr. Michael F. Martens Award, established by the
West Chester Lions Club, is given annually to students who have shown
outstanding achievement in physics. Awards are determined by the
department's faculty. Other awards include the Benjamin Faber Award
in physics and mathematics, and the Diane and Roger Casagrande
Scholarship for students in pre-engineering or communication studies.
In addition to these, the Physics/Philosophy Prize is awarded to a stu-
dent who has made a notable contribution on a topic related to the
interface of science and theology. These awards are granted annually at
an induction ceremony for new members of the West Chester University
Chapter of Sigma Pi Sigma, the national physics honor society.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— PHYSICS
This program is designed as preparation for graduate school or careers
in government or industry. The curriculum includes a strong foundation
in mathematics and the humanities. A wide choice of electives in the
program provides the flexibility to develop a minor in an area of interest.
Requirements
A. Physics: PHY 170, 180, 240, 300, 310, 320, 330, 350, 370, 420,
and 430; an additional six credits in physics must be chosen from
available electives at or above the 250 level
B. Mathematics: CSC 141; MAT 161, 162, 261, and 343
C. Chemistry: CHE 103 and 104; CRL 103 and 104
Students must maintain a GPA of 2.0 or greater in their physics
courses. Transfer students must take 15 or more physics credits at
West Chester at the 300 level and above for graduation.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION— PHYSICS
The B.S. program in physics education provides a soUd background in
physics, mathematics, and related science for a teaching career at the
secondary level and leads to certification to teach physics in the pubUc
schools of Pennsylvania.
A. Physics Concentration Requirements
1. Physics: PHY 170, 180, 240, 300, 310, 320, 330, and 410 or 430
2. Mathematics: MAT 161, 162, 261, and MAT 343 or PHY 370
3. Sciences: CHE 103 and 104; CRL 103 and 104; SCB 350; and
an elective in astronomy, biology, and computer science
B. Professional Education Requirements (See page 138.)
Students must maintain a GPA of 2.0 or greater in their physics
courses. Transfer students must take nine or more physics credits at
West Chester at the 250 level and above for graduation.
COOPERATIVE PHYSICS/ENGINEERING PROGRAM
The Department of Physics, in cooperation with The Pennsylvania
State University at University Park and the Harrisburg campus, offers
degree programs in physics and engineering requiring three years at
West Chester University plus two years at The Pennsylvania State
University. At the end of this period, the student receives two bac-
calaureate degrees: a B.S. in physics from West Chester and a B.S. in
engineering from Penn State.
Admission to The Pennsylvania State University is contingent on a
recommendation from the Department of Physics and the student
having maintained the overall average for the specific engineering
Physics and Pre-Engineering
College ot .-Vrts and Sciences
major. Most areas ot engineering require a minimum 3.0 GPA for
admission at the junior level.
Students who have completed a bachelor's degree are not eligible for
transfer to Penn State in this program.
Areas of study in engineering at The Pennsyh'ania State Universitv at
Universit)' Park are the following:
Aerospace Engineering
Agricultural Engineering
Architectural Engineering*
Ceramic Science
Chemical Engineering
Ci\'il Engineering
Computer Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Engineering Science
Environmental Engineering
Industrial Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Metallurgy
Mining Engineering
Nuclear Engineering
Petroleum and Natural Gas
Engineering
Areas of study in engineering at The Pennsylvania State Universit}' at
Harrisburg are the following:
Electrical Engineering
Environmental Engineering
Physics Concentration Requirements
A. Physics: Pm' 115, 116, 170, 180, 240, 260, 300, 310, 320, and
370; an additional six credits in physics at or above the 300 level
must be chosen, depending on the engineering area selected
B. Mathematics: CSC 141; MAT 161, 162, 261, and 343
C. Chemistry: CHE 103 and 104; CRL 103 and 104
In addition, students intending to enroll in chemical engineering must
have CHE 231 and 232; in mining engineering, ESL 201 and ESS
101; and in petroleum and natural gas engineering, ESL 201 and ESS
101. Students intending to enroU in aerospace, electrical, or nuclear
engineering must take PHY 370 and PHY 420.
Minor in Physics 19 semester hours
The program can be used as technical preparation to complement work in
other scientific or nonsdentific areas, e.g., business majors interested in
careers in technologically oriented industries, majors interested in technical
or scientific sales, English majors interested in technical writing, or social
science majors interested in the area of energ\' and the environment.
Required: PHY 130 and 140, or Pm' 170 and 180; also PHY 240. In
addition, students must select eight credits of physics courses at the
250 level or above, chosen under advisement with the Department of
Physics. Transfer students must take a minimum of six credits at
West Chester at the 250 level or above. A 2.0 GPA or better must be
maintained in all physics courses.
'Architectural engineering majors must spend three years at the University
Park campus of Penn State.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHYSICS
Symbol: PHY
(3,2) represents three hours of lecture and t^vo
hours of lab.
100 Elements of Physical Science (3) A study of
motion, energy, light, and some aspects of modern
physics.
105 Structure of the Universe (3) A suney of phe-
nomena and objects in the universe from the very
smallest distance scales to the grandest in the cos-
mos. Includes a historical consideration ot the devel-
opments of modem theories ot the physical world.
lis Engineering Graphics I (1) Use and prepara-
tion of engineering drawings. Topics include the
use of instruments, linework, geometric construc-
tion, lettering, four tiipes of projections, dimen-
sioning, and sections.
116 Engineering Graphics II (1) A continuation of
PHY 115, to include topics such as layout, detail, and
assembly dra\vings, developments, auxiliar\' drawings,
various t^'pes of dratting, machine tool processes, and
computer drafting. PREREQ^ PHY 115.
125 Theology and Science: Enemies or Partners
(3) .An mquir\' into the relationship ot theology to
the natural sciences. Team taught by both a physi-
cist and a philosopher, the course investigates how
ideas of God have been affected bv advances in
physics and biolog)-. Crosslisted with PHI 125.
130 General Physics I (4) An introductory, non-
calculus, physics course. Mechanics of soUds and
fluids, wave motion, heat and temperature, ther-
modynamics, and kinetic theory-. (3,2) PREREQ^
Algebra and trigonometn-.
140 General Physics II (4) An extension of PHY
130. Electricity and magnetism, geometrical and
physical optics, and modern ph)-sics. (3,2) PRE-
REQ: PHY 130.
170 Physics I (4) An introductory laborator\-based
course. Includes mechanics, kinetic theor)', waves,
heat, and thermodynamics. The laboratory emphasizes
error analysis, the writing of technical reports, and data
analysis using computers, PREREQ^MAT 161.
180 Physics II (4) A continuation of PHY 170.
Includes electricity and magnetism, geometrical and
physical optics, electronics, and modern phracs.
PREREQ: PHV' 170. Concurrent \vith MAT 162.
240 Introduction to Modem Physics (3) An
atomic view of electricit\' and radiation, atomic the-
ory', special relatirit\' theon', X-ra\"s. radioactivitv',
nuclear fission, and introductory quanmm mechan-
ics. PREREQ;. M/^T 162, and' PHY 140 or 180.
260 Engineering Statics (3) Composition and
resolution of forces, equivalent force sii'stems, equi-
librium of particles and rigid bodies, centroids and
center ot gravity, analysis of simple structures,
internal forces in beams, friction, moments and
products in inertia, and methods of rirtual work
PREREQ; MAT 162, and PHY 130 or 170.
300 Mechanics (3) Particle kinematics, dynamics,
energy, and momentum considerations; oscilla-
tions; central force motion; accelerated reference
frames; rigid body mechanics; Lagrangian mechan-
ics. PREREQ: AUT 162, and PHi' 140 or 180.
310 Intermediate Physics Laboratory I (2) A lab-
oratory course to familiarize students with labora-
tory equipment and methods by performing a
series of classical and modem physics experiments.
The results of these are reported through both oral
presentations and written reports. CONCUR-
RENT: PHY 240.
320 Intermediate Physics Laboratory II (2) A
continuation of PH^' 310, but including an intro-
duction to wTiting scientific proposals and the use
of computers for data acquisition. Students are
required to propose and complete an experiment
of their own design as one part of this course.
PREREQ: CSC 141, PHY 310.
330 Electronics I (3) Emphasis is divided
between theory and e.xperiment. TTie course begins
with a brief review of resistive and RC voltage
dividers. Electronic circuits studied include basic
operational amplifiers, timers, instrumentation
ampUfiers, logic circuits, flip flops, counters, and
timers. (2,2) PREREQ: MAT 161, PHY 140 or
180, or permission of instructor.
340 Fundamentals of Radioisotope Techniques
(3) Biological, chemical, enrironmental, and ph\'si-
cal effects of nuclear radiation. Radiation detection
instrumentation and radio tracer methodology.
(2,2) PREREQ: CHE 104, and PH\' 140 or 180.
350 Heat and Thermodynamics (3) Equations of
state, first and second laws of thermodynamics,
ideal and real gases, entropy, and statistical
mechanics. PREREaor CONCURRENT:
NLA.T 262, Pm' 240.
370 Mathematical Physics (3) Selected topics in
mathematics applied to problems in physics, ordi-
nary' differential equations, vector calculus, Fourier
analysis, matrix algebra, and eigenvalue problems.
PREREQ: MAT 261, and PfPt' 140 or 180.
400 Analytical Dynamics (3) Wave propagation,
Lagrange's equations and Hamilton's principle,
rigid body motion, and special relatirity. PRE-
REQi MAT 343 and Pm' 300.
410 Optics (3) Geometrical and physical optics.
Reflection and refraction at surfaces, lenses, inter-
ference and dift'raction, and polarization. PRE-
REQ. PHi' 140 or 180. PREREQ.or CONCUR-
RENT: MAT 262.
420 Atomic Physics and Quantum Mechanics
(3) Fundamental concepts of quantum mechanics
with appUcation to atomic physics. Topics covered
are Bohr model, Schrodinger equation with appli-
cations, perturbation theor\'. helium atom, and
scattering theorv'. PREREQ: PHY 240 and 300,
and MAT 343 or PHi' 370.
430 Electricity and Magnetism (3) Electrostatics
of point charges and e.xtended charge distributions,
fields in dielectrics, and magnetic fields due to
steady currents. Ampere's Law and induced emfs.
Topics in electromagnetic waves as time permits.
PREREQ: PHY 300, and M\T 343 or PHY 370.
440 Microcomputer Electronics (3) Laboratory
study ot special circuits, integrated circuits, micro-
computers, and microcomputer interface applica-
tions. PREREQi PHY 330, and M\T 343 or
PHY 370.
450 Advanced Physics Laboratory I (1) A course
to familiarize students with contemporary labora-
tory equipment and methods.
460 Advanced Physics Laboratory II (1) A con-
tinuation of PHY 450.
♦ 470 Seminar in Physics (1) Oral and wTitten
reports on approved topics. Variation in topics
♦ TTiis course may be taken again for credit.
School of Business and Public Affairs
Political Science
from year to year, depending on the interest and
needs of students.
♦ 480 Special Topics (1-3) Topics of special
interest to be presented once or twice. PREREQ^
To be specified by the instructor. Course may be
repeated by student for credit any number of times
when different topics are presented.
♦ 490 Introduction to Research (1-9) Specific
problems in consultation with the faculty adviser.
PREREQ^ Permission of instructor.
# SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
(3) An interdisciplinary course that presents the
theory and evidence tor the first three minutes of
the universe, and formation of the stars, galaxies,
planets, organic molecules, and the genetic basis of
organic evolution. PREREQ^ High school or col-
lege courses in at least two sciences.
SCI 102 Electricity with Physical and Biological
Applications (3) An exploration of the physics of
electrical circuits, the chemical basis of electricity as
the flow ot electrons, acid-base and oxidation-
reduction reactions in chemical and in living sys-
tems, the electrical activity in the human nervous
system, and connections between electricity and
sensation and locomotion in humans. For elemen-
taiy education majors only. Team taught with the
departments of Biology and Chemistry.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Department of Political Science
106 Ruby Jones HaU
610-436-2743
Peter Loedel, Chairperson
PROFESSOR: Marbach
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bernotsky, Loedel, Polsky,
Sandhu, Schnell
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Kennedy, D. Milne, Stevenson
The department offers a bachelor of arts degree in political science
wdth four concentrations. The objective is to provide programs tai-
lored to each student's career goals and still to allow a wide range of
options after graduation. All four B.A. programs are intended for stu-
dents with an interest in government and public service, journalism,
business, education, and the law.
The department offers qualified students the opportunity to do
internships and earn academic credits for them. The main goal is for
students to complement their classroom learning wdth experiential
learning through their work in an organizational setting. To start the
process, students should speak with the department chair.
The following rules apply to all B.A. students in political science:
1. Students must complete the last 15 hours of their pohtica! science
program at West Chester University, including one of the follow-
ing courses: PSC 400, 401, or 402. Exceptions may only be grant-
ed by the chair of the department for compelling personal reasons.
(Examples: A student's family has moved a great distance, and he
or she needs to complete only one or two courses; the student
and/or the student's spouse has been relocated to another state by
his/her employer.)
2. Students must have a C average or better in all political science
courses, and no more than two grades below C in pohtical science
courses. A grade of C- is considered a grade below C.
3. Internal transfers must have an overall cumulative average of 2.0 to
enter any political science programs.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
1. The B.A. POLITICAL SCIENCE is a general Uberal arts program
exposing the student to the broad areas of political science, including
American government, international relations, comparative govern-
ment, pubhc administration, political behavior, and political theory.
2. The B.A. POLITICAL SCIENCE - APPLIED PUBLIC
POLICY is for students who are interested in the practical application
ot political science in a variety of professional settings.
3. B.A. POLITICAL SCIENCE - INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS is for students with a primary interest in international
affairs and includes relevant cognates in several disciplines.
4. B.A. POLITICAL SCIENCE - ELECTIVE CITIZENSHIP
EDUCATION TEACHER CERTinCATION is designed for stu-
dents with an interest in earning a political science degree and becom-
ing certified to teach at the secondary education level.
The department also sponsors pre-law advising, the Law Society, and
the Political Science Club.
II
3 semester
3 semester
3 semester
B.
6 semester hours
6 semester hours
6 semester hours
Bachelor of Arts
A. Required Core for AH Concentrations
PSC 100 American Government
PSC 200 Foundations of Pohtical Science
PSC 213 International Relations
PSC 230 Introduction to Political Philosophy 3 semester
Required Courses for General Concentration 6 semester
PSC 202 or 204 or 240 and one of PSC 400,
401, or 402
C. Required Courses for International
Relations Concentration
PSC 240, PSC 401 or 402
D. Required Courses for AppUed/Pohcy Track
Concentration
PSC 202 or 204, 400 or 401
E. Required Courses for Elective Citizenship
Education Teacher Certification Program
PSC 202 or 400 and PSC 401 (research
paper must focus on educational issue)
Bachelor of Arts General Concentration
A. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39
B. Foreign Language/Culture Cluster
C. Pohtical Science Core (see above)
D. An additional course from the behavior
or American government category,
which includes PSC 201, 301, 250-259,
320-329, 350-359
E. An additional course from the
comparative group, including PSC 246,
or 340-349
F. Three PSC courses at the 200 level or above
G. Cognates distributed as follows:
1. GEO 101 or 103
2. Either HIS 150, 151, or 152
3. Either ECO 101, 111, 112; PSY 100; or SOC 200
DL Bachelor of Arts — International Relations Concentration
A. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39* 48 semester
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
48 semester
0-15 semester
18 semester
3 semester
hours
hours
hours
hours
3 semester hours
9 semester
9 semester
hours
hours
hours
0-12 semester hours
B. Foreign Language (must be
completed through the 202 level)
C. Political Science Core (see above) 18 semester hours
D. PSC 217 3 semester hours
E. Two additional comparative courses, 6 semester hours
chosen from among PSC 240-249 or 340-349
6 semester hours
15 semester hours
F. Two additional international relations
courses, chosen trom among PSC 311,
312, 317, 318, 319, and 330
G. Additional and cognate courses as
follows:
1. GEO 101 or 103
2. HIS 101, 102, 150, 151, or 152
Students in the international relations concentration are encouraged to take
PSC 240.
Political Science
School ot Business and Public Affairs
3. Nine additional hours selected with
advanced approval of adviser which may
count up to sLx additional language hours
IV. Bachelor of Arts — ^Applied/Public Policy Concentration
A. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
B. Foreign Language/Culture Cluster 0-15 semester hours
C. Pohtical Science Core (see above) 18 semester hours
PSC 202 or 204 must be taken as part of the
Pohtical Science Core.
PSC 400 or 401 must be taken as senior seminar.
D. Specific Concentration Requirements 9 semester hours
PSC 322, 356, 357
E. Two additional PSC courses chosen from 6 semester hours
the following:
PSC 201, 202, or 204 (if not taken above),
301, 323, 324, 355, 358, 359, 375, or up to
sbc hours of internship credit taken under
advisement
F. Cognates distributed as follows: 9 semester hours
1. A sociology course selected under advisement
2. An economics course selected under advisement
3. A geography course selected under advisement
V. Bachelor of Arts — Elective Citizenship Education Teacher
Certification Program (formerly Social Studies)
A. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
1. Academic Foundations; COM 208 and
MAT 103 required
2. Diverse Communities: PSC 301 or 323
3. InterdiscipUnary: PSC 204 or 318
4. Behavioral and Social Sciences: PSY 100
and SOC 200 recommended
5. Humanities: HIS 101 and LIT
course required
6. Free Electives: EDF 100, EDP 250, MAT 104
B. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement 0-15 semester hours
C. Political Science Core (see above) 18 semester hours
D. An additional course from the behavior 3 semester hours
category, PSC 301 or 323 (in additional
general requirements)
E. An additional course from the comparative 3 semester hours
group, PSC 240-249 range or 340-349 range
F. Electives 6 semester hours
PSC 204 or 318 (if not used in general
requirements) and any two additional political
science courses at the 200 level or above.
Electives should be chosen to reflect the
themes from the citizenship education standards.
G. Cognates distributed as follows: 9 semester hours
1. ECO 101 or 111 and 112
2. GEO 101 or 103
3. HIS 151
H. Free electives to complete 128 credits needed for
graduation. Among these must be EDA 341;
EDM 300; EDP 351; EDS 306, 411, 412;
HIS 102, 152; and SSC 331.
Additional Requirements for Student Teaching and
Certification
An overall GPA of 2.50 or better is required, as well as a GPA of
2.50 or better in all history and social science courses.
Minor in Political Science 18 semester hours
Students may minor in general political science or in one of the sub-
fields such as international relations. Students take PSC 100 plus five
courses in a concentrated area, or (at least two) areas under depart-
mental advisement.
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts
or bachelor of science in liberal studies general degree program.
Minor in Public Management 18 semester hours
Students take PSC 100 and PSC 202 plus four additional courses in
pubhc administration under department advisement. This minor may
be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor ot arts or bachelor of
science liberal studies general degree program.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Symbol: PSC, unless otherwise indicated
100 American Government and Politics (3)
Devoted to understanding how the system works:
political action, elections, interest groups, civil lib-
erties. Congress, the presidency, and the courts are
among the topics considered. Seeks to provide a
framework in terms of which process and current
issues become meaningful.
HOI The Politics of Diversity in the United
States (3) Uses contemporary issues as a means to
investigate the eftects of race, class, and gender on
the political experiences of citizens while providing
an overview of American political institutions.
200 Political Analysis (3) Incorporates techniques
for analyzing political questions logically and sys-
tematically, and introduces basic research design
and methodological and library usage skills appro-
priate to the political science discipline. Required
course for B.A. majors in political science,
applied/public polic)', and international relations,
and the B.S. in Education with a political science
concentration. Optional course tor minors in polit-
ical science, public administration, and interna-
tional relations. PREREQ: PSC 100.
201 State and Local Government (3) Examination
of the organization, tiinctions, and politics of state
and local government, including analysis of politics
in states, counties, cities, and towns in urban, sub-
urban, and rural areas. Intergovernmental relations
in education, transportation, and welfare policy are
examined. PREREQ: PSC 100.
202 Elements of Public Administration (3)
Considers public administration in the United States
as a process of implementing public policy. Uses case
smdies and projects with texts focusing on organiza-
tional theor\', human behavior and motivation, bud-
geting, personnel, and administrative responsibilit)'.
# 204 Introduction to Urban Studies (3) An
examination of the breadth ot urban studies from
the perspectives of many social science disciplines.
Philadelphia is emphasized as an object of percep-
tion, as a place of life and livelihood, and as an
example of continual change in the urban environ-
ment. PREREQ: WRT 121.
213 International Relations (3) Politics among
nations, including politics carried on through
international organizations. Examines power poli-
tics, techniques of diplomacy, and methods of cur-
rent international organizations. Special attention
to U.S. interests and policies.
217 American Foreign Policy (3) Cultural, politi-
cal, economic, and psychological intluences on
policy, process ot decision making. Special atten-
tion to a few policy areas such as relations with
allied, underdeveloped, revolutionary, or
Communist countries. Possible response to threats
of war, population growth, resource shortages, and
pollution may be examined.
230 Introduction to Political TTiought (3) Great
political thinkers of Western civilization from
Plato to the present. Historical background of
Western thought and its relevance to the present
political world.
240 Introduction to Comparative Politics (3) An
introduction to the comparative study of political
systems at various stages ot cultural, social, eco-
nomic, and political development.
■ 246 Soviet Politics (3) Marxism-Leninism, the
tunctioning of the political system, and its domi-
nation of all areas of Soviet life. Some brief atten-
tion to the conduct of Soviet foreign policy.
252 Civil Liberties and Ciiil Rights (3) A survey
of the sources of civil liberties and civil rights in
the United States with an inquiry into contempo-
rary problems and their solutions through statutory
and constitutional developments.
256 Energy and the Political Process (3) Stresses
the process of policy making and implementation
in the field of energy. Emphasis also is given to
foreign policy and natural securitii' implications.
> 301 Gender and Politics (3) Examines the role
of women in politics and examines how the per-
spectives of marginalized groups gives access to
new interpretations about the U.S. political system.
Specific topics include socialization, the media,
political campaigns, elections, and public policy.
310 The United States and Latin America (3)
This course examines U.S. relations with the
nations of Latin America. Emphasis is on under-
I Diverse communities course
# Approved interdisciplinar)' course
H Culture cluster
School ot Business and Public Affairs
Political Science
standing the goals of U.S. policies and the real
impact of those policies. U.S. \iews of Latin
America, both contemporan- and historical, are
explored as are Larin American attitudes and views
toward the United States. The extent to which the
United States has been motivated in its dealing by
great power hegemonic concerns, economic self
interests (dollar diplomacv). cultural imperiahsm,
human rights, and desire to champion democratic
governance are all examined. Contemporary' con-
cerns with promoting market economics, narcotic
trafficking, and immigration are also considered.
311 Soviet and Post-Soviet Foreign Policy (3)
Emphasis on So\iet-,\merican relations since
1945 and a comparison of the two socieries.
Topics treated include the influence of Marxism,
Great Russian nationalism, and historical experi-
ence on Soviet foreign relations. PREREQ^ PSC
213 or 246 or permission of instructor.
312 Politics of Modem Nationalism (3) An analwis
of political processes in the former So\'iet Union and
Eastern Europe, Western Europe, and the Middle
East. The role ot nationalism in these countries alter
the demise of communism. The rise of nationalism
in the Middle East and Western Europe.
317 Contemporaiy International Relations (3)
Recent issues and problems with special emphasis on
superpower behavior around the world. Aso, third
world revolutions, intemational terrorism, human
rights, intemational law and the United Nations, and
the changing intemational economic order.
318 Intemational Political Economy (3) The focus
is the politics of intemational economic relations.
Atemative analytical and theoretical perspectives
will be examined tor their value m helping to under-
stand and evaluate the historical developments and
cxirrent operation of the global economy. Special
attention is given to system governance (intemation-
al regimes such as the World Trade Organization
and the Intemational Monetary' Fund) and the abili-
ty' ot the nations of the world to provide stability to
the international political economy. The primary
objective of this course is to de\'elop analytical and
theoretical skills in the application of various inter-
national political economy perspectives (liberalism,
mercantilism, Mandsm/stmcturalism) which e.xam-
ine the interrelationship between states and markets.
319 Middle Eastern Politics (3) Topics include
the Aab-Israeli conflict, the poUtics of the Persian
Gulf, the role of OPEC, and the superpower con-
flict in the region.
322 Public Opinion, Propaganda, and Political
Behavior (3) The dynamics of opinion formation
and change, and the role of public opinion in poh-
c}' formation. Political socialization, survey
research and political socialization, sun'ey research,
and propaganda techniques also are considered.
t 323 The Politics of Race, Class, and Gender
(3) This course examines the relationship among
race, class, and gender as thev relate to people's
poUtical behavior and experiences. Aso examines
the American political system's response to them
in terms of its public pohcies.
324 American Political Parties (3) Patterns,
fiinctions, and history of the ^Anerican political
party system at national, state, and local levels.
Theoretical and empirical studies of political inter-
est groups, pubhc opinion, and voting behavior.
329 Judicial Behavior (3) A behavioral approach
to the law, yvith specific reference to conceptual.
methodological, and ideological considerations.
Depending on the availabUitv of information, role-
playing simulations will be used with students por-
traj'ing judges and attorneys.
330 The Politics of the Holocaust and Genocide
(3) This course examines the political causes of the
Holocaust and genocide both in a historical and
current context. Case studies include the Jew^ in
Europe as well as the .Amenians and Cambodians.
339 Contemporary Political Thought (3) Consi-
deration of major political thinkers since Marx,
including BerUn, Rawls, Ehvorkin, Nozick, and
rational choice theorists.
■ 340 Latin-American Culture and Politics (3)
Comparative analy-sis of contemporary Latin-
American systems. Political cultures, decision
making, ideologies, and poUtical processes.
Emphasis is on Mexico and Central America.
Offered each semester.
■ 342 Government and Cultures of Western
Europe (3) Primary attention focuses on France,
Germany, and Great Britain; secondary attention
is on other European systems. Political cultures,
popular participation, poUtical parties, and formal
institutions ot government.
343 Culture and Politics of Asia (3) Study of cul-
tural, philosophical, and poUtical systems of mod-
em Asia with special emphasis on China, Japan,
and India.
348 Afiican CiJture and Politics (3) The poUtical
nature and practices of individuals, organizations,
and governments of Black ^Arica are examined in
the cultural context of the contemporary' indepen-
dent period. PREREQ: PSC 100 or equivalent.
350 American Constitutional Law (3) The devel-
opment of the American constiwtional system as
reflected in leading decisions of the United States
Supreme Court. Emphasis on national poyvers,
federaUsm, and the BUI of Rights. PREREQiPSC
100 or permission of instructor.
355 Congressional Politics (3) Deals yvith the
internal and e.xternal factors that influence
Congressional behavior, including the roles of
constituents, pressure groups, parties, the commit-
tee system, rules, and the leadership. Their rela-
tionships to the president and court structure and
their impact on electoral poUtics also are consid-
ered. Comparisons with state legislatures.
356 American Public Policy (3) PoUa' formation
and execution. PoUcy areas considered vary from
semester to semester. May include role-playing.
PREREQ: PSC 100 or 101 or permission of
instmctor.
357 Advanced Political Analysis (3) Discussion
and appUcation ot research design, conceptuaUza-
tion, measurement, operaUzation, research models,
sampUng, and data analysis for poUtical science.
358 Applied Public Policy Analysis (3) An exam-
ination of pubUc poUcy issues of state or national
concern. Both analysis of current poUcy and
research resulting in neyv poUcv recommendations
wiU be included.
359 The American Presidency (3) In-depth
analysis of the nature and significance of the
American presidency, including constitutional
development, presidential roles and customs, the
recruitment process, the executive branch, and the
poUtics of the presidency.
372 Organization and Management (3) Intro-
duction to pubUc and nonprofit organization man-
agement. Broad coverage of key elements of orga-
nizational functions and structure for potential
managers. Uses both macro sociological and micro
psychological levels of analy-sis. Case studies inte-
grated into conceptual fi-ameyvorks.
373 American Intergovernmental Relations (3)
Designed to famiUarize students with the complex
network of confUct, cooperation, and interdepen-
dence among national, state, and local government
units. Topic areas, among others, include an
analysis of the continuing evolution of American
federaUsm, an examination of this relationship
from state and city government perspectives, and a
description of specific intergovernmental fiscal
programs and poUcies.
375 Public Policy and Budgeting (3) Introductory
course to pubUc fiscal management appUcable to
local, state, and national levels of government.
Focus on the three major aspects of fiscal manage-
ment: pubUc services in a free market/mixed econ-
omy'; revenue/ta.xation theory and practice; and
governmental budgeting systems and concepts.
PREREQ: PSC 202.
399 Political Science Symposium (3) Nature of
research in poUtical science. Constmcrion of a
research design. Extensive reading in an area of
poUtical science.
HBl 400, 401, 402 Hartisburg Intemship
Seminar (15) A fiiU-semester intemship in
Pennsylvania state government. Smdent intem is
placed in cabinet-level or legislative office.
Placement (9 cr.); PoUc\' Research Project (3 cr.);
PoUc\' Seminar (3 cr.). The intemship is open to
any junior or senior student, regardless of major,
who has a minimum GPA of 3.5. Stipend involved.
400 Senior Seminar in Political Science (3)
Research in poUtical science. Methodology', bibUog-
raphy, and presentation, both oral and yvritten. The
research paper for the seminar must be acceptable
as a required departmental senior research paper.
401 Senior Project in Political Science (3)
Execution of the research design constructed in
PSC 399. Involves completion of a major senior
paper under supervision of a stafl member.
Extensive independent effort.
402 Seminar in Intemational Relations (3)
Theme centered with capstone paper. Senior I.R.
majors only.
410 Independent Studies in Political Science (1-3)
Research projects, reports, and readings in poUtical
science. Open to seniors only. PREREQ;
Permission of instructor.
♦ 412 Intemship in Political Science (3-15)
Upper-level student field placement learning.
Short-term, 3- to 6-hour experiences in poUtical
settings under faculty advisement; and 9- to 15-
hour placements in state, federal, local government
or pubUc serv'ice agencies. Learning contracts and
faculty' advisement create a whole experience from
exposure to government admirustration and poU-
tics. Offered each semester.
414 Intemational Theory (3) General theory
appUed to specific case studies. Advanced readings.
I Diverse communities course
H Culture cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Professional and Secondan' Education
School of Education
Pre-Medical Program
117 Schmucker Science Center South
610-436-2978
Melissa Betz Cichowicz, Director
COMMITTEE MEMBERS
Melissa Betz Cichowicz, Chemistry
Blaise Frost, Chemistry
Felix Goodson, Chemistry
Anthony Nicastro, Physics
Leslie Slusher, Biology
Richard Woodruff, Biology
Joan Woolfrey, Philosophy
The Pre-Medical Program prepares undergraduate and post-baccalau-
reate students for application to the health professional schools of
medicine, dentistry, and veterinary medicine as well as schools ot
optometry, podiatry, chiropractic, and physical therapy, and for
careers in biomedical research. Supervised by a Pre-Medical
Committee, the program consists of an individualized selection ot
course work, personal counseUng and academic support, and optional
junior-year biomedical research at a medical school or research insti-
tute. For highly select undergraduates and post-baccalaureates, med-
ical school admission assurance programs are available in affiUation
with Drexel Universit}' School of Medicine, the Penn State University
College of Medicine, Temple Universit\' School ot Medicine,
Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, Temple University
School of Dentistry, and Arcadia University's M.S. in physician assis-
tant smdies. Students with majors other than chemistry-biology (pre-
medical) are required to have two advisers — one from their major field
and one from the Pre-Medical Committee.
Because of the intense competition tor health professional school
admission, only academically talented and highly motivated students
should apply to the pre-medical program. Applicants are selected on
the basis of their potential for achievement in the program. Students
in the program are expected to maintain a minimum 3.20 grade point
average and the high standards of performance necessar)- for health
professional school admission.
It is essential for incoming students contemplating a medical career to
register with the Pre-Medical Office immediately upon matriculation
at the Universit)'. Similarly, it is essential for students who at some
later time develop an interest in a medical career to register with the
Pre-Medical Office. Students who fail to consult with the Pre-
Medical Office prior to taking the Medical College Admissions Test
(MCAT) or who tail to report the results of any MC AT exam to the
Pre-Medical Office forteit the privilege of receiving a Pre-Medical
Committee letter of evaluation when they apply to medical school.
All West Chester students who wish to apply to a health professional
school should ask their professors to forward letters of evaluation to
the Pre-Medical Committee and should process their applications
through the committee. The committee will send a composite letter of
evaluation to the professional school. Except for special circumstances, no
letters of recommendation should be sent directly to professional schools.
Further information is available in the Pre-Medical Office, 117
Schmucker Science Center South.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY
(PRE-MEDICAL)
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
Includes six semester hours of English
composition
2. Biology 24 semester hours
BIO 110, 217, 220, 230, 357, 448, and 468
3. Chemistry 31 semester hours
CHE 103, 104, 231, 232, 321, 345, 418, and
476
CRL 103, 104, 231, 321, and 476
4A. Internship Track 12 semester hours
CHE 450
One three-credit biology or chemistry
concentration elective
4B. Noninternship Track 15 semester hours
CRL 321, CHE 477
BIO 490 or CHE 491
Three three-credit concentration electives
5. Supporting Courses 19 semester hours
MAT 121 and 161
PHY 130 and 140, or 170 and 180
6. Free Electives
7-10 semester hours
See also Chemistry.
Department of Professional and Secondary Ed
201C Recitation Hall
610-436-2958
Yi-Ming Hsu, Chairperson
Paul Morgan, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Hsu, Hynes
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: K. Brown, Haggard, Hohngak,
Mastrilli, Welsh
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bolton, Goss, Kinslow, Kurzinsky,
Morgan, Penny
The bachelor of science in education or the bachelor of arts with an
elective program in teacher certification, which prepares the student for
teaching in the secondary schools or K-12 classes, may be earned with
an academic speciahzation in biology, chemistry, citizenship education,
communication, earth and space science, English, French, general sci-
ence, German, Latin, mathematics, physics, Russian, or Spanish.
Satisfactory completion of a secondary or K-12 curriculum also will
quality the student for a Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate,
which is valid for six years of teaching the specified subject in
ucation
approved Pennsylvania schools. The student must choose one acade-
mic field of specialization.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Professional Education Requirements 33-36 semester hours
Secondary and K-12 Education
EOF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250 and 351,
EDA/EDR 341, EDS 306, teaching skills/methods
(taken in academic department of subject
specialization), EDS 411/412
3. The teaching certification is given in specific subject
areas. Therefore, speciahzation in one of the teaching
fields listed below is required for graduation in
secondary or K-12 education. The minimum number
of semester hours required for each field is listed in
this catalog under the appropriate academic department.
These hours wiU satisfy the Instructional I
Certification requirements in Pennsylvania.
School of Education
Protessional and Secondan' Education: Emironrnental Education
Earth and Space Science
English
General Science
Mathematics
Physics
Secondary Areas of Certification
Biolog}-
Chemistn-
Citizenship Education
(formerh" Social Studies)
Communication
K-12 Areas of Certification
French Russian
German Spanish
Latin
Students in the secondajy or K-12 education programs must confer
regularly with their professional studies adviser in the Department of
Professional and Secondary- Education, as well as wth the academic
adviser assigned by their respective academic department. Prospective
students may obtain information on these secondary or K-12 educa-
tion programs from the Teacher Education Center located in 251
F.H. Green Librar>- (610-436-3090).
Formal Admission to Teacher Education and Teacher
Certification
Refer to the catalog section on "Teaching Certification Programs" for
information on program requirements.
Student Teaching Eligibility
To be eligible tor student teaching (EDS 411-412), the smdent must
have fulfilled the following requirements:
1. Completed the following three courses: AL^T 103 or above, PSY
100,\\'RT121.
2. Completed the following eight courses with at least a C (2.0):
EDF 100, EDM 300, e"dP^250, EDP 351, EDA/EDR 341,
EDS 306, and methods or teaching skills course(s) in the area of
specialization offered in the appropriate academic department.
3. Completed any test and/or other requirements set by the appropri-
ate academic department.
4. Completed a minimum of 90 semester hours with the
Penns\'lvania-mandated GPA (2.8), including a minimum grade of
C in all education courses.
5. Fulfilled the requirements for formal admission to teacher educa-
tion status described on pages 145-146.
Minor in Professional Education 18 semester hours
Any student who is not a major in a teacher education program and is
in good academic standing (minimum cumulative GPA ot 2.00) may
enroll in the program.
Required Courses:
EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250, and diree elective courses under
departmental adwsement
Students must earn a minimum grade of "C" in all minor courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FOUNDATIONS
S)-mbol: EDF
100 School and Sodetj* (3) An introduction to the
nature, tiinction. scope, organization, administration,
and support of the public school in ,'\merican society-.
350 The Professional and Student Personnel
Ser\ices (3) .\n introduction to nonadjunctive ser-
vices in education. PREREQ: EDP 250.
360 The Learner in Nonschool Settings (3)
Emphasis in the course \siil be placed on intra-
and Interpersonal development, facilitative growth
and adjustment, and dv-sftmcrion as they may
impact the nonschool educator or trainer.
364 Systems-Based Educational Services (3)
This course introduces the student to general sys-
tems (social) theon', focusing on the elements,
dvTiamics, and operations of a sv'stem that must be
considered in developing educational activities and
programs for that s\'stem. The student will learn
strategies of systems analii'sis and inten'ention
through the investigation ot such topics as needs
assessment, objective-based programming, organi-
zational development, and program evaluation.
412 Internship in Nonschool Settings (3) The
internship experience is designed tor upper-level
education students who are interested in using and
transferring e.\isting discipline and pedagogical
skills in nonschool settings. A regularly scheduled
practicum will he held tor all internships.
♦ 498 Workshop in Educational Foundations (3)
EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
S>-mbol: EDM
300 Introduction to Educational Technology
Integration (3) An overview of the integration of
technology' in teaching and learning with a focus
on computer applications.
EDUCATIONAL PS\ CHOLOGY
Symbol: EDP
249 Adolescent De^-elopment (3) This course
focuses on the emotional, social, intellectual, moral,
phj'sical, and self-concept factors shaping human
behavior with emphasis on adolescent behavior.
250 Educational Psychologj- (3) A smdy of learn-
ing in relation to the physical, social, emotional,
and intellectual aspects of personahtv'.
351 Evaluation and Measurement (3) A study of
constructing testing materials and procedures with
emphasis on interpretation and application to the
assessment of classroom learning. PREREQ^ EDP
250.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
S\-mbol: EDS
306 Principles of Teaching and Field Experience
in Secondare Education (3) Methods and strate-
gies of teaching in secondarv' schools will be the
core of the course. Implications of classroom man-
agement, learning, and other related problems will
be discussed. Students will observe in a classroom
for nine weeks. PREREQ^ EDF 100 and permis-
sion of department chairperson.
♦ 410 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics or
projects initiated bv the students that will enable
them to do extensive and intensive study in an area
of secondari- education. PREREQl Permission of
department chairperson.
411-412 Student Teaching (6) (6) Observation
and participation in teaching and all other activities
related to the teacher's work in the area of the stu-
dent's specialization. PREREQl Formal admission
and 90 semester hours including all professional
education courses. Students must have at least a 2.8
cumulative average and at least a grade of C (2.0)
in all secondarv- education and professional educa-
tion courses. Offered in fall and spring semesters.
♦ This course mav be taken a^ain for credit.
Environmental Education Program
Thomas Mastrilli, Coordinator
Enwoivmental Education Certification Program
This interdisciplinarv program enables teacher-education majors to
secure certification to teach and administer environmental education
programs. The certification is K-12, and the student must be eru-oUed
in or have completed a teacher-certification program in an area other
than envirorunental education and have achieved a 2.80 cumulative
GPA to enter the program. The curriculum is a mixture ot existing
courses from the physical, social, and behavioral sciences as well as
courses specifically designed for the envirorunental educator. Students
are required to complete all of the cognate requirements in section 1
below (three semester hours more than already required by general edu-
cation and teacher education program requirements) and all of the core
courses in section 2 below. Smdents wishing to explore this program
should consult with the coordinator of envirorunental education.
Certification Program 45-55 semester hours
1. General Education Cognates 21-31 semester hours
BIO 100 or 110; CHE 100 or 102, or
CHE 103-104/CRL 103-104; ESS 101,
Psychology
College of Arts and Sciences
GEO 102, and 9 semester hours
in the behavioral and social sciences
2. Environmental Core Courses
BIO 172 or 270, EDO 300, EDO 450,
16 semester hours
IND 110 or SCE 320, and BIO 102 or
ENV 102 or ESS 102
3. Recommended Electives
EDO 420, EDO 498, and ESS 480
8 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION
Symbol: EDO
300 Environmental History, Theory, and Practice
(3) This course is intended as an overview and intro-
duction to the field of environmental education.
Historical antecedents, including nature education,
outdoor education, and conservation education, as
well as philosophies and methodologies appropriate
for a basic understanding of environmental educa-
tion, will be analysed, with emphasis on compliance
with curriculum regulations in Pennsylvania. Sources
of support for environmental education in the form
of professional organizations, resources, and funding
mechanisms will be identified.
420 Organization and Administration of Out-
door Education (3) Basic concepts of outdoor
education, the role of outdoor education in the
school program, and the initiation and administra-
tion of outdoor education.
450 Environmental Education Design, Delivery,
and Field Experience (3) This course is designed to
facilitate the infusion of environmental educarion
into the traditional classroom and prepare teachers
to use a variety of settings for environmental educa-
tion teaching opportunities. Emphasis will be phced
on teaching techniques closely identified vrith cur-
riculum development goals and objectives for envi-
ronmental education including the use of case stud-
ies, addressing controversial issues, and strategies for
the development of ecological literacy and critical
thinking skills. The stadent also will have a field
placement that will provide an opportunity to put
environmental education theory into practice.
498 Workshop in Environmental Education (3)
Generallv these will be one-week workshops to
provide environmental educators with training
and/or skills in specific programs, topics, or activi-
ties related to environmental education.
Department of Psychology
Peoples Building
610-436-2945
Phillip Duncan, Chairperson
Stefani Yorges, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Bloom, Bonifazi, Duncan, Kumar, Mahlstedt,
J. McConatha, Moore, Morse, PoUak, J. Porter, L. Porter,
M. Renner, Treadwell
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Kerr, C. Renner, Yorges
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Azorlosa, Cans, Johnson,
Rieser-Danner, Wren
The B.A. in PSYCHOLOGY prepares students to understand vari-
ables, such as heredity, learning, and the environment, which shape and
change behavior. Careers are possible in cUnics, guidance centers, indus-
try, hospitals, schools, and government. Students should consult their
advisers concerning recommended preparations for specific career goals.
This program also will prepare the smdent for postgraduate smdy.
BACHELOR OF ARTS— PSYCHOLOGY
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
MAT 103 or higher MAT course is required.
BIO 100 or 110 or 259 is recommended,
COM 201, 208, 212, or 216; WRT 121, 204,
or 220
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement, 0-15 semester hours
see pages 39-40
3. Department Requirements 44-45 semester hours
A. Required Psychology Courses (32-33 semester hours)
PSY 100, 245, 246, and 400. Smdents must
choose three courses from Group I, three
courses from Group II, and one course
from Group III. Smdents are strongly
encouraged to take PSY 245 as early as pos-
sible, but MUST enroll in it before taking
more than 21 hours in psychology courses.
Group I (choose three courses)
PSY 254, 257, 365, 375, or either 382
or 384 (but not both)
Group II (choose three courses)
PSY 255, 335, 350, 363, 464, or 475
Group III (choose one course)
PSY 266, 336, 366, 386, 410, 441, 466, or 470
B. Psycholog)' Electives (12 semester hours)
Four additional courses, selected from
among any of the departmental offerings.
4. Student Electives to complete 120 semester hours
These electives are in addition to the nine
semester hours of electives listed under the
general education requirements and may be
selected from among any ot the University's
course offerings.
Minor in Psychology 18 semester hours
The minor in psychology is designed for students of any major and is
tailored to the specific educational goals of each student. After taking
PSY 100, the student will choose 15 additional hours of PSY courses.
Minimum Grade Requirement
Beginning in the fall of 1996 all newly declared psychology majors
and minors must earn a grade ot C- or better in PSY 100 and all
other PSY courses that fulfill departmental requirements. PSY courses
used as general education free electives are exempt firom this policy.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PSYCHOLOGY
Symbol: PSY
100 Introduction to Psychology (3) Introduction
to the scientific study of behavior. The multiple
bases of human behavior with emphasis on the
learning process. Basic concepts, principles, and
methodology'. Smdents may be required to become
familiar with an ongoing research study in psy-
chology as an out-of-class assignment.
210 Developmental Psychology: Lifespan (3) A
survey of research findings and theoretical issues
related to developmental processes from the prena-
tal phase to senescence. PREREQi PSY 100.
Majors are advised to take PSY 382 or PSY 384
rather than PSY 210.
245 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences (3)
Descriptive and inferential statistical concepts and
techniques and their application to the collection,
analysis, and interpretation of behavioral data.
Computer-assisted computation procedures will be
employed. PREREQi MAT 103 or higher.
246 Research Methods in Psychology (3) Critical
examination of research methods in psychology,
including experimental and quasi-experimental
designs, correlational methods, and survey meth-
ods. Smdents will receive practical experience in
the design, implementation, analvsis. and interpre-
tation of data, and in preparation ot written
reports for research projects. PREREQi PSY 245.
School ot Business and Public Attairs
Social Work
254 Social Psychology (3) The study ot the wa\-s
in which the indi\'idual is affected bv the actual,
imagined, or implied presence of others. PRE-
REQ: PSY 100.
255 Introduction to Biological Psychology (3)
Basic concepts concerning the reciprocal relation-
ship between behaN^or and biolog)' will be intro-
duced. PREREQi PSY 100.
257 TTieories of Personality (3) A course in per-
sonalit\' that examines the theories and writings of
Freud. Jung, Adler, Fromm, Erikson, Rogers, and
other major personalit\- theorists. PREREQ; PSY
100.
265 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3) A
basic course for business majors and others inter-
ested in the psychology' of the workplace.
Emphasis on the theoretical developments in psy-
cholog^' as these relate to the studv ot people in
organizations and industn-. PREREQ; PSY 100.
266 Biological Psychology Laboratory (2)
Laboratorv' exercises and experiments in basic bio-
logical psy'cholog)'. PREREQ; PS'i' 100, 245, 246,
and concurrent or preWous enrollment in PSY 255.
325 Psychological Testing and Measurement (3)
Principles ot psychological measurement including
standardization, scale transformation, reUabilit}',
validity', and item anal^^is. Use of tests for the
solution of problems in industrial, clinical, and
educational settings. PREREQ: PSY 100.
327 Behavior Modification (3) A sun'ey of the
principles and practices employed in inducing
behaWoral changes in clinic, institution, agency,
and school settings. PREREQ: PSY 100.
335 Animal Behavior (3) The evolution and
adaptiveness of beha\ior. Emphasis on physiologi-
cal, genetic, and learning processes underlnng ani-
mal behanor. PRERECl PSY 100, or BIO 100 or
110, or permission ot instructor.
336 Animal Behavior Laboratory (2) Laborator)'
exercises and experiments in the principles of ani-
mal behavior and comparative psychology. PRE-
REQ^ Concurrent enrollment in (or previous com-
pletion of) PSY 335.
350 Motivation (3) A stud)' ot drives, motives,
and emotions as determinants of behavior.
Phv'siological and social aspects of motivation will
be explored with some attention given to patho-
logical factors. PREREQ: PS^l' 100.
362 Histoiy and Systems of Psychology (3) An
integrated overview of the historv' of psychology as
well as the sv'stems, theories, and tlmdamental issues
with which psvchologists have concerned themselves
in the past, recent, and current stages ot the science.
PREREQiPSY 100; PHI 101 recommended.
363 Psychology of Learning (3) Basic laws and
theories of learning. PREREQ. PSY 100.
365 Psychology of Women (3) A studv of the
behavior and experience ot women. Biological,
cultural, interpersonal, and intrapersonal determi-
nants of women's acrions, thoughts, and feeUngs
will be explored. PREREQi PSY 100.
366 Learning Laboratory (2) Laboratory e-xercises
and experiments in the principles of Pavlovian and
instrumental conditioning. PREREQ^ Successful
completion or concurrent enrollment in PSY 363.
375 Abnormal Psychology (3) An in-depth study
of psychological/psychiatric disorders, including
diagnosis, epidemiology, etiology, and treatment.
PREREQ: PSY 100.
382 Developmental Psychologv- of Infancy, Child-
hood and Adolescence (3) Study ot the normal
child from conception to puberty. Emphasis on cur-
rent theoretical issues involved in the effects of early
cx-perience and environment. PREREQ; PS\' 100.
384 Developmental Psychologj' of Adulthood
and Aging (3) Study ot psychological development
during the mature vears up to and including death
and dving. PREREQ; PSY 100.
390 Principles of Counseling and Psychotherapy
(3) A review of theoretical assumptions underpin-
ning various approaches to counseUng and psy-
chotherapv with particular reference to compara-
tive outcome data. PREREQ: PSY 257 or 375.
400 Senior Seminar in Psychology (3) In-depth
study of advanced topics in psychologv'. Students
will prepare and present written and oral presenta-
tions describing and analyzing current issues in
psychology. Required of all psychologv' majors.
♦ 410 Research in Psychologv' (1-3) Special
research projects, reports, and readings in psychol-
ogv'. PREREQ; Permission of department chair-
person.
413 Psychodrama I (3) This class is designed as
an introducton' course, integrating theory and
practice ot psychodrama as a psychotherapeutic
modality. Emphasis is placed on understanding
the basic psychodramatic and sociometric tech-
niques from a theoretical perspective with empha-
sis placed on how to use these basic techniques in
appUed situations. PREREQ; PSY 100 and per-
mission of instructor.
430 Human Sexual Behavior (3) ^An intensive
studv of those variables under which human sex-ual
behavior functions. Research from sociological and
medical studies is integrated with psychological
knowledge. PREREQ; PSY 100.
441 Field Experience in Psychology' I (3) A
work-study program in an educational, business,
or mental health facility under joint supervision of
the instructor and the staff psychologist of the
field institution. Permission of instructor required.
442 Field E.xperience in Psychology II (3)
Continuation of PSY 441.
443 Psychology' of Group Processes (3) An
exploration of the draamics of interpersonal
behavior in small groups. Theory applied to prac-
tice in class. PRERECi; PSY 100; permission of
instructor recommended.
445 Organizational Development (3) The study
of human behavior in task group and organization-
al contexts. PREREQ; PSS' 265 recommended.
447 Interpersonal Relationships (3) A study of
processes and factors in establishing, maintaining,
and terminating relationships via the use of group
methods. PREREQ; PSY 100 and permission of
instructor.
464 Advanced Biological Psychology (3)
Anatomical, endocrinological, and phv'siological
processes underlving behavior, including motiva-
tion, emotion, learning, and memon,'. Special atten-
tion is given to the biological bases and treatments
of mental illness. PREREQ; PSY 100 and 255.
470 Sensory and Perceptual Processes (3) A
study ot how we process senson- information and
perceive our environments. PREREQ; PS^' 100.
475 Cognitive Psychology (3) Basic research and
application in memon' and information process-
ing. PREREQ; PS\' 100; PSY 363 recommended.
481 Eating Disorders (3) .'\n in-depth study of
anore-xia nen'osa, bulimia nervosa, and other variants
of disordered eating. PREREQ; PSY 257 or 375.
♦ 490 Topical Seminar in Psychologv' (1-3)
Special topics in psychologv' not offered under exist-
ing, regularly offered courses. PREREQ; Consent
of instructor or chairperson recommended.
♦ This course may be taken again with the approval
of the Department of Psychology chairperson.
Department of Social Work
114 Rosedale Avenue
610-436-2527
Dark Spence Coffev, Chairperson
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: DeHope, JovTier, Voss
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Coffey, Hicks, Hodgins
The social work program is accredited on the baccalaureate level as a
professional degree in social work b)' the Council on Social Work
Education.
This mission of the Department of Social Work at West Chester
Universit}' is to develop the knowledge, values, and skills in students
to enable them to fiinction effectiveh' as beginning generalist social
workers. Students develop knowledge of the social welfare needs of a
complex urban and rural environment. Students learn to use critical
thinking skills in resolving ethical dilemmas and to evaluate their
skills to guide life-long learning. Students are also prepared for gradu-
ate social work education. The student applies theory to practice in
varied field experiences in the junior and senior years.
The B.S.W. program has two phases. The first phase is the pre-social
work education track for declared undergraduate social work majors.
Students take pre-social work along with their general education
requirements during the first two vears. They then apply tor candidacy
for the second phase, which is the professional social work track in
which course work is completed during the junior and senior years.
During the junior and senior years students combine academic course
work and field practice. The bachelor ot social work is conferred on
undergraduates who complete all the academic requirements ot the
program and of West Chester Universit)'. The B.S.W. is recognized
as the first professional level of social work practice.
Student-learning objectives of the B.S.W. program are as follows:
Social Work
School of Business and Public Affairs
1. Understand the value base of the profession and its ethical stan-
dards and principles, and practice accordingly.
2. Understand the forms and mechanisms ot oppression and discrim-
ination, and apply strategies of advocacy and social change that
advance social and economic justice.
3. Apply the knowledge and skills of generalist social work practice
with systems ot all sizes.
4. Analyze, formulate, and influence social policies.
5. Evaluate research studies, apply research findings to practice, and
evaluate their own practice interventions.
6. Use communication skills differendy across cUent populations, col-
leagues, and communities.
All students are expected to demonstrate attitudes and behavior con-
sistent with the values and ethics of professional social work and the
National Association of Social Work (NASW) Social Work Code of
Ethics.
Policy for Social Work Majors
Majors are required to meet with their social work adviser to plan an
integrative course of study, to select courses prior to scheduling, to
discuss career opportunities, and to keep abreast ot departmental
activities. Handbooks are provided to help students be aware ot
requirements and procedures in the department. Social work majors
should be aware of social work prerequisite courses and must see
their adviser before registering for classes.
Academic Promotion Policy
Social work students who have a grade of D, F, or NG (no grade) in
required courses must repeat these courses and achieve a satisfactory
grade before entering the junior field placement. Not achieving at
least a C- in social work required courses is considered grounds for
dismissal trom the social work program.
Department- Related Activities
The Social Work Club is a student organization that involves depart-
ment facult)' and resources. The activities of this organization are
open to all students. The honor society. Phi ^Alpha, is sponsored by
the Department of Social Work and is the Chi Gamma Chapter of
the National Social Work Honor Society. EligibiUtj' requires an over-
all GPA of 3.0 and 3.5 in required social work courses. For more
information, see the Student Activities and Service Organization sec-
tions of the catalog.
Department Field Placements and Volunteer Ejcperiences
Social work students do volunteer experience in the second semester of
their first year. During the second semester of the junior year and in
both semesters of the senior year, students will be placed in various social
work agencies (see partial listing of social work field placements).
Students must have completed SWO 200, 220, 225, 300, 320, 332,
and 350 with a cumulative average of 3.0 before they register to take
the junior field placement in the spring semester.
INSURANCE. Students are also required to carry liability insurance
coverage in the amount of $1,000,000/3,000,000 during the second
semester of their junior and the entire senior year at a yearly cost of
approximately $35. Students who have cars must submit a copy of their
insurance to the director of field placement. Students may join NASW
and become a member of a national social work organization and
receive habilit)' insurance at a reduced rate. Students should apply for
child abuse clearance and state pohce background check in the fall
semester of their junior year for various field placement considerations.
Social Work Field Placements
Below is a sampling of settings where students have been placed to
fultill their field experience requirements:
Chester County Children, Youth, and Families
Delaware County Children and Youth
West Chester Area School District
Coatesville Area School District
Philadelphia School District
University of Pennsylvania Health Systems
National Hospital for Kids in Crisis
Chester County Juvenile Probation
Delaware County Adult Probation and Parole
Philadelphia Prison System
Women's Law Project
Ferris School of Delaware
First Step of Chester Count)'
Belmont Center for Comprehensive Treatment
Terry Psychiatric Center of Delaware
Libertae
Marion Adoptions
St. Gabriel's Hall
Intercultural Family Services
Family Services of Chester County
Family Services of Montgomery County
Family Services ot Lancaster County
Safe Harbor of West Chester
Gateway Counseling
Eldernet
Women's Alternative Center
Vitas Hospice
Devereaux Foundation
Chester County' Office of Aging
Montgomery County Aging and Adult Services
Home of the Sparrow
Crosslands
Sunrise Assisted Living
Veterans Administration of CoatesviUe
Admission Requirements
Applicants must meet University requirements for admission. After
successfiilly completing the first two years of pre-social work course
requirements, students may apply for candidacy for the professional
social work track.
For candidacy students must have completed requirements for the first
two years of general education, Uberal arts cognates, and pre-social
work courses with the necessary minimum cumulative grade point
averages specified below.
In comphance with the Council on Social Work Education, the
national accrediting body for social work, the program only accepts
upper-division social work courses from accredited programs that cor-
respond with West Chester University social work program sequenc-
ing. No social work credits are granted for life and work experience.
BACHELOR OF ARTS— SOCIAL WORK
I. Required Courses for the First Two Years
A. General Education Courses 48 semester hours
(Requires a GPA of 2.0)
WRT 120 and 121 (6)
LIT 165 (3)
HIS 101 or 102 or 150 (3)
Foreign Language/Culture Requirements (6)
B. Required Liberal Arts (Cognate) Foundation 30 semester hours
(Requires a GPA of 2.5)
ANT 102 (3); BIO 100 (3); GEO 101 or 103 (3);
HIS 150 or 101, or 102 (3); MAT 103 or 121 (3);
PHI 180 (3); PSC 101 (3); PSY 100 (3);
SOC 200 or 240 (3)
C. Pre-Social Work Courses 12 semester hours
(Requires a GPA of 3.0)
SWO 200 (3), SWO 220 (3), SWO 225 (3)
SWO 300 (3)
II. Junior- and Senior-Level Students
A. Continued matriculation at the professional level of the bac-
calaureate program requires that all students:
1. Maintain an overall GPA of 2.0 or better in the general edu-
cation requirements.
2. Maintain an average of 2.5 GPA in the required additional
liberal arts cognate foundation courses (CSC 110 and nine
hours of advised electives)
School ot Health Sciences
Sports Medicine
3. Adhere to field practice requirements in accordance with the
Undergraduate Social Work Field Manual.
4. Comply with the NASW Code of Ethics.
B. Professional Social Work Courses 45 semester hours
(Requires a GPA of 3.0)
SWO 320, 321, 332, 350, 351, 375, 431,
432, 495, 496 (3 each)
SWO 375, 450 and 451 (6 each)
Transfer Students
Students from other colleges and universities who desire to transfer to
the West Chester University baccalaureate social work program
should apply through the University's Office of Admissions, which
will coordinate the credit evaluations of social work courses with the
baccalaureate social work program director. Transfer students are
required to make appUcation for candidacy.
A transfer credit analysis, listing all transfer credits accepted by the
University, will be sent to the Department of Social Work and also
directly to the student. The B.S.W. program director may accept
social work transfer credits from CSWE-accredited undergraduate
social work programs.
The field practicum and seminar are concurrent courses in the WCU
undergraduate social work program; therefore, they are not transfer-
able. The poUcies and requirements for the field practice are expUcat-
ed in the Baccalaureate Program Field Instruction Manual. All other
social work courses not meeting the requirements of the program may
be accepted as SWO 199 course credit hours.
Internal Transfer Students
Internal transfer students meet the same standards for the program as
other students do.
NOTE: The Department of Social Work offers pre-social work
courses in the summer to assist transfer students to begin as a junior
when they enter West Chester University in the fall. It is crucial that
all transfer students be advised by the undergraduate program chair
before the first session of summer.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SOCIAL WORK
Symbol: SWO
PRIMARILY FOR FRESHMEN AND
SOPHOMORES
200 Introduction to Social Work (3) Current
social problems and the influence ot societal values
on their definition and the structures devised to
meet them. Two hours per week of volunteer
experience in a social agency is required.
220 Introduction to Generalist Practice (3)
Students are provided background knowledge and
skUls to fimction professionally in society. The course
adopts the psychological perspective that links self-
concept and its development with group behavior,
the fimction of social reality, and social role.
222 Human Service Professionals and the Law
(3) A study of legislation and case law affecting
social welfare programs for the development of an
understanding of legal reasoning and key areas of
legal knowledge.
I # 225 Race Relations (3) Emphasis is placed on
racial awareness by examining racial, ethnic, and
cultural differences of minority groups in the
United States.
BjV. COURSES FOR SOCLVL WORK
MAJORS AND OTHER UPPERCLASS
STUDENTS
300 Family Systems I (3) Introduction to selected
items in systems analysis, emphasizing application
to understanding family systems and the organiza-
tional framework of human behavior.
320 Generalist Social Work Practice I (3) The
theory and application of the generalist model and
the problem-solving method to direct practice
with individuals and families.
321 Generalist Social Work Practice II (3) A
continuation of the application of the generalist
model and problem-solving method to direct prac-
tice with groups, organizations, and communities.
332 Social Welfare Policies and Services (3) The
history of social welfare in the United States, and
an overview of major fields of social work practice
wdth emphasis on legislation and policy formula-
tion.
350 Human Behavior in Social Environment I
(3) Examination of life stages of early childhood
through adolescence.
351 Human Behavior in Social Environment II
(3) Continuation of SWO 350. Focus on middle
adulthood to aging.
421 Mental Health and Social Work Practice (3)
The scope of mental health ser\iccs and specific
practice skills for social work with mentally disturbed
or retarded clients only.
423 Special Skills in Child Protective Services
(3) Emphasis is placed on understanding chUd
abuse and neglect, assessment of persons in crises,
and treatment for the abused and neglected child
in today's society.
431 Methods of Social Inquiry (3) Fundamentals
of problem identification, research design, sampling,
observation, data collection and reduction, and non-
statistical analysis.
432 Advanced Social Welfare Policies and
Services (3) A theoretical framework for the
analysis, formulation, implementation, and change
of social policy, governmental guidelines, and
social legislation.
COURSES FOR SOCIAL WORK
MAJORS ONLY
375 Field Placement (6) Junior-year field experi-
ence for the social work major.
395 Junior Seminar (3) A practice seminar
designed to relate to the student's field placement.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in Social Work (1-3)
Special research projects or practices in social
work. Juniors and seniors only. PREREQ^
Permission ot department chairperson.
♦ 450-451 Field Experience I-II (6) (6) Super-
vised work experience in a social agency. Seniors
only.
490 Seminar in Social Work (3) In-depth topics
in social work offered to complement the under-
graduate program's field practicum and not offered
in required courses.
♦ 495 Senior Seminar in Social Work (3)
Integration of field and classroom experiences in
discussing the application of the generalist model
to the helping process.
496 Social Work Process Seminar (3) Seminar
on the social work process designed to relate to the
second semester field experience.
I Diverse communities course
# Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Sports Medicine
216 Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center
610-436-3293
Carolyn C.Jimenez, Chairperson
Neil Curtis, Coordinator of Athletic Training Education
Sandra Fowkes Godek, Coordinator of Sports Medicine Services
PROFESSOR: Godek
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Curtis, Fowkes-Godek
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Jimenez, Taylor
INSTRUCTOR: Norris
ADJUNCT PROFESSOR: Bartolozzi, Fawcett
The Department of Sports Medicine offers the B.S. in ATHLETIC
TRAINING which prepares smdents to achieve certification from the
National Athletic Trainers Association Board of Certification, Inc.
(NATABOC). Students completing this major also are eligible for
entry-level athletic training positions, as well as graduate study in such
fields as physical therapy, exercise physiology, biomechanics, and
sports medicine.
Sports Medicine
School ot Health Sciences
Applicants should have a combined SAT score of 1070 and rank in
the top 20 percent of their high school class. Qualified students are
required to participate in an interview with department faculty prior
to admission.
Pre-Physical Therapy
A student may follow several academic paths to prepare for a profes-
sional physical therapy program. There is no official pre-physical ther-
apy curriculum at West Chester University. Students who are interest-
ed in preparing for a professional physical therapy school may meet
the prerequisites either through the College of Arts and Sciences by
enrolling in the Department of Biology, or through the School of
Health Sciences by enrolling in the Department of Sports Medicine.
Students also may elect to take their undergraduate degree in the
College of Arts and Sciences in the liberal studies science and mathe-
matics track with a biology minor. Students interested in pre-physical
therapy should contact either Dr. NeU Curtis in Sports Medicine or
Dr. Judith Greenamyer in Biology.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— ATHLETIC TRAINING
(Includes the Commission on Accreditation of AUied Health
Education Programs [CAAHEP] accredited athleric training educa-
tion program)
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Athletic Training courses 44 semester hours
SMD 100, 204, 212, 272, 310, 311, 312, 313,
315, 316, 414, 417, 418, 454, and SML 261, 310, and 311
3. Related Requirements 29 semester hours
BIO 259 and 269; COM 208; HEA 100 and 303;
KIN 352, 361, and 475; and MAT 121.
4. Related Requirements that also satisfy the 26 semester hours
General Education Requirements
BIO 110, CHE 107, COM 208, MAT 121,
Pm' 100, and PSY 100
Other courses in chemistry, physics, mathematics, and biology may
be substituted with approval of program director.
5. Clinical Experience
Clinical experiences are provided in a number of high school, col-
lege, and university settings under the supervision of a certified ath-
leric trainer. Due to potential scheduUng conflicts, athletic training
students may be excluded from playing varsity sports during their
four semesters of clinical experience. Students enrolled in SMD
315-316 and 417-418 must have current certification in CPR and
fu'st aid, be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccination or sign a vaccine
declination, and have professional liabUity- coverage. Students must
supply their own transportation to clinical sites. Students in clinical
assignments are required to purchase and wear specified uniforms.
6. Students must earn a minimum grade of C in the following courses.
In order to be recommended for the NATABOC Certification
Exam, students must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
the following courses:
BIO 259, 269; HEA 303; KIN 352, 361, 475; SMD 204, 272, 310,
311, 312, 313, 315, 316, 414, 417, 418, 454; SML 261, 310, 311
Technical Standards for the B.S. in Athletic Training Major
The B.S. in athletic training program at West Chester University pre-
pares students for careers as certified athletic trainers where they will
enter emplovment settings and render athletic training services to indi-
viduals engaged in physical activity. The clinical, classroom, and labora-
tory experiences place specific demands on the students enrolled in the
program. The technical standards developed for the degree establish the
essential quahties necessary for students to achieve the knowledge, skills,
and competencies of an entry- level certified athletic trainer and meet
the expectations of the agency (Commission on Accreditation of Allied
Health Education Programs {CAAHEP}) that accredits the program.
Students must possess the abilities outlined below to be admitted into the
program. Students selected for admission must verify- that they under-
stand and meet these technical standards with or vnthout a reasonable
accommodation. A student with a condition who may need a reasonable
accommodation to meet these standards will be referred to the Office of
Services for Students with Disabilities (OSSD) for an evaluation of
whether the condition is a disability as defined by applicable laws, and a
determination of what accommodations are reasonable. The determina-
tion will specifically take into consideration whether the requested
accommodations might jeopardize the safety of the patient, and the abili-
ty to complete the classroom, laboratory, and clinical course work
required for the athletic training program. The OSSD, with input from
the Department of Sports Medicine, will make this determination.
Whenever possible, reasonable accommodations will be provided for
those individuals with disabUiries to enable them to meet these standards
and ensure that students are not denied the benefits of, excluded from
participation in, or otherwise subjected to discrimination in this program.
The following are technical standards for the B.S. program, which are
not inclusive of all expected abilities:
1. Critical thinking ability sufficient for clinical judgment
2. Interpersonal abilities sufficient to interact with individuals, fami-
lies, and groups from a variety of social, emotional, cultural, and
intellectual backgrounds
3. Communication abiUties sufficient for interaction with others in
verbal and written form
4. Physical abihties sufficient to maneuver in small or confined spaces
and to provide emergency care
5. Gross and fine motor abilities sufficient to provide safe and effec-
tive athletic training care
6. Tactile dexterity sufficient for physical assessment
7. Visual ability sufficient for observation and assessment necessary in
athletic training care
8. Auditory ability sufficient to monitor and assess health needs
9. Ability to maintain composure and fiinction in highly stressful sit-
uations such as those associated with critical injury or iUness
Facilities
Offices, classrooms, and laboratories for the Department of Sports
Medicine are housed in the Russell L. Sturzebecker Health Sciences
Center. Clinical experience is offered in two athletic training rooms on
campus, one located in Hollinger Fieldhouse and the recendy expanded
facility located in the Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center. The athlet-
ic training rooms offer students the opportunity to work with state-of-
the-art equipment, including numerous electrical modalities, Cybex iso-
kinetic dvTiamometers, and the latest in proprioreceptive apparatus. In
addition, the department maintains a dose working relationship with
the Human Performance Laboratorv' of the Department of Kinesiology.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SPORTS MEDICINE
Course Symbols: SMD; SML indicates a lab
course. The first number in parentheses is
the number of class hours per week; the sec-
ond number indicates hours of credit.
100 Foundations of Sports Medicine (3) (3) An
overview ot the professions in the discipline of
sports medicine.
200 Understanding Your Sports Injury (3) (3)
Prepares physically active individuals to understand
the principles of prevention, recognition, manage-
ment, and rehabilitation of injuries and illness
commonly associated with sports- and fitness-ori-
ented activities. (Nonathletic training majors only.)
204 First Aid for Health Professionals (3) (3)
Prepares health professionals to meet emergencies
requiring first aid. Includes "First Responder"
training.
SML 204 First Aid for Health Professionals Lab
(0) (0) Lab experiences in the application of skills
and knowledge presented in SMD 204. Must be
taken concurrendy with SMD 204.
211 First Aid for Children (1) Safety procedures
and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) for early
childhood and elementary education majors.
212 Pathology and Evaluation of Athletic
Injury/Illness 1 (3) (3) A presentation of the
pathology, pharmacology, and management strate-
gies relevant to sports medicine. Emphasis will be
School of Education
Teacher Certification Programs
on nonorthopaedic conditions commonly encoun-
tered in a physically active population. PREREQ;
BIO 259 and 269.
SML 261 Surface Anatomy Laboratory (2) (1)
Orientation to major anatomical landmarks and
underlying structures. Required of athletic training
majors. PREREQ: BIO 259 and 269, KIN 361,
or concurrent KIN 361.
271 First Aid and Athletic Training (3) (2) A
course designed to qualify students in First Aid
and CPR, and to introduce the principles of ath-
letic injury prevention and management. For non-
majors only.
272 Athletic Training Techniques (3) (2) A
course designed to develop athletic training skills
for beginning athletic training students. PRE-
REQ; SMD 271 or SMD 204.
310 TherapeuticModalities for Athletic
Training (3) (3) Physical agents used in athletic
training are presented with regard to the physics,
physiological effects, indications, contraindica-
tions, and progression. PREREQ^ KIN 352 and
361. Athletic training majors only.
SML 310 Therapeutic Modalities for Athletic
Training Lab (2) (1) Lab experiences in the appli-
cation of physical agents presented in SMD 310.
PREREQ,or CONCURRENT: SMD 310.
Athletic training majors only.
311 Therapeutic Exercise for Athletic Training
(3) (3) The principles, objectives, indications, con-
traindications, and progression of various exercise
programs used in the rehabihtation of athletic
injuries are presented. PREREQ^ KIN 352 and
361, and SML 261. Athletic training majors only.
SML 311 Therapeutic Exercise for Athletic
Training Lab (4) (2) Lab experiences in the appli-
cation of exercises presented in SMD 311. PRE-
REQ.or CONCURRENT: SMD 311. Athletic
training majors only.
312 Pathology and Evaluation of Athletic Injury/
Illness II (3) (3) A continuation of SMD 212 with
emphasis on the pathology of injuries to the e.xtrem-
ities commonly seen in athletics and the techniques
for their evaluation. PREREQ; KIN 352 and 361,
SMD 212, SML 261. Athletic training majors only.
313 Pathology and Evaluation of Athletic Injury/
Illness III (3) (3) A continuation of SMD 312
with emphasis on the head, neck, and trunk. PRE-
REQ; SMD 312. Athleric training majors only.
315 Athletic Injury Management I (2) (2)
Chnical experience of 200 or more hours with spe-
cific behavioral objectives in athletic equipment
selection and fitting, and the presentation of ill-
ness, injuries, and conditions. PREREQ_or CON-
CURRENT: SMD 311 and 312, and SML 311.
Athletic training majors only.
316 Athletic Injury Management II (3) (3)
Chnical experience of 200 or more hours with spe-
cific behavioral objectives in case study presenta-
tions of injuries, illnesses, and/or conditions, and
hospital emergency department medical care.
PREREQ.or CONCURRENT: SMD 310 and
313, and SML 310. Athletic training majors only.
414 History, Organization, and Administration
of Athletic Training (3) (3) A presentation of the
historical and current perspectives of athletic train-
ing, including techniques for organizing and
administering athletic training programs. PRE-
REQ; SMD 272. Athletic training majors only.
417 Athletic Injury Management III (3) (3)
Chnical experience of 200 or more hours with spe-
cific behavioral objectives in case study presenta-
tions of injuries, illnesses, and/or conditions, plus
group discussions of chnical situations. PREREQ;
SMD 310, 311, 313, and 316; and SML 310 and
311. Athletic training majors only.
418 Athletic Injury Management IV (3) (3)
Chnical experience of 200 or more hours and partic-
ipation in critical reviews of sports medicine research
combined with seminars which afford interaction
with various medical and paramedical practitioners.
PREREQ; SMD 310, 311, 312, and 313; and SML
310 and 311. Athletic training majors only.
454 Theories and Practices of Conditioning and
Training (3) (3) Apphcation of principles of physi-
ology, psychology, and kinesiology for the design
and use of conditioning programs for various
sports. PREREQ; KIN 352 and 361.
Teaching Certification Programs
The primary mission of the teacher education programs at West
Chester University is the preparation and continuing development of
educational professionals in order to meet the needs of diverse student
populations in the public schools and other education environments
throughout the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
We are committed to excellence in teacher education which utilizes
innovative curriculum designs and fosters coUaborative effort in the
schools and community.
We are committed to preparing exemplary professionals to assume
their roles and responsibilities as educators in a multicultural, global
society; to pursue personal and professional development opportuni-
ties; to support the continuing improvement of our schools; to assume
leadership; and to participate in the education community.
West Chester University offers 19 undergraduate certification pro-
grams and two endorsement areas for students who wish to prepare
themselves to be certified teachers. These programs, which are
described more fiiUy in the departmental listings, include:
Biology
Chemistry
Communication
Early Childhood
Special Education
Elementary Education
English
Elective Certification:
French, German, Latin,
Russian, Spanish
B.S.Ed.: Earth-Space Science
Certification only: General Science
B.A.: Elective Certification
Citizenship Education
B.A.: Elective Certification
Citizenship Education
Department
Progra
Biolog}'
B.S.Ed,
Chemistry
B.S.Ed.
Communication Studies
B.S.Ed,
Early Childhood and Special
B.S.Ed,
Education
Elementary Education
B.S.Ed,
English
B.S.Ed,
Foreign Languages
B.A.:
Geology and Astronomy
Geography and Planning
History
Kinesiology
B.S.:
Mathematics
Music Education
Physics
Political Science
Professional and Secondary
Education
Health and Physical
Education
Endorsement Certification: Driver
Education
B.S.Ed.: Mathematics
B.M.: Music Education:
Vocal, Choral, General,
Instmmental
B.S.Ed.: Physics
B.A.: Elective Certification
Citizenship Education
Endorsement Certification:
Environmental
Education
FORMAL ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION
All students seeking a bachelor's degree in education or a bachelor of
arts degree with elective certification must formally apply for admis-
sion to teacher education. This provision applies to those who
received University admission to major in teacher education.
Beginning September 1, 2003 the minimum standards for formal
admission to a WCU teacher preparation program include:
1. Major in a teacher-education program or enrolled in an elective
certification program;
2. 48 semester-hour credits of college-level study;
3. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.8 on all college-level work;
4. Passing scores, as estabUshed by the Pennsylvania Department of
Education (PDE) on the currently specified PPST's (Praxis I:
Reading, Writing, and Mathematics). Please consult with the
Teacher Certification Office in Recitation Hall regarding up-to-
date testing information or visit the PDE web site:
www.state.pa.us.
5. Six semester-hour credits of college-level (100 level or above)
mathematics, three semester-hour credits of college-level (100 level
Teacher Certification Programs
School of Education
or above)English composition, and three semester-hour credits in
literature taught in English; and
6. Recommendation bv the department of the student's major.
(Department recommendation mav be contingent upon comple-
tion of additional and/or more rigorous requirements than the
minimum described above.)
WCU teacher education students who achieve formal admission to
teacher education starting September 1, 2003 and thereafter must main-
tain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.80 to retain formal admission
status. Students who are formally admitted after September 1, 2003
must complete their programs with a minimum cumulative GPA of
3.00 to qualify for PDE teacher certification. Each program has desig-
nated, for its own majors, its advanced professional courses. Only those
majors who have been formally admitted to teacher education are eligi-
ble to take these courses.
Students who earn formal admission to teacher education and later
fall below the required cumulative GPA are permitted to take course
work to improve their GPA to the required level (2.80). Such students
will not, however, be permitted to register for additional advanced
professional education course work in their programs until they again
achieve the minimum cumulative GPA required for formal admission
(2.80).
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching is the concluding experience of the teacher educa-
tion program. Students majoring in early childhood, elementary, for-
eign languages, secondary, and special education must file applications
to student teach with the Teacher Education Center (251 Francis
Harvey Green Librar\-)- Students majoring in health and physical
education, and music education must fde applications with their
departments.
To be eligible to complete a student teaching experience, candidates
must have completed the course requirements, must meet the state-
mandated minimum grade point average (2.80) or higher, and must
have satisfied the requirements for formal admission to teacher educa-
tion. See program listings and advising sheets for specifics. Students
should contact their departments for the requirements. A student must
earn an academic grade of C or better in both student teaching assign-
ments and graduate with the state-mandated minimum grade point
average (3.0) or higher to qualify' for a Pennsylvania teaching certifi-
cate. Students receiving a grade of C- or lower in either or both stu-
dent teaching assignments will not be eligible for a teaching certificate.
Students are assigned a student teaching placement in schools with
which the University has a formal agreement.
TEACHING CERTIFICATION
Students apply for a Pennsylvania certificate through the University's
Teacher Certification Office. As soon as certification requirements
have been met, students apply for teacher certification.
The Teacher Certification Office verifies that all requirements have
been met prior to submitting a recommendation for certification to
the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
Applicants for the certificate must be citizens of the United States. A
noncitizen must have declared the intent to become a citizen of the
United States to qualif\' for a teaching certificate. For more informa-
tion, contact the Universitj-'s Teacher Certification Office.
Application forms and information about certification are available
from the Teacher Certification Office, 302 Recitation Hall, in the
School of Education.
Postbaccalaureate students who wish to obtain teaching certification
should consult with the Teacher Education Center located in the
Francis Harvey Green Library.
THE PRAXIS SERIES EXAMINATIONS
Professional Assessments for Beginning Teachers
Students pursuing initial Pennsylvania Instructional Level I
Certification must pass the examinations prescribed at the time of cer-
tification by the Pennsylvania Department of Education. Currently,
these examinations include the foUoviring:
• As part of the requirements for formal admission to teacher edu-
cation, all students must pass the PPST (Praxis I) exams in read-
ing, mathematics, and writing. Students are strongly encouraged
to take these exams in the second semester of the first year of col-
lege study.
• Candidates in programs leading to N-3, K-6, and K-12 certifica-
tion must pass the Fundamental Subjects: Content Knowledge
exam. It is suggested that candidates take this exam during the
junior year.
• AH candidates for certifications must pass a major specialty area
test. It is suggested that candidates take these tests in the senior
year, after completing all program requirements. Candidates stu-
dent teaching in fall 2003 and thereafter do not need to take the
Principles of Learning and Teaching test.
HEIA- Title II Praxis Test Results for Program Completers,
Regular Teacher Education Preparation Program for
2001-2002 Academic Year
Results from Educational Testing Service
Assessment Type Number Number Passing Rate
(Aggregate) Taking Passing Institutional Statewide
Assessment Assessment
Basic Skills 700 645 92% 92%
Professional 645 580 90% 92%
Knowledge
Academic Content 468 427 91% 91%
Areas (Mathematics,
English, Biology, etc.)
Other Content Areas 94 90 96% 98%
(Career/ Technical
Education, Health
Education, etc.)
Teaching Special 69 69 100% 99%
Populations (Special
Education, ESL, etc.)
Commentary on the Results
For the 2001-2002 academic year, the aggregated institutional pass rate for
program completers ranged from 91% to 100% on the five ripes of test assess-
ments. These aggregated results are consistent with statewide pass rates. These
results show strength in performance in light of the large number of WCU
students who take these tests. WCU students represented anywhere from 5%
to 14% of all tests taken bv type of assessment statewide.
On the content knowledge tests, the range on pass rates was from 86% to
100%. Again, comparing institutional pass rates to the statewide results, WCUs
program completers scored at about the state pass percent. In a few content
areas (three), slightly below (-1% to -4%) the statewide pass rate occurred while
four programs were at the statewide pass rate. Conversely, in seven content
areas, the institutional pass rate exceeded that of the statewide pass rate.
Selected highlights from the content area tests include the toUowing:
• The English Language Literature Content Knowledge test pass rate was
100%, which is 5% above the statewide rate.
• The four content area tests where WCU prepares "Teaching Special
Populations" had a pass rate ot 100%.
Selected content areas of some concern that require more analysis include the
following:
• The Social Studies: Content Knowledge test performance was 4% under the
statewide pass rate average of 90%.
• The Earth Science Content Knowledge test performance was 4% under the
statewide pass rate of 95%. Ten of the 11 students passed this test.
Questions related to these tests should be directed to the Teacher
Certification Office, 302 Recitation Hall. West Chester Universit)- is a
designated Praxis test center and administers these tests six times a year
according to the dates established by Educational Testing Service (ETS).
INSTRUCTIONAL I CERTIFICATE
A student who completes one of the Universifys teacher education curric-
ula and passes all Praxis tests required by the state qualifies for an
Instructional I Certificate, which is issued by the Pennsyh'ania
Department of Education. This certificate is \'alid for six years of teaching
in Pennsylvania. Recommendation for the certificate is made by the dean.
School of Education, who serves as the certifying officer of the University.
College of j\rts and Sciences
Theatre Arts
INSTRUCTIONAL II CERTIFICATE
This certificate requires three years of successfiil teaching in Pennsyl-
vania under the Instructional I Certificate, successfiil completion of an
Induction Plan approved by the Pennsylvania Department of
Education, and the satisfactorv completion of 24 semester hours of
additional course work completed at a baccalaureate-granting institu-
tion, after issuance of the baccalaureate degree. This certificate is a
valid license to teach in Pennsylvania.
All or part of the educational requirements for this credential may be
obtained through approved, in-service programs. Effective July 1, 2000
(ACT 48) the state requires all certified teachers and administrators to
engage in continuing professional development activities. WCU course
work is an acceptable option for the six hours of college credit (or its
equivalent) required for teachers and administrators every five years.
Certification in additional subject areas may be obtained by complet-
ing requirements for that area, or in certain areas, by completing a
Praxis specialty examination (see the Pennsylvania Department of
Education web site: www.state.pa.us). Students should consult the
department in which they seek certification for information and an
evaluation of their credits.
Department of Theatre Arts
G-18 E.O. BuU Center
610-436-3463
Jay H. Berkowitz, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Bytnar, Hashimoto-Sinclair, Rovine
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Berkowitz
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Murphy, Wunsch
INSTRUCTORS: Morgan, Saddoris
The Department of Theatre Arts offers a bachelor of arts program
which combines the foundation of a Uberal arts education with the
creative skills needed by the developing theatre artist. In addition, the
department cooperates with the Department of Communication
Studies in its bachelor ot science in education which qualifies gradu-
ates to meet the state ot Pennsylvania requirements for teacher certifi-
cation in communication. Students who are majors in the program
may choose a minor in theatre to meet the certification requirements.
Students with an academic major or minor in the department are
required to meet with a departmental faculty adviser to develop their
curricular plans, select courses prior to scheduling, discuss career options,
and to be aware of cocurricular opportunities. Handbooks are provided
to entering students for their use as a guide to the development of their
academic programs. You must achieve a scholastic index of at least 2.0 in
your major before you will be recommended for graduation. Grades of
C- or lower in major subjects must be raised to C or better.
Department Student Activities
University Theatre, United States Institute for Theatre Technology,
Alpha Psi Omega, and the Kennedy Center American Colleges
Theater Festival are organizations that involve students, majors, and
nonmajors in theatre-related activities. For more information see the
"Student Affairs" section of the catalog.
Department Apprenticeships
Although not required, professional apprenticeship experiences are
available to qualified theatre majors. Students and their placements are
48 semester hours
33 semester hours
27-28 semester hours
screened by the department to assure mutual satisfaction for all parties
involved. For details, students should see the department chairperson.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS IN
THEATRE
1. General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39
2. Core Requirements (all concentrations)
THA 103, 104, 113, 215, 301, 306, and 307
Two from the following:
THA 210, 213, 304, 305, 314, 315, 316
Six semesters of one-credit THA 200
3. Concentration Requirements
a. Performance (24-27 semester hours)
THA 102, 202, 203, 209, 210, 303
6-9 semester hours as advised
b. Musical Theatre (24-27 semester hours)
MTC 110; THA 203, 303; VOC 211, 424;
VOI 191; and three, one-credit voice classes
5-8 semester hours as advised
c. Technical Production (24-27 semester hours)
ART 106
Two from the following:
THA 210, 213, 304, 305, 314, 315, 316
15-18 semester hours as advised
d. General (24—27 semester hours)
THA 102, 202, 203, 204, 207, 209, 210, 213,
250, 302, 303, 304, 305, 308, 309, 310, 313,
314, 315, 316, 399, 400, 401, 403, 404, 406,
409, 499, or any University course as approved
by adviser.
4. Foreign Language Options, see pages 39-40 15 semester hours
Bachelor of Science in Education: Theatre Emphasis
(See Department of Communication Studies.)
Minor in Theatre Arts 19 semester hours
THA 103, 104, 113, 200, 210, 215 or 316, and 301
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
THEATRE
Symbol: THA
101 Introduction to Theatre (3) A survey of the-
atre as a humanit)' bv exploring how theatre
reflects its time and country. This course teaches
the student what to listen for and what to look for
when attending a live theatre performance. Fulfills
general education arts requirement.
102 Voice for the Performer (3) The goal of vocal
training is the understanding of the individual
voice. Voice training seeks to uncover the potential
for a naturally produced vocal sound with all its
capabilities and limitations. FulfJls general educa-
tion arts requirement.
103 Acting I (3) A course designed to introduce
the basic skills and techniques needed by the
developing actor to create successfiilly a character
for performance on stage. Fulfills general educa-
tion arts requirement.
104 Stagecraft (3) Planning, construction, paint-
ing, rigging, and shifting ot scenery. Management
ot all operations backstage. Laboratory required.
113 Script Analysis I (3) To promote the devel-
opment of the student's analytical faculties in the
research for a staged production. The course con-
tent focuses on modern and post-modern theatre,
including multicultural and feminist plays. Fulfills
general education arts requirement.
150 Summer Theatre Workshop (3) A combina-
tion ot classroom instruction and applied produc-
tion techniques for student interns working with
the department's Summer Theatre program.
Available to freshman/sophomore-level students
and to qualified high school seniors. PREREQ^
Interview and permission of the department.
♦ 200 Theatre Practicum: Majors (1) This
course is designed to provide theatre arts majors
♦ This course mav be taken again for credit.
Women's Studies
Collee;e of Arts and Sciences
and minors the opportunities to participate in and
learn skills directly related to specific areas of the-
atrical production' PREREQ: THA 104.
202 Dialects (3) Dialects and regionaUsms for the
stage.
203 Acting II (3) Continued focus on the basic
skills and techniques needed to create a role on the
stage. Emphasis on character development. PRE-
REQlTHA 103.
204 Scene Painting (3) Studio course designed to
introduce students to basic skills and techniques of
scenic pamting. PREREQ^ TR^ 104 and THA 113.
207 Children's Theatre (3) Production of chil-
dren's theatre for stage and tele\ision. Course ele-
ments will include script analysis and production
values, publicity, and tour preparation. Students
enrolled in the course will create a complete pro-
duction. Fulfills general education requirement.
209 Creative Drama (3) Theon' and practice in
creative techniques ot expression and dramatic
forms to be used as a teaching and recreational
device for children and adults. Fulfills general edu-
cation requirement.
210 Stage Makeup I (3) Theory- and practice in
design and application of various ty-pes ot makeup
for the stage.
213 Script Analysis II (3) To introduce students
to the unique problems of interpreting dramatic
te-xts from the classical periods of theatre history
for contemporar\' stage production.
215 Costume Construction (3) Theory and prac-
tice in theatrical costuming including organization,
construction, drafting, dyeing, painting, and
wardrobe management. Laboratory required.
250 Race and Gender in American Theatre (3)
This course will focus on how some traditionally
marginalized groups have been examined and por-
trayed in ^\merican theatre.
301 Directing I (3) An introduction of the theo-
ries and techniques of stage direction with empha-
sis on prerehearsal planning, play selection, script
analysis and promptbooks, casting and blocking.
PREREQ: THA 103, 104, and 113.
302 Scene Construction and Rigging (3) This
course develops a familiarity with scenic construc-
tion techniques and materials. Practical solutions
to technical problems are discussed. Other topics
include theatre safety, technical drawing, and bud-
geting. This course is a requirement for technical
majors but an elective for all other theatre majors.
PREREQ: THA 104.
303 Acting III (3) A course for the advanced stu-
dent actor who wishes in-depth work and study in
character building and analysis. Extended scene
work and audition materials also will be stressed.
PREREQ; THA 203.
304 Scene Design (3) This course identifies and
explores the processes involved in creating a scenic
space that is both practical and expressive. Skills in
set design, representational painting, scenic draft-
ing, and script interpretation are developed. PRE-
REQ: ART 106, THA 104, 308, or permission of
instructor.
305 Stage Lighting (3) Exploration of lighting as
a means of artistic communication in the theatre.
The course covers the aesthetics, tools, technology,
and the graphic methods used to Hght a play.
Special topics in lighting for other performing arts
will be discussed. PREREQ; ART 106, THA
104, 308, or permission of instructor.
306 History of Theatre I (3) The development ot
theatre from the ancient Greeks to the 17th centu-
ry. PREREQ: THA 113 or THA 213.
307 History of Theatre II (3) The development
of theatre from the 17th century until the Modern
Period in the late 19th century.' PREREQ: THA
113 or THA 213.
308 Graphics for the Stage (3) An exploration of
graphic solutions used in the various stages of
planning and executing a setting for the theatre.
Scenic design, stage technician drafting tech-
niques, and perspective techniques used exclusively
in the theatre. PREREQ: THA 104.
309 Trends in Contemporary Theatre (3) The
theatre artists, structures, and social miheu whose
collective interaction can be referred to as contem-
porar)- theatre. The creative work being done in
America, England, Poland, South Africa, and
other nations will form the core of the course.
310 Stage Makeup II (3) Theory, development,
and application of theatrical makeup according to
the play, its period, the style of production, the
actor, and the character. Students must have previ-
ous knowledge of the basic two- and three-dimen-
sional makeup devices. PREREQ: THA 210.
313 Playwriting Workshop (3) Writing the play,
possibilities and limiatations ot the stage. Attention
to sets and costuming where rele\'ant. Characteriza-
tion by action and dialogue. Problems of establish-
ing motivation. The play's totality in theme, charac-
ter, and action. Informal readings of student work,
314 Stage Management (3) Duties and responsi-
bilities of the theatrical stage manager throughout
the production process.
315 Sound Design (3) An in-depth study of
sound and how it relates to theatrical production.
316 Costume History and Design (3) The history
of European and American costume and its appli-
cation to the period production. The process of
designing costumes in various styles vrill be
explored. Students are required to design costumes
for penods studied. PREREQ; ART 106, THA
215, THA 308, or permission ot instructor.
317 History of Theatre III (3) The development
of theatre from the late 19th century (the Modem
Period) through the present. The major theatrical
movements of the United States, England, France,
Germany, Spain, and Russia will be covered.
♦ 399 Directed Studies in Theatre (1-3)
Research, creative projects, reports, and readings
in theatre. Students must apply to advisers one
semester in advance of registration. PREREQ;
Permission of instructor.
♦ 400 Professional Apprenticeship (3-15) This
course pro\ides a structured and supervised work
experience in theatre. Students must submit an
application to the department chairperson for per-
mission.
401 Directing II (3) Play direction as a creative
aspect of stage production with emphasis on explo-
ration of concept, techniques of rehearsing a play
and working with actors, and the role and ttinction
of the stage manager. PREREQ; THA 301.
♦ 403 Advanced Theatre Practiciun (3) A pro-
duction seminar tor advanced arts students that will
culminate in a public performance. Under the men-
torship of a faculty professional, the class will work
as an ensemble that takes the production process
form the determinants of a production's pertor-
mance potential to its final public presentation.
404 CAD for the Stage (3) To develop the student's
ability in utilizing the AutoCAD Release 14 envi-
ronment to draft and plot scenic designs and techni-
cal drawings for the theatre. PREREQ; TH,\ 308.
406 Acting IV (3) A special topics seminar with
study and scene work in a variety of period, modem,
and contemporary styles. Students will first focus on
the physical, intellectual, and emotional demands
inherent in the texts, and then on the process of
moving from textual analysis to performance.
409 Theatre Arts Outreach (3) Pro\ides students
with the experience of working with children as part
of an outreach program in partnership with the
West Chester School District and Council of Arts.
♦ 499 Theatre Seminar (3) Intensive examination
of a selected area of study in theatre. Topics will
be announced in advance.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Women's Studies Program
211 Main Hall
610-436-2464
Geetha Ramanathan, Director
WOMEN'S STUDIES FACULTY
Jen Bacon, English
Helen Berger, Sociology
Lorraine Bernotsky, Political Science
Juanita Comfort, English
Virginia DaCosta, Art
Celia Esplugas, Foreign Languages
Karen Fitts, English
Susan Gans, Psychology
Robin Garrett, Nursing; Director, Women's Center
Karin Gedge, History
Anne Herzog, English
Linda Huff, English
Jane Jeffrey, English
Lisa Kirschenbaum, History
Elizabeth Larsen, English
Rodney Mader, English
Deborah Mahlstedt, Psychology
Mary McCuUough, Communication Studies
College of Axts and Sciences
Women's Studies
Lisa Millhous, Communication Studies
Hyoejin Moon, English
Merry G. Perry, English
Cherise Pollard, English
Ruth Porritt, Philosophy
Geetha Ramanathan, English
Arlene Rengert, Geography and Planning
Stacey Schlau, Foreign Languages
Frauke Schnell, Political Science
Eleanor Shevlin, English
Carolyn Sorisio, English
LaTanya Thames-Leonard, History
Karin Volkwein, Kinesiology
Joan Woolfrey, Philosophy
The women's studies program consists of an interrelated group of
courses offered in a wide variety of academic disciplines. The program
operates under the supervision of the Women's Studies Steering
Committee. This program is envisaged both as an enrichment to lib-
eral education and as a preprofessional field. The social transforma-
tion that is taking place in society and in intellectual life is making
study in this area an asset in many arenas.
The aim of the program is to integrate the perception and experience
of women into the curriculum and to encourage inquiry into previous-
ly neglected areas, such as women's history, women's literature and
art, psychology' of women, and women's position in societ)'.
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES
L General Ed. Requirements, see pages 36-39 48 semester hours
2. Foreign Languages
Culture Cluster may be used.
3. Required Courses 6 semester hours
WOS 225 and 405
WOS 400, and 410 or 415 are strongly encouraged.
4. Other Approved Courses 18-24 semester hours
5. Electives to complete 120 credits.
Women's studies students, both majors and minors, take courses
across discipUnes. Several crosslisted courses are offered each semester,
e.g., CLS 359 (women's Uterature II), PSY 365 (psychology of
women), and PSC 301 (women in politics).
Other courses may be chosen fi"om the list of women's studies offerings.
Additional courses ma}' be applied to the major, under ad\isement. At
least sLx major courses must be completed at the 300-400 level.
These courses are open to all students who have any required prereq-
uisite as student electives under general requirements. With the per-
mission of their departments, students also may take these courses as
electives within their major or minor disciplines.
Minor in Women's Studies 18 semester hours
Required Courses 6 semester hours
WOS 225 and either WOS 405 and 410 or 415
Women's studies students, both majors and minors, take courses across
disciplines. Several crosslisted courses are offered each semester, e.g.,
CLS 359 (women's literature II), PSY 365 (psycholog)' ot women), and
PSC 301 (women in politics). No more than two courses ma\' be taken
in a single department. Additional courses may be applied to the minor,
under advisement. For advising in women's studies, contact Dr. Geetha
Ramanathan, 211 Main Hall. Descriptions of WOS courses in women's
studies appear below. See departmental listings for all other courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
WOMEN'S STUDIES
Symbol: WOS
I # 225 Women Today: An Introduction to
Women's Studies (3) An interdisciplinary course
designed to enable students to analyze various
kinds of statements on women, to question the
implications of changing cultural patterns, and to
sample fu'st-hand efforts for change. Satisfies inter-
disciplinary requirement.
• # 250 Women's Self-Reflections in Writing,
Art, and Music (3) An interdisciplinary approach
to ways women record their lives.
> # 315 Third- World Women (3) This course
will examine the nature of women's lives in the
Third World, focusing on topics such as family,
education, health, development policies, and polit-
ical change. Geographic areas studied include
Afirica, Asia, Latin America, and the Middle East.
♦ 320 Independent Study (3) Independent
research and study tor upper-division students.
Topic to be approved by supervising faculty mem-
ber. PREREQ: WOS 225.
♦ 325 Special Topics in Women's Studies (3)
Selected (and changing) topics, e.g., lesbian studies;
black women; women and work; love and sexuality.
♦ 329 Gender and Peace (3) .\n examination of
the ways in which social constructions ot gender
intersect with perceptions and the experience of
war.
♦ 400 Internship (3) This course is designed to
allow students the opportunit)' to put into practice,
outside the academic setting, the knowledge regard-
ing women's experiences gained in other courses.
Some possible sites might be a women's health clinic,
a business, a newspaper, a social service agency, or an
electoral campaign. There will be both an on-site and
a faculty' supervisor. PREREQi WOS 225 and two
other women's studies courses.
♦ 405 Feminist Theory (3) Designed to introduce
and discuss basic questions in contemporary feminist
theory, the course will explore different philosophies
of feminism and include such issues as motherhood,
intersections with other theories ot oppression, and
body politics. PREREQ^ WOS 225 or permission
of the instructor.
♦ 410 Senior Colloquium (3) Sample topics include
global feminism, mothering, the experiences ot
women of color, and feminist Utopias. PREREQ^
WOS 225 and two other women's studies courses.
♦ 415 Senior Project (3) Preparation of research
in any area ot women's studies, to be decided by
student and adviser. Supervision includes exercises
in method and bibliography. Usually, a lengthy
research paper wiU be the final result. PREREC^
WOS 225 and two other women's studies courses.
I Diverse communities course
♦ Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Charles A. Gomulka, Chair .... Pittsburgh
Kim E. Lyttle, Vice Chair Pittsburgh
R. Benjamin Wiley, Vice Chair Erie
Matthew E. Baker WeUsboro
Jeffrey W. Coy Shippensburg
Brandon W. Danz Strasburg
Daniel P Elby York
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
Edward G. Rendell, Governor
State System of Higher Education
Judy G. Hample, Chancellor
Board of Governors
David P. Holveck Malvern
Vincent J. Hughes Philadelphia
Marie Conley Lammando Steelton
C.R. "Chuck" Pennoni Bryn Mawr
Vicki L. PhUlips Harrisburg
Edward G. Rendell Harrisburg
James J. Rhoades Mahanoy City
West Chester University CouncU of Trustees
David M. Sanko Harrisburg
B. Michael Schaul Mechanicsburg
Ronald L. Strickler, Jr. York
John K. Thornburgh Pittsburgh
Christine J. Toretti Indiana
Kara L. Wealand Middletovm
F. Eugene Dixon, Jr., Chairman Emeritus
Carol Aichele, Chair Malvern
Bernard J. Carrozza, Vice Chair Newtown Square
Jessie Pincus, Secretary West Chester
Barry C. Dozor Broomall
Thomas Fillippo Malvern
Judy G. Hample, ex-officio Harrisburg
tjohanna K. Havlick, Trustee Emerita
Laurence Harmelin West Chester
David James West Chester
Alan P. Novak Coatesville
Michael Stoll West Chester
Donald Tavlor West Grove
Elinor Z. Taylor West Chester
J. Curtis Joyner, Trustee Emeritus
John Unruh, Trustee Emeritus
William E. Hughes, Sr., Trustee Emeritus
Board of Directors: The Fund for West Chester University of Pennsylvania
Christopher Franklin '87, President
Gail Mackler-Carlino, Vice
President
Emily Jane Lemole, Secretary
Donald R. Mcllvain, Treasurer
Thomas A. Fillippo '69, Council of
Trustees Representative
Richard T. Przywara, Executive
Director
Madeleine Wing Adler
William H. Boucher '48
Matthew Bricketto
Millie C. Cassidy
Albert E. Filano
Maury Hoberman
David P Holveck '68
Elisabeth Kalogris
Donald E. Leisey '59
John A. McCarthy
Martha Ford Mcllvain '52
Ray M. Mincarelli
Mark P. Mixner
John N. Nickolas '90
Mark G. Pavlovich
Carlos Ziegler
Board of Directors: West Chester University Foundation
Charles E. Swope, President
W.E. Mullestein, Vice President
David L. Peirce, Executive Director and Treasurer
William H. Boucher '48
John J. Ciccarone
Albert E. Filano
Mrs. Guv Fry
Mrs. John B. Hannum
WCU Alumni Association Board of Directors
Jacqueline Sowa Colyer
Eros Connor
J. Glenn Crawford
Carmen Evans Culp
Arthur DiGiuseppe
Janice Weir Etshied
Karl HeUcher
Angela Howard
Tanya Hunter
Judith A. Jarrett
Emlyn H.Jones (faculty liaison)
Carolyn Keefe
Joseph F. Kienle III
Herb Lee
Oresto Leto
Donald A. Lewis
Barr)- Mar key
Nancy Ambrosia MacMullan
Lynn McDowell
Richard Merion
Anne Sourbeer Morris
Alexander Murphy
John F. Murphy
C. Curtis Norcini
Eleanor Latta
Leslie B. Schramm
Elinor Z. Taylor '43
Nick D. Polcim
Ann Giangiulio Rilatt
Christopher P. Schrode
Luther B. Sowers
John Stoddart
Elinor Z. Taylor (Council of
Trustees liaison)
Terry Weyent
James Young
+De
West Chester University is a member of Pennsylvania s State System of Higher Education.
Administration
President Dr. Madeleine Wing Adler
Executive Deputy to the President Mr. Lawrence A. Dowdy
Director, Social Equir\' Ms. Luz Hernandez
Vice President for Academic Affairs/Provost Dr. Linda L. Lamwers
Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Dr. Charles D. Hurt
Associate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences ., Dr. Jennie Skerl
Dean, School of Business and Pubhc Affairs Dr. Christopher M. Fiorentino
Dean, School of Education Dr. Tony W. Johnson
Dean, School of Health Sciences Dr. Donald E. Barr
Dean, School of Music Dr. Timothy V. Blair
Associate Provost Dr. Sheila Patterson
Director, Academic Advising Center Mr. Herb Lee
Director, Academic Development Program Dr. Peter Kyper
Director, Admissions Ms. Marsha L. Haug
Registrar Vacant
Director, Financial Aid Mr Dana C. Parker
Director, Library Services Mr. Richard Swain
Director of the Business Technology Center Dr. Thomas A. Egan
Dean, Graduate Studies and Extended Education Dr. Cheryl M. Vermey
Dean, Undergraduate Studies and Student Support Dr. Quincy Moore
Associate Vice President for Sponsored Research and Faculty Development Dr. George Hong
Vice President for Administrative and Fiscal Affairs Mr. Mark P. Mixner
Director, Human Resource Services Mr. Michael T. Maloy
Director, Environmental Health and Safety Ms. Gail Fellows
Executive Director, Facilities Administration Mr. William E. Bennett
Director, Physical Plant Mr. Greg Cuprak
Director, Support Services Mr. Royston Gathings
Director, Facilities Planning Mr. Thomas Clark
Director, Facilities Design and Construction Ms. Dee Giardina
Director, Space Management and Calendar Mrs. Barbara (Babs) Winicur
Director, Public Safety Mr. Michael D. Bickjng
Director, Fiscal Affairs Ms. Amy W. Boland
Director, Business Services Mr. William Peoples
Director, Financial Reporting Ms. Maureen Sandusky
Bursar (Director, Student Financial Services) Mr. Daniel Pauletti
Director, Budget Ms. Linda Boucher
Internal Review Mr. Richard Griffing
Contracts and Grants Business Manager Mr. Robert Halon
Vice President for Advancement Dr. Mark G. Pavlovich
Associate Vice President for Advancement Mr. Richard T. Przywara
Director, Alumni Relations Ms. Carole Murray
Director, Cultural and Community Affairs Mr. John Rhein
Director, Annual Giving and Corporate Relations Vacant
Director, Major Gifts and Foundation Relations Ms. Mary Kate Andris
Director, Planned Giving Ms. Norma Clayton
Director, Pubhc Relations and Marketing (Interim) Ms. Loretta MacAlpine
Director, Publications and Printing Services Ms. Cynthia A. Bednar
Manager, Graphics and Printing Mr. W. Tyson Cooper
Vice President for Information Services Dr. J. Fred Gage
Executive Director, Academic Computing Services Mr. Adel Barimani
Director, Administrative Computing (Interim) Ms. Carol Clark
Director, Networking and Telecommunications (Interim) Mr. Steve Laverty
Vice President for Student Affairs (Interim) and Dean of Students Dr. Matthew Bricketto
Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs Ms. Diane DeVestern
Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs/Residence Life and Housing Dr. Thomas Puree
Assistant to the Vice President for Student Affairs Ms. Jacqueline Hodes
Director, Athletics Dr. Edward Matejkovic
Director, Career Development Center Ms. Elizabeth GiangiuUo
Director, Children's Center Ms. Sandra Jones
Director, Counseling and Psychological Services Department Dr. Judith Baron
Director, Greek Life and Student Organizations Mr. Charles Warner
Director, Health and Wellness Centers Ms. Mar}'ann Hammond
Director, Housing Services Mr. Peter Galloway
Director, Judicial Affairs (Interim) Ms. Lynn Klingensmith
Director, Multicultural Affairs Mr. Jerome Hutson
Director, Recreation and Leisure Programs Dr. Stephen Gambino
Director, Residence Life Ms. Marion McKinney
Director, Service Learning and Volunteer Programs Mrs. Margaret Tripp
Director, Sykes Union Mr. David Timmann
Director, Women's Center Ms. Robin Garrett
Student Services Incorporated, Executive Director Ms. Mell Josephs
Student Services Incorporated, Coordinator, Co-Curricular Programs Mr. Stephen McKiernan
Student Services Incorporated, Program Coordinator for Campus Activities Mr. Jett Gerstein
Student Services Incorporated, Bookstore Manager Mr. Terry Shira
Faculty
Spring 2003
MADELEINE WING ABLER (1992) President
B.A., Northwestern University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin
LINDA L. LAMWERS (1995) Vice President for
Academ ic Affairs/Provost
B.A., Douglass CoUege; M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers
University
J. FRED GAGE (2000) Vice President for
Information Services
B.S.Ed.. West Virginia University; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
MARK R MIXNER (2002) Vice President for
Administrative and Fiscal Affairs
B.A., College of William and Mary; M.S.A.,
George Washington University
NL\TTHEW J. BRICKETTO (1986) Interim
Vice President for Student Affairs
B.S., Seton Hall University; M.Ed., Ohio
University; M.B.A., Fairleigh Dickinson
University; Ed.D., Rutgers University
MARK G. PAVLOVICH (2000) Vice President
for Advancement
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan
CHARLES D. HURT (2002) Dean. College of
Arts and Sciences
B.A., University of Virginia; M.S., University of
Kentucky; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin -
Madison
CHRISTOPHER M. nORENTINO (1985)
Dean, School of Business and Public Affairs
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
TONY W.JOHNSON (1997) Dean, School of
Education
B.A. Western Carolina University; M.A., Ph.D.,
George Peabody College for Teachers
DONALD E. BARR (1997) Dean, School of
Health Sciences
B.S., Colorado State University; Ed.M, Ph.D.,
State University of New York at Buffalo
TIMOTHY V. BLAIR (1992) Dean, School of
Music
B.Mus., Susquehanna University; M.M., The New
England Conservatory of Music; D.M.A.,
Catholic University of America
CHERYL M. VERMEY (2002) Dean. Graduate
Studies and Extended Education
B.S., Millersville University; Ed.M., Ed.D.,
Temple University
QUINCY MOORE (2001) Dean, Undergraduate
Studies and Student Support
B.A., Colver-Stockton College; M.S., University
of Nevada; Ph.D., University of Iowa
SHEILA PATTERSON (1992) Associate Provost
B.S., Mankato State; M.S., Ph.D., Southern
Illinois University
ANN A. ABBOTT (2001) Chairperson,
Department of Graduate Social Work; Professor
B.S., St. Norbert College; M.S.S., Ph.D., Bryn
MawT CoUege
THOMAS J. AHLBORN (1967) Associate
Professor of Computer Science
B.S., California University; M.A., Kent State
University; M.S., University of Delaware
NASEER AHNL\D (1987) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., D.Sc, Aligarh Muslim
University
SYLVIA MOSS AHRAMJIAN (1976) Associate
Professor of Instrumental Music
B.Mus., Juilliard School of Music; M.M., Indiana
University, Bloomington
KRISTEN ALBERT (2001) Assistant Professor of
Music Education ,
B.S., Millersville University; M.Ed., Shippensburg
University
NANCY ALLEN (2002) Director, Pre-Major
Advising, Assistant Professor of Educational Services
B.A., Bucknell University; M.A., Duquesne
Universirv-; Ph.D., New York University
THOMAS ANDREWS (1997) Assistant Professor
of Economics
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University
PAUL M. ARSENAULT (1998) Assistant
Professor of Marketing
M.S., Mariena College; M.B.A., Wake Forest
University; Ph.D., Temple University
NANCY N. ARTUS (1998) Assistant Professor of
Biology
B.A., Humboldt State University; M.S.,
Washington State University; Ph.D., Michigan
State University
HANNAH ASHLEY (2001) Assistant Professor of
English
B.S., Cornell University; M.Ed., Ph.D., Temple
University
CHRISTIAN K. AVWYAH (1989) Associate
Professor of English
B.A., University of Ghana; M.A., University of
Guelph; Ph.D., University of Alberta
JULIAN AZORLOSA (2001) Assistant Professor
of Psychology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Delaware
JENNIFER S. BACON (2000) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of English; Assistant Professor
B.A., University of South Carolina; M.A.,
University of Cincinnati; Ph.D., Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute
JOHN H. BAKER (1974) Chairperson,
Department of Art; Professor
B.A., West Chester University; M.F.A., University
of Delaware
LYNDA A. BALOCHE (1989) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Elementary Education;
Professor
B.A. , Trenton State College; Ed.D., Temple
University
SCOTT BALTHAZAR (1991) Professor of Music
History and Literature
B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania
JUDITH BARON (1974) Chairperson and
Psychologist. Counseling Center; Professor
B.A., M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., York
University, Toronto
ROGER BARTH (1985) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.A., La Salle University; M.A., Ph.D., Johns
Hopkins University
CHARLES R. BAUERLEIN (1988) Assistant
Professor of English
B.A., Loyola University of the South; M.A.,
Pennsylvania State University
NADINE M. BEAN (1998) Assistant Professor of
Graduate Social Work
B.A., M.S.S.A., Ph.D., Case Western Reserve
University
MARSHALL J. BECKER (1968) Professor of
Anthropology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT M. BEDFORD (1966) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus., M.S., The Juilliard School; D.M.A.,
Catholic University of America
DENA G. BEEGHLY (\992) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Literacy; Associate
Professor
B.S., Southern Connecticut State University;
M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Georgia
SHARON BEGAN (1992) Assistant Chairperson,
Department of Biology; Professor
B.S., Kutztown University; M.S., East Tennessee
State University; Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University at Carbondale
MICHAEL BELL (2001) Assistant Professor of
Early Childhood and Special Education
B.A., Arizona State LIniversity; M.A., Northern
Arizona University; Ph.D., University of Texas at
Austin
JOHN T. BENESKl (1986) Professor of Biology
A.A., Southwestern College; B.A., M.A.,
Humboldt State University; Ph.D., Washington
State University
Faculn*
C'i'NTHIA D. BENZING (1988) Chairperson,
Department of Economics and Finance; Professor
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.B.A.,
Ph.D., Drexel University
HELEN A. BERGER (1991) Professor of Sociology
B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., Sussex University
(England); Ph.D., New York Universlti,'
JAY H. BERKOWITZ (1969) Chairperson,
Department of Theatre Arts; Associate Professor
B.S., M.A., Temple University
R. LORRAINE BERNOTSKY (1996) Associate
Professor of Political Science
B.A., Messiah College; M.A., Temple University,
D.Phil., University of Oxford
DEBORAH BIERSCHWALE (\999) Assistant
Professor of Counseling and Psychological Services
B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., PsyD.,
Widener University
DEBRA BILL (1998) Assistant Professor of Health
B.A., Central Connecticut State Universit)';
M.P.H., University of North Carolina; Ph.D.,
Temple University
RICHARD E. BLAKE (1975) Professor of Art
B.F.A., Tyler School of Art of Temple University
JAMES R. BLEIBERG (2002) Assistant Professor
of Counseling
B.A., Haverford College; M.Ed., Harvard
Universitv; M.A., Hebrew Union College; Ph.D.,
Widener University
ARVTD J. BLOOM (1988) Professor of Psychology
B.A., Wesleyan University; M.S., Ph.D., Colorado
State University
MARITA R. BOES (1991) Associate Professor of
History
B.A., M.A., Hunter College; Ph.D., City
University of New York
GAIL G. K. BOLLIN (1990) Associate Professor of
Elementary Education
B.A., St. Bonaventure University; M.A., Purdue
University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
DAVTD L. BOLTON (\99\) Assistant Professor of
Professional and Secondary Education
B.A., Seminar Marionhoehe (Germany); M.A.,
Andrews University; Ph.D., Florida State
University
DEANNE L. ZOTTER BONIFAZI (1991)
Professor of Psychology
B.A., Bloomsburg University; M.A., Ph.D., Kent
State University
ROGER E. BOVE (1984) Associate Professor of
Economics and Finance
B.A., Harvard College; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard
University
ERMINIO BRAIDOTTI (1978) Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.A., Youngstown State University; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
RICHARD G. BRANTON (1962) Chairperson,
Department of Mathematics; Professor
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., University of
Delaware; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
^LARY R BREWSTER (1993) Professor of
Criminal Justice
B.A., St. Joseph's College; M.A., Fordham
University; Ph.D., Rutgers University
PATRICL^ BRODERICK (1995) Associate
Professor of Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.A., Alvernia College; M.A., Villanova
University; Ph.D., Temple University
DAVID E. BRODY (2000) Assistant Professor of
Art
B.A., Vassar College; M.A., Boston University;
Ph.D., Boston University
STEVEN L. BROITMAN (1987) Associate
Professor of Biology
B.S., State University of New York at Stony
Brook; M.Ed., University of Massachusetts; M.A.,
Ph.D., Princeton University
MICHAEL W. BROOKS (1971) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of English; Professor
B.A., Antioch College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Toronto
DEBORAH S. BROWN (1992) Professor of
Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Delaware
DAVID F BROWN (1991) Professor of
Elementary Education
B.S., M.S., Northern Illinois University; Ed.D.,
University of Tennessee
KIMBERLEE S. BROWN (1993) Associate
Professor of Professional and Secondary Education
B.Ed., Temple University; M.Ed., West Chester
Universit}'; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROGER J. BROWN {19bS) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.S., West Chester University
TIMOTHY J. BROVW (2002) Associate Professor
of Communication Studies
B.A., M.A., West Chester Universit)-; Ph.D.,
Ohio State University
SHEREE BUCHENROTH (2002) Assistant
Professor of Economics and Finance
B.A., University of Findlay; M.B.A., Ph.D.,
Indiana University
M^RY BUCKELEW (1999) Assistant Professor of
English
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of New Me.xico
MARY ANNE BURNS-DUFFY (1969) Interim
Assistant Director, Library Services; Assistant
Professor
A.B., Immaculata College; M.S.L.S., Drexel
University
SEETHA BURTNER (2002) Assistant Professor
of Philosophy
B.A., St. Xavier College; M.S., Ohio State
University; M.A., Colorado State University;
Ph.D., Purdue University
J. BRYAN BURTON (1991) Professor of Music
Education
B.M., West Texas State University; M.A., Western
State College of Colorado; D.M.E., University of
Southern Mississippi
JEAN PIPER BURTON (\993) Associate
Professor of Library Services
B.S., Valley City University of North Dakota;
M.L.S., Vanderbilt University; M.L.S., Widener
University
RICHARD M. BUSCH (1990) Professor of
Geology
A.B., Franklin and Marshall CoUege; M.A.,
Temple University; Ph.D., University of
Pittsburgh
ROBERT E. BYTNAR (1975) Professor of
Theatre Arts
B.S.Ed., California University; M.A., West
Virginia University; M.F.A., University of
Pittsburgh
ALBERT CAFFO (1999) Assistant Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., Pennsylvania State Universit)'; M.S., Ph.D.,
Ohio State University
WEI WEI CAI (1996) Associate Professor of
Elementary Education
B.A., Beijing Teachers College; M.A.,
Bloomsburg University; Ed.D., Indiana University
of Pennsylvania
AJVL\NDA CAIN (2002) Assistant Professor of
Library - Cataloging
B.A., Evergreen State College; M.L.S., University
of Washington
GERARD A. CALLANAN (2001) Associate
Professor of Management
B.A., Temple University; M.B.A., LaSaUe
University; Ph.D., Drexel University
SUSAN F CAROFF (1995) Associate Professor of
Literacy
B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed., The
Citadel; Ph.D., Purdue University
L\TMN CARSON (1991) Associate Professor of
Health
B.A., Neumann CoUege; M.S., St. Joseph's
University; Ph.D., Temple University
LOUIS A. CASCL^TO (1963) Associate Professor
of Earth Sciences
B.S., St. Joseph's CoUege (Pa.); M.S., Villanova
University
GIOVANNI CASOTTI (1996) Associate Professor
of Biology
B.A., Ph.D., Murdoch University (Australia)
KATHRYN S. CHILCOTE {\9S9) Associate
Professor of Vocal and Choral Music
B.A., M.M., University of the Pacific; D.M.A.,
University of Oregon
PAUL F CHRIST (1994) Associate Professor of
Marketing
B.B.A., M.B.A.; Temple University; Ph.D., Drexel
University
HUNG M. CHU (1976) Professor of Management
B.S., St. Joseph's CoUege (Ind.); M.B.A.,
Northern lUinois University; Ph.D., Louisiana
State University
MELISSA CICHOWICZ (1986) Director, Pre-
Medical Program; Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., St. Joseph's CoUege; Ph.D., University of
Mari'land
BETHANN CINELLI (1987) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Health; Professor
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed.,
Temple University; D.Ed., Pennsylvania State
University
GEORGE S. CLAGHORN (1963) Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., Universitv of Chattanooga; Ph.D.,
Universitv' of Pennsylvania; D.D., Eastern Baptist
Seminary
BARBARA CLEGHORN (\999) Assistant
Professor of Kinesiology
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Drexel
University
Faculrv
FRANCES E. CLELAND (1994) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Kinesiology; Associate
Professor
B.S., Purdue University; M.S., P.E.D., Indiana
University
DARLA SPENCE COFFEY (1998) Chairperson,
Department of Social Work; Assistant Professor
B.S.W., Eastern College; M.S.W., University of
Pennsvlvania; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
JUANITA RODGERS COMFORT (2001)
Assistant Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Old Dorainion University; Ph.D.,
Ohio State University
KATHERINE A. CONROY (1983) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S., Rutgers — The State University; M.S.,
Boston University
IDNA CORBETT (1992) Associate Professor of
Educational Services
B.A., Goshen College; M.A., Michigan State
University; Ed. D., Temple UniversiO'
CAROL A. CORRODY (2002) Assistant Professor
of Elementary Education
B.B.A., Hofstra University; M.S., Long Island
Universitv", Ph.D., University of North Carolina
STANLEY J. CRAMER (2000) Assutant Professor
of Kinesiology
B.S., M.S., West Chester University; Ph.D.,
Temple University-
CARL CRANMER (2000) Assutant Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus., Oberlin Conservatory of Music; M.M.,
D.M.A., The Juilliard School
WALTER L. CRESSLER lU (2001) Assistant
Professor of Library References
B.A., Dartmouth College; M.S., Drexel
University; M.Ed., Widener University; Ph.D.,
UniversitN' of PennsyK^ania
W. STEPHEN CRODDY (1969) Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., Universit)' of Southern California; M.A.,
Temple University; Ph.D., Brown University
DAVID CULLEN (1993) Instructor of
Instrumental Music
B.M., Hartford School of Music
JUDITH A. CURTIN (2001) Instructor of
Communicative Disorders
B.S., M.S., Marquette University
NEIL CURTIS (1993) Associate Professor of Sports
Medicine
B.S., Boston Universit)'; M.S., University of
Arizona; Ed.M., Ed.D., Columbia Universit)'
VIRGINL^ M. DA COSTA (\99S) Assistant
Professor of Art
B.A., State University of New York at Albany;
M.A., California State University at Long Beach;
Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara
DANIEL DARIGAN (1992) Professor of Literacy
B.S., M.S., Northern Illinois University; Ph.D.,
Universit)' of Oregon
LAWRENCE R. DAVIDSON (1989) Professor of
History
B.A., Rutgers — The State University; M.A.,
Georgetown Universit)-; Ph.D., University of
Alberta
KEVIN W. DEAN (1991) Director, Honors
Program; Professor of Communication Studies
B.S., Bowling Green University; M.A., Miami
Universit)- oi Ohio; Ph.D., Univcrsit\- of
Maryland
ELI DEHOPE (2Qa\) Associate Professor of Social
Work
B.S.W., Temple University; M.A., University of
Pennsv'lvania; M.Ed., West Chester University;
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
CHERYL B. DELUCA (2000) Assistant Professor
of Early Childhood and Special Education
B.A., M.S., Purdue Universit)-; Ph.D., State
University of New York at Buffalo
PHIUP M. DeMOSS (1972) Professor of
Economics and Finance
B.A., Park College; M.A., Ph.D., Kansas State
Universit)-
DAVID P DeVENNEY (1996) Associate Professor
of Vocal and Choral Music
B.M., Iowa State Universit)'; M.M., University of
Wisconsin-Madison; D.M.A., Conservatory of
Music, Universit)' of Cincinnati
KATHLEEN DEVLIN-KELLY (191 (>) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Georgetown University; M.S.N. , Boston
University
ANDREW E. DINNIMAN (1972) Professor of
Educational Services
B.A., L^niversiti' of Connecticut, M.A., Universit)'
of Mar)'land; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State Universit)-
W. LARRY DORMINT (1972) Associate Professor
of Vocal and Choral Music
B.Mus., Jacksonville University-; M.M., Florida
State Universit)'; D.M., Indiana University
GEORGE PULLMAN DRAKE, JR. (1994)
Associate Professor of Early Childhood and Special
Education
B.S., West Virginia Universit)-; M.Ed., Trenton
State College; Ph.D., Universit)- of Virginia
MARTHA DROBNAK (1992) Chairperson.
Department of Elementary Education; Associate
Professor
B.A., Grove City College; M.Ed., University of
Pittsburgh; Ed.D., Nova Universit)'
PHILLIP K. DUNCAN {\9m Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Psychology; Professor
B.A., Wittenberg Universit)-; M.A., Western
Michigan University; Ph.D., University of Florida
KEVIN C. DUNLEAVY (1979) Assistant
Professor of Economics and Finance
B.A., Universit)' of Delaware; Ph.D., Duke
Universit)'
T. OBINKARAM ECHEWA (1986) Professor of
English
B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.S., Columbia
University; M.A., Universit)- of Pennsylvania;
Ph.D., S\Tacuse Universit)'
HOWARD EDELMAN {\9U) Assistant
Professor of Computer Science
B.S., Cit)' University of New Yorl^ M.S.,
University of Delaware
THOMAS EGAN (1968) Director, Center for the
Study of Connectivity and Databases; Professor of
Educational Services
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ed.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
LINDA ELLO (1999) Assistant Professor of
Graduate Social Work
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.,
Universit)- of Iowa; Ph.D., Rutgers -The State
Universit)-
PAUL R. EMMONS {\9%S) Associate Professor of
Library Services
B. Mus., Lawrence University of Wisconsin;
M.M., M.S., Universit)- of Illinois
RICHARD G. EPSTEIN (1991) Professor of
Computer Science
B.A., George Washington University; M.S.E.,
University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.. Temple
University
JORGE ESCORCL\ (1968) Associau Professor of
Foreign Languages
Lie, Universidad Pedagogica del Caribe; M.A.,
Boston University
CELLA ESPLUGAS (1990) Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.A., Teacher's College, Argentina; M.Ed.,
BowUng Green State University, Ph.D.,
Universit)- of Toledo
MAYA EVENDEN (2001) Assistant Professor of
Biology
B.S., University of Victoria; M.P.Mgmt., Ph.D.,
Simon Eraser Universit)'
JAMES D. FABREY (1975) Chairperson,
Department of Computer Science; Professor
A.B., Cornell Universit)'; Ph.D., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology
G. WINHELD FAIRCHILD (1983) Professor of
Biology
B.A., Hamilton College; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Michigan
JAMES S. FALCONE (1991) Chairperson,
Department of Chemistry; Assistant Professor
B.S., Universit)' of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University
of Delaware
GEORGE FASIC (19%%) Assistant Professor of
Geography and Planning
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.,
Columbia University
JOHN J. FENTON (1980) Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Catholic Universit)' of .America; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota
JUDITH S. FINKEL (1968) Chairperson,
Department of Early Childhood and Special
Education; Professor
B.S., Temple University; M.Ed., West Chester
Universit)'; Ph.D., Union Graduate School
FRANK E. nSH (1980) Professor of Biology
B.A., State Universit)- of New York at Oswego;
M.S., Ph.D., Michigan State Universit)'
CYNTHIA G. nSHER (2000) Assistant Professor
of Geology and Astronomy
B.A., Augustana CoUege; M.B.Sc, Ph.D.,
University- of Colorado
ANDREA R. FISHNL\N (1990) Professor of
English; Director, Pennsylvania Writing and
Literature Projects
B.A., Dickinson College; M.Ed., Shippensburg
University'; Ph.D., University ot Pennsylvania
KAREN L. nrrS (2OOO) Assistant Professor of
English
B.A., M.E., Northwestern State University;
Ph.D., Texas Christian University
Faculty
ROBERT P. FLETCHER (1992) Associate
Professor of English
B.A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of California, Los Angeles
KEVIN E. FLYNN (1998) Assistant Professor of
Accounting
M.S., Drexel University
ANITA K. FOEMAN (1991) Professor of
Communication Studies
B.H., Defiance College; M.A., Ph.D., Temple
University
CLAUDE R. FOSTER, JR. (1967) Professor of
History
B.A., Eastern College; B.D.,The Reformed
Episcopal Seminary; M.A., University of
Delaware; Th.M., Crozer Theological Seminary;
Zeugnis filer deutsche Sprache und Kultur,
University of Freiburg; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
SANDRA FOWKES-GODEK (\99\) Associate
Professor of Sports Medicine
B.S., Pennsylvania State Llniversity; M.S.,
University of Colorado; Ph.D., Temple University
BONITA FREEMAN-WITTHOFT (1974)
Director, Ethnic Studies Institute; Associate Professor
of Anthropology
B.A., University of Maine; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
RAYMOND FRIDAY (1969) Professor of Vocal
and Choral Music
B.S., West Chester University; M.Mus., Oberlin
College; Diploma, Academy of Vocal Arts; Ph.D.,
New York University
JONATHAN FRIEDMAN (2002) Director,
Holocaust and Genocide Studies Program; Associate
Professor of History
B.A., Kent State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Maryland - College Park
BLAISE F FROST (1989) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.A., Yankton College; M.S., Ph.D., University of
South Dakota
FRANK F FRY, JR. (1993) Associate Professor of
Kinesiology
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Colorado
State University; D.PE., Springfield College
ANGELO F GADALETO (1986) Chairperson,
Department of Counseling and Educational
Psychology; Professor
B.A., Rider College; M.Ed., University of
Delaware; Ph.D., University of Virginia
MARC GAGNE (1999) Assistant Professor of
Geology
B.S., University of Montreal; Ph.D., University of
Georgia
GLORIA GALANTE (1993) Instructor of
Instrumental Music
B.S., West Chester University
CLYDE J. GALBRAJTH (1974) Chairperson.
Department of Accounting; Assistant Professor
B.S., M.B.A., Drexel University; C.P.A.,
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
GAIL M. GALLITANO (I'in) Associate
Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Monmouth College; M.S., Farleigh
Dickinson University; M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D.,
Columbia University
ROBERT J. GALLOP (2001) Assistant Professor
of Mathematics
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Ph.D.,
Drexel University
SUSAN CANS (1997) Assistant Professor of
Psychology
B.A., New York University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago
CONSTANCE GARCIA-BARRIO (1990)
Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., West Chester University; M.A., Temple
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
EMILIA GAROFALO (2002) Assistant Professor
of Foreign Languages
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
ROBIN GARRETT (1978) Director, Women's
Center; Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Case Western Reserve University; M.S.N.,
University of Pennsylvania
JOHN GAULT (1991) Associate Professor of
Marketing
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; M.B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Drexel University
KARIN E. GEDGE (1997) Assistant Professor of
History
B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., State University
of New York at Brockport; Ph.D., Yale University
JAMAL GHOROGHCHIAN (1986) Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., University of Moshad (Iran); M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Southampton (U.K.)
ELIZABETH A. GIANGIULIO (1972)
Director, Career Development Center; Associate
Professor of Educational Services
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., University
of Arizona
JAMES THOMAS GILL (1995) Professor of
Literacy
B.A., Randolph Macon CoUege; M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Virginia
PETER L. GLIDDEN (1995) Associate Professor
of Mathematics
B.A., College of Wooster; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia
University
JOSEPH J. GODEK III (1972) Professor of Sports
Medicine
B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., West Chester
University
DENNIS GODFREY (1987) Associate Professor of
English
B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Michigan
STEVEN C. GOOD (1996) Associate Professor of
Geology
B.A., Augustana College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Colorado
FELIX E. GOODSON (1998) Assistant Professor
of Chemistry
A.B., Princeton University; Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley
MARLENE GOSS (1999) Assistant Professor of
Professional and Secondary Education
B.A., M.Ed., Temple University; Ph.D., Walden
University
RONALD L. GOUGHER (1969) Associate
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Muhlenberg CoUege; M.A., Lehigh
University
HENRY GRABB (1992) Associate Professor of
Instrumental Music
B.A., University of Central Florida; M.M.,
Northwestern University of Illinois; D.M., Florida
State University
CHARLES W. GRASSEL (1968) Associate
Professor of Geography
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., University of
Pennsylvania
PAUL D. GREEN (1971) Professor of English
A.B., Temple University; A.M., Ph.D., Han'ard
University
JUDITH J. GREENAMYER (1988) Chairperson,
Department of Biology; Assistant Professor
M.S., University of California; D.V.M., Ohio
State University
ANITA GREENLEE (2001) Assistant Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.S., M.S., Juilliard School of Music
SCOTT C. GREENWOOD (2001) Assistant
Professor of Literacy
B.A., M.Ed., Westminster College; Ed.D., Lehigh
University
HARVEY C. GREISMAN (1979) Professor of
Sociology
B.A., State University of New York at New Paltz;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University
SHIRLEY R. GRICE (1972) Assistant Professor of
Educational Services
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ed.D.,
Temple University
SANDRA GROSS (1997) Assistant Professor of
Health
B.S., M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D.,
Kansas State University
FRANK GROSSHANS (1975) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of
Chicago
CHARLES E. GROVE (1999) Assistant Professor
of Foreign Languages
B.S., SHppery Rock University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
CHERYL GUNTER (1999) Associate Professor of
Communicative Disorders
B.A., University of Tennessee; M.A., Memphis
State; Ph.D., University of Texas - Austin
SHIV K. GUPTA (1985) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Delhi University; M.S., University of
Wisconsin; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve
University
WILLIAM I. GUY (1974) Instructor of
Educational Services
A.B., Temple University
PATRICIA L. GYSLING (1998) Instructor of
Mathematics
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A.,
University of Michigan
SUSAN STABLER HAAS (2002) Instructor of
Nursing
B.S.N., M.S.N., Villanova University
CYNTHIA S. HAGGARD (1990) Associate
Professor of Professional and Secondary Education
B.A., M.A., Ed. D., Indiana University
Faculty
WAYNE HANLEY (2000) Assistant Professor of
History
B.A., M.A., Central Missouri State University;
Ph.D., Universit)' of Missouri
DAN HANN./^ (1998) Instructor of Instrumental
Music
B.M.Ed., Temple University; M.M., University of
Colorado
CHRIS L. MANNING (1995) Associate Professor
of Instrumental Music
B.A., B.A., University of South Florida; M.M.,
University of Akron; D.M.A., University of
Colorado
JOHN H. HANSON (2000) Assistant Professor of
English
B.A., University of Liberia; M.A., Syracuse
University; Ph.D., Florida State University
CHARLES A. HARDY III (1990) Professor of
History
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
JEFFREY E. HARRIS (1983) Associate Professor
of Health
B.A., University of California, San Diego;
D.H.Sc, M.P.H., Loma Linda University
YOKO HASHIMOTO-SINCL.'UR (1969)
Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., M.A., Aoyama Gakuin University (Japan);
M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan
JOHN G. HEUON (1990) Associate Professor of
Kinesiology
B.S., State University of New York; M.A., Ed.M.,
Ed.D., Columbia University
ANNE F HERZOG (1993) Associate Professor of
English
B.A., College of Holy Cross; M.A., Georgetown
University; Ph.D., Rutgers -The State University
THOMAS J. HESTON {\97S) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of History; Professor
A.B., Gettysburg College; M.A., Ph.D., Case
Western Reserve University
WILLL\M L. HEWITT (1992) Professor of
History
B.A., M.A., Adams State CoUege; Ph.D.,
University of Wyoming
JANET S. HICKMAN (1992) Professor of
Nursing
B.S.N., University of Bridgeport; M.S.N.,
Northern Illinois University; Ed.D., Temple
Universit\'
CAROL J. HICKS (1999) Assistant Professor of
Social Work
B.A., Lincoln University; M.S.W., Smith College
MARK HICKMAN (1998) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies
B.A., Marshall University; M.A., Miami
Universitv of Ohio
ALLAN B. HILL (1997) Assistant Professor of
Educational Services
B.A., M.A., Temple University; Ed.D., The
Fielding Institute
MARGARET SCHIFF HILL (1990) Assistant
Professor of Art
B.F.A., Kutztown University; M.F.A., Syracuse
Universit)'
STEPHANIE L. HINSON {1992) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Counseling and
Educational Psychology; Associate Professor
A.B., Princeton University; M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Virginia
CHERYL HODGINS (1979) Assistant Professor
of Social Work
B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.S.W.,
University ot Texas
FRANK HOFFMAN (1990) Associate Professor of
Philosophy
A.B., University of Missouri; M.A., University of
Hawaii; Ph.D., University of London
JOHN HOLINGJAK, JR. (1965) Associate
Professor of Professional and Secondary Education
B.S., Kutztown University; Ed.M., Temple
University
BELLE HOLLON (1987) Associate Professor of Art
B.FA., Philadelphia CoUege of Art; M.FA.,
University of Wisconsin
AMY HOYLE (2001) Assistant Professor of
Elementary Education
B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Eastern
Michigan University; Ph.D., University of North
Carolina
YI-MING HSU (1975) Chairperson, Department
of Professional and Secondary Education; Professor
B.A. National Taiwan Universit}'; M.A.,
University of Oregon; D.Ed., University of
Georgia
LINDA HUFF (2002) Assistant Professor of
English
B.A., Morgan State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
JOHN L. miVES (1990) Professor of Professional
and Secondary Education
B.A., State University of New York at Albany;
M.A., State University of New York at
Binghamton; Ph.D., State University of New York
at Albany
CAROL ISAACSON-BRISELU (1988)
Assistant Professor of Instrumental Music
B.A., State University of New York; M.M.,
Temple University
KATHLEEN JACKSON {2002) Assistant
Professor of Mathematics
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.D., Temple
University
JOANN JAWORKSI (2000) Assistant Professor of
Literacy
B.A., Pennsylvania State University'; M.Ed.,
Millersville University; Ph.D., State University of
New York at Albany
TAMJVTY C. JAMES (1994) Associate Professor of
Health
B.S., M.E., Ph.D., Kent State University
JANE E. JEFFREY (1991) Associate Professor of
English
B.A., Memphis State; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Iowa
RONN M. JENKINS (1972) Associate Professor of
Educational Services
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Bucknell
University; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
ELAINE B. JENKS (1992) Associate Professor of
Communication Studies
B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., Gannon
University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
ZHEN JIANG (2002) Associate Professor of
Computer Science
B.S., Shanghai Jiaotong University; M.S., Nanjing
University; Ph.D., Florida Atlantic University
CAROLYN CONSUELO JIMENEZ (1994)
Chairperson, Department of Sports Medicine;
Assistant Professor
B.A., Colorado College; M.S., University of
Arizona; Ph.D., Temple University
ALLEN H.JOHNSON {\91 \) Associate Professor
of Geology
B.S., University of Illinois; M.S., University of
Arizona; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
DEIDRE .ANN JOHNSON (1991) Associate
Professor of English
B.A., Knox CoUege; M.A., Eastern Michigan;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
VANESSA K. JOHNSON {\999) Assistant
Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Washington, Seattle; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley
CLIFFORD A.JOHNSTON {\992) Associate
Professor of Mathematics
B.S.E., Mansfield University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University
SUSAN L.JOHNSTON (2001) Assistant
Professor of Anthropology and Sociology
B.A., University ot Pennsylvania; B.S.,
Hahnemann University; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
EMLYN H.JONES (1968) Chairperson,
Department of Kinesiology; Assistant Professor
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
JAMES A. JONES (1992) Associate Professor of
History
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Delaware
MILDRED C. JOYNER {\9m Associate
Professor of Social Work
B.S.W., Central State Universit)'; M.S.W.,
Howard University
FRANK KADERABEK (1995) Instructor of
Instrumental Music
SETH K.AHN (2002) Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Wake Forest University; M.A., Florida State
University; Ph.D., Syracuse University
WALLACE J. KAHN (1977) Professor of
Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.S., Bloomsburg University;'M.Ed., A.G.S.,
Ph.D., University of Maryland
BARBARA A. KAUFRVLW {\9m Assistant
Professor of Criminal Justice
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.,
University of Pennsylvania; J.D., Temple
University School of Law
NELSON W. KEITH (1989) Professor of Sociology
M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers -The State University;
Barrister-at-law, The Honourable Society of the
Inner Temple (U.K.)
JOHN J. KENNEDY (2001) Assistant Professor of
Political Science
B.S., M.P.A., Kutztown University; Ph.D., Temple
University
SANDRA L. KERR (1994) Associate Professor of
Psychology
B.A., Boston CoUege; M.A., Ph.D., State
University of New York at Stony Brook
JOHN J. KERRIGAN (1972) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Villanova
University; D.Ed., Temple University
Faculrv"
JOHN A. KINSLOW (1998) Assistant Professor of
Professional and Secondary Education
B.A., Antioch University; M.Ed., Ph.D., Temple
University
LISA A. KIRSCHENBAUM (1996) Associate
Professor of History
A.B., Brown University; M.A., Ph.D., University
of California, Berkeley
EUGENE KLEIN (1967) Professor of
Instrumental Music
B.M.E., Temple University; M.M.E., Indiana
University
SHARON B. KLETZIEN (1991) Chairperson,
Department of Literacy; Professor
B.A., West Texas State University; M.A.,
American University-; Ph.D., Temple University
ROBERT M. KLINE (1991) Associate Professor of
Computer Science
B.A., Millersville University; Ph.D., Washington
University
TERRY KLINEFELTER (2mi) Assistant
Professor of Keyboard Music
B.S.Ed., M.M., West Chester University, M.M.,
Temple University
DENNIS R. KLINZING (1976) Chairperson,
Department of Communication Studies; Professor
B.S., Clarion University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
MAUREEN T. KNABB (1986) Professor of
Biology
B.S., St. Joseph's University; Ph.D., University of
Virginia
KAREN M. KOEHLER (1987) Associate Professor
of Kinesiology
B.S.,The King's College; M.A., Northern
Michigan University; Ed.D., Universit}' of North
Carolina-Greensboro
MAREILE A. KOENIG (1990) Associate Professor
of Communicative Disorders
B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois University; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois
V. KRISHNA KUMAR (1977) Professor of
Psychology
B.S., Osmania University (India); M.S., Indian
Agricultural Research Institute; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison
ROBERT S. KURZINSKY (1970) Assistant
Professor of Professional and Secondary Education
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.Ed., West
Chester Universit)'; Ed.D., Nova University
PETER T. KYPER (1987) Professor of Educational
Services
B.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Auburn
University
JANET LACEY (2000) Associate Professor of
Health
B.S., Simmons College; M.S., M.Ed., University
of Massachusetts; Dr.P.H., University of North
Carolina
WILLIAM LALICKER (1995) Associate Professor
of English
B.A., Loyola Marymount University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Washington
MARGARETE J. LANDWEHR (1992)
Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
B.S., Georgetown University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University
BARBARA J. LAPPANO (1970) Assistant
Professor of Kinesiology
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
ELIZABETH LARSEN (1984) Professor of
English
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee
RANDALL E. LASALLE (1998) Director,
M.BJl. Program; Associate Professor of Accounting
B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., University of
Baltimore; Ph.D., Drexel University
KENNETH L. LAUDERMILCH (1968)
Professor of Instrumental Music
B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.Mus., New
England Conservatory of Music; D.M.A.,
Catholic Universit)- of America
EVAN A. LEACH (1993) Associate Professor of
Management
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., West
Chester University; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University
HERBERT LEE (1968) Chairperson, Department
of Educational Services; Associate Professor
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
THOMAS J. LEGG (2000) Assistant Professor of
History
B.A., State LTniversity of New York at Cordand;
M.A., State University of New York at Brockport;
Ph.D., College of William and Mary
PATRICIA LENKOWSKI (1995) Assistant
Professor of Library Services
B.A., Glassboro State College; M.S., Drexel
Universit)'; M.Ed., Widener University
MONICA R LEPORE (1983) Professor of
Kinesiology
B.S., College of Mount Saint Vincent; M.S.,
University- of Wisconsin; Ed.D., New York
University
DAVID G. LEVASSEUR (1997) Associate
Professor of Communication Studies
B.A., M.A., Universit)- of Maryland-College
Park; Ph.D., University of Kansas
JAMES R LEWANDOWSKI (1991) Professor of
Geography and Planning
B.A., M.A., University of Toledo; Ph.D., Ohio
State University
AMY J. LIU (2002) Assistant Professor of
Geography
B.S., Stanford University; M.S., University of
Houston - University Park; Ph.D., University of
Cincinnati
PETER H. LOEDEL (1996) Chairperson,
Department of Political Science; Associate Professor
B.A., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California,
Santa Barbara
EDWARD J. LORDAN (IQQX) Assistant Professor
of Communication Studies
B.A., West Chester University; M.A., Temple
Universit)'; Ph.D., Syracuse University
HENRY R. LOUSTAU (1999) Assistant Professor
of Art
B.A., Dartmouth College; M.F.A., University of
Illinois - Urbana-Champaign
PATRICK W. LUCK (1973) Associate Professor of
Sociology
B.A., University of Vermont; M.A., Ph.D.,
Universitv of Connecticut
COLLEEN T. LUDEKER (1990) Associate
Professor of Music Education
B.M.E., Indiana University of Pennsylvania;
M.M., DePauw University; Ed.D., West Virginia
University
TIMOTHY LUTZ (1998) Associate Professor of
Geology
B.A., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
GLENN LYONS {\9%A) Assistant Professor of
Instrumental Music
B.A., Harpur College; M. Mus., Peabody
Conservatory of Music of Johns Hopkins
University
CHARLOTTE MACKEY (1998) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Eastern College; M.S.N., D.Ed., Widener
University
RODNEY MADER (1999) Assistant Professor of
English
B.A., Ph.D., Temple University
ROBERT C. \L\GGIO (1991) Professor of Music
Theory and Composition
B.A., Yale University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
MARY ANN O. MAGGITTI (1970) Professor of
Early Childhood and Special Education
B.A., Emannuel College; M.S., Central
Connecticut State College; Ph.D., Temple
LIniversity
DEBORAH MAHLSTEDT (1988) Professor of
Psychology
B.S., State Universit)- of New York at Rockporr,
M.Ed., Ph.D., Temple University
PAUL L. MALTBY (1991) Professor of English
B.A., Thames Polytechnic; M.A., London
University; Ph.D., Sussex University
LISA E. MARANO (2002) Assistant Professor of
Mathematics
B.A., Rider University, M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh
University
ROBERT J. MARBACH (1976) Professor of
Political Science
B.A., La Salle University; M.A., Ph.D., Temple
University
STEPHEN MARVIN {2(m) Assistant Professor of
Library Services in References
B.A., State University of New York; M.L.S.,
Syracuse University
THOMAS M. MASTRILLI (1995) Associate
Professor of Professional and Secondary Education
B.S., M.Ed., Penns)'lvania State University;
Ed.D., Universit)- of Pinsburgh
EDWARD M. MATEJKOVIC (1995) Athletic
Director; Chairperson, Department of Athletics;
Professor
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ed.D.,
Temple University
CHRISTINE A. MATUS (1999) Instructor of
Mathematics
B.S., M.A., West Chester University
GEORGE W. MAXIM (1972) Professor of
Elementary Education
B.S., M.Ed., Mansfield University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
Facultv
SUNITA MAYOR (2000) Assistant Professor of
Literacy
B.A., University of Calcutta; B.Ed., University of
Rohtak; M.Ed., Xa^er University; Ed.D.,
University of Cincinnati
GUSTAVE N. MBUY (1985) Associate Professor of
Biology
B.A., University of California; M.M., Ph.D.,
University of Cincinnati
KRISTEN A. McCASKEY (2001) Assistant
Professor of Music Education
B.S., Millersville University; M.Ed., Shippensburg
Universit}'
CHRISTINA W. McCAWLEY (1971) Associate
Professor of Library Services
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University; M.S.L.S.,
Catholic University- of America; Ph.D., Drexel
University
DOUGLAS McCONATHA (1988) Professor of
Sociology
B.S., University of Alabama; M.A., University of
Atlanta; Ph.D., University of Utah; M.RH., Yale
University
JASMIN T. McCONATHA (1990) Professor of
Psychology
B.A., Universin- of Utah; M.S., Jacksonville State
Universit)" Ph.D., University of Georgia
RALPH CARL McCOY (1996) Assistant
Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., Emory CoUege; M.F.A., North CaroUna
School of the Arts
MARY McCULLOUGH (1977) Professor of
Communication Studies
B.A., B.S., Millersville Universit>'; M.S.W.,
Universit)' of North Carolina; Ph.D., Temple
University
ANN McFARLAND (1999) Assistant Professor of
Music Education
B.M., Susquehanna University; M.Mus., Temple
University
CHARLES H. McGEE (1987) Chairperson,
Department of Management: Associate Professor
B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara;
M.A., University of Southern California; Ph.D.,
Northwestern University
VICKl A. McGINLEY (1997) Associate Professor
of Early Childhood and Special Education
B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University
RANDOLPH T. McVEY (1999) Assistant
Professor of Criminal Justice
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Sam Houston State University
JAMES E. McVOY (1979) Chairperson, Department
of Music Theory and Composition; Professor
B.M., Syracuse University; M.M., Ph.D., Eastman
School of Music
SHERI A. MELTON (1998) Assistant Professor of
Kinesiology
B.A., Loyola University; M.Ed., University of
New Orleans; Ph.D., Louisiana State Universit)'
OWEN METCALF (1989) Assistant Professor of
Music
B.M., M.M., University of Colorado; D.M.,
Indiana University
CHERYL L. MICHEAU (1990) Associate
Professor of English
B.S.Ed., Millersville University; M.A, Middlebury
College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
ELAINE R. MILITO (1981) Professor of
Computer Science
B.S., State University of New York at Stony
Brook; M.A., City University of New York,
Queens College; Ph.D., Penns)'lvania State
University
LISA ^^LLHOUS (1999) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies
B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota
FRANK E. MILLIMAN (1960) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Mathematics; Associate
Professor
B.N.S., College of Holy Cross; A.B., Hobart
College; A.M., Columbia University
DUANE D. AflLNE (1999) Director, M.SA.,
Program; Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., College of William and Mary; Ph.D.,
Universit)- of Delaware
D.ANIEL MOHAN (1980) Associate Professor of
Economics and Finance
B.S., B.A., Monmouth College; M.B.A., Bucknell
University; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers - The State
Universit)'
GARRETT G. MOLHOLT (1987) Professor of
English
B.A., M.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin-Madison
ROBERT MOMYER (1986) Assistant Professor of
Instructional Media
B.S., Philadelphia College of Art; M.Ed., Lehigh
University
CECILY MOON (2001) Assistant Professor of Art
B.F.A., Mount Allison Univesity; M.F.A., Long
Island University
EDMUNDO MORALES (1989) Chairperson,
Department of Anthropology and Sociology; Professor
B.A., Richmond College; M.A., New York
Universirv; Ph.D., Cit)- University of New York
MICHAEL J. MORAN {\9?,\) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Chemistry; Professor
B.S., St. Joseph's College; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
JOAN MARY MORGAN (2000) Instructor of
Theatre Arts
R.N., General Nursing Council for England and
Wales; B.F.A., Brandeis University
PAUL MORGAN (1999) Assistant Chairperson,
Department of Professional and Secondary Education;
Assistant Professor
B.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Columbia
University
TANYA MORGAN (2000) Assistant Professor of
Health
B.A., M.S., University of Arkansas; Ph.D.,
University of North Carolina
WALENA C. MORSE (1968) Professor of
Psychology
A.B., Duke Universit)'; M.A., Ph.D., Br)-n Mawr
College
ANNE-MARIE L. MOSCATELLI (1991)
Assistant Chairperson, Department of Foreign
Languages; Associate Professor
B.A., Fordham Universit)-; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn
Mawr College
JOSEPH G. MOSER (1966) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., Rose Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Purdue
Universit)'
JAMES L. MURPHY (1998) Assistant Professor of
Theatre Arts
B.A., Potsdam College; M.F.A., Yale University
STERLING E. MURRAY (1972) Chairperson,
Department of Music History and Literature;
Professor
B.Mus., Universit)' of Maryland; A.M., Ph.D.,
University of Michigan
ROGER W. MUSTALISH (1978) Chairperson,
Department of Health; Professor
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Michigan
State University; M.P.H., Ph.D., Universit)' of
Minnesota
KOSTAS MYRSIADES (1969) Professor of
English
B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
University
LINDA S. MYRSLUDES (1990) Professor of
English
B.A., Beaver College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
Universit)-
ALI NAGGAR (1977) Professor of Accounting
B.Com., Cairo Universit)'; M.B.A., Long Island
University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
TAHANY NAGGAR (1977) Professor of
Economics and Finance
B.Com., Rigadh University; M.A., Long Island
University; Ph.D., Universit)- of Oklahoma
CAROL M. NAPIERKOWSKI {\<)%°i) Associate
Professor of Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.A., Temple University; M.A., ViUanova
Universit)-; Ph.D., Universin- of Connecticut
REGINALD NEALY (1986) Assistant Professor of
Crim inal Justice
A.A., Pennsylvania State Pohce Academy; B.S.,
Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Lincoln
University
LARRY A. NELSON (1971) Professor of Music
Theory and Composition
B.Mus., Universit)- of Denver; M.Mus., Southern
Illinois University; Ph.D., Michigan State
University
PAULA NELSON (1998) Instructor of
Instrumental Music
B.A., Universit)- of Maryland; M.M., D.M.A.,
University of North Texas
PATRICIA A. NESTER (1984) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., M.S.N., Medical School of Georgia;
Diploma in Nursing, Gastonia Memorial Hospital
JANA L. NESTLERODE (1986) Chairperson,
Department of Criminal Justice; Professor
B.A., Penns)'lvania State University; J. D.,
Widener Universit)-
EMILY T NEWBOLD (1970) Professor of
Instrumental Music
B.Mus., Eastman School of Music; M.Mus.,
Temple University; D.M.A., Combs College
Facultv
JOHN T. NEWCOMB (1990) Associate Professor
of English
A.B., Davidson CoUege; M.A., Ph.D., Duke
University
SARA E. NEWELL (1989) Associate Professor of
Communication Studies
A.A., Clark CoUege; B.A., Western Washington
University; M.S., University of Wyoming; Ph.D.,
University of Utah
ANTHONY J. NICASTRO (1990) Chairperson,
Department of Physics; Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
VIOREL NITICA (2001) Assistant Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Univesity of Bucharest; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
KAREN NOLAN (2001) Assistant Professor of
Literacy
B.A., Grove City CoUege; M.Ed., West Chester
University; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
ELIZABETH NOLLEN (1986) Instructor of
English
B.A., Ohio University; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
University
ISAAC B. NORRIS (1986) Director, Professional
Studies; Instructor of Sports Medicine
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., University
of Maryland
KATHERINE NORTHROP {1999) Assistant
Professor of English
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa
ROBERT P. NYE (1968) Professor of Health
A.B., Gettysburg CoUege; M.Ed., West Chester
University; Ed.D., Temple University
ERIN O'CONNOR (1998) Assistant Professor of
History
B.A., Brandeis University; Ph.D., Boston College
JULIAN ONDERDONK {20)01) Assistant
Professor of Music History
B.A., Bowdoin CoUege; M.A., Ph.D., New York
University
GWENELLE S. O'NEAL {199%) Associate
Professor of Graduate Social Work
B.A., Spelman CoUege; M.S.W., New York
University; D.S.W., Columbia University
BRLAN E O'NEILL (1998) Assistant Professor of
Crim inal Justice
B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.S.W.,
Mar)-wood CoUege; Ph.D., City University of
New York
C.JACK ORR (1986) Professor of Communication
Studies
B.A., Messiah CoUege; B.D., Eastern Baptist
Theological Seminary; M.A., Northwestern
Universit)'; Ph.D., Temple University
MARGARET OTTLEY (2001) Assistant
Professor of Kinesiology
B.A., Spelman CoUege; M.Ed., Ph.D.. New York
University
SHARON OWENS (1999) Assistant Professor of
Graduate Social Work
B.A., Alabama A & M University; M.S.W.,
University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa; Ph.D., Clark
Atlanta University
TERRIE OZELIS (1994) Assistant Professor of
Early Childhood and Special Education
B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.S.,
National Louis Universitj", Ed.D., Northern
Illinois University
RAJUL PANDYA {\999) Assistant Professor of
Geology
B.S., University of lUinois at Urbana-Champaign;
Ph.D., University of Washington, Seattle
RICHARD D. PARSONS (1990) Professor of
Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.A., ViUanova University; M.A., Ph.D., Temple
University
FREDERICK R. PATTON {\9?,\) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages;
Professor
B.A., M.Ed., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
MARTIN PATWELL (1994) Associate Professor of
Educational Services
B.A., Manhattan CoUege; M.S., Marist CoUege;
Ed.D., Boston University
PETER PAULSEN (1989) Instructor of Music
B.M., West Chester University
REBECCA PAULY (1987) Professor of Foreign
Languages
B.A., Smith CoUege; M.A., University of
California, Berkeley; D.M.L., Middlebury CoUege
MICHAEL V. PEARSON (1988) Associate
Professor of Communication Studies
B.A., lona CoUege; M.A., WUliam Patterson
CoUege; Ph.D., Temple University
MICHAEL A. PEICH (1968) Professor of English
B.A., Wartburg CoUege; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania
ROBERT A. PELOSO (1993) Instructor of
Computer Science
B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University; M.S., Carnegie
MeUon University
ROBERT E. PENNINGTON (1966) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus., M.Mus., D.Mus., Northwestern
University
CHRISTIAN V. PENNY (2002) Assistant
Professor of Professional and Secondary Education
B.S., Lock Haven University; M.Ed., East
Stroudsburg University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University
JULIE A. PERONE (1990) Assistant Professor of
Counseling
B.S., M.A., M.RA., Ohio State University; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
G. KING PERRY (1983) Instructor of Computer
Science
B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg University
MERRY G. PERRY (2002) Assistant Professor of
English
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of South Florida
W. BENNETT PETERS (1973) Professor of
History
B.A., Pomona CoUege; M.A., California State
University, San Francisco; Ph.D., University of
California, Santa Barbara
PATRICIA A. PFLIEGER (1988) Assistant
Professor of English
B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Eastern
Michigan University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota
JASON PHILUPS {1999) Assistant Professor of
Marketing
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.B.A., Texas
A & M University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University
JANET. PIPPART-BROWN (1987) Chairperson,
Department of Music Education; Assistant Professor
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Holy
Names CoUege
THOMAS W. PLATT (1968) Chairperson,
Department of Philosophy; Professor
B.A., Washington and Jefferson CoUege; M.A.,
University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
JOAN POLKA (1990) Assistant Professor of
Counseling Services
B.A., Holy FamUy CoUege; M.A., West Chester
University
EDWARD I. POLLAK (1977) Professor of
Psychology
B.A., State University of New York at
Binghamton; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Connecticut
CHERISE POLLARD {1999) Assistant Professor
of English
B.A., Rutgers - The State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
YURY POLSKY (1989) Associate Professor of
Political Science
B.A., M.A., University of Moscow; Ph.D.,
University of Michigan
RUTH PORRJTT {\99\) Associate Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., John CarroU University; Ph.D., Purdue
Universin'
JACK PORTER (1968) Professor of Psychology
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University
LOUIS H. PORTER (1974) Professor of
Psychology
B.A., Ohio University; M.A., Ph.D., Howard
University
CHARLES PRICE (1990) Professor of Music
History and Literature
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University
CATHERINE M. PRUDHOE (1992) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Early Childhood and
Special Education; Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
University of Delaware
CATHY HUAQING QI {2Q0\) Assistant
Professor of Early Childhood and Special Education
M.Ed., Belmont University; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
Vanderbilt University
CAROL A. RADICH (1972) Professor of
Elementary Education
B.A., Glassboro State CoUege; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
DENIS RAIHALL (1999) Assistant Professor of
Economics and Finance
B.A., Bethany CoUege; M.B.A., Universit)' of
Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
GEETHA RAMANATHAN (1987) Director,
Women's Studies Program; Professor of English
M.A., University of Bombav; A.M., University of
lUinois; Ph.D., University of lUinois at
Urbana-Champaign
J. WESLEY RANCK (1999) Instructor of
Kinesiology
B.S., M.S., West Chester University
flU Faculty
JUDITH D. RAY (1978) Assistant Professor of
Kinesiology
A.B.E. of Harris Teachers College; M.A.Ed.,
Washington University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota
JOHNT. REDINGTON (1992) Chairperson,
Department of Marketing; Associate Professor
B.S., M.B.A., Temple University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
THOMAS G. REED (1967) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies
B.S., West Chester University; Ph.D., Union of
Experimental Colleges and Universities
HELEN G. REID (1975) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.A., B.S.,Te.xas Woman's University; Ph.D.,
University of New Orleans
MARTIN S. REMLAND (1991) Associate
Professor of Communication Studies
B.A., Western Illinois University; M.A., Central
Michigan University; Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University
ARLENE C. RENGERT (1976) Professor of
Geography and Planning
A.B., Indiana University; M.A., Ohio State
University; Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania
CATHERINE M^CKETT RENNER (1995)
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., Nazareth College of Rochester; M.S.,
Ph.D., Ohio University
MICHAEL J. RENNER (1992) Professor of
Psychology
B.A., Boise State University; M.S., University of
Oklahoma; Ph.D., University of California,
Berkeley
JOEL M. RESSNER (1984) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., Lehigh Universit)", M.Sc, University of
Sussex; Ph.D., Lehigh University
JANE RICHTER (1986) Assistant Professor of
Music
B.S., M.M., Temple University; D.M.A., Combs
College
RANDALL H. RIEGER (2000) Associate
Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Bowdoin College; M.S., Ph.D., University
of North Carolina
LORETTA RIESER-DANNER (1997) Assistant
Professor of Psychology
B.S., Pennsylvania State Universit)'; Ph.D.,
University of Texas at Austin
GREGORY E. RILEY (20O2) Assistant Professor
of Instrumental Music
B.S., University of Alabama; M.M., University of
Missouri - Kansas Cit}-; D.M.A., University of
Southern CaUfornia
MARK T. RIMPLE (2000) Assistant Professor of
Music Theory and Composition
B.Mus., University of the Arts; M.Mus., D.M.A.,
Temple University
RALPH RODRIGUEZ (1999) Assistant Professor
of Management
B.S., Philadelphia CoUege of Bible; M.B.A.,
Johnson School, Cornell University; Ph.D.,
Temple University
WILLIAM D. ROSENZWEIG (1989) Assistant
Professor of Biology
B.S., St. John's University; M.S., Long Island
Universitv; Ph.D., New York University
SALLY A. ROSS (1988) Associate Professor of
Social Work
B.A., Central State University; M.S.W.,
University of Pennsylvania
JOHN R ROSSO (1998) Instructor of Foreign
Languages
B.A., Haverford College; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania
HARVEY ROVINE (1992) Professor of Theatre Arts
B.S.,Towson State University; M.A., University of
Central Florida; Ph.D., University of Illinois
ALEXANDER ROZIN (2002) Assistant Professor
of Music Theory and Composition
B.A., University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
NANCY J. RUMHELD (\9U) Assistant Professor
of Art
B.F.A., Moore College of Art; M.S., West Chester
University; Ph.D., Nova Southeastern University
ELBERT M. SADDLER (1985) Associate
Professor of Counseling Center
A.B., Rutgers -The State University; M.Ed.,
Ph.D., Temple University
JANE WESTON SADDORIS (1971) Instructor
of Theatre Arts
B.S., West Chester University; M.A. in
Education, ViUanova University
MICHEL H. SAGE (1994) Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages
M.A., San Diego University; Ph.D., University of
CaUfornia, Berkeley
DONNA R. SANDERSON (2001) Assistant
Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., James Madison Universit>'; M.S., Widener
University; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
BHIM SANDHU (1978) Associate Professor of
Political Science
B.A., Punjab University (India); M.A., University
of Texas; Ph.D., University of Missouri
GOPAL SANKARAN (1989) Professor of Health
B.S., M.B., Maulanaazad Medical College (India);
M.D., All India Institute of Medical Sciences;
M.P.H., Dr. P.H., University of California,
Berkeley
FRANK SAUERS (1986) Instructor of English
B.A., ViUanova University; M.A., Purdue
University; Ph.D., University of Colorado
JUDITH A. SCHEFFLER (1985) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of English; Associate
Professor
A.B., Muhlenburg College; M.A., Purdue
University; M..^.. Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
ROBERTA L. SCHINI (2001) Assistant Professor
of Economics and Finance
B.S., Virginia Commonwealth University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
CHERYL SCHLAMB (2002) Instructor of
Nursing
B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.S.N., University
of Pennsylvania
STACEY SCHLAU (1985) Professor of Foreign
Languages
B.A., M.A., Queens CoUege; Ph.D., City
University of New York
LISELOTTE M. SCHMIDT (1970) Professor of
Music History and Literature
B.Mus., Converse CoUege; M.A., New York
University; M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music;
Ed.D., Columbia University; Fulbright Scholar
(University of Munich, Germany, 1957-58)
FRAUKE I. SCHNELL (1992) Associate Professor
of Political Science
B.A., University of Tuebingen, Germany; M.A.,
Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony
Brook
R. GERALD SCHOELKOPF (1969)
Chairperson, Department of Library Services;
Assistant Professor
B.A., VUlanova University; M.S.L.S., McGUI
University
RANI G. SELVANATHAN iX'iid) Associate
Professor of Management
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of DeUii (India);
Ph.D., University of Paris
GUS V. SERMAS (1971) Professor of Art
B.A., Baylor University; B.F.A., B.S., University of
Texas; M.F.A., Universit)' of Wisconsin
LEIGH S. SHAFFER (1980) Professor of
Anthropology and Sociology
B.S., M.S., Wichita State University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
NL\URAJ. SHEEHAN (1980) Professor of Health
B.S., LoweU Technological Institute; M.S.,
University of LoweU; Sc.D., University of
Pittsburgh
ELEANOR R SHEVLIN (2001) Assistant
Professor of English
A.B., Georgetown University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
CAROL SHLOSS (1987) Professor of English
B.A., Swarthmore CoUege; M.A.T., Harvard
University; Ph.D., Brandeis University
CHARLES V. SHORTEN (1989) Professor cf
Health
B.S., M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and
State Universit)'; Ph.D., Clemson University
DAVID 1. SIEGEL (1990) Associate Professor of
Social Work
B.A., Brooklyn CoUege; M.S.W., University of
Michigan; D.S.W., Columbia University
HAROLD L. SKELTON {l^bS) Associate
Professor of Physics
B.S., Case Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D.,
Universit)' of Delaware
SUSAN C. SLANINKA (\97S) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Nursing; Professor
B.S.N., VUlanova Universit)-; M.S.N., University
of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Temple University
FRANCES A. SLOSTAD (1996) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Elementary Education;
Associate Professor
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., VUlanova
University; Ed.D., Immaculata CoUege
LESLIE B. SLUSHER (1991) Director.
Pharmaceutical Product Development Program;
Professor of Biology
B.S., North CaroUna State University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
ARTHUR R. SMITH (1994) Associate Professor of
Geology and Astronomy
A.B., M.S., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
Faculu'
CARL M. SMITH (1971) Assistant Professor of
Accounting
B.B.A., M.B.A., Temple Universlt)'; C.P.A.,
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
LUANNE SMITH (19%')) Associate Professor of
English
B.A., University of Kentucky; M.A., Murray State
University; M.F.A., Pennsylvania State University
PAUL K. SMITH (1985) Associate Professor of
Kinesiology
B.S., M.S., Florida State Universit}-; Ph.D.,
Southern Illinois University
THOMAS H. SMITH (2Q02) Assistant Professor
of Mathematics
B.S., St. Joseph's University; Ed.M., West Chester
University; Ed.D., Temple University
ROBERTA SNOW (1989) Professor of
Management
B.A., M.A., Syracuse University; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
CAROLYN SORISIO (\999) Assistant Professor
of English
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University
H. LEE SOUTHALL (1967) Professor of
Instrumental Music
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Trenton
State College
ALICE J. SPEH (1989) Director, Liberal Studies
Program; Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
A.B., Brown University; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College
THOMAS W. SPIERLING (1972) Psychologist,
Counseling Center; Professor
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University
LYNN KELL SPRADUN (1995) Associate
Professor of Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.A., University of Kentucky; M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Louisville
DAVID A. SPRENKLE (1987) Chairperson,
Department of Vocal and Choral Music; Associate
Professor
B.S., M.M., West Chester University; D.M.A.,
University of Maryland
ELIZABETH LEEANN SROGI (1991)
Professor of Geology and Astronomy
B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
CHRISTINE STACKHOUSE (1999) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S.N. , Allentown CoUege of St. Francis; M.S.N.,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania
TIMOTHY K. STARN (1996) Assistant Professor
of Chemistry
B.S., Ph.D., Indiana University
W. CRAIG STEVENS (1992) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Kinesiology; Associate
Professor
B.A., Johns Hopkins Universit)'; M.S., Springfield
College; Ph.D., Temple University
LINDA S. STEVENSON (2002) Assistant
Professor of Political Science
B.A., College of Wooster; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
JOHN STOLAR (1988) Professor of Geology and
Astronomy
B.S., Shippensburg University; M.Ed., West
Chester University; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State
Universitv
PAUL STOLLER (1980) Professor of Anthropology
and Sociology
B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., Georgetown
University; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin
ANN COGHLAN STOWE (1984) Chairperson.
Department of Nursing; Assistant Professor
B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania;
Diploma in Nursing, Thomas Jefferson University
FREDERICK R. STRUCKMEYER (1966)
Professor of Philosophy
B.A., King's CoUege (N.Y.); A.M., Ph.D., Boston
University
ELENA F STUART (1977) Chairperson,
Department of Communicative Disorders; Assistant
Professor
B.A., Emerson College; M.S., Purdue University
GRETCHEN STUDLIEN-WEBB (1999)
Assistant Professor of Kinesiology
B.F.A., Ohio State University; M.F.A., Temple
University
RICHARD H. SWAIN (1994) Director of Library
Services; Associate Professor
B.A., Oakland University; M.Phil., M.A., Yale
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan
ROBERT J. SZABO (1974) Associate Professor of
Literacy
B.S., Kutztown University; M.Ed., Ed.D., Lehigh
University
WACLAW SZYMANSKl (1985) Professor of
Mathematics
M.A., Jagiellonian University (Poland); Ph.D.,
D.Sc, Polish Academy of Sciences
JOHN C.TACHOVSKY (1970) Professor of
Geography
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ph.D.,
University of Cincinnati
LIN TAN (1989) Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.A., Zhejian University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of California, Los Angeles
BRADLEY E. TAYLOR (1973) Assutant
Professor of Kinesiology
B.S., M.Ed., Temple Universit}-
CHRISTOPHER J. TEUTSCH (1989) Associate
Professor of English
M.A., Jagiellonian University (Poland); Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee
LaTONYA THAMES-LEONARD (2001)
Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Tougaloo College; M.A., University of
Mississippi
SANDRA J. THIELZ (1973) Assistant Professor of
Kinesiology
B.S., Southern Connecticut State College; M.Ed.,
West Chester University
DIANA R THOMAS (1995) Professor of Library
Services
B.A., University of Maryland, M.B.A., Cornell
University; M.A., University of Chicago
WESLEY W. THOMAS (1979) Professor of
Management
B.S., University of Maine; M.S., West Chester
University; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
PHILIP A. THOMPSEN (1997) Associate
Professor of Communication Studies
B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.S.,
University of Southwestern Louisiana; Ph.D.,
University of Utah
BRENT WESLEY THOMPSON (2001)
Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., M.S., University of Delaware; D.N.Sc,
Widener University
HARRY TIEBOUT III (1992) Professor of Biology
B.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of
Florida
VICTORL\ TISCHIO (1998) Assistant Professor
of English
B.S., M.A., Southern Connecticut State
University; Ph.D., State University of New York
at Albany
THOMAS W.TOUN (1992) Assistant Professor
of Economics and Finance
B.A., University of Southwestern Louisiana;
Ph.D., University of Houston
SANDRA M.TOMKOWICZ (1993) Director,
Pre-Law Program; Associate Professor of Marketing
(Legal Studies)
B.S., La Salle University; J.D., University of
Pennsylvania
JOHN R. TOWNSEND (1998) Assistant
Professor of Chemistry
B.A., University of Delaware; M.S., Ph.D.,
Cornell University
THOMAS H. TOVWSEND (1999) Instructor of
Computer Science
B.A., Oberlin College; M.Sc, West Chester
University; M.Sc, Ph.D., Purdue University
THOMAS TREADWELL (1968) Professor of
Psychology
B.A., Morris Harvey College; M.S., University of
Bridgeport; Moreno Institute, New York
(Certified Psychodramatist, T.E.P); Ed.D.,
Temple University
C. JAMES TROTMAN (1979) Professor of
English
B.A., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University;
Ed.D., Columbia University
MICHELLE L. TUCKER (1988) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S., Michigan State University; M.S.N.,
University of Michigan
DONNA L. USHER (1991) Associate Professor of
Art
B.F.A., B.S., Moore CoUege of Art; M.FA.,
University of Delaware
MARIA VAN LIEW (1998) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.A., Clark University; Ph.D., University of
California, San Diego
ANDREA VARRICCHIO (1986) Associate
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Chestnut Hill College; M.A., Middlebury
College; Ph.D., Temple University
CARLA LEE VERDER.AME (\99i) Assistant
Professor of English
A.B., Smith CoUege; M.A.T, Brown University;
Ph.D., Universit)' of Michigan
RICHARD K. VELETA (1965) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus., M.Mus., D.Mus., Northwestern
University
JOHN VILLELLA (1986) Chairperson,
Department of Instrumental Music: Associate
Professor
B.S., M.M., West Chester University; Ed.D.,
Widener University
FaculU'
KARIN A.E. VOLKWEIN (1992) Associate
Professor of Kinesiology
Staatsexamen, University of Marburg, Germany;
Ph.D., University of Tennessee
JACQUES C. VOOIS (1969) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus., Oberlin College; M.Mus., Manhattan
School of Music; D.M.A., Peabody Conservatory
of Music of Johns Hopkins University
RICHARD W. VOSS (1996) Associate Professor of
Social Work
B.A., St. Fidehs College; M.S.W., Fordhara
University; D.P.C., Loyola College
RUSSELL H. VREELAND (\9%9) Associate
Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., Rutgers -The State University; Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska
JACK WABER (1976) Professor of Biology
B.A., Hope College (Mich.); Ph.D., University of
Hawaii
G. ALAN WAGNER (1967) Professor of Vocal and
Choral Music
B.Mus., Northwestern University; M.F.A.,
Carnegie Mellon University
MATTHEW M. WAITE (2001) Assistant
Professor of Physics
B.A., Gettysburg College; Ph.D., University of
Delaware
DONNA WANDRY (1999) Assistant Professor of
Early Childhood and Special Education
B.S., University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire;
M.Ed., University of Utah; Ph.D., University of
Florida
CHERYL L. WANKO (1993) Chairperson,
Department of English: Associate Professor
B.A., New York University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
BARBARA BROWN WANTA (1983) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S.N. , University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Oxford
University (U.K.); M.S.N., University of
Pennsylvania
JOHN W. WARD (1961) Associate Professor of
English
A.B., M.A., Miami University; Ph.D., University
of Delaware
JOHN W. WEAVER (1973) Professor of Computer
Science
B.A., Eastern Mennonite University", M.A.,
University of Delaware; Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University
RICHARD J. WEBSTER (1967) Director,
Interdisciplinary Studies; Chairperson, Department of
History: Professor
A.B., Lafayette College; M.A., University of
Delaware; A.M., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
MICHAEL S.WEISS (1978) Professor of
Communicative Disorders
B.A., Long Island University; M.S., Ph.D.,
Purdue University
JOAN M.WELCH (1990) Chairperson,
Department of Geography and Planning; Professor
B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Boston University
LESLEY A. WELSH (1991) Associate Professor of
Professional and Secondary Education
B.A., Eastern Connecticut State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., LIniversit)' of Connecticut
LINWOOD J. WHITE (1968) Associate Professor
of Art
B.F.A., Maryland Institute College of Art;
M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania
JEROME M. WILLLAMS (1985) Chairperson,
Department of Foreign Languages; Professor
B.A., Haverford College; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.,
Yale University
JOHN G. WILLIAMS (1992) Associate Professor
of Kinesiology
B.Ed., University of Nottingham, U.K.; M.Ed.,
University of Bath, U.K.; Ph.D., University of
London, U.K.
THOMAS WINTERS (1988) Assistant Professor
of Music History and Literature
B.A., BuckneU University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
SALLY A. WINTERTON (2001) Assistant
Professor of Elementary Education
B.A., Immaculata College; M.Ed., West Chester
University; D.Ed., University of Pennsylvania
C. GIL WISWALL (1985) Chairperson,
Department of Geology and Astronomy; Professor
B.A., Colgate University; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Montana
PAUL WOLFSON (1978) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
A.B., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago
RICHARD I. WOODRUFF (1966) Professor of
Biology
B.S., Ursinus College; M.Ed., West Chester
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
JOAN WOOLFREY (2000) Assistant Professor of
Philosophy
B.S., North Dakota State University; M.A.,The
New School for Social Research; Ph.D.,
University of Oregon
FRANCES H. WREN (1989) Assistant Professor
of Psychology
B.A., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University
JUUET WUNSCH (2000) Assistant Professor of
Theatre Arts
B.A., Wesleyan University; M.F.A., Carnegie
Mellon University
RICHARD W. WYATT (1989) Associate Professor
of Computer Science
B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Melbourne; Ph.D.,
University of California, Berkeley; M.Sc, State
University of New York at Buffalo
JANE A. WYSS (1990) Associate Professor of Vocal
and Choral Music
B.M., M.M., D.M.A., University of Texas at
Austin
CHEER- SUN D. YANG (2000) Associate
Professor of Computer Science
B.S., M.B.A., Tamkang University; M.S., Kansas
State University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
JOANN YAWORSKI (2000) Assistant Professor of
Literacy
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed.,
MillersviUe Universit}'; Ph.D., State University of
New York at Albany
K. HYOEJIN YOON (2002) Assistant Professor of
English
B.S., B.A., M.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
and State University; Ph.D., University of Albany
STEFANI YORGES (1996) Assistant Chairperson,
Department of Psychology; Associate Professor
B.A., Hastings CoUege; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue
L'niversit)'
EDEN ZABAT (1997) Assistant Professor of
Nursing
B.S.N., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.N.,
Villanova University
RAYMOND ZETTS (1997) Associate Professor of
Kinesiology
B.A., Texas Lutheran College; M.A., Southwest
Texas State University; Ed.D., Universit\- of
Georgia- Athens
NAIJIAN ZHANG (1999) Assistant Professor of
Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.A., Xi'an Foreign Languages Institute (China);
M.A., M.A., Bowhng Green University
PETER ZIMMER (2000) Assistant Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D.,
University of Kansas
MARTIN ZLOTOWSKI (1973) Associate
Professor of Early Childhood and Special Education
A.B., New York University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Michigan State Universin.'
ANTHONY W. ZUMPETTA (1988) Associate
Professor of Anthropology and Sociology
B.A., Edinboro University; M.A., Ed.D., Indiana
Universit)' of Pennsylvania
Adjunct Faculty
ARTHUR R. BARTOLOZZI Department of
Sports Medicine
A.B., Brown University; M.D., University of
California, San Diego
DAVID K. COHOON Department of
Mathematics
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S.,
Ph.D., Purdue University; David Ross Research
Associateship at Institut Henri Poincare
JOSEPH M. DIBUSSOLO Pharmaceutical
Product Development Program
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Ph.D.,
Drexel University
Faculn-
CUFFORD W. FAWCETT Department of
Sports Medicine
B.S.N., Cedan-Ule CoUege; M.Ed., University of
\'irginia; M.S.N., University of Delaware
GML M. FELLOWS Department of Health
B.S., Universit)- of Arizona; M.S., West Chester
Universit)'
CHARLES A. GAK&^KDepartment of Geology
and Astronomy
B.S., University of Illinois; M.S., Ph.D., Case
Institute of TechnoIog\'
PrnTUS GOTKIN Department of Biology
B.S., Universit}' of Pennsj-lvania; M.Ed., Beaver
CoUege; Ph.D., Pacific Western Universit)'
JOANNE S. GR.A.NT Department of Biology
B.S., Moranan College; M.S., Drexel University
ZDEN1C\ L. JON.\K Department of Biology
B.S., Charles Universiti,'; M.S., Ph.D., Yale
University
BRIAN KELLAR, Department of Health
A.S., West Chester University; B.A., M.S.,
Eastern College
LORI KILLLAN, Department of Health
A.S., Delaware Count)' Community College;
B.A., University of Redlands
CARYN LENNON Department of Biology
B.S., Quirmipiac College
EDWIN T. LURCOTT Department of Geology
and Astronomy
B.S., S)Tacuse Universit)'
HELEN E. MARTIN Department of Counselor.
Secondary, and Professional Education
B.A., Kings College, N.Y.; M.A., West Chester
University
WILLIAM K. NATALE Department of Biology
A.B., Oberlin College; M.D., University of
Pittsburgh
RONALD J. PEIC-UA Department of Psychology
B.S., Pennsyhfania State University; Ph.D.,
Michigan State Universit)'
RICR.\RD RUPKALVaS Department of Biology
B.S., IlUnois Benedictine College; M.D., Rush
Medical College
HOWARD L. RUSSELL Department of Biology
B.A., Boston Universit)'; V.M.D., Universit)' of
Pennsylvania; M.P.H., Tulane University
MICHAEL J. WARHOL Department of Biology
A.B., Princeton University; M.D., University of
Pittsburgh
JACK C.A.RLTON WHITE Department of
Biology
B.S., M.D., Universit}' of Vermont; Diplomate,
American Board of Surgery
SUSAN WrX Department of Health
B.S., West Chester Universit)-; M.S., Eastern College
Emeriti
LOIS W. .ALT, Vocal and Choral Music
•ALEXANDER ANTONOWICH, Music
Education
ELEANOR ASHKENAZ, Chemistry
DOROTm' D. BAILEY, English
•HAROLD W. BENDA, Dean of Education
•BERNICE BERN.-\TZ, Dean of Women
ROBERT BERNH,-\RDT, Biology
V. ROBERT BIELSKI, Geography and Planning
WALTER R. BL.AIR, Educational Services
•JAMES A. BINNEY, English
•MARY M. BUSS, Biology
JUSTO B. BRAVO, Chemistry
WALTER E. BUECHELE, JR., Counselor,
Secondary, and Professional Education
H.J.AMES BURGWYN, History
ROBERT E. CARLSON, History
•PAUL E. CARSON, Music
DIANE O. CASAGRANDE, Communication
Studies
CONRAD E. CHALICK, Counseling
NONA E. CHERN, Childhood Studies and
Reading
K. ELEANOR CHRISTENSEN, Childhood
Studies and Reading
CARMELA L. CINQUINA, Biology
ISlARY E. CLEARY, Education
♦JOHN W. CLOKEY, Dean of Arts and Utters
B.ARBARA J. COATES, Physical Education
BERNARD B. COHEN, Psychology
•FA\'E A. COLLICOTT, Librarian
GERALDINE C. CONBEER, Librarian
STELLA CONAWAY, Vocal and Choral Music
EDWIN B. COTTRELL, Health and Physical
Education
•GEORGE R. CRESSMAN, Education
GEORGANN CULLEN, Biology
•KATHERINE M. DENWORTH, Education
PHILUP DONLEY. Health and Physical Education
RAYMOND A. DO\TE, History
NLARC L. DURAND, Chemistry
'MARK M. EVANS, Director of Student Teaching
•MARION FARNHAM,^rt
RUTH FELDNL\N, Psychology
ALBERT E. HLANO, Vice President fir Academic
Affairs and Mathematical Sciences
B\T10N Y. FLECK, Dean of Social Sciences
THOM-^SJ. FR.ANCELLA, Criminal Justice
HOWARD FREEMAJSI, Counseling
JOHN FURLOW, Physical Education
CHARLES GANGEMI, Keyboard Music
CHARLOTTE M. GOOD, Education
•ROBERT B. GORDON, Sciences
'ANNE M. GOSHEN, Psychology
'IVURI.AM S. GOTTLIEB, Music
ROBERT GREENE, Foreign Languages
SEYMOUR S. GREENBERG, Geology
THELMA J. GREENWOOD, Biology
MADEL'i'N GUTWIRTH, Foreign Languages
•SAUNDR,'^ M. H.'U.L, Theatre Arts
H. THEODORE HALLMAS,Art
JOAN HASSELQUIST, Childhood Studies and
Reading
'JACK GARDNER HAWTHORNE, ^rt
•CHARLES W. HEATHCOTE, Social Sciences
THOMAS J. HELM, Social Sciences
WALTER J. HIPPLE, Philosophy
FRANK (i HELMS, Library
'PHIUP R HOGGARD, Education
PATRICL\ CARLEY JOHNSON, History
PAMELA JUDSON-RHODES (HEMPHILL),
Art
CAROLYN B. KEEFE, Communication Studies
MARY KEETZ, Literacy
JAMES KELLEHER, English
•W. GLENN KILLINGER, Dean of Men
•CHARLOTIT E. KING, Childhood Studies and
Reading
MARY L. KLINE, Nursing
'CARSIE C. KULP, Education
•GEORGE LANGDON, Geography and Planning
'MURIEL LEACH, Health and Physical EducaHon
JAMES E. LHEUREUX, Mathematics
MELMN M. LORBACK, Physical Education
SANDRA F MATHER, Geology and Astronomy
•GRACE D. MCCARTHY, English
'EMIL H. MESSIKOMER, Dean
JAMES S. MILNE, Political Science
•LLOYD C. NUTCHELL, Dean of Music
WILLIAM M. MOREHOUSE, Theatre Arts
SHIRLEY A. MUNGER, Music
•DOROTHY R. NOWACK, Health
BERNARD S. OLDSEY, English
WILLIAM R. OX'ERLEASE, Biology
JACK \. OWENS, Health and PhysUat Education
RUTH PETKOFSKV'. Childhood Studies and
Reading
•DOROTm" R.AMSEY, English
GEORGE F REED, Geology and Astronomy
N. RUTH REED, Health
RUSSELL K. RICKERT, Physics and Dean of
Sciences and Mathemalia
WALTER NATHANIEL RIDLEY, EducaHon
ALFRED D. ROBERTS, Foreign Languages
tDeceased
Faculty
RONALD F. ROMIG, Biology
*B. PAUL ROSS, Education
PHILIP B. RUDNICK, Chemistry
•HELEN RUSSELL, Library Science
C. RUTH S.^OL, English
GLENN W. S,AM\JElSO^, Anthropology and
Sociology
HAROLD R. SANDS, Psychology
HARRY SCHALK, History
'GERTRUDE K. SCHMIDT, Music
JOHN SHEA, Political Science
JANE E. SHEPPARD, Vocal and Choral Music
'CAROLYN G. SIMMENDINGER, ^rt
W. CLYDE SKILLEN, Biology
•KENNETH C. SLAGLE, Dean of Arts and Sciences
PHILIP D. SMITH, JR., Foreign Languages
NORBERT C. SOLDON, History
•CHARLES A. SPRENKLE, Dean of Music
RUTH S. STANLEY, Mathematical Sciences
R. GODFREY STUDENMUND, Education
RUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER, Dean of
Health and Physical Education
JANE B. SWAN, History
ROY D. SWEET, Vocal and Choral Music
'EARL F SYKES, President
ELINOR Z. TAYLOR, Physical Education and
Dean of Administration
'JOSEPH M. THORSON, Business Administration
'WILLARD J. TREZISE, Biology
'EDWARD T TWARDOWSKI, Health and
Physical Education
'S. EUZABETH TYSON, English
JOY VANDEVER, Music Education
•EARLE C. WATERS, Health and Physical
Education
RUTHI.WEIDNER,.^r/
SOL WEISS, Mathematical Sciences
THEODORA L. WEST, English
BENJAMIN WHITTEN, Keyboard Musk
ARDIS M. WILLL\MS, Chemistry
LOIS M. WILLIAMS, Music
H.\RRY WILKINSON, Music
LLOYD C. WILKINSON, Physical EducaHon
♦JOSEPHINE E. WILSON, English
JAMES J. WRIGHT, Musu Theory and Composition
EDWIN L. YOUMANS, Dean of Health and
Physical Education
CARLOS R. ZIEGLER, Childhood Studies and
Reading
•EDWARD ZIMMER, Music
CORNELIA ZIMMERMAN, Childhood Studies
and Reading
tDeceased
Honorary Degrees
1984
ANDREW WYETH, Doctor of Humane Letters
1993
ENULIE KESSEL ASPLUNDH, Doctor of Public
Service
CONSTANCE E. CLAYTON, Doctor of Public
Service
1994
DAVID P ROSELLE, Doctor of Lam
CHARLES E. SWOPE, Doctor of Public Service
1995
WILUAM A BOUCHER, Doctor of Public Service
1996
CURT WELDON, Doctor of Public Service
EUNOR Z. TAYLOR, Doctor of Public Service
1997
JACOB LAWRENCE, Dof/oro/fmf/Jr/j
1998
CHAIM POTOK, Doctor of Humane Letters
MARIAN WASHINGTON, Doctor of Public
Service
1999
PASQUALE W. "PAT- CROCE, JR., Doctor of
Public Service
CLIFFORD E. DeBAPTISTE, Doctor of Law
2000
DAVID R HOLVTCK, Doctor of Public Service
IRWIN H. POLISHOOK, Doctor of Public Service
2001
ALAN G. MACDIARMID, Doctor of Science
F EUGENE DIXON, JR., Doctor of Public Service
President's Medallion for Service
1986
EMILIE KESSEL ASPLUNDH
JANICE WEIR ETSHIED
W. GLENN KILLINGER
1987
THOMAS B. CHAMBERS
T. FRANK GANNON
WILLLAM E. HUGHES
MICHAEL J. JONES
SARA L. SCHMID
KURT STRAUSS
1989
ATSUSHI MINOHHARA
MASAYOSHI TANAKA
1990
CLIFFORD E. DeBAPTISTE
1991
MORGAN DOWD
ADEL^TNE KELLY
ALV^' KELLY
1992
STANLEY J. YAROSEWICK
1993
ALBERT E. FILANO
1994
JAA1ES L. LARSON
F JOSEPH LOEPER
1995
CARLOS R. ZIEGLER
1997
RAY M. MINCARELLI, JR.
ROSANNE D. MINCARELU
1998
HENRY A. JORDAN
BARBARA M. JORDAN
JOHN F UNRUH
1999
LITTLETON G. MITCHELL
2000
MURIEL HERMAN
LARRY MENDTE
2002
MARTIN R. BERNDT
Trustees Achievement Awards
1985
FRANK GROSSHANS
CHARLES C. SOUFAS,JR.
1986
RICHARD W. nELDS
1987
MARSHALL J. BECKER
WACLAW SZYMANSKI
1989
CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY
LARRY A. NELSON
1990
PAUL STOLLER
1992
MARY E. CRAWFORD
1995
RICHARD E. BLAKE
FRANK E. nSH
1996
JEROME M. WILLIAMS
1997
STERLING E. MURRAY
Faculrv
1998
KOSTAS MYRSIADES
Distinguished Teaching Chairs
1982-1983
FRANK A. SMITH
JANE B. SWAN
Faculty Merit Awards
1982-1983
DIANE O. CASAGRANDE
MARY A. KEETZ
JANE E. SHEPPARD
CHARLES H. STUART
1983-1984
ELIZABETH A. GIANGIULIO
KOSTAS MYRSIADES
LOIS WILLIAMS
1984-1985
FRANK E. MILLIMAN
RUTH I. WEIDNER
1986-1987
G. WINFIELD FAJRCHILD
KOSTAS MYRSIADES
1987-1988
WALLACE J. KAHN
STERLING E. MURRAY
ARLENE C. RENGERT
2000
RICHARD EPSTEIN
CLAUDE FOSTER
2001
RUSSELL VREELAND
2002
STACEY SCHLAU
1988-1989
PAMELA HEMPHILL
1989-1990
IVLADELYN GUTWIRTH
JOAN HASSELQUIST
1990-1991
BENJAMIN WHITTEN
1991-1992
CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY
1992-1993
WILLIAM TOROP
1993-1994
LOUIS CASCL^TO
1995-1996
T. OBINKARAM ECHEWA
PHILIP RUDNICK
Lindhack Distinguished Teaching Award
1998
ERMINIO BRAIDOTTI
1999
SUSAN C. SLANINKA
2000
W. BENNETT PETERS
2001
ANNE-MARIE MOSCATELLI
Irving Hersch Cohen Faculty Merit Award
1990
DOROTHY NOWACK
1991
GEORGE CLAGHORN
1993
JUDITH nNKEL
1994
RICHARD VELETA
Distinguished Faculty Awards
1974-1975
THOMAS A. EGAN, Teaching
E. RILEY HOLMAN, Teaching
MICHAEL A. PEICH, Teaching
1975-1976
WALTER E. BUECHELE.JR., Service
CARMELA L. CINaWNA, Service
PHILLIP B. DONLEY, Service
GEORGE W. MAXIM, Teaching
EDWARD N. NORRIS, Service
PHILIP D. SMITH, JR., Teaching
WILLIAM TOROP Teaching
1995
DEBORAH MAHLSTEDT
1997
IRENE G. SHUR
1998
DIANE O. CASAGRANDE
1999
JOHN J. TURNER
1976-1977
ROBERT E. BYTNAR, Service
ANDREW E. DINNIMAN, Service
IRENE G. SHUR, Teaching
RUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER, Service
1977-1978
MARC L. DURAND and ROBERT F FOERY
(Joint Project), Service
BERNARD S. OLDSEY, Service
GEORGE F REED, Teaching
RICHARD I. WOODRUFF Teaching
1978-1979
ROBERT E. CARLSON, Service
JOHN J. TURNER, JR., Teaching
C. RALPH VERNO, Teaching
ROBERT H. WEISS, Service
1996-1997
RICHARD E. BLAKE
REBECCA PAULY
ELISE A. TRIANO
1997-1998
H.JAMES BURGWi'N
JASMIN T. MCCONATHA
1998-1999
DONNA L. USHER
PAUL A. STOLLER
1999-2000
LEIGH SHAFFER
RICHARD WOODRUFF
2000-2001
MARTHA POTVIN
KARIN VOLKWEIN
2001-2002
RONALD GOUGHER
2002
GAIL BOLLIN
2001
ROBERT MAGGIO
KENNETH L. LAUDERMILCH
2002
HENRY GRABB
1979-1980
CAROLYN B. KEEFE, Teaching
JOHN A. MANGRAVITE, Teaching
PHILIP D. SMITH, JR., Service
NORBERT C. SOLDON, Service
1980-1981
LOUIS A. CASCIATO, Teaching
PHILIP B. RUDNICK, Service
FRANK A. SMITH, JR., Teaching
JANE B. SWAN, Teaching
JOSEPH M.THORSON, Service
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2003-2005
FALL
August 23 and 24
August 25
September 1
September 21
October 6
October 13 - 14
November 26
December 1
December 6-7
December 8
December 9-13
December 14
SEMESTER 2003
Residence halls open
Classes begin - 8 a.m.
Late Registration and Drop/Add
Labor Day (no classes)
Rosh Hashanah*
Yom Kippur*
Fall Break (no classes)
Thanksgiving recess begins — 8 a.m.
Thanksgiving recess ends - 8 a.m.
Reading days
Last day of classes
Examination period
Commencement
FALL
August 28 and 29
August 30
September 6
September 16
September 25
October 18 - 19
November 24
November 29
December 11-12
December 13
December 14-18
December 19
SEMESTER 2004
Residence halls open
Classes begin - 8 a.m.
Late Registration and Drop/ Add
Labor Day (no classes)
Rosh Hashanah*
Yom Kippur'
Fall Break (no classes)
Thanksgiving recess begins - 8 a.m.
Thanksgi\'ing recess ends - 8 a.m.
Reading days
Last day of classes
Examination period
Commencement
January 12
January 19
March 5
March 15
April 6
April 9
April 30
May 1 - 2
May 3-7
Mav8
SPRING SEMESTER 2004
Classes begin - 8 a.m.
Late Registration and Drop/Add
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day
(no classes)
Spring break begins - 5 p.m.
Spring break ends - 8 a.m.
Passover'
Good Friday*
Last day of classes
Reading days
Examination period
Commencement
Please consult the current course schedule and the University's
including the one for summer.
SPRING SEMESTER 2005
January 10
Classes begin - 8 a.m.
Late Registration and Drop/ Add
January 17
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day
(no classes)
March 4
Spring break begins - 5 p.m.
March 14
Spring break ends - 8 a.m.
March 25
Good Friday'
April 24
Passover*
AprU 29
Last day of classes
April 30 - ]
May 1 Reading davs
May 2-6
Examination period
May 7
Commencement
Web site (www.i
ivcupa.edu) for the most up-to-date calendars.
'Although the University' will be in session, no examinations are to be administered on these major Christian and Jewish holv days. All members of the academic
community' are also expected to be considerate of and provide appropriate accommodations to students of other faiths when assignments, exams, and other course
requirements fall on the major holy davs of their reUgions.
University Policy
When storm conditions affect the operation of the Universirv',
announcements are made over local radio and TV stations via a
system of code numbers keyed to affected schools. Prefixes
indicate whether the school wiU be closed or open later than
usual. The Universir\''s numbers and applicable prefixes are 853
for canceDation of day classes and 2853 for evening classes.
On Tuesday or Thursday, either a nvo-hour delay or class cancel-
lation wtU be called. Two-hour delays on these days will mean
that 8 a.m. classes are cancelled, and the class normally starting
at 9:30 a.m. will start at 10 a.m. and continue to 10:50 a.m.
On Monday, Wednesday, or Friday, a one-hour delay means
that the 8 a.m. class is cancelled. A two-hour delay means
that both the 8 a.m. and 9 a.m. classes are cancelled.
Most radio stations begin announcements around 6 a.m. The
school closings are usually repeated about once each half-hour.
For evening classes, a decision to cancel wiU be made around
for Storm Closings
noon, and announcements should begin around 1 p.m. Although
classes may be cancelled, essential personnel must report to
work. People should not call Public Safety for school closing
information, since it ties up phone lines that must be kept clear
for emergencies. Storm closing information is available on:
Philadelphia radio:
la'W 1060 AiM
WCAU 1210 AM
\VnL 560 AM
VWEN 950 .\M
WSSJ1310AM
WDAS 1480 AM
WDAS 105.3 FM
WKDN 106.9 FM
Local Radio:
WCOJ 1420 AM
WCHE1520AM
WJBR 1290 AM
WSBA 910 AM
WILM 1450 AM
WCUR 91.7 FM
WARM 103 FM
WLAN 97 FM
Television:
NBC TV 10
WTXF FOXTV 29
WGAL TV 8
Web:
www.k)'wl060.com
www.nbclO.com
Telephone:
Universir\' Information Desk
610-436-1000
Campus Map
North Campus
* Shuttle bus stop
E Emergency phones
^§ Student parking*
fjijijl Faculty/Staff parking*
IM Faculty/Staff/Student parking*
M^ Visitor parking
"University decal required. Lot
restrictions designated by
posted signs, which take
precedent over published
materials.
A separate map designating
parl<ing for the handicapped
is available at Public Safety
in the Peoples Maintenance
Building.
South Campus
Borough of West Chester
TIBSEBHr
Chester County
Inde:
Academic
Affairs, 29-35
Calendar, 166
Classification, See Student Standing
Development Program, 30
Dishonest)' Policy, 46-47
Foundations, 37
Passport, 8
Policies, Exception to, 52
Policies and Procedures, 40-53
Renewal Policy, 49
Standards: Probation and Dismissal,
Maintenance of, 48-49
Acceptance Fee, 11
Accommodations, ii
Accounting, Department of, 57
Accreditation, ii
Acti\'ities, 26-29
ADA
Classroom Modifications Appeals
Procedure, 32-33
Policy and Accommodations, ii, 53
Adding a Course, 42
Adjunct Faculty, 162-163
Administration, 151
Admission
Requirements, 7-8
to Teacher Education, 145-146
to West Chester University, 7-9
Admissions Staff, 9
Adult Studies, 34
Advanced Placement Program, 50
Affirmative Action Policy, ii
African- American Studies, See Ethnic
Smdies Program
Air Force ROTC, 34, 81-82
Alumni Association, 29
American Studies Program, 107
Anthropolog)' and Sociology,
Department of, 57-59
Anticipated Time for Degree
Completion, 51
Appeals to Fee and Reftind Policies, 11
Applicable Catalog Year, 36
Application
Fee, 11
for Admission, 7-8
Applied Music, Department of 124-126
Aralia Press, 35
Armed Services Programs, 34
Armed Services Reserve Officer Candidate
Program (ROC), 34
Armv ROTC, 34, 81
Art '
Collections, 6
Department of, 59-62
Assessment, 30
Astronomy, See Geology and Astronomy
Athlete Absence Policy, 44
Athletic Training, See Sports Medicine
Athletic Program, Intercollegiate, 28-29
Attendance Policy, 44
Audit Fee, 11
Auditing Privileges, 43
Awards, See Scholarships and Awards
B
Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 36-40
Biology, Department of 62-65
Board of
Directors, Alumni Association, 150
Directors, Fund for West Chester
University of Pennsylvania, 150
Directors, West Chester University
Foundation, 150
Governors, 150
Bookstore, 23
Bus Transportation on Campus, 23
Calendar, Academic, 166
Campus
and Facilities, 4-6
Description of, 4—5
Map, 167
Career Planning and Placement Services, 23
Catalog Year, Applicable, 36
Certification
Admission for, 8
Teaching, 145-147
Changing Majors, 42
Chemistr}', Department of 65-68
Chemistry-Biology, See Chemistry, Pre-
Medical Program
Chester County Map, 169
Children's Center, 23
Citizenship Education (formerly Social
Studies), 68
Class Load, See Full-time status
Classification
Degree - Definitions, 40
of Students, 21-22
Classroom Behavior, Disruptive, 47-48
CLER 34
Closing, Storm, Policy for, 166
Coaching, See Kinesiology
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP), 34
College Literature, 35
Commencement Fee, 11
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, 150
Communicable Diseases (immunization for
student teachers), 24
Communication Studies,
Department of, 68-70
Communications Directory, ii
Communicative Disorders,
Department of 71
Community Development, 25
Commuters, See Off-Campus Students
Comparative Literature Studies Program,
107-109, See also EngUsh
Computer Science, Department of, 72— Ti
Computing Services, See Information
Services
Continuing Education, See Adult Smdies
Correspondence Courses Policy, 50
Council of Trustees, 150
Counseling and Educational Psvchology,
Department of 74
Counseling and Psychological Sen'ices
Department, 23-24
Counseling Center, 23-24
Course
Audit Fee, 1 1
Prefixes, Guide to, 56
Creative Writing, See English
Credit By Examination, 43
Fee, 11
Criminal Justice, Department of 74—76
Cumulative Grade Point Average, 44—45
Required for Graduation, 51
Cut Polic>', 44
D
Damage Fee, 1 1
Dance, See Kinesiolog}'
Darlington Herbarium, 5
Daycare, See Children's Center
Deadline for Application, 7
Dean's List, 48
Degree
Classification - Definitions, 40
Completion, 51
Programs,
Graduate, 35
Undergraduate, 55
Requirements, 36-40, See also Individual
Program Listings
Dental Hygiene, See Health
Description of the Campus, 4-5
Dining Accommodations, 22-23, See also
Aleal Fee
Directions to the Universitj', 4
Director\' Information - Rights and Privacy
Act of 1974, 52
Disabilities
Services for Students with, 32
Students with, 8
Dishonesty Policy, Student
Academic, 46—47
Dismissal, Academic, 48-49
Disruptive Classroom Beha\'ior, 47-48
Distributive Requirements, 37-38
Diverse Communities Requirement, 37, 38
Double Major, 41
Driver Education, See Kinesiology
Dropping a Course, 42
Dual Degrees, 41
and Majors, 36, 41
Early Admission, 7
Early Childhood and Special Education,
Department of, 76-78
Earth Science, See Geolog)' and Astronomy
Economics and Finance,
Department of 78-80
Educational
Development, Department of, 80-82
Index
Educational, cont'd.
Psychology, See Counseling and
Educational Psychology
Services Fee, 9
Elementary Education,
Department of, 82-84
Emeriti, 163-164
Engineering, See Physics
English, Department of, 84-88
Enrollment, 3
Environmental
Education Program, 139-140
Health, See Department of Health
Programs, 31
Ethnic Studies Program, 109
Evening Studies, See Adult Studies
Exception to Academic PoUcies, 52
Excused Absences Policy for University-
Sanctioned Events, 44
Exemption from Final Examinations, 44
Experiential Learning Credits, 50
Faculty, 152-163
Faculty Awards, 163-165
Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act. 52-53
Federal
Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students
(PLUS), 13
PeU Grant, 13
Perkins Loan Program, 13
Stafford Loan Program, 13
Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grant (FSEOG), 13
Work Study Program, 13
Fees and Expenses, 9-11
Field Experiences, School Assignments, 41
Film Theory and Criticism, See Comparative
Literature
Final Examination, Exemption from, 44
Finance, See Economics and Finance
Financial Aid, 12-21
Foreign
Culture Clusters, 40
Language and Culture
Requirements, 39-40
Languages, Department of, 88-93
Students, See International Students
Former Students, Readmission of, 8-9
Francis Harvey Green Library, 6
Fraternities, 27
Frederick Douglass
Institute, 3
Society, 3-4
French, See Foreign Languages
Full-Time Status, 40
GI Bill, See Veterans Affairs
General
Education Requirements, 36-39
Fee, 9
Geography and Planning,
Department of, 94-96
German, See Foreign Languages
Geology
and Astronomy, Department of, 96-98
Museum, 5
Grade Point Average, Cumulative
(GPA), 44-45
Grade
Appeals, 45-46
Changes, 45
Reports, 44
Grading System, 44
Graduate
Credit (for Undergraduates), 43-44
Studies, 35
Graduation
Fee, See Commencement Fee
Honors, 51
Responsibility for satisfying
requirements, 36
Requirements, 51
Grants, 13
Greek
Letter Organizations, 27-28
Life and Student Organizations, 24
See also Foreign Languages
Green Library, 6
Guaranteed Student Loan, See Federal
Stafford Loan Program
Guide to the Catalog, 56
H
Health
and Physical Education, See Kinesiology
and Physical Education Majors Fees, 11
Center Fee, 9
Department of, 98-102
Services, 24-25
Hebrew, See Foreign Languages
Hispanic-American Studies, See Ethnic
Studies Program
Historical Properties, 6
History
Department of, 102-105
of the University, 3
Holocaust Studies, Minor in, 109
Honor Societies, 28
Honors
Graduation, 51
Program, 29-30, 105-106
Housing
Assignments, 22
Deposit, 11
Fee, 9-10
Off-Campus, 23
On-Campus, 22
Refunds, 11
How to Reach West Chester, 4
I
Identification Card Fee, 10, 11
Independent Study, 43
IndividuaUzed Instruction, 43
Infirmary, See Health Services
Information Sciences, See Computer Science
Information Services, 5
Institute for Women, 4
Instructional
I Certificate, 146-147
II Certificate, 146-147
Instrument Rental Fee, 11
Insurance
Programs, 24
Requirements for International
Students, 8
Intention to Graduate, Required Notice, 51
Intercollegiate Athletic Program, 28-29
Interdisciplinary
Programs, 106-111
Requirement, 37, 38-39
International Education, 30
International Students, 8
Insurance Requirements, 8
Services Fee, 10
Internships, 33-34
Introducing West Chester University, 3-4
Italian, See Foreign Languages
Jewrish-American Studies, See Ethnic Studies
Program
Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora, 35
Journalism, See EngUsh
Judicial Affairs and Community
Development, 25
Junior Year Abroad Program, 89, See also
International Education
K
Key to Symbols, 55
Kinesiology, Department of, 111-115
Languages, See Foreign Languages
Late Registration Fee, 11
Latin, See Foreign Languages
Latin- American Studies Program, 109-110
Learning Assistance and Resource
Center, 31-32
LiabiUty Insurance Requirement for
Students in Nursing, 129
Liberal Studies Program, 116
Library
Francis Harvey Green, 6
Music, 6
Life Learning Experience, See Experiential
Learning Credits
Linguistics Program, 110
Literacy, Department of, 117
Literature, See English
Loans, 13
Location of the University, 4
Lost Key Replacement Fee, 11
M
Mail Service, 25
Majors, Changing, 42
See also Individual Programs of Study
Management, Department of, 118-119
Map of
the Campus, 167
Chester County, 169
West Chester Borough, 168
Marketing, Department of, 119-120
Married Students (Housing), 22
Mathematics, Department of, 120-122
Meal
Fee, 10
Inde
Meal, cont'd.
Plans, See Dining Accommodations
Refunds, 11
Media Organizations, Student, 28
Militan- Science, 80-82
Minor Fields of Study, 41
Mission of the University, tide page
Multicultural Affairs, 25
Music
Applied Music, Department of, 124—126
Education, Department of 126
Histor)' and Literature,
Department of, 127
Instrument Rental Fees, 11
Librar}', 6
School' of, 122-128
Theory and Composition, Department
of, 127-128
Musical Organizations, 28
N
Name Changes, 52
National Student Exchange Program, 30
Native-American Studies, See Ethnic Studies
New Student Programs, 25
Noncredit Courses, See Adult Studies
Nondegree Smdent Application Fee, 11
Nondegree Students, 40, See also Adult
Smdies
Nondiscrimination Policy, ii
Notice of Intention to Graduate, 51
Nursing, Department of, 128-130
o
Observatory, 5
Off-Campus
and Commuter Services, 23
Housing, 23
Students, 22
Office
for Adult Smdies, 34
of the Associate Provost, 54
On-Campus Housing, 22
Organizations, 27-28
Orientation Programs (New Student
Programs), 25
Overloads, 40-41
Overseas Smdv, See International Education
Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students,
Federal (PLUS), 13
Parking
Decal, See Vehicle Registration
Fees, 11
Improvement Fee, 9
Partial Payment Poliq', 10-11
Pass/Fail Policy, 43
Passport, Academic, 8
Payment of Fees, 10
Peace and Conflict Studies Program, 110
Pell Grant, Federal, 13
Pennsylvania State System Visiting Student
Program, 30-31
Perkins Loan Program, Federal, 13
Pharmaceutical Product Development, 131
Philosophy, Department of, 131-133
Physical
Education, Department of. See
Kinesiology
Education Uniforms (Fees), 11
Examinations, 8, 24—25
Fitness, See Kinesiology
Physics, Department of, 133-135
Placement, 23
Credentials Fee, 11
Planetarium, 5
Planning, See Geography and Planning
Policy on Disruptive Classroom Behavior,
47-48
Political Science, Depanment of, 135-137
Portfolio Assessment Fee, 1 1
Portuguese, See Foreign Languages
Post Office, See Mail Service
Praxis Series Professional Assessments, 146
Pre-Business, See Economics and Finance,
Management, and Marketing
Pre-Engineering, 31, 133-134
Pre-Law, 31, See also Political Science
Pre-Major Academic Advising Program, 31
Pre-Medical Program, 31, 138
Pre-Professional Study, 31
Pre-Theology, 31, See also Philosophy
Probation, Academic, 48-49
Professional
and Secondary Education,
Department of 138-140
Education Requirements, 138-139
Organizations, 27
Smdies, 116
Proficiency (English and mathematics), 36
Programs
Graduate, 35-36
of Study and Course Offerings, 56
Undergraduate, 55
Psychological Services, 23-24
Psychology, Department of, 140-141
Public
Health, See Department of Health
Management, Minor in, 136
Safety, 25
Publications and Media Organizations
(Smdent), 28
Quad, The, 28
R
Radio Station, See Station WCUR
Reading, See Literacy
Readmission
of Dismissed Smdents, 49
of Former Swdents, 8-9
Readmitted Students (Housing), 22
Recreation and Leisure Programs, 28
Reftind Policy, 11
Religion, See Philosophy
Religious Organizations, 27
Renewal Policy, Academic, 49
Repeat Course Procedure, 43
Repeating Courses, 42
Required Notice of Intention to
Graduate, 51
Requirements
for Admission, 7-8
for the Baccalaureate Degree, 36
for General Education, 36-39
for Graduation, 51
Residence Lite and Housing Services, 22
Resident
Credit Requirement, 51
Smdents, 21-22
Respiratory Care, See Health
Responsibility (for satisfying graduation
requirements), 36
Rights and Privacy Act, 52-53
Robert B. Gordon Namral Area for
Environmental Smdies, 5-6
ROTC Programs, 34, 80-82
Russian, See Foreign Languages
Russian Smdies Program, 111
Safety Education, See Kinesiology
SAT,V
Scholarly Publications, 35
Scholarships and Awards, 13-21
School Assignments for Field Experiences, 41
Second Degrees, 8, 41
Secondary Education, See Professional and
Secondare Education
Security, See Public Safety
Serpentine, The, 28
Servdce Learning and Volunteer
Programs, 26
Service Organizations, 27
Services for Smdents with Disabilities, 32
Sex-ual Harassment Policy, ii
Short-Term Emergency Loan, 13
Snow Days, See Storm Closing Policy
Social Smdies Program, See Citizenship
Education
Social Work, Department of, 141-143
Sociology, See ^Anthropology and Sociology
Sororities, 27-28
Spanish, See Foreign Languages
Special Collections, See Francis Harvey
Green Library
Special Education, See Early Childhood and
Special Education
Speech
and Hearing Clinic, 6
Pathology, See Communicative Disorders
Sports, See Intercollegiate Athletic Program
Sports Medicine, Department of, 143-145
SSI, 26
Fee, 9
Stafford Loan Program, Federal, 13
State
Grants, 13
System of Higher Education, 150
Station WCUR, 28
Stams, Full-Time, 40
Storm Closing Policy, 166
Strucmre of Academic ^Affairs, 54
Smdent
Academic Dishonesty Policy, 46-47
Activities, 26-28
Affairs, 21-29
Athlete Absence Policy, 44
Attendance Policy, 44
Class Load, See Full-Time Stams
Consumer Rights and Responsibilities,
12-13
Index
Student, cont'd.
Government, See SSI
Name Changes, 52
Newspaper, See The Quad
Organizations, 27-28
Services, Incorporated (SSI), 26
Fee, 9
Standing, 40
Teaching, 146
Teaching Eligibility, 82, 146
Union Expansion Fee, 9
Summer Sessions, 34
Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grant, Federal (FSEOG), 13
Sykes Union Building, 26
Taking Courses
Off Campus, 49-50
Out of Sequence, 42
Teacher Education, Admission to, 145-146
Teaching
Certificates, 146-147
Certification Programs, 145-147
Theatre Arts, Department of, 147-148
Toxicology, See Chemistr}'
Transcript Fee, 11
Transcripts, 51
Transfer
of Credit, 50
Students, 7-8
Students Housing, 22
Tuition, 9
Tutoring Center, See Learning Assistance
and Resource Center
u
Uncollectible Check Policy, 11
Undergraduate Programs, 55
Values Statement, title page
Vehicle Registration, 25-26
Veterans Affairs, 34
Visiting Student Program, 30-31
Volunteer Programs, 26
w
WCUR, 28
Wellness Center, See Health Services
West Chester Borough, Map of, 168
West Chester, How to Reach, 4
Withdrawal/Enrollment Change and Aid,
12
Withdrawal from the University, 42
Withdrawals from Housing, 22
Withdravnng from a Course, 42
Women's
Center, 26
Studies Program, 148-149
Work Study Program, Federal, 13
Writing
Emphasis Courses, 38
Program, 33
See also English
X-Y-Z
Yearbook, See The Serpentine
Department Telephone Numbers
College of Arts and Sciences (610) 436-3521
Anthropology/Sociology 436-2556
Art 436-2755
Biology 436-2538
Chemistry 436-2631
Communication Studies 436-2500
Computer Science 436-2204
English 436-2822
Foreign Languages 436-2700
Geology and Astronomy 436-2570
History 436-2201
Mathematics 436-2440
Philosophy 436-2841
Physics . '. 436-2497
Psycholog}' 436-2945
Theatre Arts 436-3463
School of Business and Public Affairs 436-2930
Accounting 436-2236
Criminal Justice 436-2647
Economics and Finance 436-2217
Geography and Planning 436-2343
Management 436-2304
Marketing 436-2304
Political Science 436-2743
Social Work 436-2527
School of Education 436-2321
Counseling and Educational Psychology 436-2559
Early Childhood and Special Education 436-2579
Elementary Education 436-2944
Literacy 436-2877
Professional and Secondary Education 436-2958
School of Health Sciences 436-2825
Communicative Disorders 436-3401
Health 436-2931
Kinesiology- 436-2610
Nursing . .' 436-2219
Sports Medicine 436-3293
School of Music 436-2739
History/Literature 436-2739
Instrumental Music 436-2739
Keyboard Music 436-2739
Music Education 436-2739
Theory and Composition 436-2739
Vocal and Choral 436-2739